E LE ME N T S O F L AT I N

BE N JA MI N L D O OG E
.
’
PH D .

N
.

N N
,

PR O FE SS O R I TH E M I C H I GA S TA T E ORMA L C O LLE G E

m”
9 1 0

N
I ’

N
) 1>

)
é q u i d nl.> i S f TE
- —J ’
RQ CE
1

N
N
GI
NN
N A D COMPA NNN Y

N
H I CA GO
N N
BO ST O E W YO RK C LO DO
ATLA TA D A L LA S CO L U M BU S SA F RA C I SC O
 Y
C OP R I G H T , 1 92 1 , BY B E NNJA MI
’
L . B OOGE

E N
T E RE D A T ST A T I O N E RS
’
H A LL
A LL R I G H TS R E S E R VE D

OBI)
NN
N
: t e n wu m
N
“ a re
GI AD CO MPA Y
P R I E T OR S B OS T O N
P R O‘
U S .A . .
 P RE FA CE

”
l mi
The pres ent vo u e is not a rev s on of the author s L at n for ii ’
i
i
Beg nne rs , but is an e nt re y new book H ow ever, all feature s of
l
the ear ie r book that have been hig h y co
l

i m
m
m l
.

ended and have prove d

the

of
i
the

freq uent
r va ue l have be en re ta ned
i
s pec a

i
l
re v e w s .
vocabu arie s l
i
fro
.

ml
Ch ef
the
a ong thes e are

es s ons and the

the s e para t on

i ns e rt on of i
i

T he body of the boo k is d i id d i

v e nto tw o parts : fifty s ix -
l es s ons

mim
for the fir s t hal f ye ar
y
m
a nd fi ft four for the
”h s econd. Whil e g r eate r in
-

m
i i l
nu be r than in L at n for Beg nne rs , t e e s s ons are uch s hor te r

i m
and s l p e r, i
and are des g ned , in i l i i
os t cas es , for a s ng e rec tat on

m
i i ll
per od. T wo Opt ona es s ons have bee n added , cove r ng atter that

m lm
so e teachers pre fe r to i l k nc ude in the w or of the firs t year The .

re i a nder of the k boo i up to the rev e w s is s upp e entary in charac

i m m
te r, and is i nte nded to i i i l
fy and enr ch the reg u ar w ork throug h
d ve rs

ml ill l m i mi l m
the l es s ons , a nd to s u l
pp y read ng att e r a fte l
r the es s ons are co

p
l
l e ted ; So

es s ; but all w i

T he
e c as s es w

l
ll
vocabu ary
lbe
lim
ab e

i
has
m
be ab e to u s e
i
l
ore of th s

i
to d raw s o

bee n
m ater a , s o e

e thing nte res t ng fro it .

ted to on y fi ve hundre d w ords ,

averag ng

been
i
carefu y
l es s

ll l m
s e e cted
l
than five ne w w ords per

fro li
i Nl
li
s tandard w ord
es s on.

s ts ,
T hese w ords have
and are s ted on

6 f i
m
conve n e nce of refe rence and rev e w . all
— o
a
p g e s 357 3 0 r e ar
y
the w ords are

Caes ar five
than of a m or

ili
m im ill
iCae s ar an,
ore t

m
ary character, and
i
l
es .
and

St l ,

l
ore than n ne t

the vocabu
y

os t of the
ar
y is
p

w ords
er ce nt
of a
are

g ene ra

found
u s ed in

rather

in
t are a so

C i cero and V erg il .

i il
The pr nc p es of s yntax d s cu s s ed have been reduced to the bare i
m il
es sent a s , the author fee n
g s trong y tha

m
t

mth
i
e t
i l
e nde nc
y s t li
prevai ing

in s o e q uarters to nc ude the ore d fficu t c ons truct ons in the w or

l
l
ml i
ill l
k
of the firs t year is a
of E ng s h g ra arli m
m m i
i very

a re co
s take n one.

pared
The funda
w th the L at n, i and co
e nta pr i i pl
nc

i
s ruct ons
n t
es
vi PR E FACE

are p
mi m
resented i froli the s tandpo nt of E ng s h. T he order of p es enta
r

tion is

Connected
l
s ys te

m
m
i
at c , and re ated cons truct ons are

il
reading in the for of d a og ues
treated tog e ther.
and i
s tor e s is
m
i ntro

m k m ml m
d uced l l
as e ar yil as pos s ib e . The ater a is abundant and ver
y s i l p e.

I t nci l udes fa ous Gree yths a nd an

y eg e nds Of anc e nt i Ro e,

l m m
and i
is des g ned to l i a rous e and ho d the nteres t of the you ng . T he
s u pp e
y i i
entar l i read ng co pr s es s e ect ons for s ig ht trans l ati on ,
a

i l i i
Lat n p ay, a nd a s tory w h ch is ntended to s erve a s an i i
ntroduct on

to Caes ar I f not us e d the firs t year, it w

. be found ill ver y h l pfel u at

Greatm i
the beg nning of the
i li e phas s is
s econd.

a d throug hout the boo k on

m m i
w ord for at on and

d er
and
i i
m
vat on.

soi l
m e
i i Matters
e nt re
of

es s ons ar e
der vat on are

de voted to th
d i s cu s s ed

i s im
in

port antia
an

nd
y para r a

p
h
g p s,
rac t ca l
acco

ca edll
j
s ub ect.

mi pll l l m
an

for
e

l
d
Fu rther

i
by para e
in the vocabu
ore , the

co u

ar
w ords in the
l
ns of re ated w ords , and these are ag a n

re v ew s .
il
s pec a l i vocabu ar es are

i
y

i
T he boo

m
ns erte d
ki
m
for the g e ner
s ver
y fu y ll i ll us trated Whi l e a few pi ctures have been
.

al pu pos e of i nte e s ti ng pu pi l s in R o
r r e nd the m a

Ro
s tor es i m
ans , the g reat

they ac co y w e
pa n

m
aj o i t
r

and i
y of the pi c tu e s a e i l l us t ati ve of the

re pre pare d for that s pec fic purpos e.

r r r

Thos e
of s o mmill
e

m
i l
us trat ng the

i i l i
i
eg e nds o f anc ent R o

li
m
i
m
e are re produc t ons

fa ous h s tor ca p ctures pub s hed by Paravia and Co

pa

Mr
n y
. M M
of

.
Ro
c mi
e.l l
N
Greg or J a
The
k
ii l i i
co ored

i l
p
es on of
“
i
ate s

ew
are

Y or
fro
.
or g
Part cu
na

ar
pa nt ng s by
atte nt on is

c a ed

Stor
ll

of th s
i ”to the

i mi l
es ,
i
a
p g e s

i l
ate r a
2
i
s e r es

i
of

m il
p ii l
ctures

6 3 — 2 7 1 Teachers are u rg ed to
.

i
in the
ake freq u ent u se

for orig na w ork in s ubs titut on for ex erc ses found

chapter e nt t ed Or g na

in the
T he
l es s ons .

i
m
au thor

i i m
i
his g rat tude to the
w s hes to an
y tmeachers
ex pres s

k l m
i n
who have g ven hi free y of the r w s do and ex perie ce Part cu ar
l i l .

ac now edg i
ents are d ue to M s s A nne C Wi l
der and to D r A T . . . .

offered
i
m l l
any va uab e s ugg es t ons .
i
Chap n of Kans as C ty, M s s our , who have read all the proof and i
i
i
NNJ A MI
N
L . D O O GE
’
BE

MI C H I GA N STA TE O R MA L CO L L E GE
 C O N TE N TS
N N N
m WA Y
T0 TH E ST U D E T— BY OF I TR O D UCT I O PA G E

Lati n, the Lang uag e of the Ro ans

TH E A LPH A B N N LE TT E
N N
SO U
N
ET A D D S OF TH E RS

S Y L LA B LE S ; Q Y
UA TI T A D A CCE T ; PA R TS O F S PE EC H
LE SSO N
I . Firs t Princip e s of Syntax l
m
II . I nfl ecti on and Cas es
III
IV.
V
.

Nm
For
u

T he
s and Pos ition
ber ; Ag ree e nt of V erbs
D a tive Cas e ; I ndire ct Ob
m
j e ct Pre dicate N oun
.
;
VI . T he A b l ative Cas e ; T he Firs t D ec l e ns ion

VII
V III .
. Prepos itions
l
Ge nder ; D ec e ns ion, A g ree e nt, and Pos ition of A d m j ectives ;
Predicate A d ectives G a b a e t L e s b i a j . l
IX X —
. S ec ond D ec l e ns ion ; V ocative Cas e ; A ppos ition . D ia og uel
X I . Second D ec ens ion l ( Continue d) ; Gene ra l l
R u es of D ee e n l
s ion ; D ia og ue
Ques tions . l
X II

X III
.

Ad
N
j
j
A d ec tives of the Firs t and Second D e c e ns ions ; Ge nitive
ou ns in zu r and J a

ective s of the
D ia og ue
-
°

Firs t
m
and
.

Second D ec
l
l
l ens ions Continue d) ;
of

.
(
A dve rbs
X IV . Ad j e ctives of

T he D ative wi th A d
the Firs t and Sec ond

j ec tive s . I ns u l
l
D ec ens ions
a M ar c i
( C
N
onc l ud
a u ta e
ed );

m
X V . Pos s es s ive A d j ective s and Pronouns
XV I . Con j ug ation ; Pres ent I ndicative of s u ; Predicate Genitive
of Pos s es s or . Ga lli a

X V II . T he Four R eg u l ar Con j ug a tions ; Pres ent Indicative A c tive

m
of the Firs t Con j ug ation

X V I II
X IX
.

m
Pas t
ent,

and
l
T he A b ative De noting w i th —
Manner
Future I ndicative
Caus e , Means ,
A cco pani

. of s a w ; T he Prepos ition Z or

ex . l
D ia og ue
 CO NN TE TS

PA G E

Pas t I ndicative A c tive of the Firs t Con j ug ation. B r i ta nni a 57

Future I ndicative A c tive of the Firs t Con j ug ation

Pres e nt, Pas t, and Future I ndicative A ctive of the Second

j
Con ug ation

m
L atin Orde r of W ords
T he D e ons trative is , ea , id
T he Pos s es s ive of the T hird Pe rs on
T he Pre s e nt I ndicative A c tive o f th e T hird Con j ug ation.

l
D ia og ue
XX V I I t ftheF
m
. T he Pre s e nt I ndicative A c ive o ourth Con j ug ation.

D e Cas tri s R e a ni s

T he D ative w ith Specia I ntrans itive V e rbs l

m
“ ‘

T he Pas t I ndicative A ctive of r ag a and a u d zo D e D ei s

'

Re an i s

XXX . T he Future I ndicative A c tive of the Third a nd Fourth

Con j ug ations . T hes eus e t M i n Ot a u r u s
XXX I . V e r bs in -
'

zo
"

of the T hird Con j ug ation. T h e s e u s et

m
M i n Ot a u r u s (Continued)
XXX I I . T he l perative Mood ; Q ue s tions and A ns we rs . T h es e u s
e t Mi n e t a u r u s Continue d)
(
XXX I I I . Pre s e nt I ndicative Pas s ive of th e Firs t Con j ug ation.

m
T h es e u s e t Mi n e t a u r u s ( Concl ude d)
XXX IV . Pres e nt I ndicative Pas s ive of ang o ; Ab l ative of the

Pers ona A g e nt l
XXX V . T he Pas t and Future I ndicative Pas s ive of the Firs t and

Second Con j ug ations

XXX V I
m m m
. T he Pres ent I ndicative Pas s ive of th e T hird a nd Fourth
Con j ug ations . D e Be ll i s Re an e r u et G a ll er u 93
XXX V I I . T he Pas t
“
and Fu ture I ndicative Pas s ive of ra a
g
“

a nd

a udi o

XXX V I I I
m
. T he Pr es e nt, Pas t, a nd Future I ndicative Pas s ive of

m
‘
D e Lfi de R O
'

ca fi zo. a nO

XXX I X . T he Pre s ent I nfi nitive and the Pre s e nt I pe rative ,

A c tive
a nd Pas s ive
S ynops es in the Four Con j ug ations . De Ma l e M a g i s
t r O L ad I
 CO NN TE TS ix

m m
PA G E

T he A b ativel D enoting f ro l
P ace Fro W hich ,

X LI I .
Separa tion
Principa l
Parts ; V erb te S m s ; T he Pe rfec t Ste m ; T he
E nding s of the Pe rfec t
X LII I
m
. T he Pe rfe ct, Pas t Perfect, and Future Perfec t I ndicative
of s u . l
D ia og ue
X L IV . Use and I nfl ec tion of the Perfec t I ndicative A ctive . De
C u r i e D e n t at O
X LV . Principa l Parts of Ve rbs . D e C u r i e D e n t at O ( Con

l
C uded )
Pas t Pe rfect I ndicative ; Principa Par ts ( Continue d) l
Future Perfect I ndicative and Pe rfect I nfi nitive A c tive ;
Principa Parts l ( Conc l ud ed )

m mm
R evie w of the A ctive V oice
W ord For ation. G a 111 R e a O pp u g n a n t
T he Pas t Particip e ; T he Pas s ive Perfects l
T he Perfec t Infi nitive Pass ive and the Futu re I nfi nitive

A ctive ; Prepos itions

T he Con j ug ation o f p os s u m . De Mfi ci e Scae vo a l
m
T he I nfinitive U s e d as in E ng is h l
W ord D e M uc i e S c a e v o l a (Conclude d)
'

For ation.

Se nte nces a nd C l aus e s ; Re l ative Pronouns

I nte rrog ative Pronouns and Ad j e c tive s ; T he Ab l ative

A bs o l ut e

N F
m l
S E CO D H AL YE AR

m l Masc u ines
LV II . T he T hird D ec e ns ion, Cons onant Ste s a nd

mN
Fe inines
LV I I I . T he T hird D ec e ns ion,l Cons onant Ste s, e uters .

m m
l
D ia og ue .

m l m
R eading Les s on, R e ul us e t Re us

m l Mascu ines
T he T hird D ec e ns ion, l —Ste s, and Fe inines .

mN
Re an i e t S a b i ni

l N
T he T hird D ec l e ns ion, l Ste
-
s, e uters

m l
T he T hird D ec ens ion, Irreg u ar ouns . D e B r ut e
Pri e C e ns u l e
 CO TE NN TS

PA G E

m
R eading Le ss on, O r p h e u s et E u r yd i c e

W ord For ation

Ad j e ctives of the T hird D ec l e ns ion,
-

T hree E nding s
A dj e ctive s o f the T hird D ec l e ns ion, T w o E nding s
A dj ectives of the T hird D ec l e ns ion, One E nding .

L X VI II . R eg u m
Mi d a s

m
l ar
,

Co
the

paris on
Ki n g
o f
of the

Ad j ectives
l
Go de n T ou c h
; The Co m parative

L X IX . D ec l m
w ith q u a
ens ion of Co paratives ; The A b ative l of the

m
Meas ure of D ifference
LX X . I rreg u l ar Co paris on of Ad j ectives ; TheD l ec ens ion

m m
Of pl d s

m m
ation and
For Co paris on of A dverbs
For ation and Co paris on of A dve rbs ( Conc l ud ed ) .

Dia og ue l
T he Fourth D ec e ns ion l
E x pre s s ions of P l ace

m
T he Fifth Dec l ; The A b l
m
ens ion ative of Ti e

T he
C l
N
Gender in the T hird D ec ensi on ;

as s e s
ine I rreg u
of Pronouns ;
l ar Ad j
l
ective s

Pers ona l
W ord

and
For

R efl ex ive Pro
ation

XX I X
nouns

Pn m
m De
L . T he I nte ns ive ro oun p
z se ; T he ons trative

m
’
Pronoun za a

T he D e Pronouns leis , i s l e, zl l e
’

ons trative

I ndefinite Pronouns
T he Cardina Nml l u era s and their D e c ens ionl . T he

lN
ml
Conte s t of th e H or a t ii a nd t h e Cu ria tii
Ordina
T he A ccus ative
Space
u era s

C ae s ar in Gau
; T he Ge nitive of
of D uration of T i e
the

l
m W hol e
or E x tent of

Gi i
. .

L XXX V . T he Ab ative l of R e s pect , The en t ve w ith Ad

jective s

L XXX VI . D eponent Ve rbs ; The Genitive or A b ative l of De

s cription C a e s a r a n d t h e H e v e t i a ns
. l
 NN
CO T E TS xi

L E SS O N
XXX VI I
L
LXXX V I I I .
. Particip es
W ord
l
For m ation

L XXX I X . T he Sub junctive Mood ; Pres ent Sub j un tiv

c e Of the

m
Firs t and Second Con j ug ations ; T he I ndica tive and

Sub j un tiv
c e Co pare d
X C The Pres e nt Sub
. junctive of the Third a nd Fourt h
Con j ug tion ;
a s T he Sub j un tiv c e of Purpos e
X CI . Pas t Subj un tiv c e of the Firs t a nd Sec ond Con j ug a

tions ; Seq uence of T ens e s

X CI I
X CI I I
. Pas t Sub
tions ; Nm
j un tiv
l oun
c e

C
of the

aus e s of
T hird
Purpos e
m
a nd Fourth Con j ug a

m
. Sub j un tiv c e of s u and p os s u

X CI V . Perfect a nd Pas t Perfect Sub j un tiv c e of 71 0 5 5 , ang o,

“

ra
g e, and H er e et L ea n d e r
X CV. T he Sub j un tiv c e of R es u t l .
’

H er e e t Lea nd e r

m
( Conc l ud ed )
X CVI
m
. T he D ative with Co pou nds

X CV I I
m
. W ord For ation

X CVI II
mm
. T he Irreg u l ar V erbs v oi d , 72 07 5 , al a
' '

X CI X . Vocabu l ar
y R eview ; Cons tructions with

m m
C. Voca bul l "

ar
y R eview ; T he Irreg u ar V erb ea

CI . Voca bul ary R eview ; I ndirect Sta te ents

bul l “
CII . V oca ar
y R e vi ew ; Th e I rreg u ar V erb f e

C I I I . Voca b ul ar
y R ev ie w ; I ndi rec t Q ues tions

bul l ‘
C I V. Voca ar
y R e vi ew ; The Irreg u ar V erb f i o
.

CV. V oca bul ar

y R ev ie w ; Pre di cate A ccus ative ; D ative of

Purpose
l
m
CV I. V ocabu ar
y R e v ie w ; T h e G e rund and Gerundive

CV I I . Voca bul ar
y R e vi e w ; R e vie w of A g ree e nt a nd of the

Genitive and D ative

CV I I I . l
Vocabu ary R eview ; R eview of the A ccu s ative and

l
A b ative
C IX . Vocabu l ar
y R eview ; R eview of the Gerund a nd Ge
j
m
rundive , the I nfinitive , a nd the Sub unctive
l
CX . Vocabu ary R eview ; R eview of W ord For ation
 CO NN TE TS

O PT I O N A L LE S S O N S
PA G E

A . T he Sub j un tivc e of Characteris tic or D es cription

B T he Periphras tic Con ug ations
. j and the D ative of Ag e nt

S U PPL E ME N TA R Y MA TE R I A L
O RI G I N STOR I E
N N
AL S

SE S IGH T R E
N N N
LE CT I O S FOR ADI G

LAT I PL A Y PE A D ROME DA

N N
— R SE US A D

Y
NN
ST OR — BA C UL U S THE CE T UR IO

LA T I SO GS

RE VIE WS , A PPE NX
DI E S , V O C A BU L A R I E S , E T C .

R E V I E WS
S UMMA R Y R ULE S YN
N
OF S OF AX T

GR A MMA TI C A L A PPE
N N F
D IX

W OR D L I ST S FOR FI R ST A D S E CO D H AL YE A R S

NNB
S PE VO CA B
N
CI A L UL A R I E S

D E R I V A TI O S PE C I ME PA GE
NBB N NW
OT E OO K ,

COMMO A R E V IAT I O S OF LA T I OR D S

NN H B Y V O CA
NH N B Y
LA TI -
E GL IS ULA R

E LA T I V O CA
N
GL I S -
U LA R

I DE x
 L I ST OF I L L US T R A T IO N S

m
m m
PA G E

Bac u
Ro m
mW l
lu
an l
s iube t
P ay
Chi dren
lo
at
cu ere al tO u n1 r1
(in co l ors ) Frontis pie c e
6
R o an

V iew
l
mm m
of
m
riti ng T ab e ts

I nterior View of a R o an H ou s e
Ro e fro the Do e of S t Pe ter
.
’
s Cathedra l
10

12
7

Sing ing the W edding Song 1 6

l
P aying J acks tones 1 8
A g ric o l
L e s bia C al b a
a

mm v oca t
2 4
2 8

S e rvu s
Le s bia
M ar c u s
e q ui s

p er

fr fi
ag r maq ua

l m
mm m m
e ntu
dat
OS p r o p e r a t e t a q u a
a ter r a a d i ns u
ad

o
s e r v es

t at
por ta t
30
32
a p r 42
O n the Sacred W ay in the R o an Foru 45
T he A ctive V oice and the Pas s ive V oic e 4 6

Q , Q
u e
m
u
l
T he I s and in the Tibe r
A R o an Spoon
i n t e r o e r as ?
51
54
5 6
, p p
Bri t ann i e r a nt b a r b a ri 59

m m N
O r a e B r i t a n ni a e e r a nt a l t a e

mmm W
The R o an Foru
T he R o an
as it

Foru
ow A pe ars
p
at its es tern E nd
61
66
7 o

m Wll
C as t r a R e a na
A Cockfig ht ( Po peian a Painting )
74
76
A t h e na D e a S a p i e n t i a e 78

l mM
m
T he T ribute to the
G ass Vas es fro
n e
inotaur
Po peii
81
82
W
The Appian

m m
l
m may and the C audia

W ll P
Pu e ri pu e l l ae q u e T h es e u a
A q u duct
a nt
( Po p e ian a ainting )
86
88

m m mm m m
m
Ro an Sw ords .
93
Re an i ag nu nu eru c a pt i v er u c a pi u n t 94

M l m l mm
Lfi dus R e
a us

m ag
e nu s
is ter e d i po e na d at
9
10
8
3

m l M m
Curius Dentatus and the Sa nite A bas sadors
The Foru j l
th e Capito ine , and A d acent Bui ding s ( R es tored)
1 12

1 16

mM l
A Chariot R ace 1 n the Circus
A R o an arke t P ace
ax i us 120

122

m l
T he Sac red Gees e Save the Capito
R o an H airpins , Pow der Box es , and Other Toi e t A rtic
x iii
l l es
123
126
x iv L I ST OF I LLU STR A T I O N S

m m
T he T iber, Cas t e l of S t. A ng e lo and S t. Pe ter
’
39 .
, s

40 T he R o an Foru A. D 40 0

m
. .
,

41 Mu c i u s lS c a e vo a

ll m
. .

42 . T he A rch of T itus and the Co os eu l s

43 . M u l i e r es be u p r o h i b u er u n t
44 . T he T iber at t he Foot of the A ventine
45 B r ut u s f i l i Os s u e s i n t e r f i c i i u b e t

m
.

46 Orpheus and E urydice

mm
.

47 . A Ro an Street Sce ne
4
49
8 .

.
Ro
T he R o
l
an

Offering a S acrifice
m d h Al a M
Si ver

an Ca
Cups
pag na an t e b n ount

5 0

m
.

5 1 A t h e n a e , u r b s Mi n e r v a e

m
.

ll
5 2 Soc a ed T o b of the H oratii and Curiatii

m
.

53 P a t e r i p s e t r i b u s fi l i i s a r a n ova d e d i t

m
.

ll l
54 Vi a of a W e a thy R o an
.

5 5 A Gate of Po peii ( R es tored)

.

5 6 A ncie nt Coins
.

5 7 T he Gate of St S eb s tian
. a
m
. .

5 8 Greek Vas e s
.

59 G .ad ial to rs
’
H e e ts l
6 0 Fing er R ing s w ith E ng rav d e tti ng s eS
ml
.

H ero and Leander w

6 2 A R o an Stove with H ot W ate r Boi er -

l
m
.

l
6 3 Go den Fibu a, or Brooch
.

6 4 A Street in Po peii

m m
.

l
6 5 A Mus ica R ecital

mm
.

66 R o an La ps

m
.

l
6 7 Stee yards fro Po peu

mm m m
.

l
6 8 T he Gau s in Sig ht of R o e
.

l
6 9 R o an Caes tus , or Box ing G ove

N go
.

70 T he R o ans Stor
. the E ne y s S tron h d
’
l
7 79
1 i
.n e p ictu r l
es s u gg esting o rig in a s tori e s

8 0 T he R e turn of Pe rs ephone

m
.

8 1 Arion Saved by a D o phin l

mm
m
.

8 2 Cincinnatus Ca ed fro the P ow

. ll l
83 P e r s e u s A n d r o e d a s e rvat

m
.

8 4 V e n i t e ! V e n i t e , R e an i ! (in co ors ) l
m
.

8 5 R o an MoSaic
.

8 6 Se r oneta

m
.

Map of Gau l and Parts of Ger anS

y pain
,,
I ta y, l and Britain
Map of l
I ta y (in l
c o ors )
 NN
m
2 A D E GL I SH

w orld.

m li l l ngu g l
'

f i i p ress ed: not on y he r a a e but a so her

l
and
aws , cus to

the wor d has l

s, be
re m
e fs ,

a
and

e
id p
i n d l g ly R
n
ar
ea s l
e
u o

o m the s ub ec

a n ever s
j t
in ce .
na ons ; ti

NN N
mm
LAT I A D T HE MO D E R W O R LD
E t
ll f th R n E pi L ti n li v d n
ven af er the fa O e o a re a e o

m
,

a nd li v t d y I t li n Sp ni h F n h nd th
es o a as

mm m a a ll d a s re c a o e r s o Ca e
-

m
, ,

R n
o a R n l ng
ce, or g M ny illi n f p opl
o a ,
a ua es . a o s o e e are

f ro m
th fo till p ki ng
ere

m
re s

n i nt L t i n littl
a c e
d ni d fs

th n
ea

a m m
f L ti n whi h di ff
d n E ngli h di ff
a

e
o er

ore
ze

a
or

o er
o a

s
c ers

e rs

Ag
ro

a
th E ngli h f byg n

th k n wl dg
es e
e

l ng g b t h nly h ng d it n
ua e , u

f L ti n w th
o
nt i

e
s

as o m
L ti n i n t

nl y lig ht f l
e o
o

D i ng th D k
d d

ni ng t h t
c

a
o

a
e

e
ce

as
ur es .

e o
a e.
a

ur

o
s

ear
o a

e
ea

ar

k pt b ni ng nd in th
b th
i
e

s n y t
eve
e co
ur

n l ng

n
m
m
em
,

o
di ng ya

g f th h l nd ni i ti nd
ly th n ny th t ng th ni
ore
a
L ti n nti n

ear
d t
ua e o

l
e s uccee

a a
e sc

o
oo s a

er
ears

o
a

ue,
co

ve rs

e u
ue

es , a

vers a
o

m
,

R
a

Th li f
o m
l ng g f th l n d It vi t in th
e m
ua e o

n C t h li
a

f t d yi
Ch
e o
ah nd in
h n o a
o c
e

h
th li f
ear

d p t y nd
f n i nt R
s
i e

urc
f th
ng

th n
uc
.

a
s ur

earer
ves ,

uc

e
oo,

s ac re

e o a
e s e rv ce s o

c e
oe r a

o m e
so

a
e

th l p

are R
e

nmf

n
m
m m
a

g
o

u
nt
se o

w
i w l d l d n t pp
till in ny w y nd if C
a

h
o
s s

l d n t
ce

fi n d t h
ur es

nd Ci

t f
Y

d
nd I

h ld
a

n d
ou
ou

a s, a

o
ea o e o su

m
ae s ar a
os e .

c ero s

or
ou a

ou

a pp ear a s, p e s e ,
ex c e ress a

l ngu g nlik
a a n f t d y
e, u e e o o a .

NN N
m
LA T I A D E G LI S H

di ti n c
D O you
o ary are
kn ow that

Lat n i and
ore than

that you
m
l
m
ha f the words in the E n
are s pea ki ng ore or
gli
l
sh

es s

gli l g i m
L ti n a ever y da ?
y H ow did h s co e about ? t i
I n the t lfirs p ace La n and E n s h, a on w th ti
m os t of the

m
o

t
th
tho
er

herefore,
l ngu g
a

er s peech,
a es of

i h h l ng
i t l ngu g nd h
S s er
wh
a
E
c
urope , are

a
as

es a
o
des cended fro
S

ave
i
mi
nc e

m
i
m any
d s appeare d .

words in
a very anc e nt

They
co
are ,

on.
 N WH Y ST UD Y L ATI

W illi m
?

t m
3

i
N
Fur her

m i ili i mg
gl
nvaded E n i m N more ,

a nd

N m
t li
in the
w th
y
an ar
ea r

y
10 66
of or ans
a

and
the Conqueror
e s ab s hed

a or gl
an C v

mzat on a on the A n o Sax ons T he or ans

-
.

m
k ki
s po e a

for
i i
de r
i m
vat ves
ofi
i
Lat
l were
i
nd of Fre nc h, wh

m ll
n, and

t
ti fro
a dded
th

to
c h, as

s s ou c e

our
r
has bee n
hundre ds
vocabu ary.
"
sa

of SO Ca

So
d, is
-

e
a

ed

of
odern

La n
hes e

i g N ll i g m
i i
de r vat ves i i
are l put i
re L at n a nd othe rs d ffer on y in he r

e nd n s .t l o e the fo ow n ex a p es
°

E NHW GLI S OR D S

horror
ce ns us

ani

l abor
ml a

s uper or i
i
ca a
nfe r or

l
barbarous
m
i
i
ty

i
v rtue

Bes des , in i l ater

years m any ti
La n words have been brou h
mi g t

m m
i nt E ngli h th gh th w t n
o

t hni l t
ec d in th
ca
s

eri s
rou

us e
e ii gr

e
s of s cho ars , and

sc e nce s and
l
the profes s ons of
any of the

m
l w
a

a
di i n
,
ngi n

ny n w i nv nti n
i ng t
e

e
c

gi n
e,

e
e

o s
eer

are
,
e c .,

ve
are

ti
L a n na
of

m
Lat n der
es .
i i v ti
a on, and

WHY N
m
S T U D Y LA T I ?

La n,
l
wor d in
ti
ny w y m
as

nd th a
we have
t dy f it dda s a
s ee n,

e
t ouche s

s u O
the li f
a
e

m
g tl
s
of

rea
the

y to our
odern

o o
e

ti l Y
ca

f ll wi ng
.
y b
e

f
k dm
i nt llig n nd effi i n y I nd d f w t d
ce a

m
ou

m
w
n
su
hy y
will
a

h l
t

u
ar
d
t
y n
e
c e

o
as
c

reas o
. ee ,

ou are
e

e
s u

s u

o
i
m
es are

i g ti
o k l a
La n
e a
ore

forcefu
prac

T he

y p y s

a nd nvi n i ng
,
co l
py c re
 WH Y ST U D Y LAT I N ?

m
4

1 . i
Lat n was the l ng g f th R
a ua e o e o ans , on whos e i ili c v

zation our own c v

we fi nd the igi n nd th
m
or n f
i ili ti n i l g ly b
a
za

ny f
o

e reas o
s

in tit tiOn
ar e

or m
ml
ased .

a o
I n the
our
i w i ti ng
r

m
r

u S.
s

w it
In R
r

i
2 .

h v i it t d
ers

w h i
n li t

h
t

a e

nl y th
o

O m a

t
w fi nd th

d
a e
era ure

nt f L ti n
.
d
li t t i f ll f ll i n nd
n f
w hi h
ur

ll n
e

d t
d n

n d
e ra ure
e

s
o e s

u o a
c

us o s
o er

q t t
uo a o sn c o e s u
y e o a ca u u ers a .

3 A k .n w l d g f F o n he Sp n
e o i h P tre g c I,t li n a s ,
or u ues e , or a a

i b t bt i n d by t dyi ng L ti n fi t
s es O

l ng g t n A i n i g t t d y th n
a ua es
a

mm
mmm
o a

m
m
e s u

er ca
Th l f th
s b f
a

rea er
rs

o a
. e va ue o

a e ve r e ore .
es e

4 L
o
ti.n g
k n wl dg f L ti n w d k l th
e
a

m
e o
k ra

m E
a
n g li h
ar g
or s
a es
y
ni ng f E ngli h
a
n d
es C ear
s

e
ra

ea
ar eas

o
,
a

s
a

w d
L ti n
or s .

a
A
nd th ,
t y
bili ty t
a em
f E ngli h i g i n d by th
as er

g d E ngli h p t
a
o

o us e
t dy f s

oo
s a e

s ro o es
e s u

s ucc ess
o

in
h l p in g
e

A
e ver
y

k n
lli
w
n

l
g
d g
E

p
ca

f
n

lli
L
m
m
n
ra g
t
y

i
mn
n

i
d
.

ar, s

f
t w

p
i
ve

t
i
e
f
ti
L
n
ta

i
i n w
,

in
ill
a

th
b
ear or g
i
t
t
co
o o

os o
a

.
e a rea

5 s e rv ce
'
o e e o
g a s o ea e urs u
.
p
o

f
f th
nt n
or e
in e sc e

t ra
nd p f

h l cef m i n Th t i why L ti n i q i d
ces a

o scdi i n l w ngi n
oo s o
ro e s s o

i ng nd th
e
s.

c e,
a

a ,
s

e e er
a

,
s re

a
u re

o er

hig h i n tituti n f l ni ng
er s o s o ear .

N
m
QUE S TIO
i mW
S

What is i
Lat n ?
mm
W W
m
i
he re is L at here is R o hat
u ? e ? r ver

fl ow s throug h R o
H ow o g d d t e o
n i h R l an E p re e nd u re ? ow w id
W
e mi m m W i i
w a s
i
hat date is g ven for the found ng of R o e ?
H
e ?

its p
i
ow e r ?
What w as the ang uag e of the R o an E pire ?
l a ng uag e

by the R o ance ang uag es ml

did the R o
l
m im
hat bes des the r

l
l W
ans

as te r Fre nch or
m p
?
res s u pon t he w
I f you w s h to
or d
i m
? hat is eant

i
Span s h, w hat ang uag e Shou d you s tudy fi rs t ? Why ? I s L at n a l i
Ag es
ro ort on of
l
? Why do
i E ng
so m
dead ang uag e ? What g reat s erv ce d id Latin re nder dur ng the D ar

li
sh
e s cho

w ords is
la rs st

of
i
ill w i r

L at n
te the

i or ig i
i r books in Latin ?
n? H ow did th s
i
i
What
co m
k
e
p p
about ?

Whi ch
What five
one of thes e reas ons
reas ons c an

do you
you

cons
ig ve

id er
for the
the mim os t
s tu d
y
p
of

ortant ?
L at n ? i
 FIRST H A L F Y E A R

THE A L PH A B E T A D S O U N D S
T H E L E T T E RS
N OF

E rr a r e h ii mm en u es t— To e rr is hu m an 1

m
THE ALPHABE T

1 . T he La n ti a l ph ba et is the sa e as the E ng li sh e x ce p t
th at it has no j or w.

2 . The vowe s , as l in E ng li s h, ar e a, e, i, o, u , y . T he othe r

l etters are c ons onan s . t

3 . The
W hen s tandi ng
i i
w th n a
l etter

word, it has the

i is
fi rs t w th
us ed

i
both
a vow e

l
as

lf
a vow e

oll ow

va u e of a cons onant, and

m l
it
g ,
and as a c ons onant .

or
,

betw ee n vow e
is ca ll
l
ed
s

mm
°

1 cons ona nt.

T hu s , in ia and a ior , i is a cons onant ; in i ani t or the fi rs t i is

a cons onant, the s econd is a vow e l .

N
m
SOU DS OF THE LE TTE R S

4 . T he
c orre c t

i nt e nde d
ly p
for
s ounds of

ronounc e d .

refe re nc e rather
the
T he
l tt
e

m
ers are

t
atter

han for
bes
in
tl
s ect ons

as s
earne d

i
ignmt
by hear n the
i
5 7 ,s

en
he re fore,

as a
t
i g
l e s s on.

AS
ex a ml a firs

p es
t
in
s tep

l
C as s ,
it is su

the pup
gg e s te d

il s fo
tha
ll wi ng
o
t the t eacher pronounc e the

m m
.

1 F ro Se ne c a , a Ro an phi l o s oph e r.
6 V OWE L SOU NDS

l ng
o l
vowe s are

l
m
5 . Vow el s . V owe
ar

ll i g
have the fo
l
k
s are e

ed ( ),
a
ith l ng
s
er

h t n
s ounds
or
o or Shor

o es are un mk
t .

ar
In
ed
t hi
( )
a
s

.
k
boo
T he
vowe s ow n

t i g
6 . Diph h ong s . A d phthon is a c o b nat on of two vowe smi i l
i gl
in a S n e s y ab e ll l i i t
The L at n d ph hon s and he r s ounds
. g t i
are as f ll
o ows

R OMA NH C I LD R E N A T P L AY
 CO NNN N
SO A T SOU DS 7

7 . Cons onan t s. Cons onants are pronounc ed as in E n gli s h,

i
w th the fo ll wi ng
o i
e x ce pt ons

ll wi ng ti m
tt
m
8 . L earn the fo

mm
o La n o oes

E
m i
m
pl uri bus unu ,
one out o f a ny ( otto of the Un ted States) .

ou t of a ny on e

Ad as t ra per as pera , to Me s ta rs t/zrong /z a zfi ’

enl nes ( otto of Kansas)

m m
.

s ta r s t h r o ng /z
d zfi
’

c u l t zes

Labor
ta i l
o
a ll
nia vi ncit ,
I }: t ug s c onq u e r s
conq uers a ll
( q uotat oni fro the

i
Lat n poe t V erg i l) .

R OMA N N WR ITI G TA BLE TS

 SYL L A B L E S , Q U A N T IT Y A , N D A CC E N T
F es t i n e l e nt e Mak e has te s owl ly 1

m
SYLLABLE S

9 . A Lat n word has i as any s y ab es ll l as it has vowe s l

and i
d phthon g s.

Thu s , l i ber tas has three -

'—
ll
s y ab es , au l -
di -
en
’-
dae has four .

10 . W ords are d i id
v ed i nt o sy ab e s as ll l fo ll ows
’

fo
and s i
a. A

mm
m s i ng l
ll owi ng vow e l a a e bi l i s a be t pe
e cons ona nt

: l
i lar co bin tions w i th l o r th t c n be p onounc d in one
s,

a
-
betw e en tw o
'
- -
,

r
'
-
vow e s

a
,
l

a
-
is pronounce d w th the
'
re g it ; a s o bl , br , t r ,
-

r e
'
i

ll l
m mi i i ll i l 2 '
s
y b ae a e p onou n e d w rth fo ow ng vow
r e a s pfi bl i cu c a : ,
- -
s,
’- ' '
e bri us , -
5 t ri s , a - g ri .
-

'
b In

'
.

-
i
'
ll i
all othe r co

is pronounced w th the fo ow ng vow e : a s ,

- '
hos pes , an nus , s u bac t us , s and t us , i l l e -
b nat ons

-
of c ons ona nts

-
l
-
.
m
the
ag
l a s t of
'
-
nus , e g es
the g roup
- '-
t as ,

l as t ll l ll '
n nza
'

c. T he s ab e of a w ord is ca ed the nl ; the ne x t to

y
-

m l l
m
' '
the as t , the p e that
be fore the pe nu t, the an te pe nnl l
- -
.

l im
T hus , a ant ur cons s ts of ai ( )
antepenu t , l -
an
( pe nu t l) ,
-
tur

( )
N
u t a .

m
QUA TI TY OF SY LLABLE S

l ng
T he quant ty of a sy ab
11
nounc ing it
.

A bout twI ce as
h t is , l
.
i
ll bl
ll l
m im l
e

to Shor
is the
uc h t
ti
i k
gi
e Shou
e occup ed

d be
i in pro
ven to

o (t a s ow ) s
y a es as t (th t i q ) a s, u c ones .

12 . A s yll b l a e is l ngo if it conta in l ng w l

s a o vo e or a

i t
d ph hon g : as , cfi
’-
r6 , poe
’-
nae, aes t a t e ; or if it -
’-
e nds in a

c ons o n nt whi
a ch is fo ll owed by another c ons onant as , the firs t
1 A favorite s aying of

l mA ug u s tus , th e fi rs t
ll l
m e pe r or of Ro mm e.
' “

pO,
'
2
But pr e po s itiona co poun d s fo ow ru e 5 : a s , ab - l u6 , ah- ru e tc .

8
 PA R T S O F SPE E C H

N
IO

1 7. ouns . A noun is the

mmm na m e of a pers on or thi ng : as ,

Caes ar, Ca s a r ; R o a, Ro e ; do us , hons e it

v r us , vi rtne .

A pronoun (pr o,
1 8 . Pronouns . in t s ead of,
’
and nonn ) is a

mm
T hus , in I
i
word us ed ns tead of a noun
a s tu dy ing
.

L a tin, is used in ts ead of the

k
m id i ng
’
Spea er s na e. Pronouns are Ofte n us e d to a vo repeat

m m
the sa e noun as , The s ol d iers a re w ea ry ; they ha ve

N
a r chea
’
a ny hou rs .

a. ouns and
'

p ll
ronouns a re ca ed s ubs ta nti ves .

1 9 . Ad j t iv
ec es . An ad ec j ti v e is a word th t a descr besi a

noun or pronoun, and is said t o be l ng

o to the word wh i ch it
descr besi The g reat f or es t w a s f ull of beautiful fl ow ers

m
: as , .

2 0 . Verbs . A verb is a word wh ch i ass er s t so t i g

e hn (
us u

ally an act ) abou t a pers on or thi ng : as , The g i rl is carrying

w a ter . She has a r os e in her ha ir .

I NT E R I OR V I E W OF A R OMA NH OU SE
 L ES SO N I

C arpe die m Mak e th e m o s t of t oda 1

N N
y

FI R ST PRI CIPLE S OF SY TAX

2 1 . Subjec t and Pr edica t e. A s ente nc e is a g roup of words

ex pres s n i g a t h ght
ou . A t
s en enc e c ons s s it of two parts , a

s u b ec t and
j a p red i ca te .

2 2 . T he s u b ec t
j is the pers on or th n i g k e n of.

mi g
s po

2 3 . T he predica te s ays s o eth n abou t the s ub ec j t .

2 4 . Trans i ti v e and In t rans it iv e Verbs . So m e verbs are fol

ml
l owe d by nouns or pronouns wh ch rece ve he r act on and i i t i i
co p e te th e s e ns e S uch ve rbs are ca e d tra ns i tive verbs ,
. ll
and the nouns or pronou ns are ca e d the dir ect ll ob e c ts .
j

i
Thu s , in the
t ve verbs , and reg i na m
s ente nces above , vocat

( q u een ) and
(
mmm
m m
ca l l s

e
) and

ori a
habet (ha s )

( e ory
)
a re

are
trans

h i
i
t e r

di j
rect ob ects .

2 5 . V erbs th t
a have no d i t rec ob ec j t are ca ll ed intra ns i tive
verbs as ,

m
' '
Puel l a pro perat , the g ir l has tens
' '
A g ri col a la borat , the f a r er toils

1 F ro m H orac e , a Ro m an po

I I
e t . ll
L it era y, Seiz e the day .
 FI R ST PR I N C I PLE S OF SY N TA X

m
12

2 6 . A for of the verb to be (is, a re , w as, connec ti ng

the s ub ec j t i w th a noun or ad ec j ti ve in the pre d i tca e, is ca ll d e

the co ul a p j ino er
’
or as ,

Ifi '
li a es t pul ch ra
’
puel l a, '
j ul iais a p r ett
yg irl

E XE RCIS E

na m
j
2 7 . Pronounce the La n
e

ob e cts , and
the nouns , pronouns , ad
i
red cates , and s a e
ti of

j tiec

t t wh th
the fo ll wi ng
o

ves , verbs , Copu as , s ub e cts ,

er the verbs are

t
s en ences

l
t
j
rans
and

i
p e

ti i nt i ti
m m
ve or rans ve

m
’ ’ '
I . E go pa tria .
a o.

m mil m
I ( y) country l ove .

’ ’ ' '
2 . Puel lae in ag na s va pro pe rant .

( ) ( ) f
m
The gi rls into the g r ea t or es t a re -
ha s tening .

i l li
m ll
’ ’ ’ ' ’
3 L e s b a pu c hra fi a ag r i c olae , na a

m
.
,

Les bia , ( the) bea utif ul da ug hter of (the) f a r er , no

m
’ ’
pec fi nia ha bet .

m
oney ha s .

gi l
m m li t
’ ’ ’ ’ ’
4 . A r co a fi a ex par ve ca s a vo ca .

m mm ( ) f
( Th )
e fa r er h is da ug hter ro
( )
the l ittl e cottag e

’ ’ ’
5 IS
.
pul chra pue l l a a at .

He (th e
)p r ett
y g i rl

6 . L n i g ’
ua La i na t ’
es t pu c hra .l ’ ‘

The l a ng uag e L a tin is

N ml OT E . Latin has no artic e l the or a ; th us puell a mmm a

y ean

a g i rl , or s i p yg rl
Further, the pos s es s ive ad
i .

m j e ctives y y ou r hi s , h er ,

mN
, ,

e tc . are

the .
not ex pres sed if the

ote , too,
eaning of the

in 6 that in Latin the j

ad ec tive m lla
l
s e ntence is

y fo
c e ar

ow the noun.
w ithout
 L ES SO N II

f o r t ii n a i u v a t — F favors th e b rave 1

N NN
A u d e n t es o r tu ne

m m
I FLE CTIO A D CASE S

m t i mi g
2 8 . I nfl ection. W g t i
ords i i t a
y chan e he r for s to nd ca e

g
m m m
t i
so e c han e in he r ean n ,
or he r us e in a s e nte nce
’
as , is , a re ; hnow , hnew ; w e, us ; w o a n, wo an s , wo e n.

Th i s Chan e g is ca ll ed infl ection .

2 9 . The i nfl ti ec on of a verb is ca ll ed its con ug a tion

j ; th t a

of a noun, a dj ti ec ve, or p ronoun, its d ec l ens ion

m mgi
.

all

the for
30 . Decl ens

m i
its d ffere n
s is
i
ca
on.

tf
ll d e
or m
T o dec ne
s :

a ca s e .
as ,
li a word
w ho, w hos e, w ho
eans to

. E
ve

ac h
in order

one of

i Obs erve the fol ow l i ng

m
3 1 . Cas es in E ng l sh . s e nte nces

Who is thi s an ?

m
Whos e s on is he ?
Who do I s e e ?
We
s es s on, i
us e the

and w ho
for m
m as
w ho as

the ob ect. j
the j
s ub ec t,

T he three for
w hos e to de note pos
mill s us trate

the three cas es found in

The
T he
j
s ub ect cas e

cas e of
is ca

the pos s es s or is
ll
E ngli
ed the
s h.

N
ll
ca
m o

ed
ina tive ca s e .

the Pos s es s i ve cas e .

T he ob ecj t cas e is ca ll ed the Obj ec tive cas e .

N
m
the
o
32 . Ca s es in La in.
’
ina ti ve ; the poss es s ve ,
Gen i tive ; and the ob e ct
’
t I n Lat n the
i
j
i
or cas e of

is
s ub ec

the
ll
j t
ed
p
cas e

os s

the A ccu
es s or,
is

’
ca ll
is
s a tive .
ed

ca
the
ll ed

m m
c ase ca

1
F ro V e rg i l , Ro
’
e s g r e ate s t e pic poe t.
1 3
14 I N FL E CT I O NN A D CA SE S

Gal ba '

'
( N
N
N O MI A TI VE
) es t
'
'
a g ri co a, l
'
Les bia , Ga l ba
Ga lba ( SUB E CT J ) is a f ar m er

Gal bae ) fi ( )
’

( GE I TI V E li a es t s POSSE SSO R da u hter

g

Gal ba '
m
is Les bia

J
( A CC USA TI VE
)
'
fi l i a a m
'
at ,
( )
h is da ug hter l oves Ga l ba
(
N
)
m
O B E CT

3 3 . R ul e for
ver b is

or What
i n the
_

Nm o
o i nat i ve Subject . The
i na ti ve a nd a ns w er s the
su bject
qu es t on
o
f fi
i
a

Who
n i te

3 4 . Rul e for Genit ive of t h e Pos s es s or .

n oti ng the ow ner or
p os s es s or

qu
o
f so

Whos e
m ethi n
The w or d de
g is i n the

Geni ti ve a nd a ns w er s the es tion

3 5 . Rul e for Accu s at ive Object . The d i r ec t j

ob ect o
f a

tr a ns i ti ve ver b is
qu es ti on Who m i n the A ccus a ti ve
What ?
a nd a ns w er s the

m
or

36 . W hen the no i i i gl
nat ve s n u ar e nds in a
( as , Gal ba)
m
-
,

the g ni tie i gl
ve S n u ar e nds in ae and the accus at ve S ng u ar in a -
i i l -
.

E XE RCIS E S
ll wi ng ti i g
m
37 I n the fo s entenc es add the proper L a n e nd n

m(
. o s

m(
1 . L es bia ( SU BJ ) l E CT oves thef a r er OBJE CT
) Les bi a at ag ricol

m
,

2 . The f ar er s
’
PO SSE SSO R
) da ug hter ( SU BJ E CT
) l oves Ga l ba

m( BJ
( O BJ E CT
) ,
a g r icol fi li a at Gal b

) Ga l ba ( )
’

3 . The f ar er SU E CT ca l l s s PO SSE SSOR da ug hter

( O BJ E CT
) ,
a g r i col vocat Ga ba l fi i l

no m
3 8 . Sta
i ti na ve ,
t e what nouns in the fo
g niti e ve , and accus at ve i
ll wi ng
o

if trans
s e n e nc e s

l ate d
t
i nt o
wou d be
Lat n
l
i
1 . A li on was t i fyi ng
err the v ill ga e rs . 2 . A hunte r found
the li on s
’
de n 3 .T he h u n te
. r S h ot th e on an d capture d the li
li on s cubs .
’

4 Th e
. on s c u bs b ili
t th e
’
hu n e r s h and t ’

.
I6 FOR MS A N D PO SI TI O N
4 1 . Pos i ion t of Gen iti v e. The g en iti m t
ve ay s and e i th er

before or after the noun to wh i ch it be l g on s : as , Gal bae '

fi l i
'
a

fi l ia Gal bae, Ga l ba ' ’

'
or s d a ug hter .

VOCABULARY

4 2 . L earn the fo ll wi ng w
o ords so th t a
you can gi v e

gli ti n th i gli
m m
En sh for the L a or e L at n for the E n sh

' '
ag ri col a , f ar er a at , l oves , is l oving
-

'
’
fi l ia, da ug hter pro p at ,
er ha s tens , is ha s tening
-

' '
puel l a , g
i r l vo cat , ca lls , is -
ca l l ing

'
reg i na, q ueen

XE RCI SE S
N m
E

OTE . I n trans l ating a Latin g enitive into E ng is h w e ay us e either l

the pre pos ition of and the noun, or its pos s e s s ive case : as , fi l ia reg i nae,

mm mm
the d a ug hter f the q ueen , or the q u een s d a ug hter .
’
o

li m
4 3. 1 . R e i nag puella t a a . 2 . Puella t re
g i na a a .

3
5
.

F
. i

gi l
li
li
Fi a ag ricolae

a ag ricolae p
r

u
o
p p
el
e

l
rat.

a mm
t a
4 .

a
Puella fi
. 6 . R e i nag
a

mtt ag ricolae

ag ricola
voca

voca
.

m
a r co a ro erat.
p p

44 . I The far
m er is ca lli ng (his ) dau h g t er . 2 T he dau h g t er
-
. .

is -
calli ng the far er . 3 T he . gi l l r oves the q ue e n s
’
dau g ht e r.

4 T
. h e q ue e n s dau hte r
’
g ca ll th gi l
s e r .
5 T h
.e q uee n is has -
t ni ng
e .

SI NN GI G TH E WE DD I NN G SO G
 L E SSO N IV

m ne ini t i u m e s t d i ffi c i l e — E ve ry beg inning is hard 1

N
O

N UMBE R ME

N
m m
AGR E E T OF VE R BS

45 . u ber . La n, ti lik e En gli s h, has two nu bers , s ing ul a r

N
and l ra l
p u .

us ua
4 6 . P ural
lly f d by
h ng th
l
i ng l
es
or m ig
e s
e
of ouns .

add n

u ar to the
In E n
-
s

l
or

ura
gli
-
es

l
sh

by
to

c
th
l l
the p ura
i ng l
e s

h ngi ng th
a
of

u ar .

e end
nouns

So L a n
i ng
is
ti
c a p .

N
N
SI G U L AR

O M. ( s ub ect j ) puc ll a i l
N(
g r -

m
,

the g ir l
’
GE .
pos s es s or ) puel l a e, g i r-
l s, f
o
A CC .
(ob j ect)
puel l a -
,
i rl

N
PL U R A L

OM

N(
s ub ect
( j ) pue l l ae

m
g i r l s
-
.
,
’
GE pos s es s or ) puc l l eru i r ls f
o the g ir ls
g
-
.
, ,

N
j
m
A CC .
( ob ec t ) pue ll as ,
-
g i r l s

t t o e ha t the g ni ti
e ve i gl
s n u ar and the no i ti na ve p ura l l
lik
m im l li
are a e.

have pas sed nto E n

m m m i l i s h wi thout
(1 . So e Lat n words e d g
n n in -
a
g

m m m al u
c hang e and for the ura in ae : as , a l u na , na e ; f or ul a ,
p
-

f or ula e

i i mi ; inutia , inutia e ; nebul a , nebu l a e ; ver tebr a , ver tebr a e.

m
l
C ons u t the d ct onary for the e an ng of thes e words .

4 7 . Pl ural of Verbs . V erbs , as we ll as nouns , for the

pl l wi
ura th d i ff ere nt e nd i ng s. I n the s i ng l u ar the t hi rd
pe rs on
e nds in t , in the p ura in nt
-
l l -
. T hus ,

port a-
t, he ( s he, it) ca rr ies port a-
nt , they ca r ry

puel l a por tat , the g ir l ca r r ies puel l ae port ant , the g irl s ca rry

1 A L atin pr ove rb.

1 7
1 8 A GR E E ME N T O F V E R BS

T he
Of the ve rb,
e nd i ng s -
t and

ll ed
-

e rs ona l
i
nt , w h c h Show the pers on

endi n s , and tk
and

the p
nu

l
m ber
ac e of
are ca p g a e

gli l
mm
the En sh pers ona p ronouns .

48 . R ul e for Ag ree ent of Verbs . The ver b ag r ees w i th

i ts su bject in per s on an d nu ber .

m
E X E R CI S E S

49 . Wri te and gi ve ora lly the no i i nat ve , g e n

mi g
i ti ve , and

m
a cc us at ve ,i s i ng l u ar a nd pl l ura ,
of i
the Lat n nou ns
’

ean n

f ar e r, da ug h te r , q u een, g i r l .

pl ura
50.
l
W ri te
Of the
a nd

L at n i
gi ve

ve rbs
ora

mi g
lly
e an
the
n
th i rd

l ove,
pe rs on

ca ll , ha s ten
i gl
s n u ar

.
and

m
5 1 . Deri va ti on. D e fine the fo ll wi ng E ngli h w d
o s or s : voca l ,

voca ti on, filia l ,

a ia bl e, ag r i cu lt u re T wh t L ti n w
. o a a ords are

they re a ed lt

PLA Y I NJ G AC KSTO N ES
 L ESSO N V
Bi s d a t q u i c it o dat H e g ive s twice who g ive s q uic k y 1 l
N NN
m
THE DATI VE CASE I DI R E CT OBJ E CT PRE DI CATE OU

t
5 2 . Da ive Cas e. In E n gli sh

m any re at ons h l i ip s be twee n

words
The s e
are ex pre s s e d

are ca ll
by to, f or , f ro , w i th, in, a t, and the l
e d pre pos t ons ii
Lat n, too, ofte n a es a s
. i m m k
ik
i il
e.

ar

m
us e of prepos

by eans of cas e for s a

’
i ti ons ,

ll
m l
but fre que nt y e x pres s es
th t E ngli sh doe s not pos s es s
s uc h l ti n hi p
re a

.
o s

One of
s

the s e cases is ca ed the D a ti ve .

5 3 . T he da ti ve cas e is use d afte r ve rbs and j i

ad ect ve s to

e x pres s the
mre a l ti on conveye d

mi g in E n gli sh by the pre pos t ii ons

mm
to or f or so ebody or s o eth n .

H e g ave the oney to j oh n

i
They are read

m yf or w ar

N N
She w as k nd to hi H e is

m
no a tch f or you

OTE . To or f or in ex pre s s io ns of otio n, l ik e H e w ent to ew Yorh ,

He s a il ed
f or E uro p e, are not d e note d by the d ative .

W hat i l i i ll wi ng ?
m
54 . dat ve re at ons do you d s cover in the fo o

i
To Ca pta n S
m
m
e noug h for
i i
any
th w as g ve n the c ro s s of w a r, a n

a n. H e was
mmi miim
a l
honor g re at
w ays ready fo r ac tion and

N ll
l
w as
O l
e q ua

w onde r the g enera

an honor w e de s erve d
to all de and s . To hi
s aid to hi
noth ng s e e e d

,
p os s

France g
ib e

ve s to y
l
ou
.

m
.

5 5 . Cas e E nding s of Da ive. t W he n the no i i nat ve s n u ar i gl

e nds in -
a, the dat i ve S i ng lu ar e nds in -
ae a nd the d tia ve

l l in

N
is .

m
p ura -

m
OT E T he g e nitive s ing u ar, the dative
. l l
s ing u ar, a nd the no ina tive
l l h ave the s a e e nding , ae ; but the u s e s of the thre e c as e s are diffe re nt

m mm
p ura - .

1 F ro A ndre a A l c iati, an l
I ta ian auth or of ax i s.

19
20 I ND IR E C T O BJ E CT PR E D I C A T E NN OU

thi ng i
5 6 . I ndirec t Objec t . In E n gli sh the pers on to who
ll
mm so e

m m)
s g i ve n, tol d, re f us ed, e tc . is ca ed the indi rec t ob
j ec t.

The q ueen g ives oney to the g irl (or g i ves the g irl oney

5 7 . T he i ndi rect Ob ecj t i l ly s c ear a da ti ve re at on l i 5 3) and

ti n by th d ti

m
is ex pres sed in L a e a ve cas e .

R eg i na puellae pecfi nia dat

5 8 . R ul e for Dat ive of I ndirect Object . The i ndir ect

mi
ob ect o
j f a ver b is i n the da ti ve .

i ndi t bj t
5 9 . T he rec o ec a
y e ther p rece de or fo ll ow the

di bj t

N
t
rec o ec .

6 0 P di t
. n
re A ca e ou . noun in the pred
s tand i ng i
cate,

d
mm
i bi ng
es c r d fini ng th or e e j
s ub e ct and c onnec te d w th i it by

m
so e for of the ve rb to be, is ca ll ed a p r edi ca te noun.

N
Ga l ba es t ag ricola, Ga l ba is a f ar er

Rul e for Predicat e oun. A p re dica te n ou n ag r ees

w i th the su bject in ca s e.

XE RCI S E S
m
E

62 . W ri te the no i n ti g niti
a ve , e ve, dat i ve , and ac cus a ti ve,

i gl
s n u ar and pl ura l ,
of the nouns a gr col a, reg i na, i puel l a .

F irs t l e a rn th e S pe c ia l vo c ab u a ry, l pag e 3 6 1

pro
63 .

mpe rat .
I .

m
Puella
4 A g ricolae prope rant
.
e s t re

5 Fi liae
gi n a. 2 . Puellae
. .
s unt r e
‘
gi n ae.

ag ricol aru
3 A .

mgi lr co a

eg i
r

na

ag ricolae

m m
li
vocant 6 Fi a a g ricolae reg i na vocat
g pe c
.

fi nia
.

dat . 8 . Filiae re i nae

7 R e
.
g i na p
l
u
. e

fabu as puelli s ag r
l l i s

m
coleru nerrant.

mg m g
The que en is far dau hter gi l gi v
T he
’
64 . I . a er s . 2 . r s e

the far e rs
’

oney to the q uee n.

- -

3 . T he gi l i t lli ng th
r s -
e e

m
gi l l g h
’
dau hter d
’

q uee n s a s tor
y 4 T:h e . r oves the q n
ue e t s au er .

5 The. gi l g r s are dau hters of far -

ers .
 L ESS O N VI

A rs l o n g a, v i t a b r e vI S — A r t is l o ng , ti m e is fl e e ting 1

THE ABLATI VE CASE THE FI R ST DE CLE NNSI O

6 5 . Abl a ive Cas e. t A no her t c as e l ki ng

ac in E n gli s h, but

m
found in Lat in ,
is the A b l a ti ve ’
. Th i s c as e is u sed to e x pre s s

the

w i th,
Lat n i
l i
re at ons c onve

a t, in,
us e s s im
m
or on.

il ii
im
i ar
ye d

os
So
in E n
et
gli
es ,
sh

t ons w th the ab a ve .
by the prepos t ons f ro
as w ill
be s hown a er
l ti
ii
lt
,
by ,

p p
re

6 6 . Abl a ive R el a t
ti n W h t bl ti v l ti n d y di o s. a a a e re a o s o ou s

in th f ll wi ng ?

m
cover nt n
e o o se e ces

A t tw l k h t p bg t
o o c oc
’
h by h g
t e rool wi h s e an o arc ,
t e enera t
hi
th g
t ff l di g h
s s a

d h k w i h th i
e
M y th
rou n
ea d w
i lt d F
s
n

oo
i li
t

id w lk
d
e van.

t e r m
an

art a
ou s an s

rea .
e re

ro m n

s e
ne an

a s,

wi d w d h
n o t p th s, p t
ant i w d h w d
ou s e o s e s ec a ors v e e t e on e r

f l ig h uO y
s i de f
l t g . w w i g i
n e ve rh b s a s e re av n n t e reeze

m i l d O k
d an y w w w i th
e ve r onejy b y w as b o . ur o s ere ac

fro France.

6 7 . Ca s e E nd ng s of Abl a ive. When the no i

nat ve s n

l ar e nds in a, the ab a ve s n u ar e nds in a , and the ab at

-
l ti
t
i gl
m
i i i g
l i
u

ve

l l in i s

N
p ura -
.

m a. ote that the fina

m l a is l ong in the l i
ab at ve and s hort in the
-

no

N
i i
b.
nat ve : aq ua,

ote that t he ab at ve
no i i
l i
nat ve ; aq ua, ab ative .

pl l i l
uraik s e
l
the d at ve p ura i l l .

6 8. Decl ens ions . Lat n has five d ec i l i

ens ons .

1 L atin for
ll
L ite ra y, A rt l ong , l if e
m of a s aying

s h or t .
att r ibut e d

T he ve rb to
t o th e
be m
G re e k w r ite r H ippo c rate s
is ofte n o itte d wh e n it c an
.

r eadi l
y b e s u pp ie d l .
2 2 FI R ST D E C L E NN SI O

69 . The dec l n i n t wh i h
e s o o c a noun be l ng
o s is s hown by the
e nd i ng of the g ni ti i ng l
e ve s u ar.

g ni ti
e
70 . Firs
ve s
t
i ng l
Decl ens on.
u ar be
i
l on g
N to the
ouns i g th
hav n
Fi t D lrs
e e nd

ec e ns on. i
i g
n -
ae

T hey
in the
are

d li n d
ec e as f ll o ows

NN TR A N N USE E H CA SE

N
OU SL A T I O OF AC

SI GU L A R

the w a te r The j t
s ub e c

of the w a te r , or the The pos s e s s or

’
w a te r g

to or f or the w a te r i i t bj t
T he nd rec O ec

m
the w a te r T h die t bj t re c o ec

m
f ro ,
by , w i th ,
a t, i n, R l ti n d n t d
e a o e o e by
or on the w a te r th p p i ti n f
e re os o s ro ,

by, w i th, a t, in, or on

N
PL U R A L

GE
OM.

Nq.
aqua e

a ua r u
’
m the w a ter s
of the w a ters , or the

w a te rs
’
The
T he pos s e s s or
j t
s ub ec

to or f or the w a te rs i i t bj t
The nd rec o ec

f ro m
the w a te rs

or on the
,
by , w i th,
w a ters
a t, i n,
T h die

e a
t bj

e
t
R l ti n d n t d
o

th p p i ti n f
re
re c

os
o

e
ec

o e

o s rom by
,

by, w i th, a t, i n, or on

(1 . The nouns fi l ia, da ug hter , and dea , g oddes s , have fi l l abus a nd

defibus in the da t i ve and ab at ve l i pl ura l .

t
7 1 . Bas e. That part
g t l i
of the

on, and to
w ord wh
wh i
i
ch
ch r e

the te r
mi m
i i
a ns unc hang e d

hrou hou the dec e ns nat ons are

added, is ca ll ed the ba s e. T hus , aq u is the bas e of aq ua .

 L ES S O N V II -

Men s S an a in an e — A s ou n d m ind i n a s ou nd b o dy 1

N
c or por e S

m
PR E POSITI O S

ti n
o
o
77.
s are

f f q nt
re
W hil e
in L t n
ue
y

n
p diba
y
an

f
ex

b t nl y w i th th
occurre ce ,
l i
re at ons

t
gli
ill
res s e

u
p p
ti
h by p p
i
o
t i n

bl ti
i
e x pres s ed

c as e or m in E n
s, s

e accus a
s

re

ve or a
os o
re os

s are

a ve .

a
7 8 P p iti n w it h A
nd th
.

g h n
re os

rou

by th p p i ti n
p i n I f
ti
o s

ext i n
Th
re s s o

wi th th
p
l ti n t int
sd
ccus a

ti
i n
o L ti n m ve .

o o are
e

ex
re a o

res s e
s o,

a
o,

N m
e re d in
os nd p o s a , ,
a er, e accus a ve .

N
N
auta a d a qua

auta in aq ua m
m
properat , the
prOperat , the
the
s a il or

s a il or

s a il or
ha s tens to the w a ter
ha s tens i nto the w a ter
ha s tens thr oug h the w a ter

m
aut a per aq ua p p at ,
ro er

f
o ,
79 . Prepos
in co mi i p
it i n
a ny
o s

w i th,
w ith Abl ti
and in
a ve .

m
or on
The
are
re al ti ons f
e x pre s s e d

i
ro the

in L a t n
l ti
s ide

i
N m
by the prepos t ons a or ab, cu ,
and i n, w th the ab a ve .

N
N ml
aut a a b aq ua

auta cu
prOperat , the s a il or

Ga be properat , the s a il or ha s tens w ith Ga l ba

ha s tens f r o the w a ter

N
aut a in aq ua es t the s a il or is i n (or on) the w a ter
,

OT ET he prepos ition a is u s e d
. on ly b efore w ords b eg inning w ith a

c ons onant, ab before eith e r vow e s or l

m m
c ons onants .

1
F ro J u ve na l , a Ro an p oe t .
 PR E PO SITI O N S 2 5

80 . The
by the fo ow n
mlli g i g
ean n s of a

d ig
( or ab

m ) ,

the
a d, i n, and per are ill
nti ng th
us

trate d a ra ,
s quare repre se e

pl ac e in q ue s t on i

i n (info) w ith the

I acc.

P l ace i
w th the a bl.

ad
( ) to i
w th the acc .
the abl .

E X E R CI S E S

N N
F
mm mm
irs t l e a rn t h e s pe c ia l vo c ab u ary,l pag e 36 1

cu m g
81 .
t
I

fi liabus
. autae aq ua

re i nae ab
a a nt

N
;
erra ad mag r icol ae

a qua
terra

pro
a

pe rat.
ant . 2

3
.

.
auta

Fi l iae
re

5
-
A g
gin
.r c o a fi
ae

l iabi l
u s
in ( )
on aq ua

re gi n
s u nt .

ae aqua m 4 .

m autae

dat . 6
pe

.
r aq uas

Puellae
ppro

ag ricol aru
'
e rant .

t
in erra s unt

m
.

i l
m gt
t to the wa
82 . I . L esb a has tens fro the and er . 2 . T he
sa il ors are in the wate r .
3 Ga b.a i s wlth ti
h e fa r ers d au h
’
ers .

The queens dau

’
g hters has te n throu h the and g l .

Fi t R rs evi ew of V ocab ul ar y a nd Gra m

m ar , 73 2 -
73 6

NN
I AM OF TH E
N N
O PI IO T HAT T H E V A LU E O F C LA SSI C A L ST U D I E S I S S E R I
O U SLY U D E R E STI MA T E D T O D A Y . W H O LLY O U T SI D E OF T H E IR A CK OW L"

NN NN N
E D GE D LITE R A R Y V A LU E , C LA SSI C A L STU D I E S C U LT I V A T E THE PO W E R OF

N H NN H
E X PRE SSI O A D A D I SC RI MI A TI G U SE OF W OR D S E SSE T IA L T O C LE A R

E SS O F T I KI G. — E R BE RT C . H O OV E R
 L ES SO N V I I I
Nm m mN —

N NN N
tur n b a c k 1

NN
u qua r e t r er s u e ve r

GE DE R DE CLE SI O , AGRE E ME T, A D POSI TI O OF

m
A DJ E CTI VE S THE PR E DI CATE A DJ E CTI VE

m
83 . Gender .
li ni i
L at n, i lik e En gli s h, has three g e nders : as

Nm
cu e, fe n ne , and neute r .

o f
w th
m
84

i t im
l
n
m
l li
.gli
li
a es

ou f
Gender in E

n
n ;

t
a
f f
i i in
are

Thi i a
di ng t
n

l f i ni n ; nd f th n
as cu

ll d n t l g nd
e,
sh

e u er .
is d s t nct
o e m m a es ,

s
o

s
ac cor

ca
e

e
e

a u ra
o s ex .

a o

e
i g
er.
a es

e
85 Th l f n t l g nd
.

b i ng h i ng li f
s
e ru es

w d d n ti ng
av m
m mm ml
ppli d
or

e :
l in L ti
li n nd
or
n t
a ura

s e
e

o
er are a

a es
e

are
a so

as c u
a

e, a
o

w d or d n ti ng f
s

w d d n ti ng t hi ng i g n
or s
l e

e
f
o
o

m m
m
i ni n B t th g nd f
m
e

lly d t i n d by th t i n
a es

s s
are

e e ra
e e.

e er
u

e
e

e
e

er
er o

ti n

e
o f th n

in L ti n b
oi n ti i ng l T hi i ll d g
er .

li n f i ni n
e

e
o

m m
g nd H n n n whi h in E ng li h w l d b n tce m a

ou
ve S

s
ti

y
l
c
u ar . s

s
s ca

ou
e

e
ra

e u er
a ca

m m m
a e n t
as cu e, e e, or eu e r .

Th i L i
mus , el in li ; lu
at n, s f
,
ii ;
s u n, s as c u ne na , oon, e n ne

N N
cae u l ,
s hy, ne u ter.

8 6 . Gender
l i
of

m ouns of F
l
i t
rs Dec ens l i on.

m
l
ouns of the firs t
m m li
de c e ns on are f e inine u n e s s the
y de note a es .

i
m
T hus , aqua, w a ter , is fe nine , but naut a , s a il or , is a s cu ne .

j ti v i ll i g
m mm
8 7 . Ad ec es . E xa ne the fo ow n s e ntence

m
Puell a parva bona r eg i na a at , the l ittl e gi r l l ihes the g ood q ueen

I n th i s t
s en ence par va , l ittl e , a nd bona , g ood, are not

nouns , but descr pt ve words ex pres s n i i i g q u a li

ty. Such words
are ll d j ti ca e a a ec ves and ar e sa id to be on l g to the noun

whi h t h y d
c ib e es cr e.

1
A L a tin l
s og a n . L ite r a y, ll ever ba chw a rd .

2 6
 D E CL E NN SI O OF A DJ E CT I V E S 2 7

re mi
88 . Decl ens ion
a

the g ood m
g
ns unc han e d eve n when the noun c

a n, the g ood
of Adjec ves .

m
ti
’
an s ,
In

the g ood
En

m
gli
han
en.
sh

g es

In
the
its for
other
ad ec

m j ti
w ords ,
ve

as ,

in E n gli j
s h, ad ect ves i are not de c li n d
e . I n L at n, i j i
ad ect ve s

have dec ens l i ons lik e thos e of nouns .

89 . Fe
nouns in
m -
I nIne

a. Dec
j i
ad ect ves

li n ne ouns
in
and
-
a have the
the r i j
sa

ad ect ve s
m
i
e cas e

to g
for
ether,
m s as

as

foll ows

(b wa ter ; bona (bas e bon g ood

NN
aq ua as e aq u F ., F .,

J
N N
OU AD E CT I V E

N OM. aq ua bona d w a ter

TE R MI AT IO S

Nq
g oo -
a

GE a ua e bonae f good w a ter

o -
ae

m mm m
.

DA T . aqua e bonae to or f or g ood w a ter -

ae

Acc . aqua bona g ood w a te r -

a

A BL . aqua bona f w i th, by, in g ood w a ter a

N
ro ,
-

N m m
O M. a uae
q bonae ood w t ae

m
-
e rs
g a
’ '
GE . aqua ru bone ru f
o g ood w a te rs -
aru
D AT . aq ui s boni s to or f or g ood w a ters is
A cc .
A BL .
aq uas

aqui s
bonas
boni s
g
f romood w a te rs
w i th, by , in g ood w a terss -
as
is

m
, <

have
90 . Ag ree
a fe m
i i
t en of

n ne noun aq ua c o
Adjec ves . ti
m i i
I n the phras e
b ne d w th a fe m
i i
m
j i
aq ua

n ne
bona , we
ad ec t ve

bona . W hen the phras e is dec ne d , li

mi a c han e g in the nu be r

m
or the cas e of the noun is acco pa n e d by a i g
c orres pond n

chan e g in the j i
ad ect ve . Th i is ll e d ag r ee

m m
s ca ent .

9 1 . Rul e f or Ag ree ent of Adject ives . A djecti ves a

g r ee

w i th their n ou ns i n g ender , n u ber , an d ca s e.

92 . A n j i
ad ect ve mi y
a e the r p rece de or fo ll ow its noun .
2 8 PR E D I C A TE A DJ E CT I V E

9 3 . Predi ca t Adj ti v A n dj ti
e ec e. a ec ve s tand n i g in th e pre d i
ca e,t but des cr i bi ng th bj t i ll d e su ec ,
s ca e a p r e di ca te a a e c ti ve .
j

N
Puell ae s unt pul ch rae, the g i rl s a re
p r ett
y

ml m ml m
OT E . l
I n E ng is h the predic ate ad j ec tive is ll
often ca ed the a ttribute

co p e ent or s ub ec tive c o p j
e e nt .

GA L BA E T LE S BIA

F irs t l e a rn th e S pe c ia l vo c abu ary, l a

p ge 3 6 1

pu c l
h
94
ra .
. Ga ba l
Ga
gi l
es t a

l b fili p
a ml m
a

mm r co a .

ulc hra
L esb i a

a
es t

at.
fi
A
li a

gi l
Galbae
r co a
pa
.

rvae
L es b

pu e
i
llae
a es t

bonas fabu as narrat

Ga bal
gi l
r co a ad
et
l
L esb i a c asa m
mm mmt
i
. Ga ba
parva
cu

a
L es b a in
an . L e sb
cas e

i a Galba
parva
m hab tat
vocat e t
i .

a par va casa pro

p at
e r
( s ee
pic tu re
) .

95 . I T he li ttl e c otta g e is beaut fu i l . 2 . l

Ga ba has te ns throug h
the

gi l r s
l and to the pret y cotta
has ten nto the i
t
co
g
tt g
a
e.

e.
3
5
.

Fa.r
G lb a

m
a

ers
is w th thei
liv e in s m
sa

ll
il
a
or .

c otta
4 The
.

g es .
 L ES SO N IX

N NN
i h 1
F it via Vi — E ne rg y w s t e w ay
n

N l iig
THE SE CO D DE CLE SI O THE VOCATIV E CA SE

9 6 . Second Decl ens i on. ouns e nd n in -

i in the g ni ti
e ve

i ng l l ng
Nm
s u ar be o to the Second D ec e ns on.

97 . Gender a nd Decl ens ion

mli
i i . o nat ves of the s econd de

m i ng i g
cle ns ion e nd in -
us or -
er are as cu ne ; thos e end n in
t
ml m
-
u are neu er.

T hus , s ervus , s l a ve, a nd ag er , fi ld e ,

are a s cu ine ; but oppidu ,

tow n, is neuter.

Mas culi ne nouns in -

us are dec li n e d as fo ll ow s

M s la ve
s ervus (b as e s erv .

N N
,

N
TE R MI AT I O S

O M. s ervus -
us

GE N s e rvi -
i

mm
.

D AT . s erve -
6
Acc . s e rvu -
u

N l
A BL . s erve -
6

l ll
m
OT E . In earning al l d ec e ns ions , fo ow the s ug g es tions i
g ve n in 72 .

m m m
i li
(1 . So e L atin w ords e nding
'

in -
us have pas s e d E ng s h
nto

m m
w ithou t c hang e and for the pl u l ra in -
i : as , alu nus , a l u ni ;

m
r a dii s ti
sy l l a bus , syll a bi ; f ocus , f oci ; ra d i us , ; ul us , s ti ul i ; na r

i
’

ciss us , na r ciss i. l
Cons u t the d ic t onary for the e aning of the s e w ords .

is
of
in the vocat ve cas e (fro
the vocat ve
t
9 8 . Voca ive Ca s e. A noun u s e d to addres s or ca a pers on
i
L at n voce, I ca l l )
i is
T he for
re gl u ar l
m i
m
th e sa e as the no m.

i i
mll
nat ve , but
y
the vocat ve s n u i i gl ar of nouns in -
u s of the s econd l i de c e ns on

ends in s erve, O s la ve ; Merce 0 Ma rcus

m
-
e : as ,

m m
.
,

1
F ro V e rg i l , a Ro an po e t . ll
L i te ra y, A w ay i s a de by f orce .

2 9
 SE C O N D D E C LE NN SI O

99. In E n
t
gli h th
L ti n
s e na

i
ml
e of the pers on addres s ed of en s ands

t
t t
m
firs . The a vocat ve rare y s tands firs .

Les bia , the cottag e is s a l l , cas a , Les bia , es t parva

E XE RCI S E S

Nt m
l l l
m
Firs t e arn th e s pe c ia voc abu ary, pag e 36 2

I .
Q ue t
nau a properat ? 2 . au a ad par

m
va cas a

m U Ga ba ? l G l i
p ro
pe rat .
3 bi
. es t 4 a
. ba cu Le s b a
a i ci s L es biae in cas e parva es t .
5 A . gi l
r co a
parvi s

pue l
c olae

bona
li s

?
et eq ui
bonas

7 . Se r vus
f abul as

bona m mm m
ag ricolae
narrat .

u
6
eq ui s
. Ubi

ant .
,

aqua
Marce ,

dat
e s t s ervus

. 8 . A qua
a gi
r

es t

a
q a a

1 01 . 1 . Marcus ,
Ga ba is l
lli ng th l -
ca e s aves . 2 . S l ave s , where
are the hors e s ? 3 Th h . G lb e , ors es , a a, are -
has te n i ng to the
c otta g e. 4 . The w t f tha er tt g i go -
e co
-
a e s ood . 5.T he l
s ave s

are the fr ends i of the

- -
hors es .
3 2 SE C O N D DE CLE NN SI O

E X E RCI S E S
Fi l l l
N
rs t e arn th e s pe c ia vo c abu ar ,
y pag e 3 6 2

D I A L O GU E . PU E R I , S E X T US E T Q U I T US

1 05 SE X T U S Ubi Q t Galbae ag ricolae laberant ?

N
.
,
ui n e, s ervi

Q UI T US . In a gi r s, Sex te, s e rvi Galbae ag ricolae laberant .

LE S B IA PE R A GR OS PR OPE R A T E T A Q UA M A D SE RVOS PO RTA T

S . Q i u s pe r a ge r s ad s e rves ro
p p e rat ?
Q . L es b i a, fi li
Gal bae ag ricolae pe r a ros a d s erves prope rat
a ,
g .

S
Q
.

.
Q i
m
L es bia
i
i ,

A qua , Sex te L es b a portat A q ua ,

l
u d L es b a pu c hra fi a Galbae ag ricolae portat ?

m mli m s ervi s L es b a dat

li
. m mt i ,

e t s ervi ,
bona fi a Galbae ag ricolae, a an .

1 06 . I . W ho li ves i
Marcus the s ail or ?
w th the fr i e nds of -

2 W hat are the bo S hors e s carr i ng Se x tus W h i lli g

’

3 o s te n
y y
-
. .

m
,

s tori es to L es bi a Gal ba s lit tl e daught er ? 4 W hi ther are the

’
-
.
,

en carr n
y i g wa t er ?
 L ES SO N XI

A m i cus t lt er ide m — A frie nd is a s e c ond s e lf 1

N NN
e s a

NN N
NN N
( )
THE SE CO D DE CLE SI O CO TI UE D GE E R AL R ULE S

N m N m
OF DE CLE SIO QUE STI O S

1 07 . Decl ens ion of ouns l g in u -

. euter nouns in u -
be on
to the S econd D ec l i li ll
ens on, and are dec ned fo

i m
as ows

opp du N (bas e oppid .

,
town

N N NN
N
GE
OM. id
N ppi di
opp

O
u mm TE R MI

i
m
-
u

i
ATI O S

opp

oppideru
da
T E R MI AT I O S

mm i
.

DAT . oppide 6 Oppidi s

A cc . opp id u —u opp da

m
oppide Oppidi s

m
A BL . 6

0 So e i
L at n w ords
m e nd ng i in u i
m li have pas s e d nto E ng sh
-
.

w thout i
m chang e a nd

m
for the pl u a r

m
l
m mm
m in a : as , s trat u s t rat a
-
, ;
datu ,
dat a ; curri cul u ,
curri cul a ; e orandu ,
e oranda.

de c
the for
1 08 . General R ul es
l
m
i
e ns on of

gi s
s ervus ,

ve s u s the
of

aq ua,

fo
Dec ens l
and

ll wi ng l
o
i on.

opp

ru es ,
id
W rit e
u m
i
m
.

wh c h
A
S id
e

co

l
by
p
n
i d th
i
t
n
ar s o

nl
f
s

o
e

o
e

a pp y y
to the firs t and s e cond de c l ni n b ut to all five 6 8)

m
e s o s

a. T he no i i nat ve and accu sa ve o ti f neuter nouns are a ke , and in li

the p ura l l end in a.

m m m
-

b. T he accu s at ve i of li
as cu nes and fe ii n nes ends in -
in the
s i ng u l ar, and I n -
s in the p ura l l .

c. The dat ve i l i l l
and ab at ve p ura are a lik e.

( 1. F nai l -
i and -
0 are l g; fi l
on na -
a is s hort ex cept in the l i
ab at ve

s i l
ng u ar of the firs t dec ens l i on.

1 F ro m Cic e ro, w ho w rote a fa m ou s e s s ay on fr ie nd s h ip .

33
34 SE C O N D D E C LE NN SI O

N
m
QUE S T IO S

1 09 . Q ues
y b e ntiroduced, as in E n
ons s h, b
a
y s uch i t gli
words as q ui s ? w ho ? q uid ? w ha t ? ubi ? w her e ? and q ue ?
w hi ther ?
‘
i
But ques t ons that can be ans were d by y es or no

mi
have, in L a n, ti a S
pec a il q ues t on i S ig n tt
ne a ache d to the
-

e phat c word, wh i ch t nd
s a s firs t and is us ua lly th e ve rb.

'
E s t ne puel l a pu ch ra l [s the g ir l pr etty ?
'
Properant ne puet i A r e the boys ha s tening ?

1 1 0 . There
and no. Q ues t ons
are

i
no S n i gl
are us ua
e
“

i
L at n words
lly n w d in th ffi
a s e re
mi g m
iml
i
ean

e
n S

r
pyy
at ve b
es

a
y
repeat i ng th e verb in the n g ti
e by p ti ng th
a ve , re ea e verb w th i
nen, not .

N N
'
PrOperant ne pueri Propera nt A r e the boys ha s teni ng ? Yes
. .

Properant ne puet i ’
611 p p
r o era nt A r e the boys.ha s teni ng ? o.

XE RCI S E S
m
E

re
1 1 1 . Der va

(ba ch ,
)
i ti
s up
on.

( u nder
Us
)
,
i ng th
t an r

m s
e

(
p re fix e s

a c r os s
) ,
ex

w th i
(
-
ou t

por
)
t
,

,
i
fro m i
( ),
the
n

Lat
m
in to k gli and
verb por ,
to ca r r y ,
a e fi ve E n sh words define
the .

1 12 . W hat li
E ng s h words in the fo ow n para raph do you ll i g g
kn w t
o o be i
of L at n d e r vat on ? i i
D e fine the words , us n the i g
d i ti n if neces s ary, nd gi v the L a n s ources . ti
m
c o ary a e

Be owl the terra ce w as a n aq u ar u i fe d by an aq ued uct, a g ft i

of Mr . B c onc e rn ng i w hos e b ounty and fabu ou s w ea th l l
the i nhabitants of the tow n

mi l ove to te ll But thes e d ata

. a re

not e s s e nt a i l to y i
narrat ve , a nd I w i ll s peak on y of l his
l ove for the s ea, aq uat c s ports , a nd nautica l affairs .
 Q U E STI O N S 35

D IA L O GU E . PUE L LA E T S E R VU S

Firs t l e a rn t h e s p e c ia lv oc abu a ry, l p g

a e
36 2

1 1 3 . PUE
S E R V US
P Q i ie tp e n t
. u s v r s e
.
LL A .

In opp
Q
id u m
ue, s erve , v ri

ue r s c o
puel la,
V ri
i
’
voca
p
i
ro
p

?
e

r
rant

o
p p e rant.
?

S R egi n b n
. i o t p O Cnv t a o a v r s e u er S o
’
oca .

m
Cn egi n b n
mie tp O n ’
I ’
. r r a o a V r s e uer S c o vocat ?
S Ad
P E tn p
.

.
p l

m m
l
S tu s
eg
u
i n p p ar

vi i ?
l
e
v a,

uer
t ue

ex
a, r

s c
a o u u

r s
oca .

m
r
S E t
eg i n
P U bi
t
.

t mm
a
b n

m
s

t Q i nt
eg i n
,

i
pe

a
t
.
t
s erve ,
ar

i
a o ae

u
r

us ,
ae

cu s
or a

uer
. S ex

Sex ti ?
t us bona

E s tne
.
, p es a

Q i nt in ppi do ?
u

nauta.
.
us

S I n ppide Q ui nt n n O t
O

Q int us o es . u us es t c u m Marce

P . L aberant ne ’
Q t
ui n us e t Marcus ?
S L abe rant ’

m N
. .

1 14 I A re the en oi the t wn o has ten n i g Marcus ?

m o
- -
. .
,

th y ni ng)

m W hat ’

(L a ti n,
e are not has te . 2 . are the far ers

boys carr yi n g ? They are - -

carr
yi ng ar s. 3 . W hi ther are the

q uee ns calli ng
m the peop l es ? 4 The quee ns are ca lli ng th e
-
.

o
p p es
e l fro the l i nt
fie ds o the towns .
5 . W hy do th eg d oo

q ue e ns ca ll the p p l
eo t g
e t h ? 6
o e A er . re the s aves l t ili ng in
o

the fi e ds ? l Y es (L t i na t h y ,
t ili ng )
e -
are- o .
 L ESSO N X II

Se m fi de is l — l
A w ays faithfu l 1

N N NN
pe r

N NNN N
’

ADJ E CTI VE S OF THE FI R ST A D SE CO D DE CLE SI O S

GE ITI VE OF OU S I “
I US A D -
I UM

s een
1 1 5 . Ad
tha t f
j t iv
e
ec

mm
i ni n
es

e a
of i t
dj ti
F
ec
rs

ves
a nd

in
S econd Dec ens ions .
-
a, lik e bona,
l
are
We
li
dec ne d
have
lik e

a q ua So li n
as c u e adj ti
ec ve s in us , s uc h

m bonu s ,
-
as

m
are dec ne d li lik e s ervus
; a nd

m
ne ute r ad e ct ves j i in u s u c h as
-
,

b onu ,
are d li n d lik
ec e e opp id u . For thi s reas on s uc h ad e c
j
tives are c a ll d A dj ti
e ec ve s of the i F rs t and Second D e c l ens ons . i
1 1 6 . T he
li
dec ned as fo
j i
ad e ct ve

ll w
o s
and nou n mli
,
as cu ne and neu t e r, are

s ervus bonus (ba s es s erv bon M .

,
the g ood s lave

TE R MI N N AT IO S TE RMI NN AT I O S

s ervus bonus us s ervi

m mm boni i
-

s ervi boni -
i s erVOru boneru -
5 ru

m m s erve bone 6 s ervi s boni s is

-

s e rvu bonu -
un1 s erves bonds as
s erve bone -
6 s e rvi s boni s -
is

mm oppidu bonu (b as e s oppid b on N .

,
the g ood town

N N N N
N i m mm
TE R MI A T IO S TE RMI ATIO S

OM. opp du bonu u opp id a

m mm bona a
-

N i
GE opp di boni -
i Oppideru boneru -
5 ru

i m mm
.

i
DA T . opp da bone -
6 oppidi s boni s is
Acc . opp du bonu -
u Opp id a bona a

i
A BL . opp di) bone -
6 oppidi s boni s -
is

1 Motto of th e Unite d S ta te s m arine s .

36
 l m
A DJ E C TI V E S 37

mm Dec li n t g e o ether eq uus pa r vus ,

the s m a ll hors e ; be l u

N mN
ag nu ,
the g r ea t w a r.

mti
1 1 7 . Geni ve of ouns in ius a nd iu ouns in ius
- - -
.

m
and

m g iu e nd in i in the ii
en t ve , not in
m mii , a nd the ac c e nt
- - -

re

i
i
m g ii
t ve fi l ius
ll l
a ns

g ii
’
i l iu
'
on the

a id
()
s on
sa

,
e

en
s
y
t ve fi l i ,
ab e as
'

’
dat
in the no

dat
i ve

i
l
fi ie,
i i
m i
i i
nat ve :

etc . ;

il io,
no
no

nat ve
na

a ux ( ) ,
en t ve aux i l i , ve aux e tc .

E X E RCI S E S
F irs t l ea rn th e s pe c ia l vo c abu ary, l pag e 3 6 2

m
MA R C U S

g m
D IA LO GU E . E T FI L I U S

i m t
1 1 8. MAR C U S . Q i d fil i
u , ,
1
s e rvi Galbae ag ric olae in a nu

Opp

m i m t
m
Fi L I US
du
m g m
p
.
ortan

Frfi
l m m
m ?
e ntu ,
Marce ,
s e rvi Galbae ag ricolae in ag

nu

voca

fr fi m mt m
t g m opp

entu
m g mll m t
ili
g du
R e ina novu
ll
i
et
m portan

be i , parat
e t
i ni
. R e i na
et

aux
a nu
3
a ni Opp

be u
di popu
p
2
ara
2
.
u

Ar
ad ar

a et
a

p c a a

m
.

mi i
,

M . li U bi s un boni fi i pulc hrae r eg i nae ?

ili m
F . li g
Cu s oc is , Marce ,
fi i re i nae s unt.

M
F t i m
.
.

Dan
g
Dantne
m m
. g t
s oc

Soc i
i bonae
ar a nova et
re i nae

pe c unia
aux
'
u

ag na
?
re i nae dan .

M
m
l t g l 1
. E s tne, fi i , erra r e i nae pu chra ?
F
m m m mm
l . g Pu chrat g
t
l i et a na es t erra re i nae . Popu us opp di

N
bona l h

m
reg i na et pu c ra terra a a .

I . fi l i is the voc ative of fi ius l . 2 . ote that parat e ans p p re a re f or

ll
m
as we as p p re a r e. 3 In . appos ition w ith the pre ce ding nouns .

ll y g
m
1 19 . I . The ar s of -
the new -
a are ood . 2 . T he s ons of

the a lli es do ve

m
gi g t rea as s s tancei to the pe o pl e of the ll
s a
- - - - - -

m
towns . 3 T he far ers are o n in the new fie ds 4 hy, t ili g l W
-
. . .

g
( y) s on, is the ood quee n ca n the peop e o ether 5 A re lli g l tg .

the new a es prepar n ra n ? lli

Y es . i gg i
 L ES SO N X III
Parvu m pa r va d e c e nt S mll thing s b e c o m mll
e th e s 1

N N NN
a a

ADJ E CTI VE S OF THE FIR ST A D SE CO D DE CLE SI O S

( C NN ) ADVE R BS

m
O TI UE D

pl e t
1 2 0 . Adjec
e d e c e
ti
l ni n
s o
ves of

of
F
bonu s ,
i t
rs and
-
a, -
u mgi l
l i
Second Dec ens
,
is ve n be
ons .

ow
T he co

N
GE
O M.

DAT
Nb .

.
boni
one ru

boni s
’
m bona
bono ru
boni s
’
m
A CC . bones bona
A BL boni s boni s

N m
.

pga e,
OT E . Lear n to
thus g iving the th re e
r ec ite a nd

g e nd e
to w rite the

rs for
for
e ac h c as e . Ma ke
j
s of ad e c tive s a cr os s

a b l ank s che m e

l ll j
m m m m
cf 7 2 ) of th e d e c e ns io n above a nd u s e it for d ri on a varie ty o f a d e c tive s .
( .

a. D ecl ine ag nus , -

a, -
u ; pa rv us -
a, -
u ; novus -
a, -
u

mm
.
, ,

not m
1 2 1 . The
ean
a g
that they
ree t en

m
j i
m
i i
be tw e e n
us t have the
an ad e ct ve and

sa e te r
its noun does
nat on. O fte n
the
and

s a i l or,
j i
ad ec t ve and

henc e have d ffe re nt ter

be n i g a mli
i ml g
i i
the

i
as cu
i
m
t l i
m li m
l t
nou n be

ne noun, requ res the

on

nat ons ;
to d ffe re n
for ex a
de c

p
as cu
e,

ne
e ns ons

nau
for
a,

1
F ro m H o rac e , R o m e s
’
g r e at e s t ly i r c
po e t .

3 8
 N
A DJ E CTI V E S I E R

m
-

40

Sun
9.Cfi r
t
o
p pu
.

i
8. V i ri opp

l oppideru
i
m
mm m
di neti
gi l
ag ricol i s

nOtOru
bonis pec ii nia
a r co as bones
s aepe

c onvocant
dan t
?
.

m i l ng ll t i gin
Opp da neta o u be u paran . I O. Soc i netae re ae

ag ricol i s boni s laberant

N
cu .

m
are

g
m125 .

ood .
I

any
. A re the new
fa ous tow ns .
s pears

g
3 T h
h the
e .
l ng ?
o

g
re uta
p ti
far
O.

m
2 .

’
I n the new
on of the new town
- -

l
fie ds is new
l ands

is
4 T he
. road throu ood er s .

L ES SO N X IV
N s cho ae,l s ed m \Ve l l l
but for ife

N N NN
en vi t a e dis c i us e a rn not for s c h oo 1
,

ADJ E CTI V E S OF THE FI R ST A D SE CO D DE CLE SIO S

N
Nlik mli m
(CO CLUDE D
) THE DATI VE WITH ADJ E CTI VE S

126 . Mas culi ne ti

Adjec ves in -
er. ot al l as cu ne ad e c
j
tive s of the s econd dec l i
e ns on e nd in uS, -
e bonus , but so e

end

m in er and are

m
li
dec ne d lik e a g er or puer
ml T he
-

fe i i
n ne and neu t i i nat ve s Show wh ch i od e to fo owll
m
er no .

1 2 7 . D ec l i
ens on of l i ber, l i bera, l i beru , f re e

N
hdA SC . FE M .

OM.l ib l ib
N l ib
er era

GE e ri l ib
erae

m m
.

D AT .l ib er6 l ib
e rae

A cc . l ib eru l ib
e ra

A BL . liberc)
'

l ib
N
era

GE
D AT
OM.

Nlb
.

.
l ib
i
liberi s
eri

ereru m l ib
erae

l ibe raru
liberi s
m
A cc . l ib eres l ib eras

A BL l iberi s l iberi s

m m
.

1 Fr o S e ne ca , a Ro an phi l os oph e r .
 D ATI V E WI T H A DJ E CT I V E S

m
41

1 2 8 . D ec l ens on ofi pul ch er, pul ch ra, pul ch ru , pre tty

:

FE M .

pu c hra l
pul c hrae

p
p
u

u
l
l
c

h
h
h
r

ra
ae

l
m
p c

p
p
u

u
l
l
l
c

c
hr

h
h
a e

raru

ri s
m
p c

pul chras

pul chri s

s or t of ex press ons

m
m m
1 2 9 . Dative w i h Adjec ives .
i t
t
we y a
t
ex pec
We
the
l earne d

dat iv
e,
in 53
and in
fo r wha
5 7 tha
t
t
one of

o
j t It i
ob ec .
its

o
v y

bj t t w d wh h th
co

l
s a so

i
mmli
i ones t us e s is w th

i er co

ua
on

ty de no
w th
ver bs to ex press the

a
dj
t
ecti ves

ed
i ndi t
to ex pre s s the
j ti
by the ad ec ve is
rec

ec ar c e q
di t d I n E ngli h thi
rec e . s s da ti ve wou d bel j ti
in the ob ec ve case
aft erth p p iti n t
e re os o o or f or : as , nea r to town, fi t f or s ervice.

1 30 . Rul e for Dat ive W i th Adjectives . The da ti ve is

u s ed

the g iven
w i th
qu
a

y
dj ecti ves

s di r ectea
a li t
i S u
to denote the
ch a r e thos e

a ls o fi t f riendly pleas ing like, a nd their o

ea n i n

os i tes
g
’
.
j
ob ect

m
tow a r d w hich

near, , , pp ,
.

Fabul a
Ag er m es t

fi
es t
g rata
prox i
R s biae, the s tory is pl eas ing to L es bia
us Oppi da, the el d is nea r es t to the tow n

m j i
m m
0 . A ong s uch ad ect ves are

m m m a i cus , a, u ( ) f riendly to
- -
,

i ni i cus , -
a u - hos tile (to)

m m
, ,

g rat us , a, u pl ea s i ng ( )
to
- -
,

pr ox i us , -
a u ,
nea res t (to)
-
,
 2 D A TI V E WIT H A DJ E CTI V E S

i N S U LA MA R CI N A UT A E

Firs t l e ar n l l
t h e s pe c ia v oc ab u ary, pa g e 6
3 3

Opp id
a
13 1 . Ga ba
e
h bi
g
t
n
‘

e
t
t
P
m
l g i l in g i p l h i h bi t t Q i nt in
nO tOah
i
bi t
l
t ;
a

t
d
r co a

M
l
a
h
n

g
t

a
in i
M
an
a

l a
r s

a
u c

se
r s

rc us
a a

au a
,
u us

su

p arv av na .
p ar a t t a
su a es u c ra e r a rco

a
t
au ae .

l ta q as
T
a u s t m
t g at
In l p a
G lb
erra

a
est Q i nte
Ma i n t
.
rd Ma
t p
su a
a

i
a

arva
ae e

rc
u

au ae
,
se

es rox m
rc us

a 5

MAR CUS F R UME N TU M A TE R R A A D IN SU LA M PO R TA T

agi
ad

mmm m r s

terra
pul chri s

s aepe
Galbae
navig at
ag ric ol ae .

et pe r a
Marcus
ger s pul c h
ab

res m ad
l
i ns u a parva

parva

Galbae ag ric olae rat . L es b i fi li

m mt
Galbae Marce
cas a ro e a, a
p p

m m
,

lm t
nautae frii e ntu s ae pe da t et Marcus frfi e ntu a erra

i i mQ
ad parva i ns u a porta L es b i a es t Marce natitae a i ca

N
.

m ll m
s ed ng i ca ui nte . A ri nOn g ati Q
r ui nte s unt . Q ui ntus

ar l a et te a et be a a at . E s tne Marcus s ervus ? 6 11 es t.

M l
arcus es t i ber .
 L ES SO N XV
P r e b o n e p ii b l i c e — F or t h e ub ic w e a l l 1

N NN
p

POSSE SSI VE ADJ E CTI VE S A D PR O OU S

ll wi ng t
m m
1 32 . Obs erve the fo o s en ences
:

Ma rcus Ma rcus
m
is y s on is ine

m im
I n the fi rs t t
s en enc e y i s a pos s e i
ss ve j i ad ec t ve ; in the
s ec ond

pos s e s s ve s a i m
ti m
re s o
i
ine is a pos s

e
es s ve

j
p
es a a ec ti ves and s o
ronoun.

mim
il l i
S ar

et
y in L at n the

es p ronouns .

ti
1 3 3 . T he La n pos s es s ves are dec ned i li lik e ad ec j ti v es of

m m mm m
l i ll
m
the firs t and s econd dec ens ons , and are as fo ows

t m
eus ,

m
uns , t ua, tuu
ea, eu

y ou
,

r,
y ,

y ou rs
ine

t m
,

s uus , s ua, s uu his ( ow n

) he r ( ow n ) i ts (ow n )

t m
, , ,

t t
nos er, nos nos

m
ru
i ra, ou r , ou rs

m
,
R e ferr ng to
ore than one
t
ves er, ves t ra, ves ru , y ou r ,
y ou rs

N m mm
their ow n
( ) thei rs

m
s uus , s ua , s uu , ,

m m OTE . T he vocative Sing u ar

m l l ascu ine of eus is i : as , i fil i ,

m
(0 ) y s on ; i s erve, 0
( ) y s l a v e.

1 3 4 . Rul e for Agree ent of the Pos ses s ive Adject ive .

m
The pos s es s ive a djecti ve ag r ees w i th the
m n ou n w hich it

m
odi es i n
fi g ender n u ber a nd ca s e , ,
.

Co the E ng l i sh and Lat n in i

m
0 . ar
p e
Ga l ba is ga ll ing his f r iends Gal ba

m
,
s ues a ices vocat
L es bia is ca l l i ng her f riends , Les

m
The g ir ls a r e ca l l i n
g their f r iends , puel l ae s ubs a i ces vocant

Obs erve
g ende r, nu m that

ber,
s uds

and
ag ree s

cas e of
w thi a

Ga l ba, Les bia ,

ices and

or
is
puel
unaffe cted

l ae.
by the

1 A L atin l
s og an.

43
44 PO SS E S SI V E A DJ E CT I V E S A N NN D PR O OU S

1 3 5 . Suus , t h e R efl ex ive Pos s es s ve. i The pos s es s ve s uus i

is l i ; th t i it t nd in th
ref e x ve a i ts, s a s e pre d ca e a nd re fe rs to

th e bj t i ndi ti ng th t th
su

E ngli h th s
ec

ni ng
,

f th
e m bj t i th p
nt n
ea
ca

G lb i l l ing hi
o
a In
e
e

se
su

e
ec

ce
s

a
e

a s
os s es s or.

ca s

d g ht
au

ca

m m
i d btf l f
er

lli ng hi wn d ght s
s w
o th
nn t t ll W h th
ou

d g ht auf
u ,
G lb i
n
or

er l or
e ca

e
o

au
e

er o

mm
e

so
er

eo
a

e
a

e se.
s

fm mm
B t in L ti n G l b fi l i
u

f u t
a

f
u

t
v

G lb
at n a n nl y th
a s a oca ca ea o e

m
or e r, or s a us re e r o a a.

om m
136 O i i n f P
e
.

i tt d Wh n v th
ss o

e
i v Th L ti n p
ni ng i
e er
o

l wi th t th e
iv
os ses s

ea
es .

s c ear
e a

ou
os s es s

e m .
es are

m
1 3 7 P iti n f Po
Wh n n t
e
.

p hoti f
os

ll
i v Adj ti v P
we t h
o

i n n n
o

a; whc,n
i dj ti
ph
s s es s

t
o o i t h y
e

e r
ec

o
es .

s
os s es s ve a

e e m a
ec

c,
ve s ,

m
rece de

m
p as ,

R s bia
Leabia
es t

es t ml
fi l ia
ea
ea , L es bia is
fi ia, Les bia is m
y da ug hter

y da ug hter

XE RCI S E S
m mm
E

m 1 38 . R e i na g ii ili dat Servi fra

I . s ui s s oc s aux u . 2 . entu

m m i ll l
ves tru porta nt . 3 S.oc i n os tri no va be a parant . 4 . Te a

m t
m g t g ati
s u nt ea, ar a s un tua 5 A .r i pu l.ch ri s un r filiabus

im
l
ei S . 6 . Popu us e s t ini i cus s ui s s oc i s . i 7 I n l
. n su a os tra es t

p t t
rox M i a uae e rrae . 8. cae V ae nen s u nt t i uae V ae .
 PO SSE SSI V E A DJ E CTI V E S A N NN
D PR O OU S 45

1 39 . A ns wer the fo ll wi ng
o q ue s ti ons in
li
rep es on I 3 1

I . Q i u s in i ns u a hab l it t ?
a

2 . Ubi Ga ba hab l it t ? a

3
4
U

E
bi
.

. Q idu
Q i nt h bit t ?
u

es t g
us

ratu

l
m
a

M
imt
a

arce ?

5 s
. tne i ns u a n
.auta e prox a errae ?
6 Suntne s ervi i beri ?
. l
7 .
Q ue Marcus s ae pe navig at ?
8.

9 Cfi.r
Q idu

es t
L es b i
L es b a
a Marce
i Q
dat ?
ui nte i ni m i ca ?

Second R eview , Le s s ons VI II X V, -

7 3 7 74 2
-

N N NF
mF m m l m
O THE SA C R E D WA Y I TH E R O MA OR U M

pa v e

Cas tor
em
T his pic ture of th e R o a n
nt A t t
. h e

A t the
e ft r i
ri
s e l
t h
o ru

e t h r e
s h ow s t h e Sa c re d

e r e a

ml l l
in i ng co u
th e r uins of th e t e e of
W ay w ith
ns of t h e
its
te
in th e
ml
anc ie nt

p e

rig ht
of

.
g ht a re p S atu rn, a nd

b a c kg rou nd t ow e rs t h e C a pito ine H i l

 L ES S O N X VI

E pe ri e nt i a d o c t s t u l t Os — E r ie nc e t e a c h e s foo l
N N NN
x e x
pe s

N
CO J UGATI O PRE SE T I DI CATI VE OF S UM PRE DI CATE

GE I TI VE OF POSSE SSOR

1 4 0 . Con j ug ti a on. T he i nfl ti n f th
ec o o e verb is ca ll ed its

mtood, e ns e, nu m
T hrou h its
ber,
g
a nd
co

pe
nj g ti n th

rs on.
u a o e verb ex pres s es vo ce , i

m
i
1 4 1 . Vo ce. There are two vo i ces , act ve and i pas s vei. A ve rb

In the ac ve vo ti i ce re pre s e nts t he s u bj t ec as p f er or ing the

i
act on : as ,

T he boy hit the ba ll

A in the pas s ve vo ce
ve rb i i
re res e nts the s ub ec t as
p re j
ce iving the act on i as ,

T he g ir 4 l w a s hit by

N
the ba ll
ote the d i i
rect on of the
A CT I V E V O I CE PA SS I V E V O ICE
arrows .

j
Mood
i
.

and i mi
I n L at n the re i are thre e m oods : i ndi tiv ca e,

s ub unct ve , perat ve

m
.

1 43 . Tens e. T he tens e of a verb i ndi t ca es its t i e.

1 4 4 . In E n
I . Pres e n t ,
gli sh

r eferr
there are s ix

i ng to pre s e

im
m tne

nt t i
s es

e, ca l l .

im
2 . Pas t, refe rr n i gt o pa s t t e, I ca l l ed .

3 Fu. t ure, re e rr f i ng to future t e, I s ha ll ca ll .

46
48 PR E D I CA TE GE N ITIV E O F POSSE SSOR

u arl
1 4 9 . Pres en
in L at n i
t
as
I ndi ca i ve
in E n
t of s u

gli s h,
m j g t m mi gt
.

is
T he
con u a ed
verb s u ,
1
in the presen
a ,
rre

i ndi ti ca ve as followS '

N
m m
SI GU L AR PL U R A L

PE R SO N su l a nz su us , t oe a re

N
I ST - -
,

2 D PE R SO es , t
is , y ou a re
N
y ou a r e -
es -

PE es t , he s he i t is t
s un , they a r e

mi i
3D R SO or

mi
- -

0 . E st ean ng there is , or s unt ean ng there a r e,

p ecedes
r its
j
s ub ect.

D
l a rg e,
i tis
I n th s

and es t
i
ng u s h, therefore ,
u s e ther e

i ns ula m ag na ,
is ll
ca ed an ex

betw e en i ns ul a
ther e is a
p/ni ne.

es t

l a rg e is la nd
m ag na ,

.
the is l a nd is

1 50 . Rul e for Predicat e Genit ive of Pos s es s or . The pos

m
s es s i ve
g eni ti ve o ft n e s ta nds i n the pr edit a te ,
an d is eon
’
neetea w i th i ts hy f f the ver é

m
nou n a or rn o su .

Pecunia es t s ervi , the oney is the s l a oe s ,

’
or, l
free y, hel ong s to the
s l a ve
(li t ll
eray i ,
s o f the s l a ve
)

G A L L IA

m
l l l
m
Firs t e arn th e s pe c ia vo c abu ary, pag e 3 63

p
m
ulc h
1 5 1 . Ga
ra,ll
lli m
l et
lli
i m
a

Ga m es t

g m
m terra
i , popu us
GallOru
Gal liae, patria
. T erra

(
GallOru
cou nt
ry) s ua
est

i
ant .

a g ricolae
l
m m
Sunt in Ga
l mm m
g l
hab tant, e t e q ui ag ricolaru
a u ta opp da a

u tu
na.

fru
In a ri s

e ntu
u ti

per

m m m ll m
i l g
v as i t t ll ll g
on as in opp da por an Bet . a Ga i s rata nan s un . 5

am m
S ed prox i

m
ll
ant et s e
i t
m i
m
pe
Ga
r m
m
s unti
is hab tan
in ar is .
Ger ani
Saepe Ger
. ,
Ge r
ani
ani
cu
be
s oc
u

is

l m m m m
s ui s in Gallia g p llro
pe rant et a ros oc cupant . Tu Ga i
o
p p

m
u

es t m
u

m
fa
m m a
ad ar

t
m
bellOru
GallOru
i i
g
a vocant e t cu

et otae
Saepe Ger
s un
Ger
victOriae .
ani s pug nant.

ani s uperant .
Sed v ctor a nOn
Ma na

se per e s t .
5 0 NN
PR E S E T I D I C A TI V E A CT I V E

1 52 . I A re you fr end y to m
m l ig
i l lli y a es ? Y es 2 Y our w e ll
N
. . .

m m
k n wn vi t i
o

e n of
c or es ,

y our towns
y s on, are

free ?
p
o.
eas n

4 The
to our l and .
3 A re the
new s pears be on tO l g
.

N il
.

(
are of ) y s on. 5 A re w
. e ve r
y near to the high i l nd ? s a

6 . O, the s and is not ver

y n ear .

L E SSO N X V II
V ox p o p u i l v ox D el — Th e voic e of th e l is the voic e o f G od

N N NN
pe op e

N N
THE FOUR R E GULAR CO JUGATI O S PRE SE T I DI CATI VE
ACTI VE OF THE FI RST CO J UGATI O

1 5 3 . Four R eg ul a r Conjug a ti ons . The re are four gl re u ar

fro mi g
j g i
con u at ons of ve rbs

one another
T he s e . c on u

by the d is ting uis hing , or cha ra c

j g ti
t
a

m
ons ar e d i ti ng i h d
t i ti
er s
s

w lc, vo
u s e

n at the e nd Of the pre s e n s te

m
appear .

1 54 . T he pre s ent t s ef O eac h j g ti n i f

c on u a o s ound by
dropp n i g -
re, the e ndi ng f th o e pres e nt i nfini ti ti v ve ac e, wh ch i
is gi ve n in the b l i
voca u ar es .

1 5 5 . Be l ow are gi n th p
ve e rese n t i ndi ti nd th p nt
ca ve a e res e

i nfini ti
s h wi ng
o
ve act ve of a i
the pres e nt s te

the fi rs t two of the pr nc pa

m
ve rb of e ac

i
i i
w th its
l
h

rts of
nj g ti n th
co

di ti ng i hi ng
s w l
i nfini ti
u a

u sTh
the verb.
o ,

vo
e

e . es e
ve

are pa
 FI R ST C O J U GA T I O N N 5

m
1

l
1 5 6 . Fro
ll
m
m the p re s e nt

and
s te rn are for ed the p res ent,
p as t

(
a s o ca ed i perfec t), f u tu r e te nses .

1 5 7 . Pres en t t t t Conjug t i n V b
m
I ndi ca ive Ac ive of Firs a o er s
.

h i ng th i nfini ti t i n ti n a b l ng '
av e h
ve vo a er a o -
r e, s uc as c re, e o

t th Fi t C nj g ti n
o e rs o u a o .

158 Th p
so a e

d i pp
sa
.

n l ndi ng t th p
nt i ndi

in th fi t p
ears
e ti
nt t
s
i i nfl t d by ddi ng th p
res e

T h di ti ng i hi ng
o

n i ng l e
e

nd i rs
re s ew l a
h t n d b f
ca

e rs o
ve

s e

s
m s

.
ec e

u ar, a
e s

s s
u s
a

or e e
vo
e

e ore
er
-

nd i ng t nd nt in th t hi d p n i ng l nd pl u l

m
th e e s -
a -
e r ers o s u ar a ra .

1 5 9 T h i nfl ti n f vo o vo a
. e ec(p to vo a o l l in c ,
c re res . s e c ca ,

th p e nt i ndi
re s e ti tiv i f ll w ca ve ac e s as o o s

N
NN
PE R SO

m m
AL

E DI GS

’ ’
I . vo c o, [ ca l l -
6 voca us , we -
ca ll -
us
’ ’
2 vo cas , ou l l -
s voca t i s , y ou ca ll -
t is
y ca - -
.

' ’
3 vo cat , he s he or ii ca l ls t vo cant, they ca l l nt

m
- - - -
.

m
1 6 0 . Trans l a ion t of n.
Pres e t En gli sh has th re e for s for
the pres ent te ns e
but
En
one

gli sh
‘
for

for
m
m ,

s.
:

voco ;
ca ll ,

th i s is
a

use d
ca ll i n

for
g, 1 do
an
y one
ca l l .

of
La n has
the
ti
th ree

TH E I SL A NN D I THE T I BE R

O n th e ri h
g t is th e Fab ric ia n b rid g e , w hic h w a s bui t 6 2 l B. C ., in th e d ays of

C aes ar a nd C ic e r o
5 2 PR E SE NN T I D I CA TI V E ,
FIR ST C O N J U GATI O N
E XE RCIS E S
1 6 1 . I nfl ect the pre s e nt i ndi ti v ca e of the fo ll wi ng v
o e rbs , all

i
of wh c h you have had before

N N N
FN N
m m
I D I CA T I V E PR E SE T I I ITI VE PR E S E T

' '
a o, [ l ove a a re, to l ove
' '
con voco, [ ca ll tog ether convoca re, to ca l l tog ether
'
d o, [ g ive da re, to g ive
' '
ha bi to, live, [ dw ell h abi t a re, to l ive, to dw ell
' '
l abo ro, toil labOra re, to toil
' '
nar ro, [ tell narra re, to tell
' '
na vi g o, [ s a il navi g a re, to s a il

' '
oc cupo, [ seize occupa re, to s eize

' '
pa ro, [ prepa re para re, to prepa re
' '
po t o, r ca r ry porta re, to ca r ry
' '
pro pero, [ ha s ten propera re, to has ten
’
pug no, [ g ht fi pug na re, to g ht
’
fi

ative
Nm OTE

for
. I n do, dare, the
of dd h aving the
a of the

s te m pres

vow e
e nt s te

l l ong
m is
is di
s hort.

s, ou
T he
i v e
l
on y indic
s econd
y g ,

pe rs on s ing u ar of l the pre s e nt.

m 1 62 . Trans
ood, te ns e , pe rs on,
lt
a e eac h of

and nu m
the fo ow n ll i g f
ber . W he n
or m l ii g s and

trans
g
at
ve

n
its
a
vo ce, i
ve rb,

t l i g
m
no e fi rs t the pe rs ona e nd n .

mm N D at i l
’ ’
abo ras ,
’ ’
I . Occupa us , p ro
pe ra tis , c on vocant . 2 . s,
’ ’
u
p g na tis .
’
3 P ara s , p
.orta t ,
a a u s 4 arrat ,
d a n t, p ro . .

pe rat. 5.O cc up a
’
ti s ,
n a
’
v i g as , port a nt 6 H a bi ta
’
t is ,
ab o
’
. . l
rant, das .

1 63 . I . W e dwe
'

-
ll ,
we are
- -
dwe lli ng ,
we do dwe
- -
ll . 2 . Y ou -
s e ze i
(s ing u l a r ) , you are s e z n - -
ii g , y ou -
do -
is e ze . 3 . W e do carry - -
,
they

are -
l abor n i g ,
w e has te n.
-

4 . H e is- -
gi i ng v ,
he -
ca ll s -
to g e the r,
you

ar e s a
-
ili ng .
5 The
.
y d o - -
fig ht, he -
i
carr es , we -
are -
li i ng v .
 L ES S O N XV III
L a b Or ar e — To l ab or is t o pray 1

NN
es t Or ar e

THE ABLATI VE DE OTI G WI TH

1 6 4 . One of the re l ati ons deno t ed by the L a n ti ab a l ti ve is
ex press ed

w i th var
ti
La n prepos t
i es in
ii
m
in E n

mi
i g
on cu
gli
by the pre pos
sh

ean n , and cannot a ways be

. Th s beco ml l
es c ear
ii
t on w i th

fro
t
m the
lt
rans a ed

fo
But
by the
ll i g
ow n

se nt ences
1 . T he fie ds l are th i k w th g i n
c i ra

2 . Marcus fig hts w ith his s pear

3 . i i l
J ul a s iving w ith L e s bia
G lb t i l w ith g reat ndus try i
mi g
4 . a a o s

With deno t es caus e in I w i th g ra in ean n beca us e f

o

t m mi g m
,

ra in.
g
With deno es eans in 2 w ith his sp ea r ean n by ea ns

mm m
,

f
o his s
p ea r .

J liu a
With
is not
denotes

t m
li i g l
v n m i g i gt
acco

i
a one
pani

t lli g
but in
ent in 3
co p
,

a ny
the ean n

w i th L es b
be n
a.
hat

With deno es anner in 4 , w ith g rea t indus try e n how

Ga ba worl
T hes e four
k s.

mi i g ean n s of ti w i th are ex press ed in L a n by four

i
d fferen
Caus e, the A b at
and the A b
t
l i
l ti
a
l i k
c ons truct ons of

ve of
l tive Of m im
l i
Means
Manner
the ab at ve ,

.
,
the A b a
now n as the A b at ve of

ve of A cco pan ent,

1 6 5 . R ul e for Abl at ive of Caus e . Ca u s e i s denoted hy

the a hla tive, y w i thou s u a ll
u t a
p p re os i tion, a nd a ns w er s

q
m
the u es tion Becaus e of what

Ag ri s unt crebri frii ent d, the fi ld s a re thich w ith g ra in

m
e

1 Motto of th e onk s of th e ord e r of Saint Be ne dict .

S3
54 A BLA T I V E DE NN
OTI G WI TH

1 6 6 . R ul e for Abl at i ve of Means . Mea nsis denoted hy

m
the a hla ti ve w i thou t a pr epos i tion . This a hla ti ve a ns w er s
the qu es ti on By eans of what ? With what ?

Marcus Ma rcus fig hts

mm
t él o pug nat , w ith his p

m
s ea r

m 1 6 7 . R ul e for Abl at i ve of Acco

en t is denoted hy the a hla ti ve w i th cu
q m
m pa ni ent .

m
.
A cco pa n i
This a bla ti ve

m
a ns w er s the u es tion I n co pany with who

I fi l ia cu Les bia h abitat , j ul ia is l i ving w ith L es hia

1 6 8 . R ul e for Abl at i ve of
by the a hl a ti ve w i th cu mmm m . Cu
Manner
a
y h
.

e o
Ma nner
i tted i
f a n ad
is denoted

m
ec ti ve i s u s ed w i th the hla ti ve This a hla ti ve a ns w er s
j a .

qu
mm
the i
es t on H ow I n what anner ?
Ga ba l ( cu
) ag na l
di ig ent ia l abOrat , Ga l ba w or les w ith g r ea t
i ndus try

EX RC S E
E I

1 69 . W hat u s es of the a bl ti
a d ve o y ou d i s c over in the fo ll ow

ing pas s a g e and what q ues ti n d

o oes each ans we r ?

m l
m i forces
T he day afte r the batt e w e r e trea ted w th all ou r . T he
roa d s w e re d ee p w th

fig hting
c ro w de d
. To
rank s
mm
m ak e

w ith bo
i ud

atters

bs .
and

w or s e ,
The
the

mm
en

a viators

ac hine s
w e re w e ary w ith
a ttacke d

fl e w low , but
ou r

w ith s u ch s peed l that w e cou d not hit the . At l as t w ith

a s ig h of r e l ief w e ente ed fo r a re s t s o thick w ith tre es that

w e w ere w ell p otec t d by th

r e e branche s . Many w re tche d
r e fu
g e e s i
w th the i wi
r ve s and c h ild re n s oug ht s he lt er there.

A R O MA N N S P OO
56 PA ST A N D FU T U R E I N D I CATI V E OF S UM

PUE R I S E X T US E T QUI NT US

Fi
m
rs t l e arn th e s pe c ia lv oc abu a ry, l pag e 36 3

l g m
m
1 72 . SE X T U S . Q uo, Q ui n e,t ro
p p e ras ? Cur ar a nova et

té lu

Q Nui
on u

TU s .
po

Ad
rtas

cas ra
?
t prox im
m m t
a p m roi perO, Sext e cu v ri s e t

ili m
,

pu eri s opp i di n t ios r . Cur in ar i s nOn e s ? Cur errae nos trae

t
m m m
ll mm
uu

S .
aux

R o anus
u non

su .
das ?
Po
l
m p
p
u

er
o R o ano be

g ratu e s t.
u

S ed
se

in

m
ll m t
ll Q i Q
nos trO
fa a be i
oppidO

. u s,
non e rat

ui nte,

mN ll mmll
be u para ? E ritne no

Q
m m
m
vu

i im
ll .
be u

On
cu

cu
Ga
Ga
is ?
is .

m ll mm Ger
g
R o ani s ,
ani, se

be
pe r

u
n

a
i ci
na

di
Ger m
lig nti a p
e

aniae
aran

c op ia
t . E
s s uas c on
x s il vi s

vocant. Mox vi ae, S ex t e,

m
et a m
e runt c ré brae eq ui s et v ri s ,

m i il it
g i Ro
r

aniae in pericu o
ani prox i i
i
Ger

N
erunt.

QU5 , QU I P R OPE R AS ?
TE Se d nos tra v ctor a e t

m gm
.

s ha

Sex
1 73 .
ll b
-

t ?
e
I .

outs
The Ger
id
W e s hall
e Oi
-
m
t it l g
ans

th e Ro
fi h

T he per
w h
an

il
ca
on

p .

of our
s pears .

3 . Sha
forces were
ll y
be w th
any
-
2 .

ou
Soon we
-

m i

m
us -
.
4 . s -

1 74 . Der va i ti n Gi th o ni ng f th
. ve e ea o e fo ll wi ng E ngli
o sh

words a nd t ll t wh t L ti n w d th y
e o a a or s e are re a e ltd
in ls u ate n co ti n l g i ty
serva g i o on e v a r cu l ture
sin ecure ig bl
nav ail ei il s erv e vr e
 L E SSO N XX
N i l d es p é randu m T h e re
’
no s u c h w or d as fai 1 l
N N N
-
s

m
PAST I DI CATI VE ACTI VE OF THE FI R ST CO J UGATI O

1 7 5 . For t a ion of Tens es . I ns t ead of us i ng aux ili ary ve rbs ,

lik
adds
e was ,

ili
s ha

to the verb s tern

verbs .
l l , w i l l,

T hes e
etc .,

ce rta
to
in l
ex pres s

ll d
e e m e nts
i
d ffe re nc e s in tens e , L at n
tha t have the force
i
of

aux ar
y are ca e tens e si g ns .

1 76 . The tn e

m se S ign of the pas t is ba wh ch isi added to

-

the pres e nt t s e . T he pas t c ons s ts , i th erefore , of th re e parts

N N N N NN
m
PR E SE T STE M TE SE SI G PE R SO AL E DI G

E ng
a.

li
Nsh
ote that the

[ was ca llin
L at n
is in L
i
atin
verb is trans
voca ba
'
l
m m
atedi fro
l li n w
r g ht to

]
l e ft, s o that

g ca g as
-
.
,

i ng f th p t
a
s o
-
mth
t I ndi t iv A ti v Th p n l
1 77 . I nfl ect ion of Pas

s
e th
se
f th p
as

th t i u d i n t d f o in th fi t p n i ng ul
nt are

s ea
e sa

o -
m ca

e as
e

e
c

os e o

rs
e.

ers o
e
e

s
ers o a

res e ,

ar.
e nd

e x ce pt

N
m
SI GU L A R

’
I . vocéi ba ,
[ w as -
ca ll ing or [ ca ll e d
’
2 . voca bas , y ou -
w er e -
ca l l ing or y ou ca l l ed
-

’
3 . voca bat, he s he it w a s
- -
ca l l ing or h e s he it -
ca l l ed

m
.
1 PL U R A L

'
I . vocaba us , w e w er e
- -
ca ll ing or we -
ca l l ed
'
2 . vocaba t is , y ou w e re—ca l l ing or y ou ca l l ed
- -

’
3. voca bant , they w ere ca l l ing or they ca l l ed
- - -

1 Fro m H orace, a Ro m an po e t. ll
L ite r a y, [n noth i ng m us t i t he despa i red .

57
5 8 PA ST I N D I C A TI V E A C T I V E FI R ST C O N J U GATI O N
N m m
,

a. ote that the i l i

nf ec t on above

m is so e w hat l ike that of era

l m
the pas t tens e of su and that the l ong a of the tens e S g n i
m
,

-
ba is s hortened be fore fina
-
,
-
t, a nd -
nt . A l ong vow e li s re u ar
g l ly
s hortened before nt and fina l -
or -
t. Learn th s i ru e l now .

1 78 . Meaning of Pas t Tens e. T he L a n pas ti t t ens e has

m mi
two us es .

ml m i i i
a. It y a re pres ent an ac t on a s in pa s t t e a nd no t y e t g o ng on

co p e te d ,
and is th e n t ran s at e d b y t h l
e E ng is h pas t prog res s ve : a s , l
vocaba ,
[ w a s ca ll i ng F or t h s r e a s on this.t e ns e is ofte n c a e d thie ll

b. I t
the E ng l i h pas t
u s ua

s
l ly d es c
:
r ib
as , vocaba
es a

m
pas t s it

,
u at on,
a nd

ca ll ed.
i
For th i
is then trans
s re as on th s i
l ated by
tense is
ofte n call ed the p a st des cr iptive .

E XE RCI S E S
1 79 . I nfl ect in the pas t i ndi ti v ca e ac tiv e the verbs gi v n e

N m m
in 16 1 .

por

hab
tab
1 80 .
at,
occ

it nt
upant,
I .

D
arr as , narrabas , para

ti
daba
nab
mm .
3 O cc u.
pabat is ,
us ,

ratis , occu aba

paraba
navig atis ,
us . 2 .

m l
Pug natis ,
aborabas ,

a . 4 a. s, u
p g a ,
o
p p
r e p us .

BR ITA N
N IA

F irs t l ea rn th e Spe c ia

m l vo cab u a ry, l
pag e 36 4 , and l oc ate on th e m ap,

m l m
4 9 , th e c ountrie s e nt ion e d in th e s t or
p ag e
y .

il m
1 8 1 . Br itg ann a, i t erra BritannOru ,
es t i ns u a a na .

im
i
Br tanni erant barbari et in s vi s ag ni s et Oppidi s parvi s

a m
habitabant
i cim
i i
ili m
l g ll
GallOru mm
i .

m m Br tann
. In
a es t

on i s
p oxr

be is Gall Oru
a Galliae et

et
Br tanni
R O anOru
e rant

i
m
Br tannii
m l mm i i
R O anO erat Br tann m ii m
s oc

m ll
l i s s ui s aux
a.
u

Se d
s aepe

a ic t a
dabant .

Britannoru
Ia nota

et
o
p pu

Ga o
o 5

ru

c onvocabant
g t
o
p pu

mm mm o Ro
et
ano
ar a
ra a

s ua
nOn

et
e rat .

ag na
I taque R o ani
cOpia fru
c OpiaS

enti
 N N N
m
PA ST I D I CA T I V E A CT I V E FI R ST C O JUGA TI O 59

mm mm m
,

parabant.

i
v ri s ad i ns u a
Mag na cu
l Britan a m
li i
di g e nt a labOrabant Tu
navig abant I ns u a .

ml t
. l cu

era
u ti s

c rebra I O

s il
s ae pe
vi s e t v ae nOn

m erant.
i
Br it
bonae
anni
e rant.

ex
Itaque R O ani in pe ri culO
cas tri s s uis properabant e t c u

mmm t m
R o ani s
Ro ani m c Opii s
u
p g nabant .

s ui s ml Se d
u ta o pp
i i R O anO
i
v c tor a

d B it nnO a r a ru
ru era

occupabant.
,
et

BR ITA N
N N I E RA T BA R BA R T

s ava
1 82 .
g B it n
I . The R o m ans

The Br tons
were fig hting
i
-

g in t
c arr e di
in the fores
o
t wi th
the m
the

e r o s. 2 . ra ca p

m
w i th t h i h e r orses . 3 Y ou r r e

m
f i nd hi p W ll b kn
s i e own to the
-
.

m i
Br tons w ere
1
Ro ans . 4 Becaus e
. Of the ru or Of war the
l
a read lli g t g y ca n -
o ether the i r forc es .
5 T h
.e R o ans sail ed

th g rou h the deep wa t ers w thi g t rea dan g er .

I . l
A b ative of cause , 1 65 .
 L E S SO N XXI
Mo n t an i ml ib e ri — Mountaine e rs lw
N
f 1

N N
s e pe r are a ays re e

OF THE

m
FUTURE I DI CATI VE ACTI VE FIR ST CO J UGATI O

1 83 . For t a t
ion of Fu ur e I ndi ca ive Ac ive. The t t t ense s ign
t tm
Of the fu t ure in the firs t j g i
c on u at on is -
bi Th i s is added to
ll l i ng
N
the pres en s e and fo ow e d by the pers ona e nd s.

PR E SE N T ST E M TE N N
SE SI G PE R SO N N AL E DI G

voca bi 1:
w ill he

1 84 . I nfl ection of Fu t ur e I nd i ti v
ca e t
Ac ive . The firs tp ers on

i ng l u ar e nds in b6 , the i of the

m t ens e s ig n di sappear i ng
-
s .

I n the th rd pe rs on p ura i l l bi beco

m
-
es -
bu

’ '
voca bo, [ s ha l l ca l l voca bi us , w —
e s ha l l ca ll
’ ’
2 . voca bi s , y ou w il l ca l l -
voca biti s , y ou w i ll -
ca l l
’ ’
3 voca bit, he s he i t w ill ca l l voca bunt , they w i ll ca l l

N mi m
- -
.

a. ote that the nfl ect on i is so ew hat lik e that of er o (5

the future of su .

E XE RCI S E S
Fi l l l
m
rs t e ar n th e s pec ia v oc abu ary, pag e 364

mm m l Q i fab ‘
1 85 . I . u s ula i ns u ae
1
Britanniae narrabit ? 2 . Cfi r,
i fi l i
i B i t nni ll i
“
,
r a e rant s e ri ? 3 . Be i s c ré bri s Br tanni
i i 4 E l
m
1
erant s er . . rantne Orae i ns u ae altae A ltae e rant .

mm m
5
RO
Bi
. i t nni Gr

ani
llai
ag ni s
a s,

cu
s oc i s s u i s , aux

c Opii s ad Oras
ili u

lt
a
sae pe

as i ns u
dan
l ae
t . 6
navig abunt.
. I taq ue

m
1 Mott o
ot to , as in m
o f th e

an
s tat e of

oth e rs .
We s t V irg inia . Th e ve rb to he is o m itted in this
y
 FU T U R E I N D I CA TI V E A CT I V E 61

I
7 a .

t
mm
m R o ani barbaros
ia victOriae .
mlt u i s proel ii s
T urn i ns u l
3
s uperabunt .

it RO mm anOru
8 . Magna

m
c run p rae 9 . a cr .

m I

eans .
. Genitive . 2 . Predicate j
ad ective , no inative p ura l l .
3 Ab
. l ative of

1 86 . I . T he s hore of the
-
i l nd
-
s a ,
neares t to -
Gau l ,
is h h ig .

2 . W e Shall fig ht
- -
it
w h the h til
os e s ava g es
1
g tf
i n the rea ores s . t
i ill b w f th d ng
m
2
3 O ur fr ends w e retc hed because o ef th a ers o e
- - - - -
.

tl 4 Y
bat e ou will nq co

m m
uer the i
Br tons , O R n wi th y o a s, our
- - -
. .

l ng p
o s ears .
3
5 Soo
.n (i a ) the Ro ans w ill gi v g t w d e rea re ar s

th i lli
mm
t
o e r a es .

m I

eans .
. l
A b ative of acco pani ent. 2 . l
A b ative of caus e . 3 . A b ative l of

1 87 . I nflec t in the fu t ure i ndi ti ca ve ac ti ve the ve rbs giv n e

in 16 1 .

OR A E BR ITA N
N IA E BR A N T A LTA E
 L ES SO N X X II
V irtfi mm iu t o pt i mm u — V irtue i s the b e s t prize 1

N N
s p r a e es

N
NN N
PRE SE T , PA ST, A D FUTUR E I DI CATI VE ACTI VE

m
OF THE SE CO D CO J UGATI O

1 88 . For t a ion of t
Pres en t
m t Pas and Fu ure I nd i ti v
ca e

m
, ,

Ac t iv e . V erbs hav n i g the i ii i i nfin t ve te r nat on -

é r e, s uch as
'
one re, be l ng
o to the S econd Con u j g ti a on.

ti
1 89 . T he presen , pas , and fu ure of the s econd
on, as of the firs t, are for ed on the pres ent s te
t
m
t t
m con u a j g

mi i
.

-
é
of the
1 90 . T he pres ent s te

nt
of the s econd c on u at

i
Th s c haracte r s t c vowe appears in
t a nd future
l
j g i on e nds

ever
y for m
in

pres e p ,
as

m mt
.
,

1 9 1 . T he sa e pe rs ona i ng l e nd s and the s a e e nse s ign s

are us e d as in the firs ,

t nj g ti n
co u a o .

1 92 . I nfl ection of Pres en t , Pa s t , a nd Fu ure t I ndica ive t

t
Ac ive. T he i n fl ti n ec o be l ow s hows the pre s e nt, pas t and

m
,

ndi ti ti j ga
’
future
i ca ve ac ve of vo co (I ca l l
) of the firs t c on u

ti
m R i w
'
on a nd of o neo a dvis e or w a r n) Of the s econd . ev e

the for s of vo co and

’
l earn the Corres pond n i gt e ns e s of

vo co,
’ ‘
voca re (pres . s te m voca call

N
-

m
PRE S E T

’
ca l l
’
vo co, l -
voca us , we -
ca l l
’
vo cas , y ou ca l l -
voca t i s ,
’
y ou ca ll-

vo ca
’
t he s he it -
ca l s l ’
vo cant , they ca l l -

ml
,

1 Fro P a utu s , a w r ite r of L atin p l a

y s.

62
64 N
N G O F V OWE L S

Nlj g
S H O R TE I

1 93 . e ar
y al l re g u ar l ve rbs e nd ni g in -
eo be l ng
o to the
S econd Con u at on. i
t ni ng f V w l A tt nti on h
m ll
1 94 . Sh or e o o e s. e as bee n ca ed to the
s hor e t ni ng f l ng w l in ort i n f o vo e s ce a or s. T he fo ll wi ng l
o ru e s

a re o f g n l ppli ti n
e e ra a ca o

A l ng v w l i l
m mm
I . oh t n d b f o n e s s or e e e ore a other vowe .

‘
T hus , oné—b beco es one- o.

-
m 2 .

or
A
-
l
t,
ong vowe

a nd, ex c ep
l is
t
s horte ne d

in words
before nt
of one
and

ll l
s y ab e,
n
‘
d,
be fore fi n

before
a l
fin l a

m m
-
1 or -
r.
‘ ‘
Thus , voccint , vocdndus , vocabci vocabizt , oni t.
’

E XE R C S E S I

F l l l
m
i rs t e ar n t h e s pe c ia v o ca b u ary, pag e 3 64

1 95 . L ik e oneo, infl ec t the pres e nt,

pas t, and fut ure

i ndi ti ca ve of

’
habe re, ha ve

mm
’
t ene re, hol d, heep
'
ti ed, ti e re, f ea r

'
video, vidé re, s ee

m
1 96 . I

m T e né tis , vocabitis , habé bant 2 V idé bunt, m one

N
. . .

ba
Oras
nos trOru
u s , narrabat.

i ns u
mm
l mm m
m iae ? 5
ia
.
3.H a

u
bé bo, t

victOriae te né bi
q ua ,
i
R o ani,
es , vocatis .

us .
s ne
4 V id é s ne a tas
.

aux ili
o s oc iOru
l
m
prae
 L ESSO N X X I II
i n fi b u l a— l
T h e w o f in t h e 1

N
L u pu s s t or
y

WOR DS
m
LATI OR DE R OF

1 9 7 . Order of Words
La in Co pared In in E ng l is h a nd t .

gli
E n s h, words are arran e d in a fa r y fi x e d orde r, and th s g il i
mg
order cannot be c han e d, as a ru e , w thout c han

ing the eani n

g
n or d es roy
Of the s e ntence .
l i gi g t

St
1 98 . I n L at n the
by the r for s
ill
there are
i mg i
e ne ra l l
Office Of the

and

ru es of order,
the i r
words in

pos t on ii
wh ch i
is ml m
a s ente nc e

s hou
uc h

d be
is
ore

carefu
Shown

free
lly
.

observed .

a re here su m
mi
The ru es

ar ze d
l l
for
a ready

i
re v e w .
gi ve n in the prece d n i g l es s ons

a. The
i
Obs c ur ty, es t ,
j
s ub ect

is ,
g e ne ra

a nd o ther
lly s t
for m
and s

s of
firs t, the ve rb

the ve rb to he u s ua y s tand,
la s t. Bu t, to
ll
avo

as
id
in
l
E ng is h, be twee n the j
s ub e ct a nd noun or ad j ti ve in the pred i cate .

N
a ec

c onne c te d

ml
OT E . In narrative eac h s ucce e ding s ente nce beg ins w ith

ex aml
t he w or d or word s that

p e, in
”
l ink it
T he R hine w as the fr ontier
os t c os e ly t
of G er ml
o the s e nte nce

an
y . Caes ar
prece din
g For
l
bui t a bri dg e
.

across

the frontier of
this riv er,

Ger m
the ord er of w ords in Latin w ou

yanA c r os s th i s r i v er Caes ar a brid e bui t

.

"
g
d be
”
T he R hine w as
l O
”l
. bs erve

”
that the firs t w ords of the s ec o nd s e nte nce , A cros s this riv er , ink it to
the s e nte nce prece ding and are therefore pl ace d before the j
s ub ec t, Cae s ar

m
.

b T he
. i di
n rect ob ec t i j a
y e the r pre ce de or fo ow the ll d i re ct ob ect . j
i mi
c. T he i
vocat ve cas e rare l y s ta nds firs t .

d . A n ad j e ct ve a
y e ther precede or fo ll ow its noun ( cf.

f
e.

.
T he pos s es s ve
mll
i j i
i
ad
ect ve reg u ar y fo ow s its nou n

A dve rbs nor a y s tand d rect y before the w ords they

l l
l
ll .

mi od fy
.

1
F ro m T e re nc e ,
une x pe c t e d and u nwe c o
a

l m
w rit e r of L atin
e a ppe ara nc e
co m e d ie s .

c f. Spe ak
T he e x pre s s io n app

of t h e dev il
” li
es to an

; .

65
 LA T I N OR D E R O F WOR D S

1 99 . W ords p
arehat c m mi
by p ade e
a c n l i g
th e in u nu s ua m l
pos iti ons t t i j ti
T hus we have s ee n ha pos s e s s ve ad ec ves , wh ch
.

mm i
m
re gl lu ar
y fo ow th ll i
e r nouns , are ade e
p h a c ti
b y p ac n l i g
m
the

i
i m m
od
before the r nouns
fier is d
a
i
l ng Ob
e
I

ph ti
e by
and a n

p t
y
ia

th f ll wi ng
a

n
d
g i
ec

t f
c
tj i
ve

t
o

h
r o th e

se
r

ara m ro e word to

m
wh ch it be o s erve nt n e o o se c es
:

s. e

C ae s ar ag ros

Caes ar pul chr os GallOru

pulchrOs

m
GallOru oc c u pat

m
'

ag ros occ upat

I n the firs
it has been m t
i g m
i
s ente nc e

ade so
pul ch ros is not
by s e parat n
e p ha

it fro
t c. I n the
its noun
s econd

a g ros .

The
e

te
ye

ll
s

hi
order Of

m ill
of m m k
t he t
i
m i
whe n he hears
words ,
r eade r as
the re fore , in a Lat n

a
uc h abou

an s pe a
the e

.
phas
s e nte nce

s a s h is e

I f you do not note the

ars
t lle s the

order,
you il w ofte n fa to g e t the s e ns e .

XE RCI S E S E

a
200 D iv ti n
e

nd th
.

th f ll wi ng p
o o

L ti n w d f
e
er W h t L ti n d i t i
g ph Gi th
a
a o

ara
.

w hi h it i d i
or
ni ng f
ra

ro dm
n y
a fi nd in
h d i ti
a

ve

c
e m
e r va

s
ea
ve s

e r ve
O
ca

eac
ou

e r va ve

Bi i
h R
br

li d b bm m
t e m
ta n,

f
f i i l h
e cau s e

o
y y ans

h i h bi
I
o

i h
or
w
b
ts

i
t

w an
ip d by
ns u ar c aracte r,

g e e ars . ts n a
as

tants
no oc cu

e re a
e

r at

i
u t tu e, ar f li f
arous
y b ll i
n t e
g t r a ts o e , ve r e eren ,

d t l w
an fig ht f
no s o th i l ib i Th
to h or i ibl e r e rt es . e n, too, t e v s e

n
d h i i i bl p i l
i p
an

b
otl
t e

d h
f
ns u era
nv s

R
ig i i th p
t
e,i
e

idm er

a
s o

e t
th

e
gh nav

o mm at on

ans
n

.
e o e n s ea, ou

Third Review , Les s ons X VI X X I I I , -

74 3 74 8
-
 L E S SO N X X IV
Q uan q ue b o nu s d o r m
mm m
i tat H
et i
o

e s no d s 1
er u s — E ve n g ood H o m er

N
so

DE MO STR ATI VE

m m
THE I s , E A , ID

2 01 . Defi ni ion t of a De t ons ra ti v e. A de ons trat ve i is a

word
So m
mmmm e
th t
ti
a

es
p iont
the s e words
s out an

are
j
ob ect,

p ronouns
as , this ,

as ,
tha t, thes e ,

D o you hea r thes e

thos e

m
.

ti
m
So e es they ar e j i
ad ect ves : as , D o you hea r thes e en

m
I n the for e r c as e they are ca ll ed de ons tr a ti ve p r onou ns , in
the l t de ons tr a ti ve a a ec ti ves
'

m mm m
at e r y .

t
2 0 2 . Ag ree en of ti
La n De t t
ons ra ives . De ons trat ve i
p ronouns

i
g
w h ch they
a ree

re fe r,
in
bu
g nde

t th i
er

e r cas e
and

m nu

i
i
is deter
ber w th the nou ns to
ned by the way they
are us e d .

the
De
i
m i g j i mlik
ons trat ve

nouns in
ad ect ve s ,

ender, nu ber,
e other

and c as e .
j i
ad e ct ves , g
a re e w th i

m mtm
r

i m
is is
tha t
2 0 3 . De
m li
(
in the
t t
as cu
ons ra

ne),

i gl
s n u ar
ive is ,

and
ca , id. The de

thes e or thos e
id (neut )
er ,
ons rat ve

i g
l l
in the p ura
ean n
os t us e d

this

. It is
or

dec ne d li f ll w

N N
as o o s
*

N
MA SC . FE M. E UT . MA s c . FE M. E UT .

GE
O M.

N .
is
eius
ea

e usi
id
eius
ei

eOru
( )
m m m
11 eae

earu
ea

coru
DAT
Acc .
. ei

eu mm ci

ea
ei

id
ei s

eos
(i i s) ei s

eas
i
( )i s ei s

ea
i
( )i s

A BL . ea ea ea ei s (u s ) ei s ( lis ) ei s (u s )

Si m
l
m
1

im F ro

ar s e nt i
H or a c e
e nt are
. T he me a ning

h is w ord s
is that
V itii s ne m
e ve n

O
t he

s ine
be s t m”m
nas c itur,
ak e is tak e s
n o on e
.

i s hor n
Of

w i th ou t f a u l ts .
68 TH E DE MO N STR A TI V E 1 5 , E A , [D

m g ni ti i ng l i l l
’
T he e ve s u ar e u s is pronounce d eh y us T he p ura .

w i th tw ll l
’

for s i o s are pronounc e d as one s

y a b e H e nc e ,
.

n un 1 and ii s is

m
pro o ce 11 a s as

m
.

2 04 . Pos ion
j i
it
i g
of

m i mll
t ti
De ons ra ve Adjec ves ti .

th i
De ons trat ve i

m m
ad ect ves , be n e phat c, nor a y prece de e r nouns : as ,

Ad ins ul a navi g at , he is s a ili n

g to this ( or tha t
) is l a nd

m
ea

mt i t
20 5 . De
ons trative s
ons ra ti v es

freque nt y us e d for the pers ona pronouns of

are
us ed a s

l
Pers onal Pr onouns .
l
L at n dei
the

pronou n
h rd pers on, he, s he , i t, or (p ura ) they
has the fo
I s , as a pers ona
ll wi ng
o m ea
l l
ni ng s
. l

N
,

O M.

i
e us , ommi
i s , he ;

f
ea, s he

hi his
; id, i t
e us , o f h e r h e r h e rs ; eius f
o i t i ts

mmm
m m
, , , , ,

ci , to or f or hi ei , to or f or h er ; ei , to or f or i t

eu

ed,

m
,

w i th,
hi

w i th ,
f
; ea

ro ,
,
her ; id, i t
e tc , hi
.
; ed , w ith,
it
f ro m ,
etc he r ;
ed, f ro e tc .,

N
,

O M.

e6 ru mmm m
ei or 1 1 , ca e, ea , they

,
'

eel r u ,
e6 ru ,
of the ,
thei r
m
ei s or

eos , eas , ea ,

ei s or
ii s ,

ii s ,
ei s or

ei s or
the m ii s ,

ii s ,
ei s or

ei s or u s ,
ii s , to or

w i th, f r o
f or the

m e tc .,
,

E XE RC S E S I

l l l
m m m
Firs t e arn th e s pe c ia vo c ab u ary, pag e 6
3 4

ml m mm m Q i
2 06 . I . u s ea c OnSilia R O anOru ia nfi ntiabat ? Bonus

m lm
“

a i cus BritannOru . 2 .
O ut) ei R o ani navig abunt ? Ad

m m i mm
i ns u aQ i ei R o ani navig abu nt .
3 . u d in ea i ns u a
’

por

lm
tabunt ?
m
m
MultOS virOs et e q uOs et ag na c op a fru e nti

m i Pug nabuntne Br tanni

in earn i ns u a portabu nt .
4 . cu R6
ani s Mox u
p g nabu nt,
s e d e OS nOn s uperabu nt .
5 A . antne
 PO SSE SSI V E O F T H E T H I R D PE R SO N
E XE RCIS E S
Fi
m m
rs t l e a rn th e s pe c ia l vo c a bu l ar
y , a
p g e 6
3 5

m m
2 10 . g
m i R eg i n 1
I . a a i cOs s uos s e rvabat . 2 . R e i na a i cOs e us

ml mm
s ervabat.

fi niti
m m
Os
3
c Oru
. R o ani
s ervabunt .
finiti Os

5 .
s uos

E 1 barbari
s ervabunt .

cOpii s
4
s ui s
. R o ani
uros

timm l i l g i mm
alté s

ebat,
llet

m m m s ed
atos
ei s
c oru

q
te né bant
rI a s s uas
.

narrabat
6 . I s Ga
7 A
us R O anOS non
atis ne patria

N
. .

ves tra

m
vic tOrias

g i
i
inae dab s
m ili m
? C ara
c oru
opp

nfi ntiabunt
da et atos
.
9
a

.
ros e us a

on s ne
a

p rae
us . 8 Ge r
iO
.

au x
ani
u

m
re

m lll m m
.

m I

ea n
. D O not forg e t that
his , her , or i ts .
ei us ,

U s ua y thell
b eing
co nte x t
as c u

wi
ine , fe
S how
inine ,
w hic h
or ne u te r,

e aning to us e .
ay

211 . I . T ha t l s ave w ill -

s ave his (his ) li
ow nf e. 2 . T ha t l s ave

w ill -
s ave his ( not h is ow n) li f
e. 3 . Th gi l
os e r s we re -
h l d i ng
o

th i e r ( the i r ow n
) p i r zes .4 T hos e . s ava g will fes -
ear the i r
( thei r

ow n ) ne ighb ors . 5 T h
.e
y ove t he l i r q u e e n a nd s ee he r dan g er.

NF NN
m ml
TH E R O MA O R U M A T IT S W E ST E R E D

On
Se pti
th e
m l eft are

iu s Seve rus
th re e c o u
O n th e
l ns of th e te
r ig ht are t h e
p
ruins
e of V e s pas ian
of th e t e
p ml a nd

e of
th e ar c h of

Satu rn T he

m m
. .

c anva s ne ar t h e foot of th e arc h c ove rs a n e x c ava tio n w h e r e w e r e fou nd th e

a ll e g e d to l
b of Ro u us and th e o ld es t L atin ins c ript io n
 L ESS O N XXV I
F ar m OS a f a c i e s m lm
mmm
fi ta c o

a s i e nt r e c o
e n d at i c)
‘
es

e nd a t io n 1
t— A p l eas ing c ounte nanc e is

NN
N N
THE PRE SE T I DI CATI VE ACTI VE OF THE THI R D

CO J UGATI O

2 1 2 . V erbs hav n
i rd
i g i ii
j g ti
m
i ti the nfin t ve te r
’
e
na on

l
-
ére be l ng
o

m
to

t he T h Con u a on : as , reg d, re g r e
(ru e
) , pres e nt s te

regé c f.
(
2 1 3 . The pre s en t i ndi ti ca ve ac ti ve of r eg o is i nfl e cte d as

fo ll ows
N NN N NN
:

m m
PE R SO AL E DI GS PE RSO AL E DI GS

I . re
’
go '

,
-
r ul e 6 re
’
g i us , w e -
rule -
us
’ '
2 is ou r ul e S it i s ou u l tis
g re y re
g , y
r e
- - -
. ,

3 re
’
he sgit
he i t -
r u l es -
t re
’
g t
un , they r ul e - -
nt

N
. ,

( 1. ote that the fina

m l e of the pres e nt s tern i
d s appears in the fi rs t
-

pe rs on s i l ng u ar, beco

m lies u i
in the th rd pers on p ura a nd i l l
m e sel
- -

where . i
T he nfl e ction is uch ke tha t of ero, the future Of s u .

E XE RCI SE S
2 14 . L ik e reg o, re
’
infl ect the pres en nd cat
g ere; t i i iv e act ve i
' ’
of di co, di cere, spea h, s a
y ; and duco du cer e l ea d

mll m
.
, ,

2 1 5 . Deriva i on t . Fro the ve rb duco any E n gli sh words

are de r i ve d . Define the fo owi ng
°

duct il e id
n uce

duke in troduce

riz e d
1
F ro mm
in th e R o
Pub lil ius Syrus ,
an s ch oo s . l
a w rite r wh os e s h o rt a nd w itty s aying s w e re m
m e o
7 2 PR E S E NN T I D ICAT I V E OF R E G O

MA G I STE R E T D I S C I PU LI 1

Fi l l l
m mm
e a rn t h e s pe c ia v o c abu ary,
rs t
pag e 36 5

s ed mmmgi
216.
ubi es t
MA GIST E R
Ro
.

a ?
Saepe , dis cipuli ei , dé R o a di c i us ,

m m l mm
D I S C I PU L i
R O anOru
.

.
Ro a, a s ter, es t in I ta a,li C la a
r
patr ia
M
D
M
lm m
.
.

.
H abé tis ne
li
Tabu
E s tne I
a

t li l at ? a
bona
tabu

a
a

a
I taliae
(
a
p)
a I ta liae ?

in bri s nos tris habé m us .

D
M
.

m m
L at It li non
a a t L ng
a t
Q i d li b i t i d vi i R o ani na nt ?
u r ve s r
es .

e
o

s m
a es .

s rra

N
.

D
I taliam .

m ,
m m
R O ani
Gallia
l ta t l nga i a h bé b nt E
i
i ,
u
‘

Ger
s e

ania
o

paté
s

bant
v

.
s a a

Ota
.

e rat
ae v ae

A pp a
pe

via .
r
2

De

N
liea

mm mmm bri s ae pe dicunt .

m
M . E g
ratne Ro a se
per a na ?

i i mi i im m m
D . lon se pe r . Per a tos annOs RO a erat parva et

fi n t

p p m
i e us

m
roelii s s u erabat .
l
m l
e rant n

Tu
i ci . Sed popu us R o anus e Os
in (ag a ins t) barbaros R O ani
u ti s

c Opias

im m
s uas l t
dii cunt et d enique u tas erras re g unt .

M
m
'

. Opt e (w e l l done , dis c i ul i

) p . A l iq uandO (so e d ay ) 5

pa

i
tr

e us
i
ml m
a nos tra
et fi rOs
adl
a
I talia
tos R o
navig abitis e t Oras

ae vidé bitis .
pul chras e t i ns u as

1 : Tea cher a nd P upi l s . 2 . See pag e 8 6 .

 L ES SO N X XV II
m “
l is — W ith a g ra in of s a l 1

NN
Cu g r an t) s a t

N N
THE PRE SE T I DI CATIVE ACTI VE OF THE FOURTH

m
CO JUGATIO

i g th i ii i i
nfin t ve ter i re be on l g
m
i

2 1 7 . V erbs hav n e nat on -

to

nj g ti n nt t
'
the Fourth Co u a o as , audio, audi re (h ) p
ea r , res e s e

audi cf.
(
2 1 8 . T he pre se n t i ndi ti ca ve ac ti ve of a ud io ,
audi re,
’
is
i nfl t ec ed as fo ll ows

2
.

.
au

au
’

’
di s , you hea r
did -
hea r
-
6
s
audi

audi
’

’
m us , w e

ti s , you hea r -
-
hea r -

-
m us

ti s

3 u
'
d h h i it
t h t
’
au diunt , they hea r nt

N
a .
,
e s e ea rs - - - -

0 . ote that 1, the character s t c i i vow e l is a lw a

y s l ong ex ce pt

m
,

where l ong vow e s are reg u ar l l l y s ho rte ne d

( cf. I n the third

per s on
pl l ura u is i ns erted betwe en the s te and the pe rs ona l
end ing as , audi u nt - -
.

E XE RCIS E S

m mi m ik io t i i tiv tiv
2 19. L e aud ,
a udi re, infl ec t the pres en nd ca e ac e

of veni d, veni re, co and un o, fi ni re, f or tify

N
e,

mm
.

2 20 .
mm m ii nt iabunt, ve ni tis , habebat, f is V idebatis
’

I . . 2 .

it m
,

audi

bas
veni
.

m m m
us , ti

4 A ud
us ,
.
é bit, veniunt

rabas ,
,
ti ebatis ,
fi niunt
.
3 D abi
.t te né bunt
narrant habebi us ,
, ,

.
5 Pr
uni tis , nav
o
.
perabu nt,
iga
pa

ml
.

F
m m
lf
1
P iny
ro . An e x pre s s i on u s e d to i nd ic at e tha t th e re a ac ts have b e e n
"
exa g g e r at e d : a s , T ha t b e t ak e n r a n o s a l ts
’

s tor
y us t cu
g .

73
 4 PR E SE NN T I D I CA T I V E OF A UD I O

DE CA ST R I S R O MA N IS

Fi
m m
rs t l e arn l
the s pe c ia voc abu l ar
y, pag e 36 5

2 2 1 . V idé tis ne c as ra t R o ana ? gCas t ra s un t a na, et

q uattu

mm
or

R o ani in
(f ou r
) portas

c as tra veniunt et ex ei s
(g a tes

t
)

m
habe nt
ip
m
or i s co
p
. Per
as
e as

s uas
portas

dti cunt
’

In

q ui mtc as tri s

in ar is
ultOs

s un
virOs

et virOS
et

q
equOS

ui m
g a
VidE

lig ti
na di
us .

en
V idé
a labOrant .
us V irOs

Ei 5

N
m m
C A STR A R O MA A

qu

et
i

a mm
l boa

l ta f
l ll
rant cas ra

m os s a s e
t
per
fi niunt.
‘
ti niunt .
R o ani
V idé tis ne
cas tra s ua a to va

eOs q ui te rrarn
o

ex

vi ta m ml1
t
m
eOrum
fos s a portant ?

mi u ti s
p
Barbari
e ri cul i s p
cas tra s ua

ate Sed R o ani

non fi niunt, itaque
s ne pe ri cul O

i m
t t
cas tra s ua i e ne n nec (nor) barbaros ti ent.
'

In ed i s cas tri s IO

mi N
i 2
tent ). I dne vidé tis I s qui cop as
’
ener a l s
es t pra e tor u (g
l
m
R O anas d ucit 3
est c arus Vir. Saepe s ud s convocat. unc
4
eis di c t (is ta lhing
) et ei c u audiunt .

m I l T rans l ate , l i v es 2 Made u p of ne, the q ues tion s ig n 3 H is

id and
- -
. . . .

en. T he pos ses s ive s are Ofte n pronouns c f

( 4 I n
.d ir ec t ob ect. . j
76 DA T I V E WI T H I NNTR A SI T I V E V E R BS

E XE RCI S E S

2 2 5 . I nfl ect the presen

credo, and fi nio m t i ndi ti v
ca e act ve i of s ervo,

m
.

2 2 6 . Deriva ti on. The ve rb r es is t, is co pos e d of the

verb

r es is t

runn
m
i g
n
eans

awa
s ta nd ,

to s ta nd
and the prefix t e
ha c/e in the li n
ha ch
e or s ta nd
or ag a in, so

ag a i n after
that

y .

Loo k up the words cons is t, d es is t, ex is t, ins is t, and pers s t, i

and n t e the force of eac h of the re fix e s .

m
o p

m 22 7 Cré dis ne ii E is non c redo. Mei fi n i

. I . s oc s c o ru ? 2 .

ti
4 Bona
.e p
i
ue

Marco nautae
llae
cOns ilii s novi s

nOn
li b i
tui s
r s

are nt
s ui s nu mm
nOn fave nt.

q ua
3 S
nocen
e
. rvi

5
b
t
e

E
ll
.
q
O
ui
s t

G
ud
al
.
e

b
n

a
t

e
.

p .

228 I W e pers uade our fri ends : 2 W e res i s t our ne ig hbors

mm
- -
. . . .

. t
3 Tha boy does not obey L es b a i .
4 Y ou be
.
-
li eve the , y
i
fr e nds becaus e of your fr ends h p
,
1 - -
i i .

I . Ab ative l of caus e , 1 65 .

F
m m
A COC K I G HT
A wa ll p
ainting fro a h ous e in Po p i
e i
 L E SS O N X X IX
D i rig o I point the w ay 1

N N
m
THE PAST I DI CATI VE ACTI VE OF RE GO A D A UDI O

2 2 9 . For t a ion and I nfl ection. T he t e ns e S ign i s ba

mas in
-

the firs two

and

audi o
t
i nfl ecte d
j g
c on u

j us t

has i é before the te ns e

i
at ons .

lik e that of oneo The pas t nd cat ve

S
m
The pas nd cat ve of reg o is for

ig n
ti i i
:
.

as , audié
’
ba m
i i
.
i
ed

of

N N
m
T H I R D CO J UG A T I O
’
reg é ba ,
Tw a s -
r ul ing or -
r u led
’
reg é bas , y ou w e re r ul ing or y ou r u l ed
- - -

m
’
reg é bat , he w a s r u l in or h e ru l ed
g
- - -

'
reg é bé w e—w e re l ing w e—r u l ed
’

us , -
ru or
’
reg é ba t is , ou w e re r u l in or ou r u l ed
y g y
- - -

'
reg é bant , they w er e—r u l ing or they
- -
r u l ed

FOU N N
m
R TH CO J UG A T I O

'

N
H audié ba ,
[ w a s —hea r ing or -
hea rd
’
audié bd s , y ou w hea r ing or y ou hea rd
-
er e— -

i
m
’
O
a ud e bat, he—w as hea r i n or he he a rd
g
- -
J
(

’
I . audié ba us , w e w e r e - -
hea ri ng or w e hea rd -

'
2 . aud ié ba
t is , y ou w er e h ea r i ng or y ou hea rd- - -

’
3 audié bant , the w —hea r i n or th ey hea r d
y e re g
- -
.

0
2 30 . Th e Conjunc ti on -
q ue. T he con unc t on j i a nd IS ofte n

ex pres sed in La n by q ue ti -
added to the s econd of two as s o

t
m m
ci a ed words : as ,

' l
s endtus popul us que R o anus , the s ena te a nd the R o an peo p e

1 Motto of th e s tate of Maine .

77
7 8 PA ST I N D I CAT I V E O F R E G O A N D A UD I O

0 . Words whi ch do not s tand l

a one, but are a tta ched to o ther w ords ,

a re ca ll ed '
encl it ics . We have l
a re ad
y had -
ne, the q ues t on s g n. i i
E XE RCIS E S
nd p t i ndi ti
‘
2 3 1 . I nfl ect the pres e nt a as ca ve of nti ntio, s tudeo,

a nd ven d i .

2 32
reg itis ,
.

m mmm
I . D i c é bant
fi nié ba
,

us ,
a udié batis ,

habebunt 3 D i c i u.s t
s uperabit,

i é batis pate nt
. mm dfi cunt
,
. 2 . T e né bis ,
, ,

ve nié bat .

audiebas , m 4. D ii c é ba

te nes , di c é ba
,
fi niunt vid é bitis , paté bis
us .
, 5 ServabO . .
,

DE D E I S R O MA N
m
IS

F l l
m l
vo c ab u a r y, 36 5 T h e na ml
m
i rs t ea rn th e s pe c ia pag e . e s of t he g od s en

m ml
t ione d be l ow , b e ing th e s a e i n E ng is h l a nd La t in, a re not inc ud e d .

2 .
2 33 .
Poé tae R O ani
I .

mmlt
R o ani ultOs

u as
deos
fabu as d é dei s
m
l
c t u tas

et de abus
de as
1
habé bant
narrabant
.

3 E i.s fabul
mi s

m m
no

m
l
n c ré di us 4 Popu us
R o anus deos deas que ti é bat et e i s
. .

paré bat.

I uppiter et
i t
N M N
deos deas que re g é bat,
er
5 . I n nu
eptii nus et
ero deOru
ars .
erant

6 I up
e ptfi nus
.
~

p
in aqui s a is habitabat
deus be i,
8 . I n nu
ll
lt
m
7

mi m t g
t
et

erO
proel ii s s e

dearu
.

p
erant
e
. Mars
r s tudé bat .

I fi nO
era

et

dearu mi i g
Mi nerva et D ana 9 l and era re i na

m
i
I O M nerva erat dea s ap

e ntiae . I I
. .
.

D ana erat re i na s il varu

.

N N
.

AT HE A D E A SA P I E TI A E 1 . dea is de c ine d ike fi lia l l 7o u), having .

l l l
m m i gi l
defibus in the dative and ab ative
p ura .

g ods

M
2 34 .
3 Th
f
e .

i
od s ne

w
ver

h
I

do
.

.h ar
Good
to g
en

m
Obe
y th e

-
g ods .

mgg 2

-
. E
ood
v il
m
boys
for wis
e n res s t

and
the
r s.

4 . nerva av ors e n o ( )
q ui are e a -
er .
80 NFU T U R E N I D I CA TI V E OF R E G O A D A UD [0

im
t
l
and adde d to s

refix es appear
p e

gli
ti
v m
g
k m
iti
2 38 . Deriva ion. La n prepos
erbs to a

ll
e

m m m
i g in E n s h a nd
co

e nera
ons are Ofte n us ed as

pou

h
nd
v
ve

t
r

h
bs . T hes e
pre

ean
fi
sa
x es

n s
e

p y a e e sa e

as

mmi
in Lat n
Forgli
d t
i ti
d
m h
En
.

ll i g ti sh der va ves

force
fro each of

of the refix
the fo ow n La n

m
co poun s ,
an no e t e p
ab, f ro doco, lea d abduco, l ea d a w ay

m m
ad , dil co, l ea d addfi co, l ea d to
'

to
dé , dow n or f ro dii co, l ea d dedfi co, l ea d dow n or f r o
C, out o f + dfi co,
l ea d édfi co, l ea d out o f
i n, i nto dfi co, l ea d i ndfico, l ea d into

T H E SE U S E T
’
MI N O TA U R U S
’
1

Firs t l e arn th e l
s pe c ia vo c abu ary, l pag e 3 6 6 . l
C ons u t the g e ne ra l V oc abu a rl y

m m m m
for new w ords or w or ds you h ave forg otte n.

mg i m l mm
2 39 . O li M ( once u on a p ti e
) i nOs , q ui i ns u l a Creta

m
reg ebat, bel u cu Graeci s g erebat . Graeci a no an o
u
p g n

ti N
i
a

Mi nosN
nt,

i i
m m i i mm
dic t m s ed M
:
i nos

unc,
e os

Graeci
cré bri s

,
V ctor a e s t
p roel ii s su
pe

ea et s ervi
rat . Tu
ei

m mm m
2
es s. unc 1 n1 u rns ve s tri s poe na dab t s ag na . 5

Q
pu e m m m
uotanni s

ros m m m
et s e pte
( eve r
y y ea

p
r

u e l l as
) ad
patria

itté tis . Cu
ea

ei s
s epte

ad oras
( s even

altae
)

m
1
Cré tae navig abitis . E os in labyrinthu indfi c é us . Tu

m i m ili i m m
barbarus
ti
rtabit
é bunt i
m
i t
.
Minotaurus
ili A
S ne
i cos s uos vocabunt,
ve niet .

3
E u vidé bunt e t aud en

s ed q u s ad e os

Minotauro
aux
et

a IO

”
po ? c ons o, s ne ar i s vi ta s ua

it
barbaro dabunt t Q i . E a, Graeci ,
cr poe na ve s ra . u d dic itis ?

m M i n o ta u r Minotaur fabulO
’
Thes eus h s os ) a nd the
’
I .
(t é -
. T he w as a us

ons ter,

containing

out of it .
w hich
so

T he
m m m
l iv
an

Minotaur
e d on

y roo
the

s
is l and of Cre te in the
winding pas s ag e s that nobody c ou d g e t
and

fe d on hu an fl es h 2 A b ative of cause T he . .
l
l
ab
yrinth , a s tructure

l
'
.

Greeks had caus ed the death of a s on of Minos , and this le d to the war.
82 V E R BS I N T H I R D CO N N J U GA T I O

m illgi l i m
ill l t m
240 . I . The wre tc hed en w -
s uffer pun s h t W it en . 2 . h her
w ill Mi nos l ead the boys and r s ? 3 H e
. w - -
ead he 1
to
il ill w g i g t i it
m
h f war w th
ml
his s and . 4 T e
. orce s w -
a e rea sp r .

1 . Us e the as cu ine for .

GL A SS VASE S F R OM POMPE I I

L E SS O N XXXI
N on es t ad as tra m
mll o is e t e r r i s vi a — N ot e as y is th e way

N N N
1
fr o th e e arth t o th e s tars

m
VE R BS I "
I O OF THE THIR D CO JUGATI O

2 4 1 . So t i
e verbs j g ti of the h rd
nd in o con u a on do not e -

lik g o b t in io lik di o f th f th nj g ti n Th
e re ,
u -
,
e au o e our co u a o . e

f t th t t h y b l ng t th thi d
i
ac

s sh wn by th
o
a e

nd i ng f th i nfi ni ti
e o

e e
nj g ti n nd n t t th f
o

o
e

C p
rth
e
co u a

ve
o a o o

om e

are
our

dio di ( h
au
) f , t
auh nj g
'
ti
re n ea r ,
our co u a o

pio p (tcah ) t h,
i dca
’
j g ti n
ere a e ,
r con u a o

th
2 42 Ob
e p t nd
v

asf
.

t
th t pio i i nfl t d lik udio th ugh t
; b
a
ser e

t t h t i n
u ure th
a

p n
ca

t u n l y th f
s

a
ec e

e re s e
e a

o
ro

e
ou

or m
m s

ca

e
pi o nd
b i ng lik
piunt
a

p n d
lik udio nd diunt ll th th f
i
ca

ng
e corres f f
are

g (
o o f p i
e a

; i
or
g ; m
pit s o
a

re
au

c .
,
a

ca s
e o

re
er

s ca
or s

reg it
1 F ro m S e nec a, a Ro m an phi l os oph e r.
 L ES SO N X X X II
N ml C ed e DO i l
e d to m is fortune s 1

NNN
e a i s no t y

I MPE RATI VE MOOD QUE STI O SWE R S

mti m m m
m
THE S A D A

24 6 . The i pe ra ve ood e x pres s es a co and : as , co e

ea h

i im i
g o s p

future
2 4 7 T he L at n
.

The pres en is
i l
.

not nc ude d in th s boo

t m i
perat ve

us e d

k
has two te ns es , the pres e nt and
ore t han the future , wh ch is i

m
.

2 4 8 T he pres en
. ti t i pe ra ve is us e d on ly in the s ec ond

pe rs on,

is the
by add n
sa m m
i g
i gl
s l l
n u

gl
-
in for
ar and

t e to the
as
p ura

the pres ent

S i n u ar .
. I n the
s te m
act ve

.
i
T he p ura is for
i
vo c e the s ng u ar

l l
i
m l
ed

2 49 ,
F I R ST C O N
J UG AT I O N
’
2 . vocéi , ca ll thou
-
voce t e, ca l l y e -

N N N
m mt
S E CO J D CO U G AT I O

’
2 . one, a dvis e thou -
one e, a d vis e y e -

T H IRD CO N
J U GAT I O N
2 . re g e, ru e l thou
-
re
’
git e,
2
r ul e-y e

F O U RT H CO N
J U G AT I O N
’
audi , hea r thou audi t e, hea r y e

m
2 .
- -

2 5 0 . The

pres e nt m i gl
rre

i p ti era
u ar verb s u

ves .
has es , he thou ,
a nd es e, t he y e ,

2
N
Fm ro

o t e th at
V e rg i l , au th or o f

i n th e third j
c on ug at io n e of th e s te mm m
th e Ai ne i d , th e g re ate s t L a t in e pi c po e
’

be c o es i b e fo re - te .

84
 I MPE R A TI V E MOOD

NN N SWE R S

m
Q U E ST I O S A D A

251 . We l earne d in 10 9 t h t q ti a ues ons ig t h be i nt ro

duce d, as in E n gli s h, by i nt g ti p
erro a ve ronouns or adverbs

as , qu i s w ho ubi w her e q uo w hi the r cfi r w hy and

that q
duced by ne, the
ue s t ons e pi
x ect n

-
q
i g th n w y
t i
ues n ig n
o bi n
e a

S
s

,
er

co m es or no

ed i
were
w th the firs
m
of en t
tw
i nt ro

ord .

But ques t ons e x

m i p ti n
ecg t h n w y e a s er es or no a
y t k a e one

m
thre e for

m i
Of s

2
.

. N
N
m m
m
Venit ne
onne venit
I s he co

[s he
ing ? (A s k ng for nfor at on
)
not co i ng ? ( E x pect ng the a ns w e r yes

H e is n t co ing , is he
i
i
i .

) .

( px e c tin the ans w er no )

’

u venit E g
3 . .

252 . We l earne d in I 10 t
tha y es or no q ues t ons
- -
i are us ua lly
a ns w ere dby re peat n the verb, w th or w thout a ne a ve i g i i g ti .

m i im
m
i
I ns tead of th s , ita, vero, cer e, etc (s o tr u ly , ce r ta inly, etc ) t .
, .

mi a
y be us edfor y es ; and non, n

m
e e tc for no if the de n a ,
.

lik
il

N m N
is h h ea ns , not a t a ll , or the

m
an e p at c y n o e '
.

u via l ong a es t Mi ni e. The r oa d is n t l ong , is it 7

’
ot a t a l l .

XE RC S S
m
E I E

2 53 . G i ve the pres ent i p ti era ve of the fo ow n ll i g ve rbs

i
fa c o, venio, g ero, pat eo, s ervo.

T H E SE U S E T Mi N OTA U R U S ( CO NN ) TI UE D

F l
m
l l
m m
irs t e a rn t h e s pe c ia v o c a b u a ry, p ge
a 3 6 6

2 5 4 . Tu
m m m m t T hes e us navig iu celeriter l
et ad i ns u a
b
para

m m i na igi o
Creta navig at. Cu 1
ad era alta nt
ve ex v

m
,

pro e r
p at e t i i li g
te rra pet t. E u A r adne, 2
fi e in
a r id t ae , v e

m N
.

“
i Q i Q i d in‘
m
Turn cu vocat e t dic t : u s es , bo n i
e V r
3 ?
u

patr i a ea p ts
e ? i Onne Grae c us es ? C et r t i ni i
a es ca

Graeci s et vi ta tua es t in pe ri cu o l . Thes e us res

pond e t
86 I MPE R A TI V E MOO D

m m
T hese us m m m m m su GraecOru heroS (her o , nOtus fa
)
-

e
I
4
ea

N m
,

i m ili m i
pe r l t
u tas terras . Mi netauru pe o. Cu 1
eo u
p g nabo.

E
adne, C l m m
urn v nca

mm g
Nim
m m
m m
ara fa m
mt m
.

e
enne T hes e o
et a no an
aux

o Thes ei
u dab
co
s ?
Ota
Tu

(
A ri
ove d ) IO

m
,

cu t a a et res pondet : u barbara su ? V i ta ua

m m ml
s ervabo. Cape ar a et veni .

1 . T he c on j un ti c on cu ,
w hen, and the re
p p os ition cu ,
w ith, thoug h
a l ik e , are e as i l y di ting ui h d
s s e ,
as cu ,
w i th, is fo ll ow e dby the ab ative c as e .

N m
in E ng l i h A i 3 Good l
’
2 . Pronounce s -
r -
ad ne. . s ir. 4 Ab ative of ca us e
. .

t m m
255 . I , untia, Infi ni e, t itt e. 2 . Pete , ve ni , nav igat e.

3 S e
.rva e, oni , tene. 4 V i
.dete , porte,
ittite.

t
Four h Review , Les s ons X X IV XXXII , -

74 9 75 4 -

N N N
m m
TH E APP I A WAY A D TH E C L AUD I A A QU E D UCT

The R o ans e x c e ll e d as e ng ine e rs and l

bui d e rs . A
m
s ys te l
of s p e ndi d roads

m l w ith th l
c onne c t e d th e c apita e diffe r e nt parts Of th e E pir e . A l l r oa d s e a d
to R o
dis iu m ,
e w as
th e g rea t
l ite ra

co ml
m
ll y t ru e .

e rc ia

b ring ing the

T h e A ppian W ay e x t e nd e d s outh e as t t o Brun

p o rt for t h e E as t

c it
E q u a y f
an abundant
a o u s. w e re the

wate r
ll m
l
a
que duc ts , y s upp y
88 N
PR E S E T PA S S I V E O F VOC U

mi e ans

ve rb w th the
w i th or

mi g m
tog mim
e the r , a nd s o

l e te ly ,
et e s s tren

or ci hly .
gth
W hat
e ns the
is the force
s m
i pl e

ean n co p f
of th s i re fix in the fo ll wi ng w ord s ?

m(
p o

conta in
( ) t eneo co p ete pet o) con er ve s ( s erve
)
(
convohe convoco

coll a hor a te
1
( l
)
abo
)
convince

(
(vi nco

veni o
)
) m
m (m)
cond u ct

it
(dii co
)
itt o

m
ro convene

m
co

ml
I . T he fi na l l e tte r of the pre fi x is ofte n as s i l i ate d ( a de l ihe) to the
fi rs t l e tt e r Of the s i pe verb .

T H E SE U S E T MI NOT A U R U S ( CO N C L UD E D )
Fi
m
l l l l
m m tm
rs t e arn th e s pe c ia vo c abu a ry, pag e 3 6 6 . R e a d the s to r
y as a w ho e

g ml m l m
2 5 9 . Tu i A r adne T hes eu in no u labyrinthu indii cit

l m i
et c i l on u ifi u ( s tr ing
) dat et di c t : T e ne id fi u .

Fi u ves ti g a ( s teps ) tua

gt
N
l i t 1
re e e t ex ab r n ho te
y

N m ti m
m i p
(you)
e ra.

u
edocet .
Mi netauru
es ?
unc

E i fortiter
p
aud o
5 ro

it l
i
m
i i
m m res s e et C

tua . V
ara
nce et s e rva vi ta

ll
e rit v ctor a

”
u rOru u aru u
p e p e q e Io

m i t
Grae ciae
Mi netauru
. Mox Thes eus
v de et

i m
ti pe t 2
. D in pug nzi tur
’

g l nec s ne a no pe ri c u o .

D eniq ue Mi notaurus su -
1 5
ratur, et o t a u ri
pe p s e p e

H E SE U M A MA N pue llae que s e rvantur .

mm
PU E RI PU E L L A E QU E T T

trans
F
l ate
ro a Po

l
pe i a n w ll p i nting
a a

free y, the ha ttl e is f oug ht or the contes t r ag es T he ve rb pug no

m m for
1 .

u
p g
Gu id e
né t ur
. 2

.
. A tta ch 3 The
.

eans i t i sf oug ht ;
.

m m l
l j
l n Latin is intra ns itive , a nd s o has no pers ona s ub ec t in the pa s s ive A verb .

j ll
w ith a n indete r inate s ub ect is ca e d i pers ona , as i n E ng is h i t r a i ns . l
 L ESSO Nmm xxx

ll
w

NN
T e r r as ir ra d ie nt L e t t he i th e e a r th 1

N
u i ne

N N
PR E SE T I DI CATI VE PASSI VE OF MO E O ABLATI VE
OF THE PE R SO AL AGE T

2 6 0 T he pres e n nd
. t i i ti v ca e pas s vi
e of the s ec ond c on u ati on
j g
i fl t ll
mm m
m
n ec e d as fo ows
'

’ ’
advis e
o neo, one re (p res . s te one

N NN
I . m
m m ’
o neor , I -
a -
a d vis e d
PE R SO
-
AL

r or
E
-
or
DI GS

m
’
2 one ri s or r e, ou r e —a d vis ed ri s or re
y a
- - - -
.

m m
’
3 . one t ur, he s he i t is
- -
a d vis ed t ur

m m
’
I one ur , w c a r e a d vis ed
- -

m i ’
2 . one ni , y on -
a re a -
d vis ed
'
3 . onen t ur, they -
a r e a d vis ed-

2 6 1 . R ul e for Abl at i ve of Pers onal Ag ent . e -

1

The a hla ti ve
w i th the pr epos i tion a or ab is u s ed w i th
to i ndica te the per s on hy w ho m the
p
is perfor
i
a s s ve

m d
ver os

m
a ct

m
e .

m
Puet i a R o ani s s ervantur , the hoys a r e s a ved hy the R o

Nm
a ns

OT E . l
T he ite ra m
m
l e a ning Of

be tte r trans
d Re
l
d ni s is f r o m m th e R o a ns ,
but in
idio hy the R o is ation.

m
ou r a ns a

m
2 6 2 . Abl a i ve t Means Ab l ti v of t Co pared
of a nd a e Ag en .

m m
Co pare the two s e nte nce s

Pueri a R o ani s s ervant ur , the hors d hy the R o a ns

a r e s a ve

m
Pueri nevi g io s ervant ur , the hoys a re s a ved hy (o r w ith ) a heat

I n the firs
ag ent ;
t
in the
s e nte nc e

s econd
a R o ani s
nav g o is i i
is the
the ab at vel i
l i
ab at ve

of mof p
eans .
e rs ona

TO
l
1 Mo tto of A mh e rs t C o ll eg e .

89
90 A BLA T I V E OF PE R SO N N A L A GE T

aid in d i ti ng i hi ng t h
s u s es e two c ons ruc t ti ons , wh ch i are of en t
ll wi ng t
m
confus ed, obs erve the fo o fac s

(1. The ag e nt is a p er s on ; the eans is a thing .

l
ab at ve of
b. The
i m l
ab at ve of i
has no prepos t on
eans
p e rs ona l ag e nt

ii .
has the prepos t on a or ii ab ; the

i
w th the
c. The l i
l i
ab at ve of m
ab at ve of pers ona ag e nt is

eans
l
the verb m a
u s ed on y w th a

y be
l
e ither a ctive or
i pas s ve

p
i
v

as
e

s
rb

ve . i
;

XE RCIS E S
m m
E

2 63 . L ik oneor, infl ect h abeor, t eneor, ti eor, Videor .

m m m
e

ti
tene
m m
m
2 64 .
e ur .
I . Superaris habe
3 V
P
id
.

t
e
a
ris , p

ini
a ra

h
n

b
tu

e
r
,

m
,

i
te

t
ne
n
in i
ur, vide ntur. 2

.
. T e ne ur,
4 S e rva
.tu r,
habe ur,
t occupa

t
ini ,

ur. 5 o.r ,
a r s e e o r ,
.

N
a fi niti m
2 65 .

m
ll I

m
.

t
is
Ga i
s upe rantur .
c rebra pro

2
elia

Mi no aurus
faciu nt et

m mm
fortite r pug nant, s ed

ti m Nti m
a fi l iabus c oru ti etur .

N
.

it m m m m
3 . u Thes eus Mi netauru barbaru et ? On e t.

mm m t l
4 Cap e
fro e ntu
ar

nec
a, Re
aqua
ani
in
a barbari s ini
cas tri s habe m
m i Q i m
i ci s V ide ini .
us . u d facie
5 .

us ?
ec

ili m m
6 . Te ne cas tra , Marce ,
boni s e is . Ia ( s oon ) s oc i nos tri

aux it u t e nt .

m 2 66 . l i kl
1 . The Gau u
s are
q c y c onq u ere d by the

mm - -
ar s of -
the

i m
Ro ans . l i g 2 . A re not p eas n s tor es to d by i l an
y poe ts ?

i m i tm
Y es 3 Thes e us.is a d i
v.s e d by Mine rva t he od d e s s-
g of w s do
-
.

m
,

4 By the w s do Of M nerva we are s ave d 5 G iV e t ha

m oney
- - - - -
. . .

g
to the ood queen, y s on 6 Th e ca p o f th e s av a g
m es has
- - - -
. .

i m
i ll it
s

ne ther wa nor d ch .
7 . W hen we -
are s ee n -
by your e n,

we s ha ll -
t -
s uffer pun s h en .
 N D F U T UR E PA SSI V E

m
PA ST A

mm
2

'
o neo, one re
'
( pre s . s te m one advis e

PA S T I N D I C A T IV E PA S S I V E (TE N N
SE SI G -
b éi

N NN
m
PE RS O AL E DI GS

m
'
I oné ba r, [ w a s —a dvis ed

m
'
2 . onebé ri s or -
r e, y ou -
w e r e—a d vis ed
'
3 oneba t ur, he s he it w a s a d vis ed

m
- -
.

I . m
m m onebd
'
ur, w e w er c
- -
a d vis e d

m i '
oneba ni , y ou w e r e—a d vis ed
'

2 . l -

’
3 . o eban t u , they w e r a d vis e d
n r e — -

FU N N N
m
T UR E I D I CA T IV E PA S SI V E (TE SE SIG -
bi

m
’
I one bor , l i s ha l l he - -
a d vis ed

m
’
2 . one beri s or -
r e,
y ou —w i l l—he—a d vis ed

’
one bit ur, he
'

3 s he it zenl l h e a d vis e d
f

m
- - -

m
.

mm
’
I . one bi u r, w e—s ha ll he—a d vis e d -

m i '
2 . onebi ni , y ou w i l l—he - -
a d vis ed
’
3 .
v
onebu n t ur ,
th ey w i l l —he—a d vis e d -

a . I n the futu re pas s ve the te ns e Sig n bi i -

a ppe ar s as -
bo in the
firs t a nd as be in the s e cond pers on Sing u ar,
-
l a nd as -
bu in the third

pe rs on pl u al r .

XE RCI SE S E

m
future , m
2 68 . I nfl e ct the
ac ti ve a nd
.

pas s
f ll wi ng v b in th p
v i
o o

e: a
nt p t

o nfi ntio p t o t n o v i d o ti
er s

or
e re s e

e e
,

e
as ,
and

eo.

m m mm mm m
.
, , , , ,

2 69 . I . A ebzI s , a abaris , ti ebis , ti eberis . 2 . Se rvat

m
4 m
D
.

m
abimm m
s e rvatur,

m
dabit, dabitur
ini , videbuntur,
.
3 Porta .

te ne ur .
us ,

5 A
po

a
r

n
t

t
a

u
.
ba

r d ab i
e tu r t i
us , portabi us .

m
,

im
,

mm m
e ntur .

oneris .
6 . V ideris
8 V idebant,
.
,
nfi ntia

a ab i
u s , ti

ini , porta
ebat 7 T e ne. nt ti
ur.
. eb un t

9
,

.V e ni te,
,

t e.
 P A SSI V E O F R E GO A N D 21 0 17 1 0

m
93

2 70 . I . T hey w -
ill b -
e -
feare d, I -
l
a -
ove d, we were
- -
s e e n. 2 . We
a re ca rr e d,
-
i you -
w ilI be - -
ad v s e d i they ha ve -
.
3 . He w -
ill
has te n, you we re announc n i g s in
(
m g ) he pers uade s 4 I S h ll
a
- - - -
. .
,

i j
n ure , you favor -

y ou -
w ill be overc o
- -
e 5 . We
s hall b i -
e carr e d,
-
I was
- -
ea g er- for,
y ou -
w ill f-
avor 6 . He
will b y w -
o e ,
e are- he
-
ld ,
they we re - -
s ee n.

R O MA N S WO R D S

L ES SO N XXXV I
m m
NN
In d i as I nto th e id s t o f thing s 1

N
e r es —

N N
THE PR E SE T I DI CATI VE PASSI VE OF THE THI R D A D
FOUR TH CO J UGATI O S

2 7 1 . T he pres en nd t i i tiv p i f g o (thi

ca e as s ve o re
'
rd c on u j g a

ti ’
on) and au d o (fourth i nj g ti n) a i nfl t d
co u a o re ec e as fo ll ows

m
m
’ '

m
re g o, re g er e ( pre s . s te reg e rule

g
m
'
I . re
’
or , [i a -
ru l ed re g i ur, w e a r e r ul ed - -

2 . re
’
g i er s or —re, y ou -
a r e r ul e d
-
re g i
’
ini , y ou a re r u l e d - -

’ ’
3 re g it ur h e s he it i -
s —r u e l d reg un tur, th ey a r e r ul e d - -

m
.
,

i
m m
’ '
au d o, audi re (
pr e s . s te au di hear

n dl
m
’ ’
I . a or, Ta -
hea r d audi ur , w e—a r e—hea r d
’ ’
2 . audi ri s or -
re, y ou a re - -
he a r d audi ini , y ou a r e hea r d - -

’
audi un t ur, they a r e hea r d
’
3 audi t ur, he s he zt i s hea r d

ml
- - - -
.

0 . Obs erve the chang es of the fi na l s te vow e -

e in the third con

j ug at on. i It appears u nc hang e d o n ly in the s econd pe rs on Si ng u ar l

' ' —re.
g e r i s or re
m m
as , re - .
g e

1 F ro H ora c e , R o e s
’
l
g re at e s t yr ic poe t .
 PA SSI V E OF R E G O A N D A UD I O

E XE RCI S E S
2 72 . L ik e reg o, infl ect the pre s ent i
act ve a nd pas s vi
e of duco,
vinco, and g ero.

2 73 . L ik e a udio, infl ect the t ti i m

mi i
ve and f

m
prese n ac pas s ve o fi ni o.

2 74 . I . T e neberis , dicitur, habeba ini . 2 . Superabitur, o

niuntur, g e r itur .
3 . Monitur , parabit, v nc te .

R oMA N NN
i MA G U M U ME R U M CA PT IVOR U M CA P I U NT

DE BE L L I S R O MA N O R U M E T GA LL O R U M

l l l
mll mm m
F ir s t e a rn t h e s pe c ia voc ab u a ry, pag e 3 6 6

2 75 . Cu bein Gall izi a R o ani s g eruntur, cas tra c oru

m
’

l
ex

r
p
i
o

d
rt

i
i

o
s
(g a tes
) cas

te ne ntur.
tr Oru ed
l
ati s fOSSi s velli s que a ti s c e l e riter

i
I cu n
fi niuntur

t
Saepe R e
u r,
s emm
d c
Tu
as ra
c Opiae

fi r o

ani proel ia in
.

mi il
t
ed
m is s vi s
p aes
9 6 ) A
PA SS I V E O F fen c e N D A UD I O

au
'
i
d o, audi re
'
( pre s . s te m au di hear

PA S T I N D I CA TIV E PA S S I V E ( T E N N
SE SIG -
ba

’
audie ba r , I w a s hea rd
- -

'
audieba ri s or -
r e, y ou w ere - -
hea r d
’
audieba

m
tur, he s he i t w a s hea rd
- -

m
'
audiebd ur, w e—w e r e -
hea r d
audieba
'
i ni , y ou w e r e hea r d - -

’
audieban t ur, they w e r e he a r d - -

F UT U RE I N D I CA T IV E PA S S I V E (T E N N
SE SI G S -
a

’
I . au diar, I s ha l l he hea rd
- - -

2 a ud i '
e ri s or -
t e, y ou w il l he h ea r d
“
-
.

di e h s he i t w zl l he hea i d

m
3 au cur, e - - -

di e
m
'
I . au w ur , e- s ha l —he l -
hea r d
di e i ni y
’
2 . au ,
ou -
w il l —he hea r d -

'
3 . audien t ur , they w i ll - -
he hea rd-

E X E R CI S E S

2 77 . L ik e infl ect the pre s e nt pas t

r eg o, , ,
a nd future ,
i
act ve

a nd
pa s s ve ,
i of doco, v nco, a nd g ero
1
i .

a nd
2 78 . L

pas s ve i
ik e a ud

Of mi
io ,

on o.
infl ect the pre s ent pas t , ,
a nd future , i
act ve

mi m
,

g e r
2 79 .

e
m
m m m
us .
I

m .

m m m mm mm
vince t, ve nie t, m
i i D oc ebas

4 . D oc e ini
unietur
,
doc ebaris

,
.

re
3 G e.

g
r

i
eba
,

ini ,
on es ,
us ,

aud iebantu r .
g e r
onieris
eba
.

u r,

5 A .
2 .

g e
V nc t
r i us

i bunt,
,

noc ebunt, ve nient, onie ntur . 6 Ti . eris , uni us , ve nie us ,

1 E x t e nd th e b l ank s c h e m e O f v e rb in fl e c t io n

l f d ill
l
t o i nc u d e t h e fi r s t
thre e te ns e s of t h e pas s ive v o ic e , a nd u s e i t f or se r w ith a va r i e t
y of

ve r b s . You ca n not I n ow ver os too w ell .

 PA SS I V E O F CA P I O 97

capiunt.

mm
runtur, g
7
e
Pe rs

rebatur,
ua
.de

g
n

e
,
te

ritur
neb

9
u nt
P
,

a
v

r
i
e
d eb
u
e

s
r

,
is

p
,

a
a

r
u

a
d ie

u
n
r,
tt
ur

n
.

o c
8
ebu
Ge
nt,
. . m m .

m
unie ini .

2 80 . I They are s ent they w

.
- -
,
-
ill b -

q
e- con ue re d, I -
a -
hear
d, we
were le d 2 W e ar e s e nt you w
-
. .
- -
,
-
ill b e i
fort fied they

ll m W
3 H
. e —w res ill -
i s t,
you s e e -
k ( s in
g ), you ill w be c onq uere d

4 Y
. ou were -
he Carr ed on i ,
I -
s ha co e. 5 . e

Sha ll beh
- -
eard, I was
- -
l e ad i ng y ,
ou -
w ill k-
s ee ill 6. He w
carr y
-
on, we -
are -
fortified, th y w e -
e re- carr e d on. i -

L E SSO N X X X V III
D m pa tr i a e F or G o d, for frie nd s , for

N N
o,

N
e a i c i s , c ou ntr
y

THE PRE SE T , PA ST, A D FUTUR E I DI CATI VE PA SSIV E

OF CA PI O

fl
2 81 . T he pres en

whi h c
lik
i n ecte d
lik
e reg or ,

di are e au
t i ndi ti v
e x ce pt

or and
ca e

the two for

audi untur .
pas s ve i
m of ca p io ( f
s ca pior a nd capiunt ur,

The pas
c

t
.

and
2 4 2 ) is

future
th o gh t
r u i nfl t ou are ec ed lik e a udiebar a nd a udiar .

PR E S E N T PA SSI V E PA ST PA SSIVE FUTUR E PA SSI V E

I . ca pior
’
cap ie b ’
ar ca
’
pi ar
’ ’ '
2 . ca peri s or -
te capieba ri s or -
re c apie ri s or -
re

m m m
’ ' '
3 it ur capieba t ur capie t ur
. ca p

m m i m
’ ’ ’
-
4
w cap i ur capieba ur capi e ur

l
o capi
’
i ni capieba
'
i ni ca p
’
e ini
' ’
capien
’
p
(
capiun tur capieban t ur tur

E X E RC S S I E

2 82 . L ik e cap io ,
infl ect ra pi o i ,
s e z e, in the pres e n t , pas t, and

future, ac ti v e and pas s ve . i

98 PA SSI V E O F CA P / O

DE L UD O 1
R O MA N O

Fi
mm m m
rs t l e a r n the s pe c ia l v o c ab u a ry, l pag e 3 6 7

2 83 . Spectate , a i ci ei , pictii ra (pi c tu re

) ud i R e a ni l .

Videtis ne disc ipulOs (pupi ls ) ? S unt onus , duo, res , q uat

2
t
tm
tuor, q ui nq ue, s ex dis cipul i D uo pueri s tant (a re s ta nding )
.

et q uattuor s e de n t Q id p i
. u uet faciunt ? Laboran g a na

di lig nti ae . D uo t n nt t b lla

e e . a e s.
3
T res t e nent libroS. i L bri 5

m
Re m m m
a noru

m e rant vol ii ina .

( r ol s l ) . In s ubs ellio
(hench
)

m m
t li t ll t
m
3
s un duo bri et tres abe ae et atra entu Spec ate
i
( )nh .

m gi m
narrat . l
Q i i
ag is tru

g
m
gi
Mal mmi
(
t
tea che r) .

s ter u tas e t
u d fac t ?
retas
Ma
fabu as in
s ter d is c ipuli s fabula

e or a habe .

ml m
Cu t pu

ia pu c hra a
er

m m
t
i s u n tardi , tu n oe na
p
ag is tro
r
dantur
dan
A
Se d boni s pueri s prae
.

atis ne prae ia ? Cert e

Io

m
. .

I . Latin has tw o w ords for s choo l l odu

, s, an e e l e ntary s choo l and

ml
,

l
s cho a, an advance d s c hoo l ll
or c o eg e for adu lt s. 2 . One . T he nex t five

m
nu era s fo ll ow . Le ar n to c ou nt s ix in Latin 3 Wr i ting ta hl ets . These

ml
. .

were thin boards

with a s t il us , a
poi
s

nted
e are d w ith w ax
ins tru ml e nt,
( c f.
pic ture ,

ike a penci ,
p.

l m T he writing was done

ade of bone or eta .
I OO I NN N FI I TI V E A D I MPE RA T I V E

A C TI V E I MPE R A T I V E

N
m mt t
’ ’
CO ] . I vo cii , ca ll thou -
voca e, ca ll y e -

’ ’
11 o né , a dvis e thou -
one e, ad vis ye
e-

’ ’
I II re g ,
e ru l e -
thou re g it e,
r ul e y e -

’ ’
IV au di, hea r thou -
audi t e, hea r y e -

m
PA SS I V E I MPE R A T I V E

N
m m
mm
’ ’
CO ] . I i r e,
voca he thou - -
ca l ed l voca ini , he y e ca l l ed - -

’ ’
II one t e, he—thou -
a d vis e d one ini , he—y e a dvis ed -

g
m
’ ’
III re ere, he—thou -
r ul ed re i
g ini , he—y e r ul ed -

IV audi
'
re, he thou
— -
he a r d i
audi
’
ni , he y e hea r d - -

X E RCI S E S
E

rapio,
2 87 . G
mi i
on o,
ve the act ve a

res pondeo,
i nd p i p as s ve

paro, g ero, v deo,

res e nt

i
infinitives
s pect o, doco,
Of narro,

V inco.

2 88 . G
veni o, credo, noceo,
i ve the i m i i it
pe rat ve act ve of

faveo, r es s o, s edeo.
1
di co, dfi co, facio, nfi ntio,

i m ti
t mmi
2 89 . G i ve the pe i
ra ve pa s s ve Of narro, r a p o, por o, pe o, i t t
occupo, vinco, s ervo, i eo, un o, V id o e .

H as ten thou d
m be ye s e nt, l
290 . 1 .
,
to be p p
r-
e are - -
,
-
ead thou- -
.

2 . TO -
l ead, to be le d , be ye s e z e d , c o
- - - -
i e t hou
-
3 T o be s e nt . .
- -

to s ave,
y l ead e, Spea k th ou . 4
m
T O be s oug ht, be—ye le d, to
- - - - - -
.

s e ze, i to be he d
- -
l .
5 Fear thou,
.
-
co e -

y e, be ye prepared, to be
- - -

fort fied i .

m d i cfi, d fi co, fa ci O h av e d i c, d fi c,
m l f
1 T he ve rb s a nd a nd fa c i n t h e s ing u a r O

th e p es e nt
r i pe ra t ive a c t iv e . T he p l ura li s for e d re g u l a ly r : di cite , e tc .
 ° 4 o
0 9 5
)

L E SSO N XL
Me l ius m V i d er i — Be tte r t o b e t han to m 1

N N N N
es s e q ua s ee

SY OP SE S I THE FOUR CO J UGATIO S

gi
2 9 1 . L earn to
have had
ve n be l
,

ow
in an
gi
y
ve

pe rs on
ra
p i dly th
or nu
e

ms no
y p s

be r,
es

fo
Of

ll wi ng
o
the ve rbs you

the ml ode

FI R ST CO J UG AT I O N N S E CO N N
DJ CO UG A T I O N
N
I D I CA T IV E

m m
ACT I VE PA SS I V E A CT I V E PA SSI V E

m m mm
’ ’ ' ’
PR E S. vo co vo c or o neo o nc or

m m
’ ’ ’ ’
PA ST voca ba voca bar one ba one bar
’ ’ ’ ’
F UT . voca bo voca bor one bo one bor

m m
I MPE R A T IV E

' ’ ’ '
PR E S. vo ce voca re o ne one re

N
FN
m m
I I ITIVE

’ ’ ' ’
PR E S . voca re voce ri one re one t i

T H I R D CO J UGA TI O N N T H I R D CO J UG A TI O N N -
io verbs )

N I D I CAT IV E

PA SSI V E

m m
’
re
g o re g or ca pio

m pi m
reg e ba
’
g re e
’
bar ca
’
ie ba
’ ' ’
a a r ca p a
re g re g
1 Mo tto Of th e s ta te o f No r th l
C a ro ina, a da
p te d fro mll
Sa us t .

IO I
 ‘

I oz f N
SV OPSE S OF R E GU LA R V E R BS

I MPE R A TI V E

PR E S

PR E S

FO U RT H CO J U GA T I O N N
I N D I CA T I V E

I MPE R A T I V E

'
PR E S . audi re

I NN FI ITI VE

’ ’
PRE S. audi re audi ri

DE MA LO MA GI STR O LU DI

l l l
m m i im i
voc ab u a ry, 6

m
th e s pe c ia

m
Firs t earn a
p ge 3 7

be ll m
2 92 . O
u g
li
e
(once u on a

reba nt . mp
ill
Ca
m
l
ti

m
us ,
e
)
virm Re

m c
eni cu
arus ,
fi n t
c epias
o opp do
Re anas

mi i t gi l
m
1
docebat . In e o opp do e ra qu i da a s ter odi . E u

i i
m gi
2
u i a abant et v ri opp di ei c r edebant . Sae pe a s ter
p er

p
p
u

e
erOS e

ri cu
x Opp
lo erant, na mi m
do per
opp
ag rOs

m m
du
p

m m
rox i

a Ro
Os edfi c ebat, nec pue ri in 5
ani s nOndu ( not y et )

Re
c run
m
Oppug nabatur .

t
ana ind ocit
c apti vi
Sed d enique

tui .
et i
di c t
m
S ed Ca
°

ill
gi
Specta, Ca
i
m
ill
us di c t l mm
ai
m
s te r pue r

:
Os in
e , e Os
"
Ma u
p
ed a cas tra

ue rOs .

ani u
Ei
,
 L ESSO N X LI

E q u o né c r ed ite — D o no t t r u s t t h e h o r s e 1

THE ABLATI VE DE NN
OTI G FR OM

m
2 94 . One of the l i
re at ons c overe d by the l i
ab at ve cas e is
e x pres s e d

Th i s re al ti n
in
o is
E n gli
p
by the pre pos t on f r o
sh

re re s e nte d in L at n b
y a nu be r
(Cf
of m il i
ii .

s pec a

im
c ons truc ti n
o s. One of thes e , the a h a ti ve
l o f p e r s ona l ag ent,

has bee
a re

have
the
n la read

a hl a ti ve

oc curre d
y d
o
i
f
s c us s e d

the

in the pre ced n

pl a ce
f
i g
mm
ro

i
i i,
Two
any

ex erc s e s ,
othe rs of

ns tanc e s of w h ch

and the
porta nce

a hl a tive

f s e a ra tion.

m
p

m
o

2 95 . Ru l e f or Abl at ive of P l a ce Fro . The pla ce for

w hich is r es s ed hy the l
a h a ti ve w i th the pr epos i tions
ex
p
a ( )
ab de, 5 ( ) ex

m m mfi
.
,

A g r icol ae ex ag ri s veniunt , the f a r er s co e f ro the el ds

m m
a.

dow nf r o
A
m m
o r ab.

it .
de note s f r o
T his a
y be
nea r a p lace

r e re s e nte d
p
e
ra
g p
o r ex out f r o

hica
y as fo
i
o
t

w
;
s
a nd ti e,
,

ll ll

d or ab C or ex

m m
T h is is t ak e n fr o V e rg i l ’
s IE ne id , a nd

hors e by e ans o f w h ic h th e G re e ks to ok T r oy aft e r th e y ha d b e s ie g e d it in

r e fe rs t o th e fa m ou s w oo d e n

m
vain fo r t e n ye a rs

the trick s of an ene y

.

.
l
Us e d in a g e ne ra w a y, t h e e x pre s s io n is a w a rning a g ains t
 A BLAT I V E DE NN OT I G FR OM I O5

2 96 . R ul e for Abl at ive of Separat i on . I/ Vor ds ex

p r es s

ing se
p a r a t on or i ta hi ng a wa
y a re fol l ow ed by the a hla
ti ve, ft n w i th the p p os i tions d (ab) de, e ( )
m
o e re ,
ex .

m Mm
1 . Thes eus pat ria a Mi notauro l iberat , Thes eus f rees his cou ntry

f ro the [ i nota ur

m f
2 . Thes eus pat r ia pericul o l i berat , Thes eus r ees his cou ntry

mWi l m
f ro
p er il

a. Whe n there is actua l s e parat on i Of one ate r a th ng i fro

anothe r, a s

arat on i is fig urat
in 1 ,

i
the

ve , a s
pre pos

in 2
ii
,
t on is u s ua

the pre pos t on is u s ua ii

lly p res ent.

lly o m
he n the
itted .
s ep

E X E RC S E S I

l l l
m
Firs t e ar n t h e s pe c ia vo c abu a ry, pag e 36 7

m
hibebunt m
2 97 .

m l g
ill m m
g 1 .

.
Ga
2 .
ll i
Facto
crebrI S
1
Ca
p roe lii s

i pue ri e x
Ger a
ines
c as tri s
ab a

R o ani s
ri s s ui s p
celerite r
ro

t im m m
di itte ntur i .
3 I bi . ab a i ci s s ui s on e abe rant . 4 . Me or a

m
i
e us

m
l a us m i
fac il g
pum
e l mm
m
rOs a
an is nos tri s

ori s opp
nu

di
qua

abd oc it ?
on e
6 V ir
.
abe rit .

aus
5 .

a
Cor
i citia
vir

Ca
8
ill
m m mgm
. Certe
ale c u
ml
i

m l ill pe teba

eOs
t .

ex
libe rabo
cas tri s
7 . L i bera fi lioS nos trOs
e t vir

ei s a a
a us

.
po e na
pe ri cu

dabit .
o,

9
Ca
. Facto
e.
1

I A b ative l of c aus e .

m m it t m
.

m mm t t l
2 98 . I . T he R o an ca p was far d s an fro h a p ac e .

t mi l mi
W
2 . ll e s ha g be fre e d fro the e ory of thos e wron s 3 D e . .

m ill l m m ll
par k i
fro th s
p ac e ,
y fr ends a nd attac the r towns . 4 . My

t mm
,

m g ead the 5 Ke e p
w 1
en awa
y fro the wa s. . the s ava es

m
out of

s end
i
ll hi t “
your towns ,

awa
y 7 Th
Ro
e bo s
ans . 6 . Se ze

not du
tha an,

hey
y s on, and

m
are are
. .
y ,

I . I p ative of
e r
proh i beo. 2 . R eview 2 51 .
 L ES S O N X L II
Nm d ni t e t m t— l
A ll is not g o d t hat g itte rs l
N
On o ne q uo auru es

NN
PR I CI PAL PAR TS VE R B STE MS THE PE RFE CT STE M

mi m
THE E DI GS OF THE PE R FE CT

i g m
i i
2 99 . Pr nc pal Par s . Ce rta n for s of the t i verb are i por

t ant becaus e we cannot infl e ct the ve rb W thou t kn w n o the .

T hes e are ca ll ed the p r inc i p a l pa r ts .

In E n gli h th p i n i p l p t
s ,
e th p
r c nt i ndi a ti ar s are e res e ca ve , the

p t
as i nd i ti ca nd th
ve , a p t p ti i pl eg w nt as
g n ar c e : as , o, e ,
o e.

I n L ti n th p i n i p l p t
a ,
e rth fi t p
c a n i ng lar s are e rs e rs o S u ar Of

th e p nt
re s e i nd i t i t h p cant i nfi n
ve ,i t i t h fi et p res e ve , e rs e rs on

Si ng l f th p f t i ndi ti
u ar o e nd th p t p ti i pl
e r ec ca ve , a e as ar c e : as ,

' ' ' '

vo co voca re voca vi V oca t us

300 . Verb S
verb s te
m m
m mi m m m
s,
i i l
fro
t e s.

wh c h w e
Fro t he p
c ons truct
r nc pa

the e nt
parts

i re
we g et three
j i
c on u g at on .

m
T hes e are the p r es ent s te ,
for ed fro the pre s e nt i nfini ti ve

the and the a r ti ci i l

I p f e ct s te p p a s ter n.

m
er

m
,

30 1 T he perf e ct s te is found by dropp n fi na i fro the i g l

m
-
.

fi rs t pers on s n i gl u ar Of the pe rfe ct : as , vocav

—
fro
’
voca vi ,

rfect of voco
pe

m
.

m
302 The pa r ticipia l s te is found by dropp n fi na us

m i g l -
.

fro the pas t part c p e : as , voca fro ii l

'
voca tu s , pas pa r t t
tic iple of voco

m tm m
.

303 . Fro t h e perfec t s e ar e for ed

The Pe rfe ct I nd i ti A ti
ca ve c ve

T he Pas t Pe rfec t I ndi ti A t ca ve c i ve

T he Fu t ure Per f t I nd i ti
ec A ti ca ve c ve

10 6
10 8 PE R FE C T TE N SE S O F S UM

ll b i l ly
m i t
2
ne ther S ow nor c oward T h h
‘
we s ha e .
5 . e r ea r s w ere

e ncoura gd e ,
and s o th y i e s e ze d the i r ar s and brave y as s au te d l l
the l fty w ll o a s. 6 . W hy are
you s i tti ng there ? D e par t and

i kly f th i
N
q u c re e os e capt ves .

I . W hat is the re irreg u l arabout the p ura of l ocus ? l l 2 . ot s uus

(c f. 1 35 , 3 . copi a. 4.A b ativl

e of c aus e.

L E S S O N X L III
Di mm fa c ti
'

pis s e — VVe ll be g un is ha f d o ne l 1

N
id iu es t c oe

N
THE PE R FE CT, PAST PE R FE CT, A D FUTUR E PE R FE CT

m
I DI CATI VE OF S UM

30 8 . T he i gl
rre u ar ve rb s u i fl is n e cte d in the perfect, pas t
i i i ll
m
f a nd future pe rfect nd fo

m
pe r e c t c at ve as ows

N
,

PR I . PA R TS : su ,
es s e, fui (pe rf . s te fu

F
m
PE R E CT

’ ’
fu i , I ha ve been I w a s ,
fu i us , w e ha ve been, w e w ere
' '
fui s ti , y ou ha ve been y ou w e re ,
fui s ti s y ou ha ve been, y ou w ere
,

’
t
fu i , he ha s been, he w a s
' '
fue runt or fue r e they ha ve ,

been they w e re ,

N N
m m
PA S T P E R F E CT (T E SE S IG -
e1 5

’
fu era ,
I ha d been fuer af us , w e ha d been
'
fu er al s y ou ha d bee n ’
fuerd ti s y ou ha d been
'

, ,

’ ’
fu erat , he ha d bee n fu erant , they ha d been

FU F N N
m
T UR E PE R E CT (T E SE SI G -
e ri

’
fu ero, [ s ha l l ha ve been fue ri
’
us , w e s ha l l ha ve been
' '
fu eri s , y ou w i l l ha ve bee n fue rit is , y ou w ill ha ve been
fu '
er it h w ill h e a ve been ’
fu erint , they w ill ha ve been

F m ml m
,

mll th l
1
H ro h o ra c e ,
g t e
y r e at e s t Ro an r ic
po e t a nd s ti e os t w id e y r e a d .

The ite ra l l l
tra ns ation of th e L atin is H a lf o
f a n a chi eve en t i s to h a ve beg u n i t,
 PE R FE C T TE N S E S OF S UM 10 9

m
T he pas t perfec t
a. a
y b e fo r e d b y add ng mm i era m ,
the pa s t

m m
of s u to the erfe c t s te rn T h e te ns e S i n is —ere
p g .

m
,

su
b. The future perfec t
,
to the pe rfe ct s te m .
ay b e for
But the third pers on p u ra
ed by add i ng ero, the future of

l l e nds in -
eri nt ,

not -
erunt . T he tens e S ig n is er i -

m
c. T he perfect, pas t pe rfect,
for e d on the perfect s te m and fu tu re pe rfec t of all ac t ve
T hey a re all nfl ecte d ike s u i l
i
m ve rbs

N
are . .

SE X T US, QU I T US, MAR C U S

F irs t l e a rn th e s pe c ia l v o c abu a rl y, pa g e 3 6 7
'

309 . MA R C U S . U bi fuis tis S e x te ,

et Q ui nte ?

ml
fu t i
SE x T U S
. l l
.

in
E go
a gi r s
( I ) in nos tra
nos tri s fu i mvi ll a f
us .
ui , e t

O ffi cia
Q ui ntus

ag ric olaru
in
m
s uit vi ll a
s unt

ml
u ta . H abes ne bones s e rves ?

ml i mi mi
a
M
p
.

a
H abe o
prae
.

ia
D in e x e
ox dabo
p a

et
eg reg iae d il ig e ntiae

e Os l ibe rabo .
fuerunt . E is

m
Q N
nu m i
S

m mQ
l
.

q ua
S ne s ap e nt a

. S e d qu d s pectas ,
fue ris
ui nte
. T e ne bones s e rves et ibe ra COS

m li m li l l
UI T U S . Spec to e u pu c hr u ibr urn}
E s tne tuus ?
M
m Meus 1
. e s t. Se pe r boni s bri s -
s tudeba . IS ber
t
m m m i ’

e ra Galbae 2
et ia d in in cas e s ua e rat . L ber e st netus et

ll
m m m lli
de be i s Re ll anor
u Gal leru qu e narrat. D enique Ga i pa
cantu r, s e d ia pe r s e te
p
3
annes Re ani in Ga a fuerant .

I . D ative . S ee 2 2 4. 2 . G enitive of th e pos s e s s or , 1 5 0 .

3 . Can you

m
c ount s e ve n in L a tin?

m 310 . W here had the far bee n

m They had been
m
1 . e rs ? on

the

i t l ‘
ndus ry,
i r far
O
s.

S ave s ?
2 . H ave you
Y es .
3 .
not bee n ex a

Soon, R o m l p
ans we s ha ,
es of

ll
rek l
have bee n
ar ab e

m l
in Gau for é H ow l g
1 2
have w e bee n abs ent
s ev n y ears . 4 . on

fro ti our du es 5 F . i n lly th G

a e au sl w ill b e s ubdued, but they
w
l
ill i
l
have been ne ther
i
t pi d n
s u

lli wi th n
or cowar dl y .

t
6 . E ncoura
ly mg e the

m m
hearts of the r abundan of
3
oya a es a s upp oney.

how f a r
1 .
per.
.
3
2

.
.

N
D is ting uis h be tw ee n q ua
ot s uus cf
( 1 3 5, .
diii , how l ong , a nd q ua l ong e,
 L ESS O N X L IV
Nm On i ni s t r er i , s e d mm N m
inis tr i
but t o
re -

inis te r 1
ot t o be inis tere d u nto,

NN N
USE A D I FLE CTI O OF THE PE RFE CT I N DI CATI VE
ACTI VE

i t
t nc mi g
3 1 1 . Us e
ean
of t h e

n s ;
Perfec
ac cord n

or the
t
i g
.

a bs ol u te .
i i ti
The perfect nd ca ve has two dis
l i
to its trans at on, it is ca e d the ll
p r es e nt
p f er ec t p as t

3 1 2 . A s pr es ent pe if ec t, the pe rfec is trans a ed by the t lt

co m
gli
p e te d at the t m
E n s h pre s e nt perfe ct w th ha ve, and de notes the act on as
l i e Of s pea
i
ki ng : as , I ha ve now finis hed
i

p
3 1 3 . A S pas t a bs ol u te, the pe rfec is rans
as t te

the pas t
ns e ,
and d e notes

I
ha the ac on too

finis hed
t t
m w orth
t t
ti
l t d by th E ngli h
k pl
a e

ti
ac e s oin mm
e

e e
s

: as , y .

3 1 4 . Transl a ion
e x pre s s e d

i
so mimt lli g ti
t
et
of t h e

by the La n pe rfe c and

es

I n e n a s tory the pe rfec t is

E ng l is h Pas t . T he E n
t so mim
gli
mk
sh

et

us ed to
pas

es
t is
by
the Lat n pas t . ar

i m t
its s ucces s ve i forward s te ps , and the pa s tdes cr be pas
to i t
S i t ti
ua ons and pas t c rcu s ta nces ha t attende d thos e s te s
p .

\Vhat tens es wou d be l us e d in a Lat n i t rans a l ti on of the

fo ll wi ng g
m
o pas s a e

il
s a ed the s eas for Once a s choo

m
m
l of l
I an
yy ears . wha es s ur

i
rounded Our s h
p . The whales w e re s wi i l ng s ow ly l
a ong

l m m
a nd w ere not te rrified b our

m
on eve ry s ide and s o
y pres e nce S pou ts of w ate r a

e of the pas s eng e rs we re g reat

ros e

y
s udde n
.

ly i
l
a ar ed . T hen the ons ters van s hed.

1 Motto of W e ll e s l e y C oll e g e .

1 10
1 12 U SE A NND I FL E CTI O N O F T H E PE R FE CT

CUR I US D E N TATU S A ND TH E SA M N ITE A MBA SSAD OR S

DE CU R I O D E N TA T O

Fi rs t l e arn the s pe c ia l l
v o c abu a ry, pag e 368 . Se e if you l
c an e x p ain th e

m m m m
u s e o f th e pas t a nd pe rfe c t te ns e s i n t his s tory .

mg i im
320 . I n nu t i ero c larOru Re i nOru
a era Cur ns D en
tt
a us
mi Saepe a na proelia fac iebat, s aepe n i ca ca s tra

i t g N ll m
.

Oppidaque i capiebat. S e d in ed i s victOrii s vi ta e us e rat

Vera et

t t ebam l
li mm
et cum g
n

i im m
e

lig ti
i
ra .

offic ia
ec

pfi bl i
in
ca nOn p
vi a
rohibeba nt,
a a
p , sed in cas e

a
pa

ne di
rva hab
en a 5

m m
,

n
m g
m
1
i parvo a r o labOrabat . O Sa ni tes , fi n t i Ra a

m g ml m m tl im
noru , q ui a i citia D entati petebant, ad.
eu l eg atoS
i s eru nt. L e ati u ta prae ia pu chra e t c op a auri

(g ol d ) portdbant et ad ag r u D enta i properaverunt .

Ro mIm . The S a
ans afte r a
ni tes , l iving w es t
l
and s outh o f

in which D entatus p ayed

Latiu
l
m m ,
conq uere d by the
ine nt part
g re at s trug g e ,
a pro .
 L ES SO N X LV
Ut mm f ec e r i s ita
‘

m t e s — A s you s ow , s o s ha ll y 1

N
s e e nt e , e ou reap

PR I CIPAL PARTS OF VE R BS

3 2 1 . T he fo ll wi ng
i n l d th th i g l v b
o verbs c u e e ree rre u ar er s

and a

the m ll v b
ni ng
ea
f th
er s O

nd d ill
nd nj ug ti n p

n th i nfl
s a
i ly d R i w
e s eco

ti n f th p f t
r o
co

e
a o

ec o
rev ous

o e
us e

er e c
.

.
ev e

32 2 . Principal Pa rt s I rregul ar Verbs . L earn the pr nc pa

of i i l
pa t
r s of the fo ow n ll i g i g l rre u ar verbs

N N F
m
PR E S I . D I C. PRE S I . F. PE R E CT PA ST PA R T .

su

ab s u m
’
es s e
'
abes s e
fui
'
e fui
he
be a w ay

m m
do dare dedi datus g ive

0 . Su and abs u have the future part c p es futfi ru s iil and afut fi rus .

3 2 3 . Principal Part s Second Conjuga ion. L earn the pr n

of t i
cipal par s of t the fo ll i gow n verbs of the s econd con u a on j g ti
' ' '
fa veo favore favi faut u rus f a vor

m m m m
' ' ' '
ha beo habe re ha bui ha bitus ha ve
' ' '
o neo one re o nui
’
o nit us
' ’ ’ '
no ceo noce re no cui nocit fi rus
' ' ’
pe reo pare re pa rui
' ' '
pa t eo pate re pa tui
' ' ' '
per s ua deo pers uade re pers ua s i pers ue s us p ers ua de

' ' ' '

prohi beo prohibe re prohi bui prob i bit us pr event

’ ' '
res ponde re res pon di res pon s us

s it
’
s ede re s edi s es s us

'
s t ude re s tu
’
dui be eag er

ml
1m
a n of
F ro Cice ro, R o
ette rs .
m ’
e s g reate s t orator a nd g e neral ly c ons ide re d he r fi rs t
I I4 PR I N C I PA L PA R T S O F V E R BS

m
'
t ene re
’
ti e re

N
'
vide re V i s us

mk m la. ote that all the s e ve rb s have the nfin t ve i ii e nd ng i ere Th i s

-
.

ar

that the for

s the
mi mm
as be
at on o f
i
ong ng to the s econd con ug ati on.

the pe rfec t va r es i
j
in different
Fu rthe r,
verbs and that the
obs e rve

pas t par t c iil p l ki

e is so e ti es ac ng . Occas i ona ll y a ve rb that ha s no

ml m
pas t par t i ipl wi ll h
c e f t ave a u ure par tic i pl e e nd i ng in -
I1 rus , a nd this
'

ig i th p i n i p l p
m
is the n ven n e r c a arts .
p T here are two ex a es of this

l l
m k
in the above is t D O you s e e the
.
? I n d e a ing w ith ve rbs a e it
a ru e

a nd

e
l

rfe ct and
to oo

do not be
l k
the part
s urpris ed
i
i ipl
c e.
i
a t the nfin tive fi rs t of all to d e ter ne the c on

to fi nd i rre u ar
g l ii t es
i
mij i
in the for at on of
ug at on,

the

DE CUR I O D E N TA T O ( CO N C L UD E D )
F
N m
irs t l e a rn th e s pe c ia l vo c a b u a ry, l pag e 368

V ir
3 24 .
l
m mg
cm
m
lg
arus m mOn in
ante
a ro s e d

ens a
in cas e e ati D e ntatu
1
s e debat . I bi c ena
2
invenerunt
ra u16 ru
p
3
.

lg
m m t
m
4
e debat . intrz 5
Tu e ati cas a i verunt et di x eru nt : Fac i s
t
m m i i mmm
ui s eg reg ii s et Offic ii s
”
bli D e ntate, Sa i c itia
'

pfi c i s ,
ni tes a

tua

m E ia id (g old
)
e tunt . et auru s unt tua
p a p rae . 5

mm
T urn D e ntatus
t i
in
ea enet s .
e
res pondit

m
m m
V erus R o anus nOn s tudet
habe nt
Mn

Ia
e, Sa

dis c edite
ni tes ,

auro s e d
”
mi
natora

i pe r o

( ) e Os i

m mN
ove r q u a u ru . .

I . ens a, -
ae, F ., ta bl e. 2 . Cone , -
ae, F ., d i nner .
3 . repul u
,
1, -
.
,

y ou n g t u r nip. 4 . edo, -
ere, ea t . 5 i
. nt r o,
-
§ re, enter . 6 Und ers ta nd
. .
I I6 PR I N C I PA L PA R T S

PR E S I . N
D I C. PR E S. I N
F. PE R F E CT

vict us conq uer

X E RCI S E S
mm
E

te ra
32 8 .

3 t
.
E g e re u s ,
R.ex it,
I

in
.

d fi x e
i s is ti , Vi cit

r a n t ,
fac ie u
2

s 4 V oc ave ras ,
m
Capiet g es s erunt, res
o
.

n u i mm
.

t,
. .
,
ti
p

m
e t

itt m
ierun

eg is ti ,
it t
t .
5

D
.

fi
H
p
a

éi
be b it
ruit .

is
,

d i
ra p u i
7
s

F
tis ,

ec t,
.
ed o
i
x e rat is 6 C r e

mm
defe nde rat,
dide ra

i s era
m ,

M p e rs uas i

us , nocebit .
. .

us . 8 . ittit,
D ix is ti ,
e 9 ,
x eru nt,
. . I O.

disces serant, edux is tis

m
.

32 9 . I . We have conquere d, ill

he w favor, he had ad e .

2 . Y ou ( s in
g )
. have wa g e d, they will l e x tend, ead thou . 3 He
.

has i
s e ze d, th y head d e par e d,
you (pl u r
)thad . tk a e n. 4.H e

has sa id , we were defend n , we Sha rep y i g ll l .

 1 8 FUTU R E PE RFE C T I N D I C AT IV E

PE R F E CT S TE M PE R F E CT I N
FN I I TI V E

m
’
voci vi s s e, to ha ve ca l led
’
onu is s e, to ha ve a d vis ed
’
rex i s s e, to ha ve r ul ed
'
audivi s s e, to ha ve hea rd
fu i '
s s e, to ha ve been

li st

us e d .
co mi
3 3 3 . Principal Par

pr s es the verbs

L earn the pr nc pa parts , rev ew the

t s of

i i l
e an n s and
of
t
Four h Conjug a
the f ourth
i
ti
c on u
on.

j g ti a
T he fo

mt ii g i on thus
ll wi ng
o

far
,

dr ill on the pe rfe c t, pas t perfec , and future perfec nd cat ve t i

and the perfec t i nfiniti ve .

PR E S. I ND I C. PR E S. I N F.

’ ’
au dio audi re

m m
' ’
inve nio inveni re
’ '
u nio ii ni re
' ’
ve nio veni re

XE RCI S E S
m
E

credo,
3 34 . G
di co,
iv e

m
tt
the pre s e n
i d o p uad o po t o
i o, teneo,
t and

V
pe

e
rfec t

,
ers
infinitives Of do,
e ,
r ,
m i i
a bs u
un o, fac o,
, paco .

m m
a
3 3 5 Infl t th f ll wi ng
nd f t p
fi nio, s u
f t
u ure
.

na o t i o
b in th p f
v
ec

.
io g o 1
er e c 6
e

:
o o

rr ,
mver s

e ,
e ,
a
e e r ec

,
00
t
,
m
it
,
t tpas pe rfec

t o, pug no,
,

3 36 . I . Y ou s ing
( ) have had ,
th y h
e ave be li v d
e e ,
they had
s e nt . 2 . H e has s e e n,
y ou
( s ing
) w ill h ave s a id t ,
o have led .

3 Y ou
.
(pl u r
) ha ve s e nt ,
hey have .o beye d w e had d e parte d t ,
.

4 H e has a tac e d I had

. t k
ve n I s ha have s e nt 5 W e Sha
,
gi ,
ll . . ll
t
m
have feared, he has e x e nde d, to have be e n . 6 . Y ou ( s i ng ) had
gi v n
had
e ,

co m
you

e,
(p
yo
l
u
u r

(pl u
)
.

r
w ill h
.
) had
ave

given,
ade ,

he w
to have s ent
ill h v a e
.
7 Y o

carr ed .
u .

i
(s ing
)
 L E S SO N X LV I I I
F ors an et ha e c e i
wi ll tak e
l m
lp
mm mm
e as u re
e ini s s
in re
e i u v ab i t
e b e ring e ve n
Pe rhaps
th i s 1
so m e day you

W
m
R E VI E OF THE ACTI VE VOI CE

t t A i
m
337 . For a ion of Tens es of I ndi ca ive. rev ew of the

te ns es Of the i i i
nd cat ve act ve i S hows the fo ow n ll i g for ti a on :

3 38 . Synops is of voco T he synops s of the act ve vo c e . i i i Of

voco, as far as we have earned the c on u a on; is as fo ows l j g ti ll

N
m m
’ ’ ’
PR I PA R T S voco, voce
i r e , vocd vi , vocd tus
'

CI PA L :

( pres . s te voc5 perf. s te voc5 V

N
m F
m
'
PR E SE T voco PE R E CT vocé vi

PA ST vocé
'
ba PA ST PE R F . voc fi Vet a

FUT UR E vocd
’
bo FU T PE . R F . vocéi VGI O

PR E S. I MPE R. vocé

PR E S P
i FI
. NN . voc z
i re
'
’
PE R F Nv
F IN. I . ocdvi s s e
'

m m 1 F ro V e rg i l au th or of th e [li ne d the g re a te s t L atin e pic . T he s e nti

1

l m m mm
m
,

m
,

si
e nt

i
is
ar

Reca l l y ou r
i
appr opr ia te

port are

cou rag e a n d
w he n
h is w ord s ,
a p e rs o n i s

m
b
R e vo c dte
ba ni s h g l oo y f ea r
me

m
s e t b y
a ni
d

.
iffi c u tie s a nd d ang e rs

es , ae s tu
O f l
q ue t i
”ere
.

ittite,

1 19
120 R E VI E W O F T H E A C TI V E V O I CE

XE RCI S E S
ml
E

ll wi ng
339 . Fo o 3 38 as a ode ,
l earn to wr te i and to
i t pi dly th i n i l and

m the i of the
rts nops s
rec e ra e p r
p c a
pa s
y
fo
V

fro
ll wi ng b in
o

m li
i d o di
e ,

the
co,
ve r s

dfi co,
s ts in
cap
an

io
16 1
y
,
mi pe rs on or

un o, venio,
nu ber
and other Verbs
: pa ro, do, h ab eo,
l
s e e cte d

, 3 2 3 , 3 2 7, 3 3 3 .

34 0 . R ead ag i n th
a e s tory about Curius D en t atus and

ans wer

1 .
Q m
m uem
the fo o

mm Sa
ll wi ng q
ni tes l eg atOS
i
ue s t ons in L at n
i s e rant ?
i

m t m
2 Cor Sa ni tes l eg etOS ad c u i s erant ?

N
.

3
4
.

N m mmll m i
Q i lg u

u
d e ati
D e ntatus
Onne vita D e ntati
co

a
parave ra nt

pl a

V era e t
vi a
et ad

i nt g
habu t ?
D enta u

fuerat ?
porta ve ra nt ?

5 . e ra

6
7 U
.

bi
.
i ve ratne D e ntatus in
LabOrz
l egati D e ntatu mm l invenerunt ?
ag o? r

m
8 Cepitne D e ntatus prae
. ia pu chra l eg e
i tOru ?
9 u.d dQ i
i x ? it
t i
Six h R ev ew , Les s ons X LI X LVI II , —
7 6 2 7 6 7
-

H AR IOT N
m m m m
A C R AC E I TH E CI R CU S MAX I MU S
T he Circus Max i
Rom l us

anl l
w as
w or d ,
a ong t h e

and h e d ne ar y
os t ag nifi c e nt s t ru c tu r e s of

pe op l e
th e
I2 2 WOR D FOR MA TI O N
GA L Li R OMA M O PPU G NN A T

Fi
mg i m l m m m
rs t l e ar n th e s pe c ia l l
v o c abu a ry, pag e 368

343 . O li G ll i a I tal ia vas tabant. la a r co as is erOs

m m m
g i l ati eg
m m et e qu Os l hrOs
’

ex a r s s erant pu c e eru ra ue rant.

p
Ia
Tumm m lt ppi d
u

Re
a

i li m
i li mm
o

ani
a ex pug naverant.

ag nOpe re perte rrebantur e t

Ia Re a

in Cap to u
pe teba nt .

fog erunt
p
l
a to et
li
m m m ll
t it
raes idio m ll
i li m l
.

l
Man
e nu

l
ag ni s
us ,

nec

fi ri s
vir

GallOs
eg reg ius
ti
oniebatur .
uit.
be i ,
Cap to
Cap to u

D ifi popu us natora oci

u
fi r
e rat in oco
o 5

et

ban
ili m
p
t i i l g
raes idio

N m V ctor a m
d efe nd ebetur
on e aberat.
et Ga i fros tra (in va in) labOra
Se d d enique barbari novu

N
.

g il i l
m
2 3 4 5
c ons u c eperunt . octe a no s e nt o s ax a a ta 10

m it l
a s cend erunt.

ores
i li m
i li
Cap o i
cc audiebantur

te nebant . Se d
ne c
erant
prohibe antur.

in
b
Cap to o
Ia
s acri

Nm l m m m E i ans eres Gall oS

6
iz ns er es . audiverunt e t Cap to u s ervo

m i Man liu
7 8
verunt. a c a ore s uo ex so no ex c to

veru nt .li 9
Man us ar a rapuit, s ues vocavit, GallOS de s ax i s I 5
l ti
m m l ml
a s iecit .

l
m l
T he Capito iu
1. w as the cita de of R o e. I t w as ocated on the

a
pl a3nBy n i
l
g ht
ll
Capito ine H i , w hich w as s te ep and rocky 2
4 s i ent iu , s i ent i , s i l ence l
5 s ax u , i , ml N ml m N . . cons i iu capere, to f or
-

m
. . . . . .

m
. .
, ,

r och 6 Gees e T hes e were s acre d to J uno, w hos e te p e w as on the

. . .

Capito ine cl il Ore s uo, by thei r ca chl i ng

. 8 s o nus , I , M , s l eep . .
-
. .

9 . ex cit o, -
§ re, a r ous e.

A R OMA N MA R KE T PLACE
 L ES SO N L
V inc it q ui S e V inc it — He c onq u e rs w ho c onq ue rs hi ml se f1

THE PAST PAR TICIPLE THE PAS SI VE PE R FE CTS

344 . Par
and ta es its na e fro k mm
ti ipl
Defi ned. A part c p e is a verba
c es

the fact that it par c pa

ii l
ti i t
l
es
ad ecj tiv
in the
e,

uses Of both verb and ad ect ve

i
vo ce, and m li i g i i
y b
j i
A s a verb it has
e e ther trans t ve or
a n tra s ve
.

i
,

n i ti
t ense and

. As an

nu m
dj ti

s eeing
ec

ber,
ve ,

and
it is dec ne d, and a r e e s w th its noun in
cas e .

ti i pl p nt ti nd t n i ti v
is e,
Thus
re s e
,
in
ac
He
ve , a
,
i
s ee n i g the e ne
ym
i m
fl e

w th ene y
d ,
g
,
ender

a par c ,
ra s e,

as

it g
it di
a
st bj t Thi i it
rec

w it h h in g nd
rees
O

n
ec

e b
b l id
.

nd e
A
s

er,
sn dj
u
s

m
ti v ve r a

e r, a
s e.

cas e .
S a a ec e,

34 5 P t i ipl . in E ng li h
ar c esIn E ngli h th hi f l
s . s e c e C as ses

o f p ti i pl ar c p esnt ndare p t Th
res e p n at p t i i p l as . e res e ar c e

mm
nd

m in ing
s It lly d i b n ti n t ki ng pl
us ua es cr es a ac o as a ace
-

m
t th

mm
e sati wi th e
”
th
e ti n so R e o hing f e r ac o : as , ea c or

m b t I l t l i i l
th e oa y b n os T h p t p
a a t p ce . p e as ar c e ex res s es

co pl t d ti
e e n I n th
ac p o i it h th e f
as s ve th as e sa e or as e

m
p t
as

nd d
e
t
mn
” Th
e

e .
Th
se : fl as ,

ti p t p ti i pl i f
e ac
w p
ve
t e T
as
h
oors h i
d by p tti ng
are

ar c
s

e
e ,

s or e
e c a rs

u
are

av

m
h ing b f th p e orei p t p ti i pl
”
as s ve H ing w pt ar av
e as c e : as , s e

m mm
th
th
e

e
fl
”
i
S
n
.
Ioors ,

ti
t d

T
h ing i
h
o

fl
H ing
e
res e

h
d l
i
es

n
nd d th
,

b
in p
av

n w
h i

t
av

i p ti i pi l
I
s
I

t
us e

d
ld e

a so
e e

as s ve
c a rs ,

ar c
so

ex p re s s o s : as , g e p oors av ee s e ,
res e .

P ti i pl
ar c w i th h es ing ft n av ll d p f t p ti i pl
are O e ca e er ec ar c es .

34 6 P t P ti i pl
. as in E ng l i h
ar c nd L ti n
es E ngli h h s a a . s as

b th n
o ti va ndac p ie a p t p t i i las s ve h i n as ll d ar av

mh
a p g c e : as , ca e

F mb l Sy B l
m m
1 ro Pu l i iu s d d rus . d by h
orn a s av e a n e u c at e is a s t e r, e was

g rant e d his fre e d o a nd b e ca e a note d w r it e r.

12 4
12 6 PA S SI V E PE R FE C T S O F T H E N
I D I CA T I V E

350 . I n all j
the c on ug at ons i the p f er

m
e c t,
p as t
p f e r ec t, and

f
the
utu r e

sa m p f
e
e r ec t

way.
i ndi ti ca

Study thes e
ve pa s s ve i
i nfl ti ec
are

ons ,
for ed

8 32
and

—8
35
i nfl
.
e cte d in

E XE R C S E S I

i ndi ti m
3 5 1 . I nfl ect the
i
ve, act ve and i
pe rfec t p t p f t nd
i
,

f v o
as

n o
er ec ,
a fu t
reg o, and aud
ure perfect

m m
as s ve , o oc o e

m
p

m
ca , ,
.

runt .
352 .
mm m m m
2
1

.
.

Fro
m m
A g ricolae fro
e ntu ab a
e

g
nt

i l
r coi
in ppi d
i
u

n ppi ds
o

O
u

u
s acru

s acru po
por

rtatu
tave

e st. 3 R eg i na
. L
L es biae data e rat
m
es

li
bi
m
a

5
e i
p
M
ec

an
ii ni
u
a

s d
d
e.
e de

.
o
ra

re
t

.
.

s
'
4
a c r
P
o
e c

G
un

all
a

OS
a
i
r

e
eg
ce
i

r it
e .

6 Ga i a
m
ll li
m Manlg o de ore s ac ro iac ti c runt. D tat e a
.
7 . e n us

tos

ex e p ml m
di
m m m m m t mlim
g i s erat .

u m
eg re g iu
L e ati a D e ntato di
verae a i c itiae Vi derant.
is s i e rant.

9 . E
8 . Puellae
xe
p u

t mm
mm
eg reg iu
i i di
nos tri s ar
eo ru
verae

is Ro
facti s
a i c itiae

ve s tri s

ani s prohibiti
a pue lli s
c enfi r m t
’

é
i ti

e rant.
ll
vi s u

g
s un .
e ra

1 1 .
.

Ga i
10 .

ab a
An
ri s
i

35 3 . 1 . Gree ce had be e n fre e d fro

had been put be fore the s acre d town by the R o ans T h
mg m t dan er. 2 . Fres h roops

3 e . .

gi l
r s had be e n reat
y g
err fie d a nd had fl e d 4 T hl t i
e fi e ds had l . .

m m l li m
b e en l id
a was te , but, becau s e of the nature l of the p ac e , the
ca

y
p had
our wa s ?
not b
ot
e e n
ll
ta e n b
N
y
at al l, but the
s

y
tor 5 D id t h e Gau

a d was te the fie ds .
k
li
.

l
. s c b

R O MA NH A I R PI N S, POWD E R BOX E S, A N
D OT HE R TOI L E T A R T I C L E S
1 2 8 I NN FI I TI V E S PR E PO S IT I O N S

a. T he infinitive s of

l i ar for m
the othe r c on ug ations
ation Of
j a re s i

the pre s ent

m
il l m
i i i
ar
y f
nfinit ve
o r ed ; but
do not forg et the pecu pa s s ve

i
in the th rd con ug at on j i
35 8 . Pre posi t i n o s. We l earne d in 77 that on ly th e ac cusa

m
mi
ti ve and a bl ti
a ve are us e d i
w th pre pos t ons T hos e pre po ii .

s itions

th m wh i ch we have
adde d.
had before are here s u ar zed and

m
re e ore

a. Prepos t ii ons e x pr es s ing l

ab a tive re at ons l i (f ro ,
w ith , i n, etc .
)
i ll owi ng l i t
m
l
m
g o ve rn the ab a t ve c a s e. L earn the fo s :

a or
cu m m ,
ab

w ith
dow n f r o
,f r o ,
by e or
i n, in
ex , out

or on
f ro ,
out o f

(16 , ,
concer ni ng ,
a bout pr o, in beha lf f f
o ,
or

s i ne, w ithout

b Prepos
.

a c cu s at ve . i
ii
A m
t ons not

ong the s e
e x pre s s

are
ml g ab at ve i l
r e at onsi m us t g ove rn the

ad, to, tow a r ds

a nt e,befor e, i n f r ont c f
i n, into, to, ag a ins t

The re
the l
are

i
m
ab at ve , and u s e
an
y o the rs ;

the
but l e arn the li t
a ccus a tive a fte r all othe rs .
s a bove o f
p re pos ii t ons ta ki ng

E XE RCIS E S
F l l l
mi mmmm m m m
ir s t e arn th e S pe c ia vo c ab u a ry, pag e 3 68

35 9 . I . I pe r u R o anu Ge r ani s q ui tra

i ns R henu

m im
ha
m
bitabant non g ratu
ani R o anos ab r eg ni sm
e rat . 2

s ui s
. I taque pe r

p rohibueru nt
ultos annos Ger

3 F i r i s e t 1
. .

m
veri s

inenoru l g
i
an

m N
mmg
i
m
i s pro patr a fortiter pug naveru nt.

on e trans R henu pat ebant. 5.Ge r

4 . R e na Ge r
ani cop e
is
i g
nte
erat

ll
be i
m
g
i
il
i m mll
is
re

m m mi t
erat
a
ex

nus e t an

ni qua
s vi s Oppidi s que

Ge r
i

ani s
e o ru

ac
evocabant .
be o
R o ani s
s tudebant .

victoria
6 . u

7 .

d ed t
e rus

.
viroru

Se d fortij na
8 A n ee
.
 CO N J U GA T I O N OF P OSS UM

m mmm ml m
12 9

m
Ger i ni fuerant

m
i
g il
t
a nas S vas

s s i s un . 10
fug erunt
. Q
l ib
mm
ua
e ri ,

.
s ed

i
9 M
.
t i to i
l
p
t
o

i
s e ra e ra
s

ptiu

t f tfi n
v c

ra

or
r a

m m
R o ana
s unt atq ue

a c oru
in I talia
capti voru
u ti in

W hat are the three Latin w ords for a nd ?

m
1.

i
360 . 1 . T he R o
W he n
m an pow er did not for
in the lm
l
m er

of the
y e x te nd acros s

Ger
the
Rh ne . 2 .
you are rea ans ,
you

will
unf
g t f t 3 Th
bl f
s ee

avora th b ttl 4
rea

e or
ore s s .

e a e.
. e nature of the

. T hey w ill g
l
l ml
pi l
fi ht brave y a nd any
ac e was certa ny

will gi th i li th i
m
1 2
ve f e r ve s or e r c ou ntr
y .
5 A fter the unfavorab e
.

b ttl g i n w i d d d an fre s h troo s we re ll e d out .

N
a e p ra n as rov e a
y p ca

I . Sing u l ar. 2 . ot the d ative .

36 1 . G
verbs :
i
paco, h a beo,
ve the infi nitives ,
t enco, a g o,
i
act ve and

g ero,
ca pio,
p as s ve , ofi
ia cio,
the

a udio
fo
,
m
ll wi ng
oni o
o

LESSON LII
Du l c e e t de c or u m e s t pro pa tria
'

m ori — Swe e t a nd fitting it i s

N N
to d ie fo r
’
o ne s c ountr 1
y

m mm m i fl m
THE CO JUGATI O OF POSS UM

36 2 . Pos s u ,
I a a bl e , I ca n, is a co pou nd of t he a d e c j
i
t ve po s , ti a bl e, a nd s u ,
I a . I t is n ecte d in the i ndi ti ca ve

i nfini ti ll
m
and ve as fo ows

PR I N PA R TS pos s e, po ni , t
N
CI PA L : o
p ssu ,

I D I CA T I V E MO OD
N
mm m
PR E SE T

’
pos s u ,
I a a bl e, I ca n pos su us , w e a r e a bl e , w e ca n

pot y es , ou a re a bl e, y ou ca n pot es ti s ,
’
y ou a r e a bl e ,
y ou ca n

pot t h is a bl e , he ca n pos s unt , they a r e a bl e , they ca n

m
es e

m
,

F 1 ro one of th e Ode s of H orace , R o ’

e s g rea te s t ly i
r c
po e t .
1 3 0 CO N J U GA TI O N OF P OSS UM

m m
PA ST
’
po t era ,
I w as a bl e , I cou ld ; po t er a
’
u s , w e w e r e a bl e, we
etc . cou l d ; e tc .

m
FU T U R E
' ’
po t ero, I s ha ll be a bl e ; etc . pot e r i us , w e s h a l l be a bl e ;
CKL

m
PE R F E CT

' ’
po t ui ,
I ha ve bee n a bl e , I potu i us , w e h a ve be en a bl e,

cou l d ; e tc . we cou l d ; e tc .

m m
PA ST PE R F E CT

' '
pot u era ,
I ha d been a bl e pot uerd us , w e h a d be en a bl e ;
etc . e tc .

m
FU T U R E PE R F E CT

' '
pot u ero, I s ha ll ha ve been a bl e ; pot ue r i us , we s ha l l ha ve
e tc . been a bl e ; e tc .

I FN
N I I TI V E MOO D
PR E SE N T PE R F E CT

'
pos s e, to be a bl e pot ui s to h a ve bee n bl e

mi m
s e, a

0 . Th s i ve rb has no i pe rat ve and no fu ture i nfinitive . T he per

m
fec t nfiniti i in a ll ve rbs , is for ed b ad d ng i
ve , as
y
-
i s s e to the perfect

s te

E XE RCI S E S
DE MU C I O S CA E V O LA

F
m g m m
ir s t l e ar n th e s
pe c ia l v o c ab u a ry, l p g e 3 69
a

m m i mi
36 3 . O li Pors enna, E tros c oru 1
q ui re nu turn

mmm m m
‘
Obtinebat, cu R o ani s de pe r o I tal iae pug navit et

m
m m
Ro a i i ag ni s copii s Oppug nawit.
‘
la R o ani nop a

frii
m m
t E in
2
e nti laborabant et ag nope re r terr ebantur. ra
pe

m m m m l Mfi cius 4
nu e ro R o anoru eg re g ius iuvenis 3
S caevo a. IS 5
ti idos it ani os c oru c onfi r i vit a
z tque di x : In cas tra
 NN I FI ITI V E US E D A S I NN E G L I SH

m
1 3 2

cas e and

m t
i iti
an nfin ve : as ,

i
the s la ve m
m
co

ti
a nded the en to

m
m mfl
fl ee . The sa e c ons ruct on is used in La n .

Servus

m m
E os tabul a
Bu
vi ros fug ere ius s it , the s la ve
audi re cupit ,

di cere vetat , he f or bids hi m m

he w is hes the
co

ea h
a nded

to hea r the s tory

the en to ee

to p
s

tabeo, m
m
3 6 7 . R ul e for th e I nfi nit ive Object Cl aus e.
co

f f
an

ol l ow ed
d; capio,

by
w is h ; veto, forbid ,
a nd
The ver bs

the l ihe
a re o ten an infini tive cla u s e a s ob ect.
j
368 . Rul e f or Subject of I nfi nit ive. The su b
j ect o
f the
i nfi ni tive is in the i

m m
a ccu s a t ve.

3 69 . Co pl e
ti
L a n, an nfin i iti
t
it
en ary

ve

il m
w hou m
m
I nfi ni ive.
t
t
a s ub ec j t
In E n
a
y be
gli sh, and

adde d to m
mi g
l
a so

an
in

m
verbs as an adverb a i lt od fier to co p e e th ie r ean n

mg
.

mm
Such ve rbs are ca e d ve rbs o ll f inco pl e te pr ed ica tion, and the
adde d i nfini ti ve is call d e a co p le enta y i n
r fi n i ti ve . A on

f ll wi ng
mm
m
s uch verbs are the o o

i ncipio, I beg in pos s u ,

I a a bl e, I ca n

propero, I ha s ten s t udeo, I a eag er

N m
Fug ere i ncipiunt , they beg in toflee
Oppidu capere properat , he ha s tens to ta he the tow n

m m
fig ht
m
fig ht
’
on pug nere pot es , you a re not a bl e to o r y ou ca n t
tofi nd hi

N
Eu i nvenire s t udeo, I a eag er

3 70 . I nfi n ive it as oun. In E n gli h s ,

and a sol in Lat n, the i
i nfini ti ve is t
of en a pure noun, be i ng us e d as the s ub ec j t Of a

se nt n e c e or as a pred cate i noun : as ,

Videre
Vincere
es t credere, s eeing

es t g at u
r m ,
(
to
to conq uer is
s ee
) is believing

pl ea s i n
g
( to bel ieve )

a.

the s entence
i
An nfin t

Vi ncere, the s ub ect.

ii
above

j
ve us ed as a nou n

by g ratu m ,
a
is ne ute r
neu ter j i
ad ect ve
i
s ng u ar, asl
in ag ree
is
mi s how n

ent w th
in
 I NN FI I TI V E U SE D A S I NN E GL I S H 1 33

E XE RCI S E S

m mmm m
Firs t l e arn t he s pe c ia l vo c abu ar ,
y l pag e 369

2 .
371 .
Mocius
I . V incere

Pors e nna m
i m
R o anos
interficere
era t g ra

m
tu

m
s tudebat.
ini
3 .
i ci s
R o ani
fi niti
cu
is .

m m i mi m
s usc ipere id ne ot g u cupi verunt . l 4 . Popu us eu in cas tra

i ni
Obtinere

m
i ca p rocede re

inceperunt
non vetuit.

. 6 . i
I nop e frii
5
m m i
. R o ani
e nti R o ani diII
pe r u
’
I taliae
re s s tere

m
nOn

na t m m mpot erant .7 Pors e nn

interficere era offic iu

a . Mfi ciu
pfi blic u
p rodoci

V eri
ius s it
R o ani .
. 8 . Fors en

m mg gi g mmk
a
3 72 . l i g tt
T o pos s es s power was p
1 .

ml
bas s adors w ere e a e r to ve hi
eas
1
n

one
to

y
.
D en a
3 But they c ou d
.
us . 2 . T he

m m m m to Spea but D entatus

?
not pe rs uade hi 4.T he
y be an , co

m mm t
ande d

of a t ru e
i
t m k
i m
the
Ro gi
l
an.
to depar
.
5 H e w s he d the
. . to

6 T herefore he did not de s re

s e e an e x a

the to
p
ve
e

i i m
hi tt the i oney. 7 D e n . a us forbade he to s ee his fr end
3
sh w h

m
p t oney.

1 . I ndirect j
Ob ect. 2 . W hat case ? See 2 2 4 .
3 A b
. ativel of eans .

NF
N m
m
TH E R OMA O R U M, A . D . 400

ote the Capito ine H i l ll with it s two s u its in th e backg round

 L ESS O N L IV

l m m pe r d id i I have w a s te d t i m e a nd l abor 1

N
—
O eu e t o pe r a

WOR D FOR MATI O

3 73 . One m t im t
m
of the ti os portan of the L a n prefix es is in

g
in
t
e

is hen the
s of
l
have
m l
in,
a read

sa
y

on,
ii
i g
e as

into,
earne d

m
i
m m
the pre pos t on in,
l
ag a ins t, an
so eth n

d has the
of

and
its

sa
us e

has the
e
w th

force in
sa
verbs .

e ean

re ated
It

mi g l
En gli
ean
sh

n
words
to i t m
i :

ead one
as ,

i
gli
L at n indfi co, l ea d into ; E n
n o so of act on.
sh induce,

m
e course

i m m
374 . But t here is i ti l anothe r p re fix in den ca in for but
of a i t igi
d ffere n or i i
n, wh j tich a
y be co b ned w th an ad ec ve

or

w eoe
an

attac he d : t m
m im
i
adverb .

The
mg ti
hus , fi r
il l
Th

fi
m
s

us ,

gl
fim
i it
in

fi r

is
ne a ves

or s tr ong
the word to wh

us e d
but i nf i r
in E n
us ,

is h :
in
ch

r
is
or

in
. sa e pre x S ar
y as ,

s ecu r e,

m i i i ml
in s incere, i n gli va lid, etc . In E n sh the pre fix Often
- -

chan g es its for to nu i as in f

u ns a e, u n oved, e c . t Th s in
is never used as a Lat n prepos t on, but on refix .

tm g t i
as a
y p

c ons onant
ti
im
3 75 . L a n prefix es before

im
il l to a sm
m ilar

m m
l
etter or one
a cons onan

ore eas
a
y c han e

y p
he
ronounc ed .
r fi na

m
Th
i mi s llis
i n
a tu re
; m m
cail ti
ort am
l ml m
ed ass

i s = i m gli a

ort al i s , i
on.

or ta l ; con
T hus , in
rect io
at urus i atfi r us ,

mi
correctio ,

i pos s ibl e (in

cor r

m
ec tion Co pare a s o s uch E n s h w ords as
pos s u ), i r respons ibl e (in
l iberali s ),
.

r es pondeO , i l l iber a l
)
( n

i mt t i t t t ti i m
etc .

t
376 . A no her por an l po n is ha La n s p e verbs

hav ni g t a s hor ll l ll
a i gl
in the fi rs t ys ab e fo owe d by a s n e c on

s onan t ( in as capio
) g e nera ll h n g e a to i in the pres e n , t and

F ml
y c a

1 ro P au tus . ll
L ite ra y, I h a ve w a s ted oi l (i
. e. la m
p oi l ) a nd l a bor .

1 34
 36 WOR D FOR MA T I O N
im m
1

to e in the pas t p ti i pl
ar c e, whe n the
m l s p e verb is co pou nde d
i
m g t
w th re fix . S O in ca pio beco es i ncipio in the pres e n and
a p
incept us in the pas t part
ll
fo ows in E n s h ; fro
gi incipient,
gli
and
mi i ipl
c

cap
e.

incept us , i ncepti on
T he
o we have
lli g
sa e c han e in s pe

c r iptu re
SO recipio
,
but incipio
gi
n

ves us . ve s us

r eci i ent, r eci e,p and recept us , pt ti

p r ece i on, r ece
p ve.

of
3 7 7 . Der
i
wh ch the prefix in is
iv ti
a on. N
m a e
E XE RCIS E S
t n E ngli h w
e

us ed, a nd s tate t he
s ords in the
force
co

of the
m pos t

p
on ii
re fix .

37 8 . G i ve the s ynops s , act ve and i i pas s ve ,

i of iacio, cupio,

iubeo, vas o t .

DE MUC I O S CA E V O LA ( CO N C L UD E D
'

)
Fi l l l
m m
e a rn th e S pe c ia voc ab u ary,
rs t p ge
a
369

m m m
3 79
te rrebatur, na
i
l m i mg
. Pors e nna in

m
m m m s uu
ed

pe ri cu u
is c as tri s s e debat e t

e x an oa ere
ag nopere

non poterat.
pe r

m g i m
"
it t
N
Spectdvit Mfi ciu et di x : V i ta ea pe e re , R o ia ne,

ml m ili m m t m
p M i i i i
ardbd s ili
. eo nd c s s ne aux o s oc 10 ru id ne ot u non

s us c epis ti .

Nm i ig
m m m m m
orra a u c ons u ac c ons e rve vi ta ua . 5

i i mi m mmm
Si nOn ita fac es , M ni 1
c re eberis .
2
ec ius res pondit

m
im m
PoenE S tuz
is
on

m
Vi ta

” m ti m
s ed

n
patria

et eo.
c ons e rvare e s t Officiu

V ita R o ana
Ro a
rapere
i nu

potes ,
.

t mmi ig
3
s e d an Ro Tu dex
-

o e o noc ere non pote s . s ta

m
l g
m l
m
4 7
ra ed o ni , 5
q u i non on e aberat, iniecit, nec do ore 6 IO

s uperebatur .

interfici m
l
appell atu s e s t
m met M
Pos t id factu
ius s it
Scaevo
cu ad
8
R o anos
eg reg iu
re
Pors enna
itti . Pos ted
vetuit eu

acius

m
a.

1. By fi r e . 2 . cre o, -é re, bu rn,

mm
cons u e. 3 . W hy dative ?
m
S ee 2 2 4 .

4 d e
.x t ra , a e, F ,
r i
-
g h t ha nd 5 edi
. o i ni
g , i n to th e i ds t . . f
o a fi re .

6 i niéci t , h e th r u s t 7 By the pa i n. 8 . Sca evol a, l ef t ha nd ed

. . .
-
.
 L E SSO N LV
In Deo p er e m us — I n G o d w e t ru s t 1

NN N NN
s

SE TE CE S A D CLAUSE S R E LATI VE PR O OU S

m m
ound,
t
m
3 80 . Sen ences

pl
and Cl aus es . t
Se n ence s are si l
p ,e co

m
p

m
or co ex

m
.

38 1 . A si k pl e s e nte nce a es but one tt

s a e e nt, and has but
j
one s ub ect and onei re d cate :

m m
as ,
p
Col u bus dis cover ed A er ica

mt
382 . A m co p t
ou nd s e n ence conta ns i two or mi ore ndepende nt

m m m m
m
s tate en s as ,

Col u bus discover ed A er ica a nd he ther eby w on i orta l fa

mmt
e

mt 3 83 . A co

and one or
pl ex

m
s e n enc e

depende n
c onta

t
in s one i nd e pe nde n t t s ate

m m m m
m
en ore s tate e nts : as ,

When Col u bus dis covered A er ica he w on i orta l fa

t ttm m m
e

3 84 . T he s epara e t
m l
s a e l en s in a co pou nd or co p ex

m
s entenc e are ca

a i n c l a us e
ll
t
i
mt
e d c l a u s es .

dependen
A n nde pende nt s tate
s tate en
e nt is c a le d

a s u bor di na te c l a us e .

m
a ; a ,

385 . Subord na i t l e c aus es j i a

y be us ed as nouns , ad e ct ve s ,

or adve rbs . H ence we have

'

nou n c l a us es , a a ec ti ve cl a us es ,
j
and a d ver b cl a us es .

386 . R el ative Pronouns .

O
E xa m
i ne the fo ll wi ng
o t
s e n e nces

1 This is the w ou nded s ol dier .

2 . This is the s ol dier w ho ha s been w ou nded .

3 Thi
.s is the s ol dier , a nd the s ol d ier ha s been w ou nded .

1 Motto of Bro w n Unive rs ity .

1 37
 NN OU

N
R E LAT I V E PR O S

N
8

m im m m
1 3

ad ect vej i
u ber 1 is
w ou nded in nu
i t
a s l
m ig l
p
m e s e nte nce .

j i
be r 1

l
be n
u ber
re pres ented
2 is co

in nu
p ex ,

ber
the
2

by the s ubord na e ad e ct ve c aus e w ho ha s been w ou nd ed .

s hown by nu

t vei l
c aus e
m
T he word w ho is a pronoun, ta n the p ace of s oldier, as
ber 3 and it a s o connects the s ubord nate adje c ,

w ho ha s bee n w ou nded w th the noun

l
ki g
i
l
i
s oldie r . A

p ronoun th t a c onnects an ad ect ve c aus e j i l w th i a noun or pro

noun is call d e a r e l a ti ve p ronoun, a nd the noun or pronoun

is ll ed its a nteced ent .

m In E gli sh the l i
n re at ve ronouns are
ca p
w ho, w hos e, w ho ,
w hich, w ha t, tha t.

387 . Decl ens i n f R l ti v

o o e a e Pr onoun q ui. The l i
re at ve
p ro

noun ih Lat n is q ui , q uae, q uod . i I t is dec ne d li f ll

o ow s

N
as

N
N
MA SC . FE M . E UT . MA SC . FE M . E UT .

GE
OM.

N i
q ui
cu us
q u a

cu usi
e q uod
cu usi
q ui
q uor u mi mi m q uae

q u eru
q uae
q uOru

mm
.

DA T. cui cui cui q u ib us q u bu s q u bus

A CC . u
q e q ua q uod q uos q uas q ua e

A s L. q uo q ua q uo q u bus i i
q u bus q ui bus

a. i
R ev ew the d ec e ns
i
l
m i on o f is , § 2 03 ,

a nd q ui bu s
and note the S m
l m
i il i y i
ar t n

the end ng s . T he for s q ui , q uae, a re the on y for s

i
N
s how ng new e nding s .

‘
T he g e nitive is pronounce d coOy d Os , and dative
’
OT E . cui us th e cui

is r onounce d h w ee
p .

3 88 . Trans l ti on. T he l ti v q ui is t rans ated as l fo ll ows

N
a re a e

N
N
MA SC . A D FE M . E UT .

N f wh m
OM. w ho, tha t w hich, w ha t, tha t
wh
m f w hich, f w ha t, w hos e
GE . o o ,
os e o o

m
to or f or w ho to or f or w hi ch, to or f or w ha t
DAT .

w ho
m m tha t
m
w hich, w ha t, tha t
A CC .
,

A BL .
f ro ,
etc ., w ho f ro ,
etc ., w hich or w ha t
 L ES S O N LVI

l
t a ea — T he die is c as t 1

NNN
I ac ta

N
es

I TE R R OGATI VE PR O OU S A D ADJ E CTIVE S THE

ABLATI VE ABSOLUTE

3 93 . I n t errog a ti v es in E ng l i s h . In t erro a g ti ve pronouns and

j i
ad e ct ves are u s ed in as ki ng q u e s ti ons . li
I n E ng s h the nter i
ro g ti
a ve p ronou ns a re w ho ? w hich ? and w ha t ? Which and
w ha t are u s e d a s o as l i nt g i
e rro at ve ad ect ves . j i
Who is y ou r
f r i end / o ,
n te
(
rro at ve l
prl
o h
noi
un) g i
Wha t f r iends ha ve you ? ( Il/ha t, nterrog ative ad ective) i j
3 94 . I n t errog a t iv es in La n. ti T he Lati n I nterro g tia ve pro

noun is q u s i (w ho q u i d (w h at li
It is dec ned in the s i ng l
u ar

ll
N
as fo ows

MA SC N M
N
. A D FE . E UT .

OM. i qu s, w ho ? q u di w ha t ? w hi ch ?

N ui
,

GE
D AT
A CC
.

.
c

cui,
us ,

m
mmm m i m
to or
w hos e ?

w ho
f or w ho
?
i
cu us , w hos e ?

cui , to or f
d, w ha t ? w hich
or w hich
?
or w ha t ?
. u
q e , qu

l l m mt
A BL . uo
q , f ro ,
e tc ., w ho q o,
u f ro ,
e tc ., w hich or w ha t ?

l ti
m
T he p ura for s are the sa e as hose of the re a ve

Q
Qui
ui s es t a

s unt a m i cus t uus , w ho is your f r iend 2

i ci t ui , w ho a r e you r f r ien s d ?

3 95 . T he L a n nte rro ti i g ti a j ti
ve ad e c ve is q ui (or q uis ), q uae,
q uod. I t is dec li n d lik th
e e e re a l ti ve 38

Q uos l ibrOs babes , w ha t boohs ha ve you ?

W ord s of J ul ius
m C aes ar w h e n h e c ros s e d th e

m
r ive r R ub ic o n, the b ounda ry
1

of

m m
his provinc e, w ith an a r e d fo rc e
w ar a g ains t t he R o an g ove rn e nt
. T h is ac t a ount e d t o a d ec l a rat ion of
 A BLA T I V E A BSOL U T E 14 1

ti v
m
Abs ol u t I n E ng lis h a noun w h a part c p e
m
m it ii l
'

396 . Abl a e e.

pe n
tt
d
ac hed

en t
is
of the m
Often us ed to

i l
k
a n c aus e :
a e a phras e

as ,
ra at ca y nde g i ll i

The tow n ha ving been ca ptu r ed

the l ieutena nt fl ed
Wi th the tow n ca ptu r ed

The ndependen i
T he noun is in the no
nati ve a bs o u te . l
t ph r

m
a se

i ti
is ca

na ve cas e,
ll ed the

and is
l
abs o ute c ons truct on.

ca ll ed the no
i
m i

3 9 7 . I n L at n i a i
noun w th a ache d par c p tt ti i l e in the bs ol ute
a
c ons truct on i is put in the ab l ti
a ve, and the c ons ruc t on t i is ca ll ed

the i
a bl zti ve a bs ol u te : as ,

Oppido capto, l eg etus ffi g it

a. The l i
ab at ve abs olute

m
’

de note s the m
ml l i
c rcu s tance s acco m pa i
nn
y g
the
ex pre s s ed

in 6
i
act on of

in E ng
the

li
i
sh
a n ve rb,
by the prepos tion w ith ote the

I/Vith the tow n captur ed , the l ieutena nt fi ed

a funda
i
e nta

. N
ab a ti ve re la tion Ofte n

s ec ond for m
39 : .

3 98 . T here is no pre s e nt participle be n in Lat n I n i g i .

cons eque nce we Ofte n have two nouns , or a nou n a nd an ad ec

j
t1ve, In the ab l tia ve abs o u e l t i
w th no par ti i pl
c e : as ,

l
fi ia reg i na, his da ug hter being q ueen

pueri s tardi s , the boys being s low

t
399 . Trans
s ruct on, i rather
l ti
a on of

rare in E n
t
Abl a ive Abs ol u
gli s h, is
t
very c o
e. The
mn
m on i
l t
abs o u e

L at n,
con

i
l l
m i “
and is Ofte n bes t trans ated by a c aus e ntroduce d by w hen,

N l t ill
‘
af te r, s ince, thb ug h, e tc . Us e the for of c aus e tha w bes t
e x pres s th ght
the ou . t o e the fo ow n ll i gt rans a l ti ons of opp i do
ca pt o l eg atu fug i t
, s

the tow n w a s ptu r ed , the

{
ca
when s ince a
f ter a l thou ct h e tc.
l i eutena nt /l ed
142 A BLA T I V E A BSOL U T E

400 . Rul e for Abl at ive Abs ol ut e . The a bla tive f

o a

m m a nd a n a a ec t ve, or
'

n ou n a nd a p a r tici
pl e ,
a n ou n y i tw o
nou ns b e u s ed i n the a a bs ol u te cons tr u c tion to denote
y
a ttenda nt ci r cu s ta nces .

XE RCI SE S
m
E

40 1 . I . Cas tri s oti eb

s , cr t el n ra a os tri s
1
nocere non potue

run

su 3
t
nt
A
m
.

.
2 .

.
Eo
gi r s
l oco occu

vi s tz
i ti s
pato li q
et
,
re

e q ui s
uae

ra ti
p , s
c opiae

m ilim
o
p

m
e

i n pi a f fi
ri c u

r
l o li b
e nti
eratae

ox

pete m
laborebi us i
Q m t i mi m
us ?
.

5
4
E o.
pro el
.

io fac
Soc i s nos tri s interfec
to , p au ci pro c ed ere s tu d eba
u

n t
ti

m
s,

i m
a q ib u us aux

mmm m m i
2
6 . uoru era pe r u I ta lia e ? I pe r u I ta lia e e ra t

R o anoru
R henu Q i vetuerunt
.
7 .
Q ui Ger
? R O ani . 8
anos
.
c op

u
es i gnte

g
bus bona re i na peconia
mt
t
mres d ocere rans

ll m
M
dari ius s it ? iseri s capti vi s . 9 . L eg eto in iodiciu voca o,

o
p pu us l g be u eri non c upi vit.

W hy dative ? S ee Pre dicate g enitive of i

m
1 . 2 2 4 . 2 .
pos s e s s on, 1 5 0 .

l
m m l g
l g t
1
402 . I . A fter the batt e was fou ht, to wha fa ous p ace

did
away

ln
t h y wie

m
g ti m t i k
was the i
sh the

ca

I
li
p w h
e ute nant

h n SO
c h yo

W
u

h
3 D id the batt e ra e
d id fi d
to

s aw

mm
ove the ca

? .
p ? 2 . H ow far
2

a o e ? 4 os e one
y y
.ou n ? .

G lb the town had bee n s tor e d, did not the

’
a a s. 5 A fte r .

p p l
eo e s uffer
3
the pena ty due the l t
s ate
4
? 6 . W ho can t ll
e

the of D e n atus ? t
N
s tor
y I c an .

pr
I

es s ed.
. ot

See
pug no.
2 59
2

, no
.

te 3 3 d o.
, a
ll
Litera y, w a s i t f oug ht, the w ord ba ttl e not being ex
r e 4 D
. u e th e s ta te, pfi bl icus , a , u
-
. .
- -
m .

S v nt h Revi
e e ew , Les s ons X LI X LV I ,
-

7 68 773
-
 SE CO N D H A L F YE A R

C l as s es s hou

m mm
ld h ave reache d a t l eas t i i
mimml
th s po nt a t the beg nn ng Of i i
the

b ut
ood
s e cond

as a m
i im
w ork ,
n
s o as
l
ha f year
u .
.

GO
to have
Th i
as
s is s ug g es te d not as a

far beyond it as you can c ons is te nt y w ith

ore ti e for the re ad ng of the s tories at i
ax u ,
how e ve r,

g
the end Of the k l boo before the c os e of the y ear.

L ES S O N L V I I
l
S a os p o p u i l s u pr e m a l ex e s t o—

m T he
1
s a fe t
y of th e pe op l e s ha ll b e

NN NNN
th e s upre e law

N
THE THI R D DE CLE SI O CO SO A T STE MS

403 . ouns

m mli m tha t e nd iri is in the g niti

e i gl
ve s n u ar are of
-

the Th rd i l D ec i i
e ns on. i They a
y be ascu ne, fe n ne , or

neu t er.

NNN “

NN
N
C L A SSE S O F OU S I THE T H I R D D E CL E SI O

m m
40 4 . ouns t i l i i i Of i t the h rd dec e ns on are d v de d n o two

l k
m
nown as and i—s te

m
c as s es , cons ona nt s te s s.

a.

adde d.
The
m
s te

l m m m
When the
i
m i i
is the body
s te mm e nds
of a

in
w ord to w h ch the ter
a c ons ona nt, the s te is the
nat ons are

sa e as

m
the bas e . In vo w e i s te s the s te is for ed by a dd ng the s te

vow e

s te m
what in dec
lto the

is hos t
bas e

l ens i on
i
: thus , the bas e Of hos t i s ,
hos t i
so the d
C ons onant s te
i i
s tinc t o n is an
m m
im
s
ene
y, i
a nd i s te

ortant
s

o
h

n
o

e
s

-
t a nd
s d iffe r s o
th
e
e

m
p

mm ml
.
,

1 Motto of the s tate of Mis s ouri , q u o te d fro a fa ou s c o d e o f Ro an aw s .

1 43
1 44 T H I R D D E CL E NN NNN SI O ,
CO SO A T ST E MS

CONNN SO A T STE NN N
MS MA SCU L I N ES A D FE MI I ES

m
,

no m M

m
i i
li
405 .
nat ve
ascu

ed
is
by
nes

Ofte n the s a

a dd ni g
and

mi i li
fe
l
lik n nes

e as
are dec ne d
the bas e or near y
th t
a

s o.
e. T he
Ofte n
it is for -
s to the bas e . In a c as e the adde d

s caus es var ous i C

m
h nga es in s pe lli ng A waysl l earn the g ni
e
-
.

ti
to
ve a on

al l
l g wi th th
the other f or
e

mi ti
no

s.
na ve, for the g ni tiv gi
e e ves the key

cons u l ,
M .
,
cons ul l eg io, F ., leg ion pa t er, M .
, f ather
(bas e cons ul
(bas e l eg on i (bas e pa t r

N OM.
'
cOn s ul pa
’
ter
GE N ’
C6 n s uli s pa
’
tr si
m
.

m
' ’
DAT c on s uli tri
.
p a

A CC . Con s u e
’
l p t
are
’

’ ’
A BL . c6 n s ul e p a tre

N
m
’
O M. c On s ulé s

GE N . Con s u u
’
l
'
DA T . c ons u libus
A CC . c on s u
’
le s
'
A BL . c ons u li bu s

pri nceps , M .
,

i
chie
1
f mmi l es , M
lit
.
,
s oldier
1
rex , M .
,
king
(ba se pri nc p
) (bas e i ) (bas e reg

N O M.
pri n ce ps
’

GE Np ri n c i is
p
'

m
.

DAT .
p
'
ri n c i pi
’
A CC ri n c i e
.
p p
A BL .
pri n c
’
ip e

1 A n 1 i n th e l as t s
yll bl
a e of

m
th e b a s e is ofte n
m
l
c h ang e d in t h e no m inat ive
to e : as,
pri nceps , b as e pri ncip i l e s , ba s e i it
 L E S S O N LV I I I
S i q u a e r i s p en i n s u l a
s e e king a c har
mm m
m l l m
a o e na , c ircu s
pic e — I f ou
y ar e

NNNNN ( NN
ing pe nins u a, ook ab ou t
y ou 1

MS

N tm
THE THIR D DE CLE

m
SI O CO SO A T STE CO
, TI UE D
)

s onan
408 .
t tm
t
s em
eu er

i i i gl g ll i
s.

l i t m
i i
the bas e . Thus , bases in in have fi na
m
Cons onant S
T he no
e

nat ve s n u
s. T here
ar
are

e nera

en n
an
y
y d f
he no
fe
neute r
rs fro
c on

- -
_ nat ve,

and bases ing ll -

er or -
or enera
y have -
us .

mN m Nm N
m m
flu

(b
en,

ase fl fi
.
,
river

in
te

(b
pus ,
as e t e por
ti e ca put ,

(b capi
.
,
head
t
N m
as e

m
'
O M. fl fi en

m
i i ’
flfi n s

m
i '
D AT . fl fi ni

m
'
A CC . fl ii en
’
A BL . flo i ne

N
N flom m
’
O M. fl fi rnina

m
’
GE . i nu

m
’
DAT . fl o i nibus

m
'
A CC . flfi ina
'
A BL . flfi i nibus

(1 . T he s e neu ter nou ns , ike l all othe r ne uters , have the no m

i i nat ve

m
and acc u s at ve ai l i ke ,
w hich in the p ura l l e nd in -
a 1 0 8. a ) .

b So
.

chang e : mm m
e

ml
k
as , a cu
ne uters

en, o
Of this

en, s p eci
l
c as s

en A fe w have e pt the L at n for

i
have pas s ed nto E ng s h w thout li
i
i
m
m
mi N
.

l
m i i
l l
in the p ura : l l s ta l s ta
a so as , enu ur a ener a en, u ra ens
g s,
p g ; p
a nd s ta ina , w th a d ffe re nce in e an ng . ote , too, the pl u al s
r

vis cer a a nd co pita .

1 Motto of th e s ta te o f Mic h ig an .

1 46
 T H IR D D E CLE NN NNN
SI O , CO SO A T ST E MS 147

MAR CU S ET QU I N T US

l l l
m
Firs t e arn th e s pe c ia vo c ab u ar
y pag e 3 7 0

N
,

409 .

mi it tim
cons ul m im
i g it
Q g
i
nos ter in
ll
Ui TU s . Q id u

Ger an a nunc
audi vis ti , Merce
? D ifi patr
er
,
de a no

a
be o quod
in peri culi s
ed i
m i s fu
l m
et di an i perterreri incipiunt .

mm m
MAR CUS
é noru
m
it
m t
g
t
i
m
m
.

c rebri s
Bona fe
p roelii s
a ven .

s uperevit
Cons u
a q u e
a

eos
ne
ts c op

i ns
ra
es
flo
Ger
en

R henu
in
m m t
il mS t va
is i
eg it.
ffi g it .
R ex Ger
Et 1
e er
enoru
et
,

s oror
vir barbarus
e us , q uae
et

in
ini i cus ,

cas tri s

Ger
Q
mt t .
eni s erant,

Cer e l m i ea fe
captae s un

a, Si
.

V era e s t, g rAta o
p pu o Ro a no cr t.

Q uo

M
it i
m m. m odo

Et pa
(
e
h
r
ow
) do
et
v c or e audi vis ti

freter eus cu
?
l e g ionibus pug nant .

i
mm mm m t m gi
t
_

H od e 2
litteret s 3
a pa re acc epi us .

Q . Certe ani u eu confi r evis ti . S ed e pus fu t.

V le

m
4
a .

I . et et , both Today .
3 l itt erae,
.
-
§ ru ,
F ., l etter .

4 Good by

m m
-
. .

2 .
410.
Ro m e,
1 .

the
When ki ng s
cap ta i l of
l
ru e d

l
I ta y, has
the R o
a ll k
we
ans ,

-
the
i
now n r ver.
ti es were
3 A fter .
ev il .

ki g kill
mt t
mgg
1
the n was ed, both his s on and his bro her be ed for
peac

his
e .

rec e ve d,
s

i
i
4
s ter ?
D
2
id
I
1
.

the c
not the R o
thi nk
hi f wh e s
s o.

o
5 A.f e
ans

r the a
capture

b
g
a s
3
s

were ea er for war fl ed

a d ors had be e n m
t
bo h his

.
othe r and

1 . Ab ative l abs o ute .l 2 . See 2 5 1 .

3 . W hat cas e ? See 2 2 3 .
 L E SSO N L I X
C ed a n t ar m a t og ae — L et ar ml s i
y e d t o pe a c e
1

R OMU LUS E T R E MU S
F ir s t l ear n l
th e s pe c ia vo c abu l
y ar , pag e 37 1 . D e c inel al l th e nouns , ad e c j
lp
m m
t ive s , a nd
p r onou ns i n th e s tor , a nd g ive th e
y pr inc ipa a r ts of a ll th e ve rb s .

mm il i li N m
4 1 1 . Ro l li M i
u us et ll Re us erant fi i ert s,
1
de i be i .

m t
m m
2
E oru ater e ra R h ea S v a, fi a u itoris , q ui rex

m m l
m m l
3
A lbz
i noru antee fuerat, s ed a a o fretre A ii l io pu s us

m mm ili m it
era t . Itaque A ii l iu s , q ui r eg nu A lbenoru tu Obtinebat,

pu e

Rhea
ros

ius s it
m m m li m
Vi ta

s ervu
ag no
p

m
e re

fi oru
i gi t m
e os
ti

in fl a
uit e t e os

s uoru

en
inte rficere
c ons ervare

deice re I
c ons

s tud ebat,

o re
u c ep

s e d r ex

s au e
. 5

.
pe r

m lig 4
s ervus non eru it s ed p u eros in area nee pos uit q uae
p , ,

mm i l M 6
i
aquz
5
fla inis s ne p e r i cu o vehi pote rat. ox pu e ri ad

ri pa fl ti
‘
l inis l g
vecti s unt .
6
Ibi upa,
7
q uae non on e aberat, 1 0

m m Vit 9 1O
pue ros audi vit a tque c fi réi .
8
Pos tea pas tor benig nus

t l g m tm m m
eOs i it nven et in c as a p arva
po i
rte vit

N
.

Pos
e rant, ml m m
et gm
on u l
m a u

m g m
e

m
i
m
re e

i m
pu s Ro
inte rfec erunt
u us et Re
et
us ,

re nu
q u 1 v ri nunc

u itori
re ddiderunt .

m ili Tu
m m aux o s ocioru s u oru novu Opp du 5
I

ad

in
i i
T ber
l
( nea r

i s. i
11

oco ubi
m )

ml mi
iflo
E mus Oppm
en

h R
it
pos u eru

di no
nt .

en es t
E us

Ro
Re
fl o inis
a. Ro
no
a pos
en es t

a e st

N
Co ( )
m
w o u us e t nve nti e rant.

m
ere us

1 Mars
g e nitive Mdrt i s 2

ml
u itor, broth er of A
ml u ius , w as the

mm
. . .
,

dethrone d king of A ba, at that ti l e the arg e s t tow n in 3 Al bé ni ,

Latiu . .

—
6ru M the A l ba ns . 4 in a nd l ig nee, i n a w ooden ches t 5 A b a l
m
. . . .
, ,

tive of eans . 6 veh o,

.
-
ere , ca r ry . 7 1u a
p ,
-
a
.e,
F ,
w o lf 8 cfi r o ,
e re.
,
. .
-

M s he her d . beni hi d
’
ca r e f or .
9 p as t or ,
-
O r
.i s ,
.
, p I o g
. nu s ,
-
a,
-
u ,
n .

m
Tiberi s , the Ti ber

m
I 1. .

1
Motto Of th e s tat e of W yo ing . ll
L it e ra y, L et a r s y i el d to th e tog a .

T h e t og a , t h e d r e s s Of th e c ivi li a n, w as a S ig n o f p eac e .

1 48
 NN T H IR D D E CLE SI O I —
ST E MS

mi l
5

m
1 0 ,

M li i i ll owi ng
N
nc ude the fo

m
41 3 . and fe n ne i Ste

m
ascu ne -
s

m i ll
in 453 of s y ab e s l
a. ouns or - i s w th the sa e nu be r in the

g e n

Thus
ii
t ve as

m
i i
m
caedes , m
in the
m no

caedi s ,
nat ve .

is an i s te
-
but i l es , i lit i s , is a con

N m
,

s onant s te .

b . ouns ll l of ore than one s

y ab e in -
ns or -
rs : as , cliens ,

coh or s .

c . N
a s , urbs , arx .
ll l
ouns of one s y ab e in -
s or -x
preceded by a cons onant

R O MA NE I T SA BI N I

Fi
m
l l
m
rs t e a r n th e s pe c ia V o Cabu lar 1
y p 3
, 7 .

m ml
I taque R o
l i
414 . E
m
m m m
rant in urbe nove

u us s pectecula 1
pobl
u ti v ri , s ed

ica co parevit e t
ul ieres paucae

Sabi nos ,
.

mg
m Ma
3
fi niti os S UOS, invitfi vit . nus nu erus Sabi noru cu

mll m m m m im
fil iebus ig ad s pectecula R o ana venerunti Tu S no dato
‘
1

R o iz ni fil iéi s Sabi noru ra

pu eru nt . Stat Sabi ni c ohortes 5
ad

mllm m
aberat. m m
be
m
i m m
i u

ml g
S ed
evoceverunt,
ul ieres ,
et ia
fi liae Sabi noru
c a e des

, q
s era

u es
non
R o eni in
on e

metri oniu d ox erant, in ed u p roel iu ro

p p e ré verunt

mNm m ml
et be u rohibueru nt.
p
'

, M
s pecté cul u i, ecta cl e , the S a bi nes ,
Sabi ni , - 6 ru
1 .
,
-
.
,
s
p g a e. 2 .

the ne ares t ne ig hbors of R o 3 . invi t o e i n v i t 4 A b ti ve abs o ute l

m
e. re e a

lm
-
. . .
, ,

ik
w t
41 5 .
c ed ml
I

il
. T he
bro her .
m
i
ki ng
2 .
had been dr
W here did R o
i ven

u us
fro
bu d the
his rea by his
new c ty ?

mk i il
m
m g
m
3 A fter the c ty was bu t, whos e dau hters did the R o ans
1
.

arr ?

bac
t
y
m
c ohor s
ig
4

m
T he

l
n

t
e hbo

t m
rs c o

m
of
.gi
a

m
nde d th
the wo e n, but c ou d not pers uade

t the
e R o

he
a n
?

ene
s t

5
o

T
v

h
e

w hrown down fro the

.

r
y e re ra pa

i g t l g
w th rea s au hte r ?

I. Ab l ative abs o ute . l 2 . W hat c as e ? See 2 2 4 .

3 . W hat c ons truc tion ?

S ee 1 6 8.
 L E S SO N LX I

G d h 1
D di tat— i

NN N
eu s o e n r c es

N
MS

tm
E UTE R S

m
THE THIR D DE CLE SI O I STE
-

, ,

t
416. eu e r i -
S e s end in -
e, -
a 1, or -
ar in the no i i nat ve

m l l
i gl
s n u ar, l i in i in the ab i
at ve s ng u ar, a nd l have an i in eve r
-

y
-

for li llof the They are de c ne d fo ows

N i mN m l N
ura

mm
as
p .

m
m mm
m m (s te
are, .
,

a ri
s ea an

( s te
al ,

ani
.
,
ani

é li
al ca car,

(s te cal cé ri
.
,
spur

N
Nm
bas e bas e ani eI ba s e ca l cd r
N
ar TE R MI A
T IO S

m
’ ’
O M. a re cal car

m
’ ’
a ris c alc e ris

m
’ ’
a ri c alce ri

m
’ ’
a re c al car
’ ’
c alc e ri

Nm
a ri

m
’ '
O M. a ri a c alc éi ria
’
calc e ri u
’
calca ribus
’
c al ci ria
’
calcéi ri bus

m
s te mi
a. I n the no
is e ther
inative
dropped or
a nd a ccu s at ve

chang e d
i
to -
S

e.
ing u l ar the fina l

E X E RCI S E S

F
m l i m m
irs t l e n th
ar e s pe c ia l v oc abu a ry, l pag e 3 7 1

4 1 7 . E qu tes R o a
e rant pu c hra an

tinetur.
l
i ni
a a

G
i
im
lli m
li
l
g
m
ml.

u tas
c a car a

2 . Ora Gal liae

c ivitz
i tes
a na g e rebant et e qui coru

et
ar ibus

is
u ta
et i ns ul i s
i s habe t
l ing uz
con

3 a a

ml
. .

1 Mott o of t h e s tate of A r iz ona, w h os e w e a th l c ons is ts of ine ra s.

1
5 2
 L ES SO N L X I I
N il i n e no m Ni ne oth ing w ithou t d ivine g uidanc e 1

NN NN
s

m
THE THIR D DE CLE SI O ,
I R R E GULAR OU S

i gl
4 1 9 . A few nouns
i nfl ti
of

m
the thi d
ng t h
r d ec l i
e ns on are

ll
so

i g
t ewha

mm Nm
rre u ar in ec on. A o es e are the fo ow n
:

t
N m
h o o, M , . an vi s , F ., f orce i er, .
,
arch

N m
O M. ho'
o it er

mi i ’ ’
GE ho n s iti ne ris

i m
.

mi ’ ’
DA T . hO ni iti neri

m it
’
A CC . ho ne er

ABLi ho ’
iti n’

N m
. ne ere

i m
m
i
O M. ho '
nes
N
m
’
GE . ho nu

m
’
DA T . ho i nibus
ACC
m
i
’
. ho nes
’
A BL ho i nibus

m m
.

dat
a.

i
The
ve and ab a
accus at ve

l ti
pli l i i

lp al i i (f
ve ur
ura

v r s
v r s

ro m) a
y
V ir
be d s t ng u s hi i
e d fro the

by the l eng th of the i in

i
the firs t ll
s y ab e . l
E XE RCISE S
Fi l e ar n th e s p l
e c ia vo c abu ary, l
N
rs t a
p ge 372

mmm l m
DE B R U T O PR I MO C O S U LE

i mi m
42 0 . O li R o ani a r eg ibus re ebantur,
g s ed pos t ultos

com
mi m
annos

l m
virtote
m m
r

l
ss u
eg e

o u us
s vi e t ar

e s t. Pri
abat
is
us
pu

Ta
s i s unt
c ons u
atqu e

e n erant
c ons ul
e ra
ibu

t
s

Brfi tus
in urbe
, que

ui da
m mml
g gi
p
e
1
e r u

re

a
e
i
p p a .
q
1 Motto of th e s tate of Co l ora d o.

1
54
 5 6 NN
T H IR D D E C L E SI O I R R E GU L A R NN
OU S

i mi
1

m i im
,

ho i
m
nes

m q ui pe r o cons ulis n ici e rant ac re ge redfi ci

'

c upiebant .

li
fi os
ml m m tm
s uos
li In eoru

in iodiciu
nu e ro erant

vocevit et
fi i Brfi ti
ius s it eos
.

interfici .
Itaque Brfi tus
Q idu de

m
e o ex e p o virtotis R o enae
pu as ?

m m
1 .
qui da ,
so e, cer ta i n .

ill m
42 1 . I . T he en who were in the boa t were overco e by
the V o il ence Of the sea. 2 . A few who were s aved w arc h

t i ty
to the neares A fter the ba ttl g
m l i
1
c 3 e had be un, our s o d ers

m Nt l
. .

by th i g
e ne
t le r

ki t m
y
?
4
rea

. ever
va or

he
q u c

es s ,
i kly
the e ne m
c onq uered

y d id not fl
the re

ee , but l ed
ia nder of

th i
the
e r

m m m
forces bac n o ca p .

1 l
. l
A b ative abs o ute . 2 . Latin idio ,
the re a i ni n
g ene y .

OR P H E US A N D E U R YD I C E
 L E SSO N L X I V
A li vo l at r oprii s Sh e fli w ith h e r w ing s 1

N
s p es ow n

WOR D FOR MATI O

l ti ng
42 4 . Se ec

m
appropr ate i pre fi x es fro m 34 1 wr it e a li s t Of

m
,

E ng li h d i ti s e r va ve s fro the ll wi ng b
fo o ve r s . D e fine the d er i va

tv 1 l ki ng th
eS, oo e up in the E ngli h d i ti s c onary if ne ce s sary .

m
put o

capio
oveo
ag o

paro
habeo

pe o ll
pug no t eneo

othe rs
t
m
42 5 . La in Suffi x es .
by eans of s ufli x es .
Many
Thus
ti
L a n words are for mm ed fro

m
ci vi s , citizen ci vitas , s ta te

advenio, co e to advent u s , a r r iva l

capi o,

aeq uus ,
ta he
l evel mm
capt i vu s , ca

aeq uo, a he
ti
p ve
l evel

m
l iber , f r ee
ag nus ,
g r ea t m
l i bert es , f r eedo
ag nit fido,
g r ea tnes s

pecus ,
V ir , m an
ca ttl e

m
pecunia ,
V i rt os ,
w ea l th
a nl ines s , cou r a
g e

s peech are
We s ee ,

m
too, tha

der i ve d fro
t
m mj
by the us e of
e ac h othe r, m
s ufli x e s

m
s uc h as
i
d ffe re nt parts Of
ve rbs fro nouns ,

i m
nouns fro ve rbs , nouns fro i
a d e ct ve s , e tc . So e of the

s uffix es

de fined
ones l
mi g W
are

ate r
il
e an

on
read

n .
y re co

62 6
g i
e s ha
n

ll
zed and

s tudy s o

A
m
k l g
m
have
im t
e Of
il
now e d e
a un

the
for

of
ore
and

re fix es
p
eas

ortan

and
y

p
s uffi x e s

l y,ar

w thou i
as
w

co
ill g tly i n
it w ill n bl y
rea

t g
e

t n l ti ng di ti n y
su
y
a

a
e
c reas e

ou

c o
o

ar
our

ras p

.
themi g m
i gli
L at n
ean
and

n
En
Of
s h vocabu

an
y w ords

1 Motto of th e s t at e of O re g on .

1 5 8
 WOR D FOR MA TI O N 59

ll i m
I

m
li h
s . Many of the m
4 2 6 . E ng l i s h Suffix es . S uffi x e s
are of L at n i
are e

or
q u

igi
a
y
n and
port

have
a nt in E ng
the s a e m
l
i g
ean

p y
a imki g
n the
n

a
as

binations of por t
n
‘
o
inL at n
f
carr
E n

fro
s h w
L
o
i . AS

at n por o
’
an

rd s , note the fo ogli

w
ill
mi t
i
us trat on of the part that s uffix e s

ll i ng co m
y ,

ly l l
ml
rtab e

m
o rter ort ort ag e orta o
p p p p p

i ng p ll g
m
Us
mi
re fix es as we ,
we g et a uc h ar er nu ber : as ,

co

com p
p
d eport
o

o
rt

rtab e l
u nex portab e

ex portat on i
l i
i mp

im
p
o

o
r

r
t

t
at

e
o

r
n

e x porter re p t
or

de portab

m
depor tation
l e

i m
re ex port

mpo r t
re port

r e portab e l
de port
ex port

ex portab e
ent

l
i
i
un
mp

im
p
l
o

o
rtab e

r tant

ortant
u nre portab e

re porter

e tc.
l
p

i t
E gh h R eview , Les s ons LVI I LX IV , -

7 74 7 7 7
-

A R OMA N STR E E T SC E N E
 L E SS O N L X V
Te D e u m m laude us — We i T he e , O God

NN NN
pra se

ADJE CTIVE S OF THE THIRD DE CLE SI O , THRE E E DI GS

4 2 7 . A ll ad ecj tiv i
es are e ther of the firs t and s econd dee en l
i lik i l i
Nlil
s ons
( e bonus , pul ch er, l i ber) or of the th rd de c ens on.

42 8 .
and are
ear

de c ned
y all ad
lik
j i
e ct ve s of

e nouns
the h
i
w th i—s te
t i
m
rd de c
s
l e ns on i have i s te -
m s

l
42 9 . C a s s es of Adjec ti v es . Ad j tiv
ec es of the t hi rd declen
i
Cl
mI
l ifi d f
s on are c as s

as s A dj ti. f th
e

ndi ng —
ec
as

di ff
ves o
o oll w
nt f
s

ree e s a ere or m in
th n e

Cl
i n ti f
m
o

II
as s
a

A dj ti
h g nd
. f tw
ve

ndi ng
or eac

ec th n
ves

m i n ti
o
e e r.

o e s — e mo a ve of

th

cu
e

Cl
m
li n nd f i ni n lik th n t di ff nt
ascu

I I I A dj ti v
as s

li n f i ni n nd n t ll lik
e, e
f n
.
e a

ndi ng

e, a
th n
ec
e

i n ti
es o

eu er a
e a

o e e

a
e,

e.
e

—
eu er

e o m m e re

a ve
.

as

4 30 A dj tiv
. f th t hi d d l n i n in
ec es o h e th r ec e s o -
er ave ree

endi ng ; t h s in i h tw ; t h
os e th -
h s n ave o e o ers ave o e.

C L A SS I

43 1 . A d j ti ec ve s of th ree e nd i ng s are dec ned li as fo ll ows

ecer, a i a
cr s , cre
(s te m acri bas e acr s har p, ke n eag er

N
e

N
,

E UT . MA SC . FE M . E UT .

Ac res
Acriu
Acribus
m m m Acres
a crI u

ecribus
a cria

Acri u
a cribus

ecri s , -
es a cri s , -
es é cri a
ecribu s d eribus E cribus
 L ES SO N L X V I
Ch r i s t o et E c c le s ia e — F o r C h r is t a nd t he Chur c h 1

ADJE CTI VE S OF THE THI R D DE CLE NN NN

SI O , TWO E DI GS

C LA SS I I

Ad j tiv es of two e nd i ng dec ned li foll

m m mm m
ec s are as ows

2
ni s , o ne
(
s te o ni é bas e o n every, a ll

N
o

N
,

M N M N
N m
. A D F . E UT . . A D F . E UT .

GE
O M.

N .
o

o m
m
ni s

nis
DAT
A CC
A BL .
.
. o

o
m
mm ni

ne
ni

E XE RCI SE S
F
m
l l l
mt m
i rs t e ar n th e s pe c ia v o c abu a r , pag e 3 7 3
y

l
mm li ‘
43 6 . I . Br otus , pri us cons u s uo s fi os in iodiciu i
vocz

mg m
,

Vit.

c ons ulis
2

mmm
. Brotus
ili ih
li
1
s ahi
e os

te
ad

co
c er a

fi ne
orte

c ons
doci ius s it
a facere inc eperant
.
3 F
. i i

4 .

ce rtus m
Itaq ue

imm
i mia

m m
coecti

i cus pat
s u nt

r ae
rave

et o
s uppl ic u

n a
2
p
i 5 B r otdare
us e

ro bono pfi blico fac iebat

rat . .

Nmm
.

6 Et
im
g
m mR o eni s id s uppl ic iu non g retu
‘
. a rave e rat .

7
t
.

erri sl ml il
on o i
u ta e x e
nes Broto S
p a Virtfi tis verae
es es s e pos s u nt .

ded eru nt
8 R o eni
. o n bus

m
m
.

1 . Ag a i ns t . 2 . Ad j ective u s e d as a nou n. T his u s ag e is ve ry c o on.

m
Motto H arvard U nive rs ity
1
of .

2
O ni s i s u s ua ll y t l
ra ns at e d every in th e l
S ing u a r a nd a l l in t h e p l u ra l .

1 62
 A DJ E CTI V E S O F T H E T H I R D D E CL E NN SI O 1 63

S ml g
i il
43 7 .
ar.
1 .

2
The
.
l ng g
a

The wars wh ch the R o

ua es of

i
Gau l
m
and of

ans wa g
l
I ta y were not
ed i
w th the Gau
at all

l s

were
s ure .
on

4 . A ll
and

m mll s eve re .

e n are c o
3
pe
T.h
e
e

d
f
t
o

o
rt
d
u

e
n

fe
e

nd
of
th
w
e
ar

c o
is no

on
t

m m a lw y
s afety,
a s

or the country cannot be pres erve d 5 Our coura eous s o d ers . . g l i

m
i
mt i i il k il
1
w th the r s w ft hors e s w l eep the v o ence of the ene y

fro our owns .

1. prohi be6 ,
-
ere.

L E S S O N L X V II
P a r es cu m p a r ib u s f a c i l l i
fl
m e co

oc k t og e th e r 1
ng re g a ntu r — Bird s of a fe athe r

ADJE CTI VE S OF THE THIR D DE CLE NNNNNSI O , O E E DI G

CLA SS I I I

4 38 . A d j tiv
ec es Of one e nd n i g are dec li n e d as foll ows

pari bas e par eq ual

par (
s tern

N N N N
N
M . A D F. E UT . M . A D F. E UT .

GE
OM .

Np
per

aris
p
p
er

ari s
p
p
a

a
res

ri u m p
p
a

a
ri a

ri u m
m
.

DAT .
pari pari pari bus paribus

A CC .
pare per pari s ,
-
es pari a

A BL ri ari ri bus i bu

m
.
pa
p pa par s

a. So j i
e a d ect ves of one e nd ing h ave -
e in the l i
ab at ve s i l
ng u ar .

b. A d j i ect ves d e c nedli l i ke per do not a lw

y a s end in -
r, but have
i
var ou s other end ng s , s uch as i x, ns , - es , etc. The fina

mm ll etter of the
- -

base is Show n by the g en t ve ii : as , fel i x , fel i ci s ; o ens , e ent i s ; e tc.

1
ll
Lite ra y, E q u a l s os t ea s i l mll
y a s s e bl e w i th eq u a l s . m A Latin prove rb ,

q uot e d by Cic e ro in h is w e k now n e s s ay on old ag e

-
.
1 64 A DJ E CT I V E S OF T H E T H I R D D E CL E NN SI O

MI DA S ,
THE KI N G OF T H E G OL D E N T OUCH 1

Fi
m
l l l
m
rs t e a r n th e s pe c ia v o c abu ary, pag e 3 7 3

Bacchus
dare
t m
4 39 . O t i
m
s tudeo.
li t i
i m i ti i
i i
e ra
”
m e ra

Id
rex

i cus
uod
cu us

et di x erat
no

e pet
en e ra

T b
s,
,
1
M des

b
rex ,

dabo
. E i deus
bene fic iu
Sed
q ax .

s ap en

”
i m
i ti gi
Cup o
im
i
a

m gm
re

mm m m
o m
na m s p
q
er

u
b
ae
on

c
ae

or ore
p
fortii nae non
eo tan a
erat
2
in
.
et

auru
r es pondit,
8
o
t
m m li m m Sax u
4 5
eri . Stat rex acc epit donu q uod pe ti ve rat.

im
tan gi t et s ax u in auru so du 7
fi tatur . T u arbore

t gi
m m
ili
m g t 9
an t, e t arbor es t S s auro. R ex aude et deo g reties

m m m tm
a gi t. Sed gi cu c ibu
1O
e t aqua tan t, e t Cibus e t aqua

in
mm m
auru fi tantur. Mag nopere rterritus Midds or e IO
pe

ili m m m t m m
“
certa ti uit et deu vocevit Serve, s erve, Bacche .

De i
m m D onu 5
aux u s ero. uu non e s t bene ficiu

m
,

fl m
s ed g rave s uppl iciu . Bacchus audivit et ius s it cu in

ti m m
o i nel c orpus s uu avere .
11
R ex peruit e t liberetus es t .

E i nunc harena 12
fl ii inis e s t aurea 13

m
a e us . 1 5

N
4 . m
1

dus , -a ,
.t ibi , to y ou . 2 Future of ta ng o, -ere, touch 3 auru , i ,
ot o, -ere, cha ng e 5 donu , i , i
,g f
t
8
.
.

6 . sax u
.
,
-i.
, ,
s ton e mN -
.
.

mN
—
.

.
-

.
.

7
, g
.
ol d .

s oli

. arbor , -Ori s , F ., tr ee. 9 .

g audeo, ere, j
r e oi ce. 1 0 . Cibus ,
- i, M .
, f ood . 1 1 . l avo, -
ere, w as h. 1 2 . harena, -
ae, F ., s a nd . 1 3 . aureus , -
a,

i
4 40 . G ve the pr nc pa par s of all the fa i i l t m
mili
m ar verbs us e d

m
in 4 39 . D e c ne the nouns aqua, benefi ciu
or s , corpus .
li
D ec li n e the j i
ad ect ves cert us , im S
,

ilis
r ex ,

.
no en,

1 R e ad The Go de n T ouc h l in H aw thorne

’
s The W onde r Book -
.

R OMA N SILVE R CU PS
1 66 C O MPA R I SO N O F A DJ E CT I V E S

s ha r p ; l
pu ch er ( ba s e pul
ll wi ng
ch r

mi p re tt
y ; and l i ber
l ti
(
m
ba se l i ber

m
f r ee, have the fo o co pa rat ve and s u er a
p ve for s
:

acer, acr s , i acre, acrior, acri us , acerri

mm us , a,
-

s ha r s ha r er
p s ha r
p u p es t
-

m
,

m
‘

pul ch er, p ul ch ra, pul pul ch ri or, pu l ch riu s , pul ch er ri us , -

a,

ch ru p r e tty

m p r e ttie r u

m p r e tties t
-
,

m
,

l i ber, l i bera, l i beru ,

l i berior, l i ber us , i l i berri us , -
a,

-
u , f r ees t

m 4 4 4 . T he
us , ve ry h igh
s uper at ve l i is t
of e n t l
rans ate d by very : as , al tis s i

m m
.

m
co p
ti
a
it
re d mi
44 5 . Co par a ve

by the us e of a co parat ve o o e by the con

w h q ua . In E n gli h tw
s

f ll w d
o ob ec s j t are

j i
m
unct on th a n : a s , th e d i tch is w ider tha n the w a ll I n th s . i
m
s ente nc e

j t m
no i i j t
i i
m
nat ve,
j d i tch
s ub ec
Is no

of is u nders tood
s ub e ct of
is ; a nd w a ll is a s o
nat ve,

Tha is to s ay, the two . t

l
Ob ec s

m m
for tha n is q ua
t
g
s en e nce above bec o
co pa re d a re in the s a

a nd the usa e is the

es fos s a es t l at ior q ua
e c ase I n L at n the word

'
.

m
m
m sa e.
i
oru s .
Thus the

w i th qua m m
4 4 6 . R ul e for Co
m the tw o
pa ra t
ob ec ts co
i ve m m
W i th q ua . I n co pa r is on s
a r ed a r e i n the s a m
j p e ca s e .

E XE RCI S E S
F
m m
ir s t l e a rn th e s
pe c ia l v oc abu ary, l pag e 37 3

e rat
447 .

g
1

ravis s i
.

mm
Cons u

mi mmm mmm
u m l gi
.
es t

3 E quus e s t
.
aeq uior q ua rex .

ce l erior q
2

ua
. Suppliciu
ho o. 4
re

. Sed
s

mm m m mQi
i 1
eq uus non e st o nu ani aliu c el e rri u .
5 V r tos.S ca e

l
m
vo ae , q ui ig ne et orte non t i ebat, e rat Claris s i a 6 u s . .

erat

Vit ?

teb nt
fort
7 V .
i
or

i m il
ae

8
q u

m i i ilml t
a i
T hes eus qui pueros pue llas q ue patr ae s erva
,

R o anae e rant long is s i ae e t pe r

I ter quod per
u tas te rras

vas doc ebat e rat d ff C

pa a . . s c e. 9 as. ra
 NN DE CL E SI O O F C O MPA R A T I V E S 167

in l ocom i
li mm i t
I ni q uI S SI o pos ta e rant. 10 . Id ter era brevius et

m
M
N
facilius . 1 1 . arc e st a t us q u a flo e n.

I. eute r, ag re e ing with ani al unders tood.

44 8
m i l i l gm
ll t t t ig of ha was very h h l
Ga ba
’
. I . The wa own . 2 . s

hors e is
are ver

T h n t
y
l
i
mi
n t
ore

S har

w t
p
h
beaut fu

d
.
4
it 6 T h
.

fi
T hat
a nd s w

route
fter than

l
was on e r
ne .

and
3 T hos e
. s pea

ore d fficu t
rs

l .

5 . e o g es r ve r s a re o a a
ys e ee pe s e re . .

i g
wh ch the odde s s g ave to the queen was ve ry s ac red

m
.

4 4 9 . Co
creber, m i
p
s er,
are

g ra u s ,
the
t
ad e c j ti
l ong us ,
ve s

t
brevis , for
a rdus , in t eg er .
ti s, t
no us , g ra vi s,

L E S S O N L X IX
Si l l eg e i nt e r m a — L aw s l
a r e s i e nt a mm
id s 1

NN
e nt s ar ar

N
DE CLE SI O OF COMPA R A TI VE S THE ABLATI VE OF
ME A SURE

m mi
THE OF DI FFE R E CE

4 5 0 . Decl ens i on of Co para ti ves . Co parat ves are ad ec

j
tive s of the th i rd de c l i
e ns on. T hey are of two e nd ni g s 4 2 9)
a nd are dec ne d li as fo ll ows

N N
al tior, hig her
NF N
N
MA SC . A D E M . E UT . MA SC . A D FE M . E UT .

GE
O M.

N
al tior

al tiOri s
a l ti
altiori s
us al tiores

al tioru m al tiora

altioru m
m
.

DAT . altiori altiOri al tioribus altioribus

A CC . al tiore a l ti us al tiores altiora

A BL. altiore altiore al tiOribus altioribus

45 1 . Abl a ve ti of Meas ur e of i
D fference. I n the s e ntence

m
Sex tus is ta ll e r tha n j u l ia the word f the
a f oot oot e x pres s es

i ight be twee n S e x tus and J li

m
of d ffe re nce in he
m
eas ure u a.

1 F ro C ic e ro, the g re ate s t R o a n ora to r .

 68 DE CL E NN SI O O F C OMPA R A T I V E S

mt
1

The Lat n for

f oot

ab at vel i
i
tha n j u li a , Sex us

is
of e x pres s on

ll ed the
i
es t l ong or pede q ua

a bl a ti ve o
l
wou d be Sex tus is ta l ler by a
i
I al ia, and the
mm
pede ca f the ea s u r e o
f d ifference .

co m
4 5 2 . R ul e f or Abl at ive of

p i
a r a t ves a n d w or ds i ply i ng m m
Meas ure

m f f
of

co
p
Difference
a r is on
.

the
Wi th
a bla

m m
ti ve is u s ed to denote the ea s u r e o dj er ence.

p u
a
a. T he neute r
l o by a
,
l ittle, a re ve r
y
l
a b at ve s

c o
i
m
m i
l u t o, by uch ; ni hil o, by nothing ;

on in th s cons truc t on i .
a nd

E XE RCIS E S
F
m m m
ir s t l e arn th e s pe c ia lv o cabu ar l y pag e 3 7 3
,

45 3 . 1 . i i
Corpus ho l n s est levius q ua
u to corpus e qui .

p
.

au
I nter

m t
l
i i
o brevior es qua m
ea opp i il da
m l
ter

pu

m
e ri .
e s t n h o fac il iu s .

4
3
Mea poe na e s t
. Puellae
u to g rav
s unt

ior

N
.

q ua

cepiae
tua

m
5. C
e que s res
opiae

i il
6.
pe

h
d
.es

g
tr es

m
erai il
nt
ratius q ua
. m m m
n h o fortiores qua
fabula de virtfi te

im im m
D e nta i t audi vi us . 7.E s tne tua s o ror brevior q ua ea ?
‘

t m im
L on gi or pe de e a es t. li l 8 An . a a vi d us quae u to tardiora

m i m m
s un q ua e qui . li l
9 U rbe. e x pug nata, fi a pu c herr a reg i nae

i nt
l o
er

m ig
g
nes

i
et ar a re l icta es t. I O. Opp du ves tru ab eo

m m m
no s pat o abes t.

m
oc a

The i
m m t k
arches ander ade
454 . 1 . wh ch the co were

t l gi m
i
ne the r very on l g i nor very s w ft. 2 . T he co a nder han ed

m
t l g 1
the braves e on os of all . 3 Y our s
.
pears are no on er

and

Ger m no lig
ans very
i hter than

N
l
t i g m ti l
g
fre que nt wars t i
ne . 4 .

were wa
Be tween the Gau
e d. 5 . Tha
s and

r ver
the
is
i
m t
1 1
no w der, but a foo deeper . 6. o h n is ore beau fu

ml l m i l l W l g i 2
than R o e, the c ap ta of Ita y .
7 . e are a on d s tanc e
fro I ta y .

mi
I . A b ative of e as ure o f differ e nc e . 2 . Latin, dis ta n t by a
g r ea t s
p a ce.

4 5 5 . D ec li n e t he co parat ves occurr n i g in 4 53 .

1 70 I R R E GU LA R C OMPA R I SO N O F A DJ E C T I V E S

N
N NN
SI GULA R PL U R A L

MA SC N
N
E UT . OU . A D F E M A D] . .

OM.

GE
D AT
N .
p
p
l
l
fi
fi
s

ri s
p
p
l
l
l
fi
fi
fi
res

ri u

ribu s
m
.
p
A CC .
pl fi s pl fi ri s es ,
-

A BL .
pl fi re
pl oribus

E XE RCI S E S
Fi
m
l l l
m m
rs t e arn th e s pe c ia v oc abu a ry, pa g e 3 7 4

m m m il m
4 59 . R eliqui hos tes , q ui proeliu
1 co ittere audebant,

N
.

c opii s

runt .

m m
2 l m
. li m
nos tris non pares e rant atq ue in

L ibertas
m
i il
es t u to e or q ua
ax i a

s e rvitos .
S va

3 .
ffi g e
h
i
m m m i 1
pe us q ua s e rvitfi s
4 L eg es q u bus are us
es se potes t
p . .

t
m im
R o ani s non dis s i illi ae 5 D ux vetuit pl ores
2
s un leg ibu s . .

mm m
c apti vo s di

li ae .

s ilvaru
m i g
itti
7 Fortes
non ti
.mm
m i
m
.

m m
.

mil
6 L n uae Galliae et Britanniae e rant S
ul ier es

u erunt.
d iffic illi
R ex pe s s i us a pliore
8 o n i
u te r aut pe ri c ula pl II ri
‘

.
pe c a

pe

it i mm
t

ci v
iit,
s e

at
d
m
l l
i m
s

im g
m dux
o
p pu

ax i
us i
a

da
i
ig
p os d are non

auctoritate
p o tu it

non habebant
9 M no
10
r es p ri

A g ri s
n
3
c e
p s
ni

nare
.

inc epit
.

. .

Vas tati s , opp ax a Oppu .

W hat l
c as e ? Seel D ative , 3 Ab ative abs o ute .

m m
1 . 2 2 4 . 2 . 1 30 . .

g
4 60 . A onl gthe Ro ans the c ons u s had the reate s t

i ki g
m i g li ate r
1
author ty. 2 . A fter the n s were dr ve n ou t, re be rty
was gi
mm i l
braves t
uch
m l
ven to the

m
l g
ll
e n and t
p p

im
e o e

the

d fficu t than the

.
3 T he s
bes t wo e n
.

on
.
a

4
e s t.
.

A
es t s tates ofte n

T he
ft that t
s hor e s t route
have the

e the
wa s
ore 5 e r .

cap ti ves feare d e i th er c erta in d eath or the wors S ave ry 6 t l . . Y our

l aws and your l ng g
a ua e s are very
‘

i
d ffere nt ?

1 . Ab l ative abs o ute . l 2 . Latin, diff er ent by m u ch .

 L ESSO N L XX I
O m n i a p r a e c l ar a ar a — A l l th e b e s t thing s ar e rar e 1

NN N
r

FOR MATI O A D COMPARI SO OF ADVE R BS

m i
m
od
ti
4 6 1 . For
fie s a verb,
a on of

an ad ect ve ,
Adverbs .
j i
An adverb

or anothe r adve rb,

is a word
and g
th t
ener
a

ll
a y ans w e rs the ques t on i H ow ? Whe re ? When ? Why ? To
w ha t te nt ?

m
ex

'

4 62 . Rul e for Adverbs . A dver bs od i

fy ver bs , a ayec

l i ves , a nd other a dver bs .

E n
4 6 3 . A dverbs
gli sh they us ua y
are

ll
g
e nd
e nera

in
lly
-
ly
der i
z as ,
ved

ad ect ve
fro
j
m
i
j . ad ec

bra ve,
ti v es .

adverb
In

co m
bra ve ly
d
. L at n i
but not dec ned
adverbs ,

li
too, have ce rta n end n i i g s. T hey are

m
pare ,
.

m ig
i j i t
4 64 . A dverbs der ve d fro ad ec t ves of the firs and s econd

l
dec e ns ons are i for ed by add n -
e to the bas e of the ad e c j ti ve .

A DJ . t
l a us , w ide pul ch er ,
bea u tifu l l i ber, f ree
A DV . l at e w idely pul chre, bea u tif ul ly l i bere, f reely

m
,

are
4 65 . A dverbs der ved fro
g e nera lly f or m igij i
e d by add n
ad ect ves of

-
i
t er to the bas e of the
the th i rd dec
a
l ni
dj ti
e

ec
s on

ve .

A DJ . acer, s ha r p cel er , s w i f t brevis , brief

A DV acri ter, ha rply cel er it er, s w i f y
t l breviter, bri efly

m
s

m
.

i
m lik
4 6 6 . Co par s on of Adverbs . A dverbs are co pare d e

co mi
j ti i
the ad ec ves fro

t v nd in ius
wh ch y
and the
th e are der
l i
s uper at ve
i ved, ex c e p

in e
t t tha the

m mm
para -
e e s

m
-
.

1 F ro C i c e ro , R o
’
e s fore os t a n of l e tte rs .

1 71
1 7 2 FOR MA T I O NN A D C OMPA R I SO N OF A DV E R BS

P OS IT I V E

t
l a e, w id ely

pul chre, bea u tif ul ly

l i bere, f r eely

s m m
acriter,
i i l it er,
s ha r

si
l
py
il a r ly

fo
i g th
4 67 . U s n
ll wi ng dj ti
o a ec
e re gl tu ar

ve s , and c o
m
mt m
i ti
er m re
na ons ,

he
for adverbs fro m
pa

l ongus
tardus Si m m
brevi s
il i s
a l tu
a l us
s

E XE RCI S E S

Fi
m
rs t l e arn l
th e s pe c ia vo c abu l ar
y p g 37 4
a e
,

m
4 68 .
cog noverat. m
im i
i
I

m
i il.

i
l
D ux

tm
2 .
tardis s i

Tu
e proc e s s it q uod n h
ius s it e qu tes celerri e
de natora
d s c edere
oci

et

ho
e qu i
i
mm tesi
nes

mi
t
m
s e pte
ex p rox

1
ho
o opp do
nes
rapere .

c eperunt e t e os ad
3 . Pos
du c e
breve
addox erunt.
e pus

4
5
.

.
D ux
i
Is
m m mm m
c upI VI t

i
capti vi s

m
capti vos

di x t
“D ic ite
narrare

l iberri
o na

e,
q uae

ho
c og noverant .

nes . Si ita
non

te m i il mmm i im
ii
fac ietis , g ravis s i u
capti vi n h
s uppl ic iu

r es onderunt e t
p
dab t
certa
s.

orte
6 . Ta
fort
e n s ep

ss e
e x s pe ctaverunt.

Count in Latin ; 83

mk
I . s e ve n s ee 2 .

W hen t hat l i lli

m i kl y
1 2
4 69 . 1 .
p an be ca e nown, the r a es q u c

m
des erte d the ity and g ht s afe ty flight ?
c s ou in 2 . The co

l i
so
ander

d m l l
ers
l had be e n
a dvance d
very s evere

ore s ow
y b
y wounde d by

ecaus e they w e re
a s pear . 3 T he

ii g
wa t n for
m
.

m i g lig tl i l
few
t
fre s h
ander.

1
i
be
roo

5 H
4
e
pT
s

w
h
.

s.
e

h e
ca

d
p
t
t

o
v
.es

earn the nature Of the p ac

h y wounde d, the res d id not advance far her

e
c

6
o

A
were qu c y brou ht to the

t
i kl g
l .

t
.

N
n .

I . Ab l ative abs o ute . l 2 . o t s uus . 3 Latin, by fl

.
g
i ht .
1 74 FOR MA T I O NN A D CO MPA R I SO N O F A D V E R BS

C O L LO QU I U M D U O D I S CI PU L I

Fi
m
rs t l e a rn the s pe c ia l vo c ab u a ry, l pag e 3 7 4

SE C U m
4 73 . PR I MU S
N
im l m
l
lt l
D US . m li .

Pl fi ri
H abes ne
t as fabu as
u as fabu as in tuo
habeo . O nes
bro ?
fabulae s un

Q mil miim
bonae ; s e d Opt l a fabu a, eo iodicio, es t fabu a de Thes e e .

im m l
ua fac i
be ne pe ri cula
e et ax a s uperav t !
P .

m mm mm mgi M l m m
Certe facta Thes e i s unt not

m m
l ss a, ta en fabu a Man i ,

i
m ll ani Ga is
v ri cl a rI SSI i, eu u a s te net . IS Re a a

q ui oros as cenderant s ervavit . Facta an i s unt aiora q ua

Mi i m
facta T hes ei

N i i m m .

m
S
onne
.

ml mm
Q i
gi g i
n

m
e us

m m
e
v rtus
l
m
ita pu to.

u to
u

a
d
s
aute

e reg a
de Scaevo a dica
?
?

Ta m P .

m m m ll
en
Id es t veru

D e ntatus
,
na

aiora
is ig ne orte q u e no n

ne g otia, pri o in be o de inde in

t i e b at .

pac e

e rat mim m il m m m m
,
s usc epit

a or q u

de q uattuor v ri s fa
a
ac s aepius

Scae vo a.
p atria s e rvavit I taqu e D e nta tu s .

1
S . la ae notis s i i s di x i us . Pri us

q uartus
li
erat T h es eus , s e cundu s

mm mm erat mi
erat

m m t
m
D entatus
l
. D e Broto
Man
aute
us , te rt us

p ri o
e ra Scaevo a,
c ons ul e , non

t m
,

di x i
non

ti m pos
i
s m
us .

o abs u
Se d d e o
. ll Frater g
n bu s di c e re non pos s u

eus e 2
ex s pectat et vi
us . D ietius
a nos ra
anere

a no

ml
s pa .

1. Learn the ordina nu l era s , fi rs t ,

s econd , th i r d , f ou r th , as they appear
here . 2 . Me .

4 74 . Deriva ion. t Us i ng pre fix34 ,

e s pre v ous i ly t di s u ed 1

yo

fro
u

m
n m
3 7 3, 3 7 4 )
okw k,
a nd
a
s

e
u

a
c

the Verbs nav g o, t

h
s
s

t
u

o
ffi
f
x

a
e

t
s as

ea s
a

t
pp
tw
e

e
a

n
r

li
ty
i
in

fi
§
ve

eo, s edeo, v nco, fac o

4
E
2 6
n
,
a

i
n

s
d

m
h
a

d
n

el
y oth e r

r vat ve s
s

i
-

i
gli i i
.

Nt
in h R eview , Les s ons LX V LXX II , -

7 7 8 7 82
-
1 76 FOU R T H D E CLE NN SI O

E XE RCI SE S
Fi
m m m
rs t l e ar n l
th e s pe c ia vo c abu l ar
y pag
, e 37 4

m
4 78 .
cel e ritate mmm I

m
. A nte
ace rri i
m m u
g
adventu

i pe tu
Caes aris
in c as tra fec t
equitatus

. 2 .
hos tiu
Continere
a na

e x er

c itu

mm i m
l gi
ius s it
a proe lio diffi c ile
e ones
m m m
ex c as tri s
e rat .

ed ii ci .
3 Pos t a
.d ve ntu s uu

4 A dex tro c orno e quitatu

.
Cae s ar
Ro

mmi m
anu i a s n s tro c ornii ig e q uitatu s oc ioru pos uit. 5 S . no

m
,

u
p g natm
dato, proeliu
u l e s t.
1

m
co l
7 D eniq ue
.
s su es t.

u ti s
6 . D id
2
et

interfecti s
acrite r in
et
eo

vul nerati s ,
oc o

hos tes fu

m
e rant .
g
i i
inOreS, de inde
g i
8 . H ac
mm i
ere t
m
m m
inc eperunt
V ctor
i
m u
a co
ad

l ori
cas tra

n ta,

u
q
Ci v tates
ot
uae

rant,
rans

prox i

a
flfi
ae ,
en

p
tierunt
p
ri
os ta

e ae q ae p p e p ce pe .

j l l Ad ec tive u s e d as a ative abs o ute .

m
I . See 2 5 9 , note 3 . 2 . noun, ab

4 79 . I i l
. k
A fter C l g ’
s ar s arr va
1
was nown, the cava ry fou ht
ll
we . i t2

mt i g ii mi li m
was gi ve n. i
ig t i g t
F rs

3k i
T.he
lon

s w f
ig l
m
tnes s of
the r h wn ,
hen
our attac
on the

te rr
e ft,

fied the
the S
ar
na

im
.

os of all . l l g
4 L es.b a r e a ne d a tt e 2
on er,
3
becaus e s he

was e x pec t n l her l s s ter . 5. Th e fa r e r h e d the an a by

the horn. 6 He il l d it t th e Shore

m
. ve ry eas y e o .

1. l
A b ative abs o ute . l 2 . l
A b ative of e as ure of differe nce .
3 . W hy not
l ong ius ?

O FF E RI NG A SA C R I F I CE
 L E SSO N L X X I V
In l m n e t u o v i d eb i ml m a n— l
I n thy ig ht w e s ha ll l ig ht 1

N
u i us e s ee

E XPRE SSIO S OF PLACE

m
4 80 . R eg ul ar E x pres s ions of P l ace. l
T he p ace to w hich, the

p a l
ce f r o

ex pres s e d

g e nera
w

l
hi ch,
and t he p a c e

ii
by prepos t ons w h he r proper cas e s
r nc i i l
e we de duce t he fo ow n ru
l
it t i
ll i g l
a t or i n w hi ch are re u ar
y
. Fro
gl l
m
thi s

p p es

4 81 . R ul e for Accus at ive of Pl ace t o Which

The place .

to which is ex
p r es s e d by ad or in w i th the a ccu s a ti ve, a nd
qu Whither ?
m
a ns w er s the es tion

m
,

Ga ba l ad cas a properat , Ga l ba ha s tens to his cottag e

m
4 82 . Rul e for Abl ative of Pl ace fro

f ro which is ex
p r es s ed by a or a b,
Wh ich
dd, 5 or
.

ex ,
The place
w i th the
a bla ti ve a nd a ns w er s the qu es tion Whence ? (Cf
m
, . 2 9
Gal ba a cas e properat , Ga l ba ha s tens f r o
. his cottag e

4 83 . Rul e for Abl at ive of Pl ace at or in Which ?

The
place a t or in which is ex
p r es s e d by the a bla ti ve w i th in ,
an d
a ns w er s the qu es t on i Where 9

m N
Gal ba i n cas e h abitat , Ga l ba l ives i n his

mm m
cottag e

il
4 84 . I
s ands ,

in
mt t
m
ti
por
do us , ho
i
e x pres s ons of l
an E x cep
e,
3
ons .

and r fi s ,
t
it
a

cou ntry ,
es of

o
owns and

the pre pos t on

s

ii
ll
a

p ace .

m
Gal ba At henas properat , Ga l ba ha s tens to A thens
Gal ba Ath eni s properat , Ga l ba ha s tens f r o A thens

1 Motto of m
Co l u bia Unive rs ity
m
mm
.

2 Th is is ofte n c al l e d t h e
'

l oc a tive ab a tive l (fro l ocus , pl ace) .

3
W h e n do us e a ns h ou s e, th e pre pos ition is us e d.

1 77
1 7 8 E X PR E SSI O S OF N PL A C E

Gal ba do mm
Ga l ba At heni s habitat , Ga l ba l ives
u p operat ,
r m
Ga l ba ha s tens ho
at
( or i n) A thens
e

l
m
Ga ba rfi s properat , Ga l ba ha s tens to the cou ntry
mm
l
Ga ba do o properat , Ga l ba ha s tens f r o ho e
m
N
Gal ba rfi re properat

m m m
, Ga l ba ha s tens f r o the cou ntry

0 . a es

u nder thes e ex cept ons .

of cou ntr ies ,

i
lik G
Wi h th
e

m ii m
er l ania , I ta ia, e tc .,

be
do not
us ed.
co e

N
t e re os
p p t ons us t

are
4 85 . Loca
i gl
s n u ar
ti v
and
e Cas e.
be l g
on
m t a

to
es of

the
owns and s

firs t or
m
ll i l
l
s econd
a s ands

dec e ns on
that
i
the l at w hich by the SO ca
mt l
ll ed l oca ti ve
ex pre s s p ace -
c as e .

Th i s

m m
is lik e the g ni ti
e ve s i gl
n u ar in for . O her oca ti ve s

m
1
do i , at ho and r fi ri , in the

m
are e, cou ntry .

Gal ba R e ae habit at , Ga l ba l ives at Ro e

l
l m
Ga ba Cori nt hi h abitat , Ga l ba l ives
Ga ba do i habitat , Ga l ba l i ves
l
Ga ba rfi ri habitat , Ga l ba l ives i n the
at ho
at

mCor i nth
e

m
cou ntry

a.

l ocati ve
When
for m li m
the na
and the
e of the

ab at ve
tow n is

us t be
pl u r a l , there is no

u s ed
.
s pe c a il
Ga l ba Ath eni s h abitat , Ga l ba l ives at A thens

E XE RCI SE S
F
N m
l l l
m m
ir s t e arn th e s pe c ia v o c abu ary, p g
a e 37 5

i im
i
m m m i Gall ia
1
4 86 . I . u frater tuuS te r in cu e x e rc to

mm
i
m m it Mn
Caes aris fec t ? 2 e. Frater eu s do i ens 3 U bi

m N li
. . .

mm i
est do us tua ? 4 . A nte a r fi ri habitaba us , nunc in urbe

do u habe 5 H
us .ab itas n e R o a e ? 6 on R o ae s e d

m t mN i m
. .

m m hab to, q uae urbs e s t in Graecia Mox ab I ta a na VI

2
A theni s .

g
m m ig i t lii t m
abo et do u c el erri e c on e nda . onne cup s A thenas ,
urbe Minervae ,
nav are ? 7 . Cup o, s ed non pos s u .

Ofli cia poblica 3

roh ben Me ex s pecto.

m
e p . ora e pora

1 F or t h e d e c l e ns i on of do us s ee 81 3 .
 NN FI FT H D E C L E SI O

m m m
1 79

Tu
l
m
in nave
mg i m t
m as cenda atque p ri u A henas , deinde ad

m
reliq uas urbes c aras , quae a no s pat o abs unt, conte nda .

I . See 2 51. 2 . At henae, e ru ,

F ., A thens .
3 . . Me .

the
4 87 .
l m l
eft.
1 .ig t i g
ki g
T he
2
i
. m A
m
cava ry

bas s adors
was on the r

of the n
h wn
has tened to R o
,
the nfantry on

e and

k l
m m l
1
than e d 3 the c ons u a p e . . I n the c ountr
y we s aw an

s upp

re my l
of
i
g i
ra n

a ned at R o m
e
4 T

5
h
T
e

he
y
e

w
n w

m
ii g
ere
ho

w a
w
t
e

i l
n
re t
f
l
o
he

r
.

t he
os

a
t

r.
pow .e r

r va of a
fu

i W
mmi k iy ade the the
2
sh p . 6 . hen a n attac had bee n on c t ,

cons u l fl e d fro Ro e nto the c ountry

1 .
g rat ias ag ere, fo ll ow e d by the dative . 2 . Ab l ative abs o ute . l

L E S SO N L X XV
R eg n a n t p o p u i l T h e pe op l e s ru e 1 l
NN
N
THE FIFTH DE CLE S IO THE ABLATI VE OF TI ME

t t
m g n i ti
4 88 . Fif h Decl ens ion. ouns tha e nd in ei in the-
e ve

s i ng l u ar are of the i
F fth D e c l i e ns on. T he no i n ti i ng l
a ve S u ar

N m
e nds in é s -
.

4 89 . ouns of the

mli
fifth dec l i
e ns on are fe i i n ne , ex c ep t die s,

N
day , wh c h is i .
us ua lly as cu ne .

4 90 . ouns of the fifth dec l i

ens on are dec li n d e as fo ll ows

i
d es (base di M , day res (bas e r F ., thing
N
N
m
.
T E R MI

N
A
TIO

m
S

O M.i
N diei
d es d es i res res

m és eru
- -

GE dieru rei reru -

ei -
és

mi m
.

DAT. di ei d iebus rei

m rebus ei ebus
- -

A CC di. e d es re res -
e -
es
A BL . die diebu s re rebus -
e -
ebus

1 Motto of th e s tat e of A r k ans a s .

1 80 A BL AT I VE OF TI ME

a. T he vow e l e wh ch i appears in ever

y for m is reg u ar l ly l ong .

But it is
m
s horte ned in the end ng i ei after a cons onant, as

m in rei ; and
-

before -
in the accus ative s i l
ng u ar, as in die .
( Cf S 1 94
. .

l
b. On y dies a nd res are dec l i ned th oug hout r . Other nouns of th s i
dec l i nl k
ens o ac all or a par t of the pl u al r .

c. What do the i i
abbre v at ons A . M. and P. M. s tand for ? ( Cf p.
.

4 9 1 . Decl ens ion s h ow n by Geni ive. T he key to the declen t

s i on of a noun is the e nd n of its e n t ve s n u ar i g
R ev ew g ii i g l . i
the five d i ti n ti
s c ve g nitiv
e e e ndi ng g n b l w s i ve e o

NN N NN
.

DE CL E SI O GE I TI V E E DI G

I
II
I II
IV

m
V

i n,
4 9 2 . Ab
or on
l ti v
a

m
m
mll fi
6 5) m ll
l i
e of

a
y
T i e

re fe r
Wh en
to ti
.

e
The
as we
ab at ve

as to
l i
re at on of a t,

pl ac e : as , at

m
noon, in su l
er , on the rs t d ay . T he ab at ve i ex pre s s i ng
t hi l i is ed the a bl a ti ve o f ti

m
s re at on

m
ca e.

4 9 3 . R ul e for Abl at ive of Ti e When . The ti e when or

within which an
y thi ng ha
ppens i s ex
p r es s ed by the a bl a ti ve

w i thou t os i tion.
p p
m
a re

a. Occas i ona lly the prepos i ti on in is found . Co r

p e
a the E ng s h li
The nex t day w e s ta rted and On the nex t day w e s ta rt ed .

E XE RC S E S I

Fi
m ml i m
rs t l e ar n th e s pe c ia l v o c abu ary, l pag e 3 7 5

2 .

mm
494 .
l
Pri
i 1

a
. H ie e

u ce ag ric olae
d es s un t
laborare inceperunt
m m l
u to

m
i
brev eres
.
3 Popu .
q ua aes tate .

us opp

du
Ro m m nocte

ae habita
rel i q ui t qu

us , aes tate rori .

od diotius
m m
i 5 O .
anere

nes
ti u it
r es
4
q uas
. .

ho
H ie
nes
e
1 82 WOR D FO R MA T I O N
a.

b. F e m mm
Ma sculine are
ini ne are
os t nouns

os t nou ns
in
-
-
or and

in do, l o, tas , fi s ,
-
-
es
( g en iti
and
ve -

in
it i s ).
s receded
p
- - -

i ml i
by a cons onant.

m m
( ) 1 E x cept on : as c u ne are

dens , a tooth , a nd ons , a ou nta i n,

N m
pens , a br idg e, a nd i ons , a f ou nta i n.

c. euter are os t nouns in -

e, -
al , -
ar , -
n, -
ii s

mti
.

49 7 . Word For a T o the pre fix e s tha you have earned

on. t l
( ,
a
add

and
ab,
a d,

four mou
con

ore :

have
in
de, e, ex , in, in
t er,

l
a read
pro, r e
per, prae, and
l
rans

earne d as
) we now
s ub .

o t on
Two
ii
t
of th es e, in t er

p r,
e
y y p re
p s s

m
.

a.

a c c u s at ve :
I nt er , betw een
i as ,

l ish
i nt er m
or a

itt o,
ong ,

s end
l
a so

betw een
i nter m
mm
u s ed

or a

is s ion,
as a p
ong ,

i nter
re
po s t on ii
he nce i nter r upt,
ittent ;
w ith the
”

s us p end ; E ng de riva tives , i nterici o

(i nt er iaci o, thr ow ), thr ow betw een ; E ng is h der l i i vat ves , i nterject ,

i nterjection, etc.

m mb. Per , thr oug h ,

m p l
a so u s ed as a re
pos t on ii i
w th the acc us at ve

li
i
m
a s , per it t o, s end thr oug h , hence g ive l ea ve, per it ; E ng s h deriva
tives , per is s ion, per is s ibl e, e tc A S a pre fix per often has the force .

of

f ri
g hten th m
o m
thr oug h
r ou hl
g y;
a nd thr oug h , thor oug hly :
oveo, per oveo;
as ,

e tc.
t err eo, f ri
ghten ; pert err eo,

m mm
ore
l
c. Prae, be

m ii i
fore, a s o
co on as a p
u s ed

re fix :
as

as ,
a

r
p ae
pre po s

itt o,
t on w th the ab

s end a hea d.
l
I n E ng is h
i
at ve , but
l

m m l
thi sll pre fix u s ua
y appe ars a s p re in the w ord pr qfix ts e f, w h ch
as i l i
e ans to fi x or f a s ten bef ore or i n f r ont Co pare a s o s u ch w ords
.

m (
r edict
as p (prae di co), p pr e a re
( prae p r ecede prae cedo,

ove
( ) pr
,
eoccu py prae )
occupo , e tc .

i
t ve m
m m
l
d. Sub,
:
ii
m
as , s ub
ll u nder , a s o u s ed as a

i t t o, s end u nder ,
pre
p
he nce yield s u b
o s t o n,

,
g e ne ra
y w ith the ab a

it ; E ng is h d e riva l
l

m
m
tives , s ub l iss ion, s ub is s ive, e tc T he pre fix a
. so take s the for

s uc s il f s ug su p a nd s us as in s uc ca-
b, su ff er , s ug -

g es t , s u — ort
pp ,

s us

mi
ta in li i i L ook up the se words in the E ng sh d ct onary and note the
-
.

force of the pre fix and the e an ng of the root w ord .

 TH E N
NI E I R R E GU LA R A DJ E C T I V E S 1 83

mi g
XE RC S E S
E I

498 . Der va ion. i t W h t h l d y j dg

a s ou ou u e to be the ean n

of in t er venio, per venio, prae venio, s ub venio

4 99 . Deriva i on. t W i th venio as the root word, wr it e a li st

t
of wen y five E t -
n gli sh der i tiva ve s , us n i g pre fix e s and s uffi x es ,

and define each de r i tiva ve .

5 00 . W i th the a id of the ru esl in 49 6 gi ve the g e nder of

ll i g
m
the fo ow n nouns

mede
are

or s

p s

50 1 . G i ve the ru es l for g e nde r in the five dec l e ns ons .i

Se e 8 6 . 9 7 , 4 9 6 . 4 76 , 4 8 9 .

L E S SO N L X X V I I
Nm mm We

N
ni a p o s n es —

N
On o su us o c annot al l do a l l thing s 1

N
THE I E I R RE GULAR ADJE CTI VE S

502 . i j ne ad ect ve s i of the firs t and s econd dec l e ns ons i

g i i ng l i in
m
have the —
e n t ve S i u ar in i u s and the dat ve -
i in all

g e nders .

gl
The
L earn the
res t
m
of the i ng l
s

ni ng f
u ar and all the

e ac h
pl l f
ura or s are

m
re u ar . ea o

al ius , al ia , al iud, other , a nother

( of sol us , a, u

m a l one
- -

m
,

l)
m t otus , u a ll , w hol e, entir e
s evera -
a, -
,

al ter , al t era, al t eru the one, the fi l la s , a, u

m a ny
- -
, ,

other
( of tw o
)
m fi nus , a, u one, a l one
( in the
-
;
-
,

neut er , neut ra, neut r u

(of tw o

nfi ll us , - a , - u
)
m none, no
,
neither lp
ut er ,
ura l ) only
ut ra , m ut ru ,
w hich ? (of

tw o )
ml m
,

1 F ro Lu c i ius , a fa ou s w rit e r of L a tin s atire .

 N
N
m
1 84 TH E I E I R R E GU L AR A DJ E CT I V E S

503 . Decl ens ion of i llus and alias .

N
N m
MA SC . FE M . E UT .

OM. nollus nII l la nollu

’

GE N nfi lli us
'
nd lli us
’
nfi lli us
'

m ll m ll m
.

DA T . nfi lli nfi lli nfi lli

A CC . nfi l lu na a nu u
A BL nil llo nfi lla nfi llo
'

The p ura is l l re gl u ar .

5 0 4 . Al ius and a lt er a re l
fre que nt y u se d in pa i rs a s fo ll ows

al ius al iu on s, e a nother

m
al t er al t er th on ,
e e the other

ali i a l ii s o
,
e other s

al t eri

m
m
the one pa rty the other
al t eri , p a rty

al t er

al i i
l ubet ,
t erra m mm m ,
al t er

al i i aq ua
paret ,
the one

a a nt , s o
co

e
a nds , the other obeys
l ove the l a nd , other s the w a ter

t
s ate mt
5 0 5 . Al
en .
ius repea ed t in ano ther cas e e x pres s es br i fly
e a doub e l
al ius al iud pet it one s echs one thi ng, a noth er a nother l( ite ally r ,

mm
,

m
a nother s echs a nother thi ng )
al ii al ia urbe occupa nt , s o e s eize one city , other s a nother
(lit

erally, others s eize a nother city )

m N
XE RCI SE S
m
E

ll i mi
506 . I . U t ra do us es t Caes aris t eu ra do us es t Caesaris .

ita ll l g
m ml m
nec fi i
1 1
2 . E a civ s nec o i e i pe r o parebit .
3 E . x er

c itus

i ni t
duo
m li
c ornua habet ;
li
ll l mm m
li mli
a lt
eru appe llatur de x tru ,
a teru

li m
s s ru .
4 A i . a as res portabant. 5 A
. i hie e, a i aes tate

acrius

pote rant .

celeres , a
l t aboran

li t
7 A.

i ardi
us a

O
a
.

n
rli
e

in
6

i
s

n
pec

o
ta
o
.

vi
o
t
Ga i

mi m l l t
li t
so i i petu c oru

. 8.
p
A i
oca a erant.
rohibere

e qui
non

s un

9 a . L c .

1. W hy dative ? See 22 4 .
1 86 PE R SO A L PR O N NN OU S

5 0 9 . Per s onal Pronouns . T he pers ona pronouns of the firs l t

rs on are eg o I , a nd nos , w e ; of the s ec ond pe rs on, t o, thou
pe ,

or y ou ,
a nd V OS , y e or y ou . They are d e c ne d li as foll ow s

NGU L AR

N
SI

F I R ST PE R SO N S E CO N D PE R SO

m
m m
eg o,

m
ei , o
I
f e
t fi , y ou
t ui , of y ou

m
i i
m mm e,
h ,

e, w i th ,
to or f or

e
e i i
t b ,

t e, y ou
to or f or y ou

te, w i th, f r o m
f ro ,
e tc ., ,
e tc .,

N
PL U R A L

GE
O M.

N .
nos , w e
nos ru t m
nobi s , to or f or u s
or nos r i t f
o us
V os ,

t
ves r u
y ou

m or v es t r i , o f y ou

DAT . vobi s , to or f or y ou

nos , us
m 176 5 ,

m
A CC .
y ou

A BL nobi s , w i th, f ro e tc ., u s Vobi s , w i th, f ro e tc ., y ou

m
.
, ,

m a. T he no inative s , eg o, t il , nos , V es , are u s ed o n y to e x pre s s l

e pha s is o r c ontra s t.

5 1 0 . T he pers ona
they , etc .

is , ea, id
) is re
lp
g l ly
u ar
ronou n of

e x pre s s e d
the th

by the de
i rd

m pers on
ons tra ti
(h
ve
e,

p
s he,

ronoun
it ,

m
5 1 1 . R efl ex i ve Pronouns . The re fl e x ive s of the fi rs t pers on

( y sfel

s e l ves ) are
,
ou rs el ves

e x pres s e d
) and of

by the for
the
m
s ec ond
pers on

s of eg o and
( y
to :
ou rse lf , y ou r

m m
as ,

video e, I s ee ys el f V i defnus 11 5 8 , we s ee ou r s el ves

V ides t e, you s ee you r s el f videt i s V os , you s ee you r s el ves

m
5 12 . The
hers elf, i ts elf; the
the s i ng l u ar and
re fl iv
ex

m
l l
e

s el ves

ura
p ronoun

) has
of the

a s pec ailf
th
or
i
m li
rd

,
pe rs on

dec ne d
(hi
a lik
se

e
lf
,

in

p .
 R E FL E X I V E PR O NN OU S 1 87

N N
N SI GUL A R A D PL U R A L

O M. l ki ng
ac

s ui , o f hi mm mmse lf , he rs elf, i ts e lf, the s el ves

D AT
A CC .
. s i bi ,

s e or s es e, m m mm
to or f or hi
hi se

w i th,
se lf ,
hers elf , i ts e lf , the
lf , he rs elf , i ts e lf , the
s el
s e ves l
s el ves

he rs e lf,
A BL . se or s es e, f ro ,
e tc ., hi f ,

XAM
m
E PLE S

Puer s e videt , the boy s ees hi f s el

Puel l a
Ani
Ii
m
Se vident ,
s e videt ,

al S e vi det ,

they
the g ir l
the a ni

the
m
s ees

m
her s elf
a l s ecs

s el ves
its elf

m m
s ce

i
mm m
m
w th the
5 1 3 . E nc t ic Us e

m a
li
bl ti a ves
of cu T he prepos on
.

e, t e, s e, nobi s , vobi s , is
iti
j i
cu

m t m
o ne d
,
whe n used
to he

m l ti
lik i
'
’
as , ecu ,
w i th e ; nObi s cu ,
w i th us ; etc . Cu is ew se

j i i
o ne d l to q uo, q ua, a nd q u bus , the ab at ve i for s of the re a ve

i nt g ti
m m m
and

m
erro a ve : as ,

Vir quocu

Quibus cu ml m m puer venit , the

be l u g eru nt,
an

w ith w ho
w ith w ho
do they
the boy is

ca rry on
co ing
wa r ?

E XE RCI S ES

F
m
ir s t l e ar n t h e s pe c ia l yl
v o c ab u ar , p ge
a
37 5

2
m
514 . i i
mm m i i i
g
V e s tri m i1 ti i t
.

a
Meg
g ici
p atr a es t

s u nt
i
nobi s
h nota,
rati , e t
et

nos tri
tua patr a

a ic i s unt vobi s
es t b no a .
rati .

m g mm t m
3 L g
e
. ati pace a i c itia q u e S b et s oc is s ui s pe tierunt 4 Si

m N mQi
. .

1
to ar a capies , t eg o
1
re nu tuu occ upabo. 5 U . er ves ru

i m m im m
i
es t ci v s R o anus ? e ute r nos tru . 6 . u bus 2
rebus c og

m ml
n ti s ,

m m im
u ti s es e in fug a dederunt T o vitt i tis co
'

7 re s er . .

m ultae ul ier es s es e inte rfecerunt 8 Quecu

otae , p e rator . .

i Mecu
m
faciet
m
te r ? .

1 l
Pe rs ona pronouns in the no inative are e phatic 2 Thes e T he

m
. . . .

re l ative is ofte n u s ed a t the be innin

g g of a s entence with the force of a

de onstrative.
 88 I NNTE SI V E PR O NN OU I P SE

515 . I

l
to hers e f, but not to her
. Y ou
ki ngd
canno t s ee
yours e

om gi m m
lf .

.
2 The q uee n is p eas n
.

3 . The e nera , a ar ed l l
l i g
i l fl d 4 Y will
m m nt n th t
1
s uffer
2
by your arr va ,
e . . ou pu n s h e o a

day, but o n t 5 M ny th i ng l . a s a ar e d us , but os t of al l

the fear o f th v l y

m
e ca a r .

y o u
1 . Latin, g a ve hi
and 1 , being e m m s el

ph a
f
ti c ,
i nto fl ight
us t be
. 2 La tin, g i ve.
.

e x pr e ss ed.
3.T he pronou ns

L E S SO N L X X I X
N m il s ine ag no vi t a l
ml
ab or e d e d i t mo r t al

l
ib u s
b 1
— L ife has g ive n

N
w ith out g

NN NN
noth ing to or ta s r e at a o r

NN
THE I TE SI VE PR O OU I PSE T HE DE MO STR ATI VE
I DE M

m
PR O OU

5 1 6 . I n ens t iv e Pronoun ips e. The n ens ve ps e, ipsa , ips u i t i i ,

is us ed both
mi as a pronoun and as a n dj ti a ec ve . I t is us ua lly an

a g
j i
ad ect ve and

re e s , and t lt
is m e

m
i
rans a ed
phas z es

hi
the noun or pronoun w th

se lf , he rs e lf , i ts elf, y s el
f , y
whi h
ou r
c

s e lf
it
,

etc . ; as ,

Ho m ’

mm m
t) mi ps e venit , the an hi lf i
ses t o ing

m m
Puel la i ps a venit , the g ir l her s elf is co i ng

E g o i ps e m mm
Pueri i ps i veniunt , the hoys the

ysel f
s el ves a r e co

ing
ing

m
a to

mm
a. li
I n E ng s h the pronouns hi s elf etc are u s ed both ntens ve y . i i l
(
hi m)
as ,

i ps e,
s el f ; in L at n the for er w ou d be trans
l
the atter by the pronoun s é
i m
Ga l ba w ill eo e hi s elf ) a nd re fl ex ively (as , Ga l ba w ill hil l
l l at
ed by the j i
ad e ct ve

Gal ba ips e veniet Gal ba i nt erfi ciet

mm
sé

b. I ps e is so eti es trans l ated by very : a s , ea i ps o die, on tha t

m
very day .

1 F ro H orac e .
1 90 D E MO N ST R A T I V E PR O NN OU S H I C, [S T/E , I L L E

E XE RCIS E S

m
Fi
m m t i m
rs t l e arn th e s pec ia l vo c abu a ry, l pag e 3 7 6

m m mm m mi
1
5 1 9. I E go et ta eande urbe incoli us . 2 I er u
. .
ps

i m m li t m m m
non ti é us , s e d alii s rebus co oti su us . 3 Oh. nos ps i

m mm m
de

m
i
a m m
i
s pe
te r fec i
a dve ntr
us , s e d a

i i pe
o
ratoris
e pore anni .

adducti
4
e rant .
. R o ani in

5 I a
. tota
ax

i mt i m m m
s pe s al fi tis depos uerunt, quod pars ex erc itus capta es t et

dem m pe

m m li m
ra or i
s aepis s i
ps e e s t in anibus hos tiu

é vic is tis .
7 I .
perator s ua
. 6 Ta
.

anfi
e n vos

fi a
ps i e os

s e rvavit,

ip
mm
2
s ed s é se s erva re non potuit .

1 . Latin s ays [ d l Z d J/ Olt , noty ou a t] . 2 T he inte ns ive ips e he re ag ree s

.

m m
wi th the j
s ub ect, thoug h in E ng is h t he l e ph as is fa s on the
p rell
dica te .

r ight
520 .
of
I . The
way throug h the
g e ne ra l hi
ml g
ki mt
m sa
se f
e
ave

ng do
a pa

.
r

2 .
of the

A fter
ar y
all hope
1
the

of s afe ty

th i e r ar m s.
was

3 The .
l eft be h
sa mg t i
i ii
e
l li
nd, t he c t

rea fear
z e ns

s e ze d
th e
2
s e ve s

the hearts of
a d down
all .

I . Ab l ative abs o ute . l 2 . occupf) , -

are .

L ES SO N L X X X
N N l
NN
1
s ui s — fo r h e r s e f, b ut for h e r ow n

N
on s ib i, s e d ot

m
THE DE MO STR ATI VE PR O OU S HI C, I S TE , I LLE

5 2 1 . Us e
mk of hie, is te, and ille. T he d e
im
t tions ra ve pronoun

is , ea, id, a es no de fin te i refe rence to p lac e or t e 20 3)

but h ie (this , he) re fe rs to a pe rs on or th n i g near the s pea e r, k
t
m m i
is h he) to th ng near the pe rs on addr es s ed,
e ( t a t,
a pe rs on or

l i g
m m m
and il e ( tha t, he
) to a pe rs on or th n re ote fro both .

A
m mm m m mi lihe this hors e ( of )
as ne hunc eq uu {to you ne 7
.
,

I s tu eq uu a o, s ed i ll u eq uu non a t) , lihe tha t hor s e

( of
) but tha t hor s e (yonde r) I don t l ihe
’
ou rs
y ,

1 Motto of Tu l ane Unive rs ity .

 DE MO ST RAT I V E PR O OUN NN S H I C, 1 5 7 5 I L LE 191

mt j i
,

5 22 . The de ons rat ves hic, is t e, and ill e are us e d both

as p ronouns a nd as ad ect ves . i W hen us ed as ad ec j ti ves , th y
e

re g l ly p
u ar recede i
the r nouns .

5 23 . Decl ens i on of hie, is te, and ille. Hic is dec li n d

e as

ll
N
fo ow s

MA SC
N
. FE M . E UT .

m
O M. h ic h aec h oc
G . h uius huiu s h uiu s
D AT . hu i c hu i c hu i c

Ac c . hunc hanc h oc
A BL . h oc hac h oc

a. Kuius is pronounced hh éjf tfl h ,

a nd huic is pronounce d hw eeh

( ll b l )
m
one s
y a e .

52 4 . T he de
ill a, ill ud,
neuter for m e x ce pt

s i s t ud
ons trat ve

for the no
and
i
il l ud,
pronou

mns

i i
are li
it
s e, is
nat ve and accusat ve s n u ar

dec ned lik

t
e
a, i s tu d,
i
ips e, ips a, i ps u
and

i gl
il l e,

m .

( S ee

A GA LLIC CH I E FT A I N A D D R E SS E S H I S F O LL OW E R S ‘

F
m
ir s t l e ar n th e s pe c ia l v o c abu ary, l pa g e 37 6

m im l m
525 . I

m
odd m mm l
ll
an
e fort
és
i s

e oru
Galloru
c onfi r
pri nc e ps

avit :
s uos convocavit et
"
V os , q ui hos fi nes
hoc

mm m
incolitis , in hunc 2
ocu i vi ,
convoc z q u od ecu d é bé tis is tos
g
a

m
t ros a

m i mmm
ill
nobi s non

im
il
l
mm
q ue is tas do
d ifii cile e rit,
os a

q uod
anibu s

i hos tes
R o ani s
has s vas ,
iberare

hos
. H oc
onté s 5
ti

m
e nt.

s trabunt .

m m m
m m Si fortes
I taque deponite is tu
eri us , dei ps i nobi s v

ti ore
a

.
s al utis

Mag na
de on
s
pe

m
victoriae

s uperavi
habed
"2
I arn ag na
.
part e e x e rc itfi s R o ani

m
us .

I . Ab l ative o f a nne r. 2 . T rans l ate by the prese nt perfect

 N N NN
N
1 92 I D E FI ITE PR O OU S

m th t
mt ll
t i
1
526 . I . Is a s pear ( of yours
) heavy ? o, h s s pear of
(

m i lig ht t Mark s is g
’
1
ne ) is . 2 . T ha s pear of uch on er than

t i mt i
i ne . 3 . Y ou ou ght to s how us the road tha eads acros s

t
h
ory

g
s ava
s

m is
es
oun a n. 4 T h
uc h s horter

is not the s a e
at road w h c

5 T he very
h e
. x

m
.

.
.
i
m
t e nds

a nne
th ugh
f li f
r o
ro

e
our terr

of thos e
i

1 . l
E ng is h words in parenthes es are not to be trans l ated.

L ESS ON LXXX I
m
N N NN
Labor o nia V in c i t — L ab or c onq u e r s all thing s 1

m
I DE FI I TE PR O OU S

t m
5 2 7 . I ndefin it e pronouns do not, lik e de t ions rat ves , pi t
o n
out

m
de fin it e pe

m m
rs ons or thi ng
e thing
s, but refer to i
he nde finit l y
e

lik m i
as, s o eone, a n one,
y so ,
so e, a ny .

im
52 8 . I nde fin it e pronou ns ,
e de ons trat ves , are u s e d both

mm j ti l i i T he
as pronou ns a nd as a d e c ves . s p e nde fin te pronoun

is q ui s ,
q uae, q uod,
al iq ui s ,
so

mm t
eone,

so m i
mm it j ti
e, a ny . m
a n one,

m i
y
2
Far
and

ea ch
the
ore co
ndefin

and
on are
e ad ec

the co
ve is q ui ,
poun d s

cer ta in
so eone ; q u s u
q ,
e one ; q ui da a

m
,

one . T he for s ll
of hes e indefinites are as fo ows

t i
N
I Subs ant ve for s

N
.

m m
MA SC . A D FE M . E U T.

a l iq ui s , s o eone, i a ny one al q uid, so et hing , a ny thing

q uis que, ea ch one, q uidq ue, ea ch thing e veryth ing

N
e ve ry one ,

mm
q ui da
an
MA SC
,
.

a ce r ta in q uaeda
wo
m
m
FE M

an
,
.

a cer ta in q uidda m E UT .

,
a cer ta in

1 Motto
T he inde finite s q ui s
2
of th e s tate of

a nd
Ok l ah o m m m
a.

th e l
q ui a re sa e in for a nd de c e ns ion as th e

interrog ative s 394 ,

 L E S SO N L X X X I I
m mm mm
NN
Q ho iné s nt e nt ia e — As inds 1

N
u ot tot an e n, s o

NN
s e
y an
, y

UME RA LS A D THE I R DE CLE

N
m
CAR DI AL

ml
SI O

m l i ln
5 3 2 . Cardinal u era s . Card na u era s ans w er the q ues

ti l i l ll
m m
on H ow a ny T he fi rs t twe ve card na s are as fo ows
° 2

2
,

,
fir
duo
s 5
6,
, q ui nq ue

m
s ex
9
1 0
,

,
nove

dece m
m
3 ,
t ré s 7 ,
s ept e 1 1 ,
fi ndeci
m
m m
4, q uattuor 8, oct o 1 2 ,
duodeci

a. T he w ord for 1 0 0 is cent u ; for 2 0 0 ,

ducent i ; for 1 0 0 0ll ,
i e .

duo,
a
5 3 3 . Dec ens

noun,
t res ,

are
l
the hundre ds
dec
i on of

li n ed.
Card na i l
above one
s. Of the
hundre d,
c ard in l
a nd
a s,

m
ll i
on l y un
e us e d as
us ,

5 34 Unus , . one , is one of the n ne i i glrre j i

u ar ad ect ve s , and

is dec ned li lik e nfi l l us

5 35 . L earn the d ec l i
ens on of duo, tw o, and of t res , three .
See 82 4 .

5 36 . Mi l l e ,
thons a na,
’
in the i gl
s n u ar is an i nd li n bl ec a e

j i
ad ect ve .

lik th
e e pl ura
I n the p
l of mN m l
a re
ura l
°
it is a neute r noun, a nd i d li n d
s ec e

Nmi m
li O M. i a

m
m
GE
DAT
.

.
il u
i libus

m
li Acc
A BL
. i a

i libus

m m m mm
.

F
m
1
ro T e r e nc e , th e fa ou s w r it e r of c o e die s . ot t o e ans

e ve ry
2 A fu
an

ll
h as h is
er t ab l e of
opinio n.

nu ml e ra s i s g ive n in 82 3 .

1 94
 CA R D I NNAL U ME R A L S 95

5 3 7 . Ducenti , tw o hu nd r ed , a nd other hundreds above

hundre d a re li
dec ne d lik e the pl ura l of bonu s : as ,

ducent i
ducent oru
ducent i s
m ducentae
ducentaru
ducent i s
m
etc. e tc.

T HE CO NT E ST O F T H E H OR AT I I A N D T HE C U R IA T I I

l
mm igm m
T ry t o trans a te th is a t s ig ht

5 38 . O li
m ll
1
R o ani cu A lbani s be u g e ré bant. E rant

m m i ii
i t t H orat i i in
2
in duobus e x erc itibus tr e ni fra res , res e x er

it i R o and , Cur at i in
m
it l a A ba
m
D ucibus
-

tres
’

c t ex erc 1 11 6 .

c onvocati s ,

mi i d di x t Cd r ?
’

q u a ex e i s o nes né s u
p g na us

Me li us es t pauc 6 5
3
pr6 o n bus conte ndere et reliquos 3
es s e 5

S O - CA LL E D TO MB O F T H E H O R A TI I A N D C UR I AT I I
 L ES SO N L X X X I I I
E n s e p e t i t pl a c i d a m lm
l
s e ek s ca
s ub i b e r t at e q u i e t e
in fre e d o
m
mW
1
— ith the s word s he

NN
r e pos e

N
N
OR DI AL UME RALS THE GE I TI VE OF THE WHOLE ,

N
m
OR THE PARTITI VE GE I TI VE

5 39 . Ord nal i u eral s . Ord in n al ml u era s ans we r the ques

ti I n w ha t orde r ? The firs t tw l fo ll
mm
ows

m mm m
on e ve are as

fi r s t, pri us , -
a, -
u s eventh , s ept i us , -
a, -
u

m m m
' '
s ocone , s ecundus , -
a, -
u eig hth , octa vus , -
a, -
u

m
thir d , t ert ius , - a, - u ninth ,

mmmm
i nus , a , u
- -

f our th;

m
q uart us , a, u tenth , deci us , a, u
- - - -

fif th
m
q ui nt us , a, u el eventh ,

m mfi ndeci us , a, u
- - - -
,

s ix th , s ex t us , -
a, -
u tw elf th , duodeci us , -
a, -
u

T he i l
ord na s are al l dec ned li lik e bonus .

it
m
Whol e or Part i tive Genit ive ‘
5 4 0 . Gen ive of the , . I n the

f
o

are
t
s e n e nce

a ll

the braves
Of a ll

thes e represe n s the who

t r
thes e

t
t
the Belg

Th i s
l
e

t
s en e nce
m
a r e the bra ves t the

nu ber
is
of

ex pres s e d
who m
im
,

il l
lg the
phrase

Be ae
in
pa . s ar
y
Lat in as ,

mmm m
m m m
Hfiru o niu fort is s i i s unt Bel g ae

and the g ni ti
e ve h oru ll o niu is ca ed the g niti v
e e of the
who l e, or the part i ti ve g iti en ve .

Genit ive of t h e Whol e

’
5 4 1 . Rul e for A g enitive a enot .

’
i ng the w hole is u s ea w i th w or ds denoting a pa r t a na
’
,

is hu aw u a s the g eni tive of the w hole or the f a r titive ,

1 Motto of th e s t ate o f Mas s ac hus etts .

1 98
 GE N ITI V E or T H E WH OLE

m
1 99

mt
and
5 42 . Mi l l e
i l i es , a thous a na
is fo ll
g nitivowed
,
s i ngul
by the
’
ar, is
s ol a ie rs .
’

e
an i nd li n bl dj ti v
e :
ec

Mi l i pl l i
as ,
a,n t
dece
a

ura
e

mmm
m
a

,
s a
ec

i l ia
e : as ,

eu er noun,

i l itu ,
i ll e

te n

th l i (li t
’
ll t n th
’
ous a nds f s ol d iers
)
mg
n

m
o
ous a y
a s o a e rs era ,
e .

5 4 3 C di n l n . b ar p t a u ers , ex ce i l ia, are fo ll owed by the

abl ti v with
a e dé i n t d f ex or ,
s ea o the en itiv e : as , unus ex

pueri s , one o f the boys .

E XE RCI S E S
Fi
m
l l l
m m
rs t e a rn th e s pe c ia voc abu ary, pag e 3 7 7

m m t mm m m N t 1
5 44 . A nnus q uattuor e et duodeci ens es 2
‘

pora con

mi m
ti tne

m
ens
A es tas es t o n u

m
.

mp ri t mi us anni es t
i
I anuarius ,
e poru

s ed antiqui s
g ratis s i
3
u

e
.

por
unc

bus

tm t i mmi
,

Métrtius
‘
i 4
pri us ens
’

s e x i s ti abatur . Q ua dé caus a S ep

m i Nm m m
e ber e ra t s ept us ens s anti qui
3
anni , Oct6 ber e ra 5

i mmi m i mm m
t
oc avus i ens s, ove ber e rat nonus ens s, D ece ber
era t
m
mlt m li mm t
brevis s i m
dec
l mm
ll us .m
iust
Urbs R d
ens s. O
a p us q
nu

ua
ens iu
i e annos
Februar

pe r
us

ans it
era
5

m
i a ho inu habe .

m
et u a

1 . H ere used

m
in the s ens e of s ea s ons . 2 . ens i s , -
is , M .
,
onth.

m ki g
3 . anti q uus , -
a, -
u ,
a nci ent. 4 . rll a r c h .
5 Present perfect,
.
312 .

Ro
Tu
m
54 5 . The Ro

ll
l
us
u us , the
H os tilius
s econd
ans

the
had

fourth
n
s even

was N
ki g
mn
ki ng
u

was
s.

a, th
An
t ki ng w
The firs
thi d ki ng w
M i
e

cus th
r

arc us ,
as

as

e
,

fifth ki ng was T arq uinius Priscus , the i th ki ng w S i

s x as erv us

Tulli th v nth ki ng w
us , e se e as Tarquinius Superbus Of all .

th ki ng T q ini
e S p b s ar u us u e r us was the wors For th s reas on t. i
h w e d iv n t by B t
as r e ou ru us , the firs t cons u l .
 L E S S O N L X X X IV
m
m l
N N
C i vi e t rei pfi b l i c a e F or th e c itiz e n a nd th e c o onw ea th 1

THE ACCUSATI VE OF DUR ATI O OF TIME OR E X TE T

OF SPACE

i
5 4 6 . T he q ues t ons H ow long ? and H ow f a r ? are ans we re d

t m li
in E ng s h by an a dverb a ob ect ve e x pre s s n
i e or e x te nt of s pace . T hi
il
j i
l ti s re a on is s m i g d
i il ly ar
urat on of i
e x pre s s ed

i
in Lat n by the L at n i bj ti
o ec ve, or accus at ve : as , i
Gall i
A qua
sex

cent u m
d ies pug navérunt , the Ga uls f oug ht f or

ped é s al ta es t , the w a ter is a

s ix

h u ndr ed f eet da y
days

tion o
f ti m
5 4 7 . R ul e for Accus at ive of Du ra ti on or E x t ent .
e a na
’
ex tent o
f p s a ce a r e ex
p r es s e
D ura
d hy the
a ccu s a ti ve.

m
5 4 8 . The accus a ti ve of tim mt l ille how l ong and th e ab at ve of the

im
ti e w hen or w i thin w hich 4 9 3) us be carefu y d st n i i
g uis h e

bl ti
d . l t wh t w
f ti
Se
in th f m
ec a ou l d be
ll i g
i
g it
accus at ve s of

if
t e or

were in Lat n
s pac e and

i
m m
a a ves o e e o ow n pas sa e

At
t
id ig ht I w t
i g l pl i mk
os s n
n

s ee es s
en on

n y b un I
dec
n
k .

.
For an
y h ours I had be e n

the firs t pl ac e , the s tor m

w hi h b g
m M onday had now bee n i ‘

c e an on rag ng for five days .

m m ld l
Furthe r ore , in a few hours w e s hou be in the c hanne ;

m
l l
on y a

os t
few
dang erou s
i es fro
zone
s afe t

of our voyag e.
y, to b e s u r e ,
bu t a

T he ni g ht w as c ear,
l so in the
l
and once I thoug ht I sa w a pe r i s c ope , but it w as on y a l
fl oating
i i
d s t nc t y nervou s ,l
s par e x te nd i
and
ng s eve ra

did not
l fe et
care
above

to re pe at m
the w a te r.
m y for er
I w as

i
m i l eak
e x pe r ence w he n I forty e g ht hour s in a
s pe nt -
y b oat,

wh ch w e i r ow e d fort s eve n e s b e fore w e w e re il s aved .

m
y
-

1 Motto of t h e Unive rs ity of O k ah o l a.

200

A m i c i ti a ni s i
L E SSO N L X X X V
i nt e r b o n d s
e x is t e x c e pt
es s e n6 n pot e s t
b e twe e n the g oo d 1
— Fi r e nd s hi
p c annot

THE ABLATI VE or RE SPE CT THE GE N I TIVE WI TH

N
ADJ E CTI VE S

t
5 5 1 . Abl a ive of R es pec t t o e the foll wi ng t
m
s en ences

m
. o

Civé s
Mi reus
erant

frat re m
pauci nu erd, the citizens w er e f ew i n nu

Ma r/e ex cel s
ber

mll
vi rt fi t e s uperat , his br other i n va l or

The l i
ab at ves nu erd and vi rt fi t e ans we r the q ue s ti on In
w ha t r esp ec t ? and are c a l i
e d ab at ve s of res pec t .

5 52 . Rul e f or Abl at i ve of R es pect .

to denote in what respect s o m ethi n
g i
The a hla tive is
s tr u e
u s ed

m
.

t
5 5 3 . Geni ive w h Adjec ives . it t Co pare the fo ll wi ng
o s en

tences
R ex bel l u
'

m cupit , the hing des ir es w a r

R éx bel l i cupidus es t , f
the hing is des irous o w a r

b ll u
e im
Thel i b tw n th v b upit nd it di t bj t
re at on e

l ly i il t th t b tw n th dj tiv upidu
s c ear s m ee

ar o
e

a
er

e
c

ee
a

e a
s

ec
rec

e c
o ec

and it g ni ti

or

o
s b lli
e

f li ng i pli d in
ee

bj ti v g niti v
ec e
m
G ni ti d
ve

t i n dj ti v
e
th bj t f th
e
e

th f
es .
ti n
.

ll d
e

cer a
ves u se

a ec
as

es
e o

are
ec o

ere ore
e ac

ca
o

m
'

5 5 4. Rul e for Genitive w ith Adject ives . The a a ect ves

h i
cupidus ,

other s
f
o si i l m
de s irou s ; peritus s killed ; i peritas ig no ra n a nd
a r cha r a c ter a r e ol l ow ed h
y th
,

e oh ecti ve
j f
,
t ,

m
eni ti ve.
g
1 F ro C ice ro
’
s fa m ou s e s s ay on

20 2
frie nd s h ip .
 GE N I TI VE WI T H A DJ E CT I V E S 20 3

E XE R C S I ES

Fi l l l
m t m
rs t e a rn th e s pe c ia vo c abu ary, p ge
a 37 7

re i m5 55 .
li i
I .

i i
i tar s .

im
A cie
i 2 .

m
i ns true re
Sap e nt a
nan

M nerva
pote rat,

re liquas
q uod
deas
era i peri tus
s upe rabat.

ig l gi
m m m
"

3 S no dato, e t) d ec a, c upidior laudis qua vi tae ips i us ,

Q m
.

pr0 c é dere ll inc é pit. li g 4 G.a i et Ger a ni dis s i illi i n ua ac

l eg ibus
e rant, lg m
erant.

m
e atos ad nd s
5
m
.

li i
i
t
i
ui da

m
ex

i s erunt.
pr i nc ipibu

6 . D ux
s , q
r ei
u od
i tar
pac

s
s

pe r
cup

i u s
di

li li m t m Q m im
‘
in loc6 ini quc) non per anebit. 7 . Servi l i bertatis cupidis s i i

m ti m m m m i m
a i a a in par e ffi g erunt. 8 . ui da pe l
rator, Ga ba

m i m
n0

al lc)
‘
ine,
s pat m i
0
m
b re co

l
m
otus ter
“
art) vi g inti
inter
1
itti ius s it.

pe d es a
9.Opp d
to d efe ndé batur
'
u ,

10

pe m
r
. Car in
anere
l
m e ade

non pos s u
ibertate q ua

us ?
a patribus nos tri s accé pi us

m
Tw enty .

i m
1

m l it
5 56 . 1
I . Fe w en were equa to Caes ar e her in w s do
or l
in va or. kill
2 . l g g
T he e n are uns ed in an ua es . 3 Th es e .

g t
m il
h not to
m
t l ki g 2
ou sa to o her ands . 4 . Caes ar was n in fact,
but not in na

m iml kill
p i
ra s e, others

ander h
t
k
i mt
e.

becaus e hey are de s

se f is s ed in the
i
5 So.

ill
m e wor becaus e
rous o

art of
f
hey
oney.

war.
are

H w
d es
6 The.
rous

co
of

not
7 e.

l et s evera l days l
e aps e it
w hou tg ood caus e .

1 . E i ther or , aut aut . 2 . ré s .

A NN N CI E T C OI S
 L E SSO N L X X X V I
Nmm —I ll n ll 1

NN
nis iar s ha w h o y d ie

N
6n o or ot

N
DE PO E T VE R BS THE GE I TIVE OR ABLATI VE
OF DE SCRIPTI O

for m
5 5 7 . Deponen Verbs . A deponen
but act ve in ean n i
t
mi g .
tv erb is one th t i a s pas s ve i

i i l i
m
5 5 8 . T he pr nc pa parts of deponents a re , of c ou rs e ,
pas s ve .

ml
hort or, h ortari , hortatus su ,
u rg e

m
a. A fe w ve rbs are deponent in the perfe ct s ys te on
y : as ,

auded, audé re, aus us s u ,

da re

t j g i
m
5 5 9 . D eponen verbs are con u ated in the pas s ve

m l m
h ort or , hortari , hortat us ( )
su lik u rg e ,
e vocor 83 2 )
vereor , vereri , veritus s u

s equor s equi s ecfi t us s u

, ,
(f )
( f ol l owm
mm) l li
) li
ea r ,
ike

,
ke
oneor

reg or

8 3 6)
83 3 )
83 4)

p at i o r pat i
, p a s s u
,
s s u ( s ufi r ik e ,
capior

8 3 5)

m
p ar t i o r pa r t i
,
r i p ar t i t u s,
s u
( s h a r e
) ,
ke audior

5 6 0 . Be s des hav n i i g all the for s of the pas s ve , i depone nt

ve rbs

and f w th
a
l th f t
have
e ti fo
ti
a so i nfini ti th ti p ti i pl
e

whi h will b n t d l t
er ac
u ure ac

ve or m s
ve

c
ve ,

e
e ac

o e
ve

a er .
ar

2
c es ,

m m
5 6 1 G nit iv o Ab l ti v f D ipt i n E ngli h nd L ti ne o o a
. e e r a es cr . s a

m l i il i li i i
mm
e p y o s p n f qar e x ty d p
re s s ot n T
s oh w ua or es cr o . us e

w m
y y
a

as
sa

th g ni ti
i th
n w i th g
C
a
w e

t
in th fi t
w

g
er

S
n

i
f g
il l
bl ti
y i
t
sar

n
r ea L t i
g
n
as

w
c ou ra
Cw
a

y e.
a o

ar
r ea cou r a

a
e or

e m a
s ar

us e

m
e e ve nd th e in th
rs nd
cas e a e a a ve e s eco as ,

Caes ar
Caes ar
erat vi r

er at vi r m a g nae vi rt ii t i s

ag na virt fi t e

2
F
The
ro mml H ora c e , th e po e t
co e te s n
l au r e at e of th e A u g u s tan
ops is of d e pon e nt v e rb s i s g ive n in
ag e .

83 7
p y .

2 0 4
 L ESSO N L X X X V I I
V0 x c la m a nt i s in dé s °
e rt 6 — T he voic e o f o ne c r l
ying i n th e w i de rne s s
1

PARTI CIPLE S

5 65 .
T
i i pl h
he nature of the part c e as been la read
y d i s cus s e d

L ti n h f p ti i pl at h as our ar c es , e
p re s e nt and the future
in th ti v v i
e acnd th p t nd the o ce , a e as a e future
( l
a s o ca ll ed the
g undi ) in th p i v v i
er ve e as s e o ce .
2

m
voc ans , ca l l i ng
'

m
I . Pres ent Act ive Part icip le Pres ent oné ns , a dvis ing
'

Ste -
ns or ~
ens reg ens , r uling

audiens , hea ring

m m vocatfi rus , a bout to ca l l

Fut ure Act ive Part i ci pl e

cipial Ste m -
fi rus , -
a,
.

-
Pa rti
u
onitfi ru s , a bout

rectfi rus , a bou t

auditfi rus , a bout

to
to a d vis e

r ul e

to hea r

m m vocdtus , ha ving been ca l l ed

m le i
Pas t Pas s ive Pa rt icip . Part onitus , ha ving been a d vis ed

c ipial Ste -
us , -
a, -
u rec tu s , ha ving been r u l ed

a uditu s , ha ving been hea r d

Fut ure Pa s s ive Part i cipl e

m or Ge
m
vocandu s , to be ca l l ed

m
one ndus , to be a dvis ed
rundive. Pres ent Ste -
ndu s
reg e ndus , to be r ule d
or -
endus , -
a, -
u
audiendus , to be hea rd

5 66 . Decl ens i on of Par ti i pl

c es . A ll parti i pl c e s e nd n i g in -
us

are dec ned li lik e bonus Pre s e nt p ti i pl

ar c es are dec li n d e

lik e a dj ti ec ves of one e nd i ng ; s ee th d l n i

e ec e s on of vocans ,

§ 817

m ml
.

1 Motto of D ar t o u th Co ll eg e . F ro l
th e L a t in t ra n s at io n o f t h e Bib l e.
2
I t is to b e not e d th at L a tin, un l ikE ng is h , ha s n o pas t
e a c t ive pa rtic ip l e

(h a vi ng ca ll ed ) or p r e s e nt
pa s s ive l
pa rtic ip e (bei ng ca ll ed ) .
20 6
 USE S or PARTI CI PLE S

m
20 7

5 67 . Pa s t i i pl
a nd t
Fu ure Part c es . We have ade frequent
us e o

p
mt
ar s
f th p t p
nd i n t
i p ti i pl
e

h f
as

t
a i n
as s ve

e or m
ar

a
c

o
e as

of
the
the pe rfec
l t as of

tp i
the pr nc pa
as s ve s
i i l
ys te m
m
(v at
ocu

nt with
s su W h ,

bl ti
l e ave a s o us e d

l
it fre q uentl y in ag re e

m
n in th ve abs o ute
e n a ou e a a 4 0 0
) as ,

Gal l i s
m Caes ar i n I ta lia f h Ga n/s ha d
s uperat i s , cont endit , a ter t e

mk
been over co e, Cwsa r ha s tened i nto I ta ly

The future ac tiv e p ar ti i pl

c e i
w th es s e a es the fu t ure ac t ve i
i nfini ti ve as , vocat fi rus es se, to be a bou t to ca ll .

5 68 . Pres en t t t i l
Ac ive Pa r ic p e. The pres en act ve part t i i
c iple, as we ll as th p t p
e i as as s ve , is often us ed w th a noun or i
bl ti b l t

m
m
pronoun in the a a ve a s o u e .

Caes are dii cente, nih il t i é us , Cws a r l ea ding ( or w hen Ca s a r

l ea ds ), w e f ea r nothing

5 6 9 . Par i cipl es
four par ti ipl
c
t
es , of
of

the s a
Deponen
mm e for
t Verbs .
as
D e pone nt
thos e of othe r ve rbs
ve rbs have
: as ,

hortfins , u rg ing

hort fit fi rus , a bout to u rg e

hortdt us , ha ving u rg ed

m
1
hortandus , to be u rg ed

But no t e that the pas tp arti biple of depone nts is a c tive in e an

m
.
ing , and tha t on ly d eponen tv erbs have an a cti ve pas t part ii l
c p e.

mm
Co pare

h ort at us , ha vi ng u rg ed
( ac t vei ) ,
fro hort or , de ponent
vocii t us , ha ving been ca l led ( pas s ve i ) ,
fro vocd, not de pone nt

i i i pl ll wi ng v
m m
5 70 . G ve the part c es of the fo o e rbs

it t ti
m unid
'

port d vereor

i acifi dfi cd oved pet iot

m m l ru nd ive , of ve rb s is pa s s ive
1 T he futur e pas s ive partic ip d e pone nt
e , or g e

in e aning a s w e ll
a s i n fo r .
20 8 U SE S OF PA R TI C IPL E S

E XE RCI S E S
Fi rs t l e arn th e s pe c ia l vo c abu a ry, l p g
a e 3 7 8

m
inter m
5 71 .
m
m m mm
I

i s it.
.

m Cae s ar
2 . Mag na
s equens H elvetios
‘

ultittl dine hos tiu

nec noc e t
fug ie ntiu
nec di e it
i nt er
er

it g
m m M
m
‘
fec et rave s u
ppl ic iu dé capti vi s s fi 3 ps it. . ag nitri dine

im mm m
i li 1
e t altitfi dine illud fi fi en o na a a s uperat 4 I n e d fi fi i
. n e .

im t m
pe ll
m
rator

m mm ml m mi
L es bia
pe ra li
or
it
i
ll
m ponte

l ibru
s ed e nte
dé
i

re

ante cas a
e pe du

i tari s cri ps t. 6 .
fec

Gal bae
5 . H is be
. i s c

vi di .
6 nf e

T
c ti

t
s

a
,

U bi L e s bia
h o a
vi dis ti

7 e r . r e x

p l
t
d
m
ratd ré s ,

run . 8 1116 i
q

m
u i
m
p

im
p
rae

.eri i
a
m
t
tb
i
r
s

e
s i
d
e

fi
ra

c e
n

n
t,

t e
o c

ce
u

r t is s i a
idb ne u c as tri s d el é g e

e s s e V ctor a dé be .

mm
,

9
pes m
.

smg i
D
i
u x tu u s e s t

a
ce l e

m
r io r c o r

rat
p or e q u a a

as dei s ia
n 0

eg i us quod c ans e
.

rvati e ra
10 . V e riti fortii na
us .

” m
,

W here we s ay "buil d “buil d a brid

”
I . a bridg e ov er , the R o ans s ai d ge
in, b ecaus e bri dg e s w e re ofte n l
bui t of boats

m
.

W hen ll
m ght tk
5 72 . 1
I . our count
ry c a s, we ou to a e up ar s.

m
2 . T he ki ng ,
fear i ng th l tit d e u u e, d id not dare to s end ahead

s p es .i 3 A fte r
. s u ff i ng w ng
er
2
ro s for an
y y ears , the a lli es

w e re 4
chos e n and s e nt forward
g
ea er for war
A t the

5
f
C
ou

ae
r

s
th
ar
h
n
ou r

c te d pu n
s

s
co

h
u.t

e
s

n
we

o
re

n
.

. . i fli
i l
s u tab e

i mt
M
t t ki g
ha
i fR
s ze

co
n

m m
m i
6 an

o
y b oo s have bee n wr tte n c oncern n

ande r
.

o
.

7
e. A fte r d raw.n

wa ted for two hours .

th e k
i g up 3
the
i
li n e of
i g
b ttl
a e, the

1 . E
pres s by the pres e nt part icip e in the ab ative ab s o ute
x 2 Pas t l l l . .

partici l
p e 3 E x pre s s by the pas t particip e in the ab ative abs o ute , and
. . l l l
E ng is h verb m
us t be c hang e d ,
l
note that, as this par ticip e is r e g u a r y pa s s ive in La tin, the voice of the

l and

N
l l
th us th e E ng is h l be c o m es a
f ter the l i ne

f ba ttl e ha d been d ra w n up
o

ticiple fro

ve rb is deponent
m . eve r

the ac tive to the pas s ive b efore trans ating , un es s the

cf.
fai l to c h a ng e a n

l
E ng

l
li hs p t
a s p ar

Latin

(
2 IO WOR D FOR MA T I O N

The nu m mt
ber of hes e nouns , both in Lat n i
m m and En gli s h, is
very

in -

us e d
t
g rea

rix :

in E n
t .

m
as ,

gli
So

m
i t t
i
it
ad

sh :
e of the

ni s ra

as , a d
rix
L at n nouns have

,
v c rix , e tc .

inis tra tor, M ; . ad m

Them
i i
a fe
sa

inis tra trix ,

n ne

e s uffix
for

F.
is

E XE RCI S E S
Fi
mNll mm g t m
rs t l e a rn th e s pe c ia l l
v o c ab u ary, pag e 3 7 8

u
p g n
5 75 .
averuntmm
. mg m
1

mli
. Re
m m 2
ani be u
. a i p
cu

e ratores
A lbani s
e
ere n

us c6 ns iliu
es o nes n6 n
docé bant .

mm i i t im
3. T res fr atr es li i
virt t
fi ti s a nae et re i i tar s pe ri i , utri q ue

m
,

(f
u
p g
r

n
o ea

t ttmi
atu
ch

l
s id e

m
i
) d

m
é
ml

g m
é
es t .m
c

t
5
ti

Cur at i s

habu t 6 A bani
.
s un .
4 A pud dud s ex ercitfi s ac err
.

interfe cti s , civ tas R o ana

dolore
aiore
e

i
po es a e . . vero a nu pass s un .

5 76 . Deriva ion. tp l y t d i
Us d i ng
4 9 7) r e fix e s prev ous i s u e

mk m
and s uc

a e a

s cri be, s
h
s
ffi
su

u d i io
o
pp in 4 6
x e s as a nd ny t h
li t f t l t tw nty E ng li h d i ti f th v b
a

di o pond
ac
eas

au
y k n w
ear

e
2

s
,
a

e r va
a

ves
o

rom
ers ou

e
o

er s
,

, , , .

v nt h
—
E le e R evi ew . Les s ons LXX X II LXX X V I II , 7 88 7 9
-
2
 SU BJ U N CTI V E MO OD

5 8 1 . Pres en t Subjunc ve ti of Second Conjug a ti on. T he S ign

of the p resent su bj n ti
u c ve in the
m
s econd j
c on ug at on i is a
-

wh c h isi adde d to th e pre s e nt s te and is fo ll ow e d by the

l end i ng
m m
rs ona

mm m m
e s as ,
p

A CTI VE oné a onea PA S S I V E oné a r ons e t

L on g l
vowe s a re S hort e ne d in the us ua l pl ac e s

m m m m m
A CT I V E V O I C E PA SSI V E V O I CE

m m m
’ ’ ’

m
1 o nea one a us o near

m m
.

’ ' ’
o ne as onea t i s one a ri s
2 re
)
-
.

’ ' '
3 . o ne at o neant onea tu r

m tt t i i
t
ood
m
5 82 . I ndi ca ive
as s er s fac
and

s or
Subjunctive Co pared.
nqu res after facts . T he
The
su
i ndi ti
bj n ti
u
ca

c ve,
ve

on the o he r hand, ex pre s s e s d es i r es , w is hes , pu rpos es , pos s i

bili ties , ex
p ec ta tions , and the lik e . The fo ow n ll i g
s e nte nces

ill us trate the i

d ffere nce betwee n i nd i ti ca ve a nd bj n ti
su id u c ve eas .

N BJ N I
m m
I D I CA T I V E ID E AS SU U CT I V E DE AS

I . I/Ve
Eu mmca ll

voca
hi
us
I .

Eum m( i )
Let u s ca l l

voce
hi
us d es re

2 .

m 2 . M
m (i)
ay
you s ee the city

m m (
Urbe V i des Urbe videas w sh
i

Scouts co e w ho w a r n you S outs co e to w a r n or w ho

3 .
3 c

m
.

E x pl drat drés veniunt q ui té a re to w a r n you )

onent E
m
x pl drat dres

oneant
(pu
veniunt

rpos e
)
q ui te

fi
4 . They g ht br a vely 4 . They w oul d fig ht b y r a vel

li
m ( y)
m
Fort it er pug nant Fort it er u
p g nent po s s ibi t

m m m m
'

5 H e w a its
. at Ro e u ntil the 5 H e w a its
. at Ro e u ntil the

Re m
ene y a re over co

ae ex s pectat m du
e
"

h os t es Re
ene

m ae
y s ha l

ex s pect at
l be over co

du m
i
e

hos t es
s upere nt ur s uperent ur
( ex pectat on
)
 SU BJ U N C TI V E MOOD 2 1 3

X E R CI S E E

5 83 Wh h v b in th f ll wi ng p
. ic er s g e o o ara ra h
p wou d be in thel
i ndi ti v nd whi h in th bj n t i in e su u ve, i
Lat n trans l ti on ?

m
ca e, a c c a a

ll
m
A nd w e w on t
’
co e back ti it ’
s over over the re .

H ow l
s p e nd i d ly our s o ldi ers ade g ood the w ords of the i r s ong .

Who w ould have ex pe cted s o s peedy and s o g l ori ous i

a v c tor
y
?

T hey we re young They w e re fi ne They w e re brave

. . . But

”
they had not been te s ted Le t us hope , le t us have confi
.

d ence , was the bes t one c ou d s ay The c r s s w as at hand

A t Par i l
s, ess than forty m l
i l es
.

aw a
y
,

m mi
o ne
ii
g ht he ar the
.

thunder of the g uns

the brave French w e re forced bac
. A nd s ti l l the ene

k . A mi y
er can
pres s ed o

forces w e re
n and

m ”id
ru s he d to the front . T he French urg ed retreat to a s trong er

po s tii
on. We ca e to fig ht, not to re treat, sa the Yan k s.

l
Then in p ung e d the Mar ne s May the r g ory eve r Sh ne !

i
ill
And w hat they did thr ed the w or d Fro tha t d ay onward
l
i .

l
it i
mil
.
i l i

m
the Stars and Str pe s b azed the V c or ous tra .

l l
m
’
Tis the Star Spang e d Banner, 0 ong
-

y i
at w ave
’
l
O er the and of the free , and the ho e
-

of the b rave !

m
5 84 . I nfiect the pres en
oved, s erve,
t j
s ub unct ve, i act ve i and pas sive ,
of

GR E E K VASE S
 L ES SO N XC

m
—
S C II t o b o na e v o l u n t at i s tua e c or b n as t i n Os — T hou has t
e nc o pas s e d u s by th e s hie ld of Thy l ov ing - kind ne s s 1

N N N N
N N T SUBJU CTI VE
PRE SE ,
. THI R D A D FOUR TH CO JUGA
TI O S SUBJU CTI VE OF PURPOSE

5 85 . Pres en t Subjunc ti v e of Th id r Conjug a ti n o . T he ign S

of the pre s ent s ub j unct ve i of the t hi d

r co nj g ti n i
u a o s a T hi
m s
-

-
a tk
a es the p l ace of -
e, the final vowe l f th po e res e nt t s e ,

and is fo ll owed by the pers ona l i g

e nd n s

A CT I V E reg e
() a m m reg a PA SSI V E r eg e
() a r reg ar

m m m
A CT I VE V O I C E PA SSI V E V O I CE

g g
m
’ ’ ’ '
I . re a reg a us re ar reg a ur

2 . re
’
ga s reg a t i s
'
r eg a r i s
' -
re
) reg a
’
ini

3
’
g t ’
ant a t u
’
n
’
tu r

m
re a re g re
g r re
g a

m
.

a. In l i ke anner infie ct capia ,

the pr es e nt s ub unct ve o j i f capi o,

h
and ot e r —it)
’

ve rbs of the third c on ug at on j i ( s ee

5 86 . Pres en t Subjunc ive t of t

Four h Conjug a i on. t Th ign e S

of the pres e nt
s ub unc t ve of the fou rth c o j i
m nj g ti n i
u a a o s -

i
Th s is added to the pre s e n s e and is t t f ll w d by th
o o e e

rs ona l end i ng
m m
pe s

ACTI V E audi a audia PA SSI V E audi a r audiar

m m m
A CT I VE V OI CE PA SSI V E V OI CE

i m
’ ’ ’ '
I . au dia audia us au diar audia ur
’ ’ ’ '
2 . au dias audia ti s audia ri s -
te
) aud a ini
’ ’ ’ '
3 . au diat au diant audia t ur audian tu r

1
Motto of the s tate o f Maryl and F
2 14
ro

0
m th e L a tin t ra ns l a t i o n of th e Bib l e.
 L E SSO N X C I
E t d o c er e
’

e t r er u m ex q ui re re cau s

o ut t h e re a s o ns o f t h in s 1
as — Bo th t o t e ac h and to s e arc h

N NN N N
g

N N
PA ST SUBJU CTI VE , FIR ST A D SE CO D CO J UGATI O S
SE QUE CE OF TE SE S

an
y verb m m ig
t
5 9 2 . I nfl ection of Pas ti
ly
a
j i
bi g
e for
Subjunc ve . T he pas t s ub unct ve of
e d by add n the pe rs ona e nd n s to

m
the pres e n
oneo is
ti ii
i nfl t d
nfi n t ve ac t

ec e as fo
i
ll
ve .

ows
T he pas t j
s ub unct ve of voco and i

m
A CTI V E V O I C E
’
vocaré us
'
vocare t i s

voca ren
’
t

m m m m
PA SSI V E V OI CE

m m m m
‘
’ ’ ’ '
’
voczr rer vocare ur one rer onere ur

i
m m i
’ ' ' '
vocaré ri s oné ré ri s )
re
) vocar e ni re ou ere ni
- -

’ ' ' '

vocare tur vocaren t ur oner é t ur oneren t ur

or fu
t ti
m
5 9 3 . Seq uence

m ll
t ure ti
e are ca
e are ca
Of Tens es Defi ned . T ens es
ll ed p i
e d s econda ry
r mt ar
y
te ns e s .
ens es .

As
referr n

Te ns e s
a ru e , l
i gt
re ferr
o

the te ns e s of
pres e n

i ng
t

to

pas

ml
the ve rbs us e d in p i n i p l n d t h the
d p n d
m
n t l
r c f a a e e e e

m c ause o
r

a co
p nt n hex s en i ; t h t
e i ce l l arp
mi yo ll
ze a s, a are r

m ar or a

l H
m
nd y F
are s ec o par i n . y th
or e x a t h i i ng be,th e sa s a e s co o

of th b e ver s
p nt n d i nare
p i res e
y t n ; b t aif w a r ar e se u e

h ng H
c a y t H
e ide sa s
p n doi n g h
e sa ng t k p l a c orres o c a e a es ace

m
,

in th b in th d p nd nt l
e ve r nd w
e e yeH id e th t h c aus e , a e sa e sa a e

w
h
as co

ar m
ing b th f th
ny b tw o n th t n
,

e
b b i ng in
i
o

ee
o

ll d th q n f t n e
nd y t n
e ve r

e s es
T hi s e

s ca e
a s e co

e se ue
ar

ce o
e s e.

e s es .
s

1 Motto o f th e Unive rs ity of G e org ia .

2 1 6
 SE Q U E N N
m
CE OF T E SE S 2 1
7

the pr i mt
5 94 . Pri
ar
y
ary a nd

e nses are mk
Secondary Tens es .
ar ed ( )
I and
I n the fo
the s econdary te nses
ll wi ng
o tab

( ) 2
l e

I N
D I CA TI V E J N
S UB U CT I V E

( ) 1 Presen t ( 1 ) P nt
res e

( 2) Pas t ( 2 ) P tas

( )
1 Fu t ure ( 1 ) P f t
er ec

( 2) Perfec t ( 2
) P t P
as f t er e c

t t
.

( )
2 Pas Perfec
t t
m
( )
1 Fu ure Perfec

W hen
t
s en ence,
i ndi ti ca

the tens e s
ves and

g ene ra lly h
j
s ub unc

armi
ti ves

on ze .
are us e d in the . sa e

m
5 95 . Rul e for Seq uence of Tens es . [n a co mpl ex s en

tence
cla u s e
a
p
is
i r

f
y
ar tens e

ol low ed b a
y
o
f
p ri m
the i ndica ti ve in the

d
ar
y tens e
f
o the
p r i nc

j
s u b u ncti ve
ipa l

da ry.
in the dependent cla u s e ,
an a s econ da ry by a s econ

5 96 . E X A MPL E S

I Pr
. i m ary i i l
tens e s in pr nc pa and de pendent l
c aus es

Pre s ent Mitt it

Future Mitt et h os tes ut ag ros vas t ent
( Pres . Sui .
)
Fu t Pe rf
. . Mi s erit
tha t they m ay ,

fi ld
H e w il l s en d f oes in or der to, or l ay w a s te the e s

w il l ha ve s ent to

I I Secondary tens e s in pr nc pa
. i i l and de pendent l
c aus es

Pas t Mitt ebat

Perfect Mi s it h os t é s ut ag ros vas tE rent ( Pas t Su
i )
.

m
Pas t Pe rf . Mi s erat
was s endin
g tha t they ig ht ,
sent or ha s s ent in order to, or lay w a s te the fi ld
e s

ha d s ent
 1 8 SE QUE N CE or T E N SE S

E XE RCI S E S

mm m m i m
Firs t l e arn th e s pec ia l v oc abu ar ,
y l p ge
a 37 9

t im i m t l gi m
5 97 . I Par t e i pe di entOru rel in uit ut ad
q illud opp du

t ti m m
c el erius pe rve ni at. 2 . In er pe rator res e ones re i

m m mi m
t
m m
ilIOS fi nes i ‘

s c rat q uae s a pacarent. 3 Prop

. er nat ti ra e us

l
ll m m m o
ml gm m
ex c é de re i i fortu na nun
’

oci ne potu t q u sera os tra

ti t
oc
are
t m ml i i m
o pe du
.
4 H li
os tes va
.

lit i m
p
m
e rd fi x erant ut
u dece i

t nere nos trOs

a pas s uu

p
on
rohibé re nt .
u et fos s a
5 H OC
.

p
ut
roeliO

mimt t m
p
mm
rc)
“

m
nfi ntiato,

tm
re m pfi bi
lic a u
p g nare nt.
u ti pe ri ti rei

6.
i

A p
ar
liOré s Cop a
s

s e
do
x s ecta
p
u c ontendé runt

m t t m
t
m
1
bi us né hos es su u on e obtineant. 7 . Prop er vul

nera

q ui
mm
amnim Q m
pera or

Q m
Os
itt
il itu
ti m
m
in ca s tri s

hortetur .
anere

8.
debe
ui da
a que

vir laudis cupidiss i

ere al ique

us

sum mm m
libru it
dé
6 per m ti ll
s ui s victOrii s s cri ps

Oti , Caesare q uaerun

.

t
9 . ui da

ut c u
vero cives ,

dé ra one be i
ore

mm
m mm
cOns ulant .

ont e the top f the m ou nta in.

m
I . su u ,
o

5 98 . I . t l t
Caes ar forbade the Ger ans to advance far her, es

li m m t m m
they l ttl Shou l d i g
se e in Gau . 2 . A fter all th n s
1
had been pre

m k t t m
pare d he c i bed to the top of the ounta n to s or the ca p .

li i m
m
,

3 I . ll i S ha arr ve at R o ke
2
at daybrea
3
ha I a
y under ta e

cam
t i
hs

l
i
va or no one
e
i s er ous

i fli t
ki g
to put
i m m
i l
4

n
m
bus nes sl
the
c ed
n
of the repub c

un
to death .
h
5 Becaus e
e nt on hi
.
ed ate
y 4.. Sc aevo

of his s upre
a

p s .

l ig ht,
1 .

a
l
A b ati ve abs o
bl ative of ti m
l ut
e.
e. 2 . A ccus ative w ithou t
4 Latin, g i v e the hi ng to d ea th
.
a re
p p os iti on.

.
3 L
.atin, fi r st
 NN OU C LA U S E S O F PU R PO S E

N
2 20

m
m
60 1 . oun Cl a us es of Purpos e. In E n gli h s ,
ve rbs of a s h

ing , co a nd in
g ,
u rg ing , e tc . are us ua lly f ll o owe d by an

i nfini ti ve c aus e l as ob ecj t : as ,

m mm
m
They a s hed

They co a nded e to co e

m
They u rg ed

thi ng b
is
V erbs
e
of

done ,
But in L at
thi ki nd
s

a nd

in
the
de note
i nfini ti
we have
a ur os e
p p
ve e x pres s e s

l earne d
or

w hat that
des i re th t
so

u
mi g
a

r os e
so

eth n
e

or
.
,
as a p p
de s
Co mi re

pare
is not
the
e x pres s e d

fo ll i g
ow n
by the nfin t ve , but by the s ub
E n s h and Lat n s e nte ncesgli
i ii
i
j unc tive.

They u rg ed

Horté bant ur
m m
m m e to co e

m
( e ut venir e lit tha t [ s houl d )

N m
. co e

602 . R ul e for oun Cla u s es of Purpos e . Ver bs denoting

a
p p ur os e or des i r e tha t so et hi ng be done a re f ll o ow ed
‘
‘

by a su b
j u nc ti ve cl a u s e a s ob ec t,
j i n tr od u ced by a t or ne.

noun
6 0 3 . The fo
l
ll wi ng
o

w i th t u
co m
m né
on verbs are re g u ar

and the su
l ly f ll
bj n tiu ve
o owe d by
a c aus e or c

mj
h ort or , u rg e
i per o, or der
( w th thi
e dat i ve of the per s on o rde re d a nd a s ub

m oneo, a dvis e
i l
unct ve c au s e of the thi ng orde red

i m
)

i m
p s uaded,
er
p er s ua de
(w th the sa e c ons truct on a s i pero)

m
pet o, rog o, beg , ash

pos t ul d, de a nd , req u r e i

a. Re mmm e be r tha t i ubeo,

ll
or der , take s

i
the infinitive as in E ng l ish

m
Co the fo ow ng s entences

m mm
are
p

I m
I ubeo eu

per o ei ut veniat
,
veni re, or der

[ g i ve
hi
or der s to
to co e

hi tha t he co e m
 NN OU C LA U S E S O F PU R POSE 2 2 1

E XE RCI S E S
F
m ml g t
irs t l e a rn th e s pe c ia l vo c abu ar l y , pag e 3 79

p
m
Rb
604 .
g m
ll ti m
rb vidé re nt .
I

i
.

m l
é ni noce at.
l
Max i
2 .m e
I
G i
e a os

pe rator
hort atus
ré

b re
i i
es t

perat

s e rvitb tis
ut de
né
1 6 fr fi
s oc

b ti ,
is
entaria

o
p p
t
u i

a
3 a ,.
pe r
pos u

4
m m
verunt

m
.

m Pl fi ri mm
ut

m is
ex erc itus

vul neribus
rei
pfi bl icae

acce pti s , q
ex

ui da
fi nibus
nb bi s
s ui s

pe
e x c edere t .

rs uas it ut

im m li m l mm
fug a te ptare us . 5 . Propter inopia re i frb e ntariae

mm m
pe rator onu it ut cas tra in a u ocu ové re ntur .

im
.

t i
urbe

m
Pe ti

m mmm mg m
e rt m
us et horta
a hb rb pe rveni ,
ur ut nb s

s ed ne
ab

b
inifi rii s d efendas .
e rog avit ut ti nu
7 A

(
d.

e v en

m
one ) d e i anere . 8 . Prox i b d ie a na ultitb db ven t ut

m
g lg
es ti m
s
e
i
,

e ntaria
i
c b ns ule re t e t

e atus
rb Videre t .
cu
dé c ondic ib nibus

tr bus l e g ionibus
pac s
q
relictu s
uae re r et .

e s t ut
9 H
. i s

db
r ebu s

re fr a

m g
605 . 1 . Be ca us e of
1
y our wounds I ur e
you not to
2
try that
l ng j n y
N k l k i
2 3
o Y
our e . 2 . ou as ed hi to oo out for the g ra n
l
mi
m S k g l
‘
d d
’
supp y n t y , ? ou
1
ot a t all . 3 . ee for the e ne ra a nd

d
d
e

or ere

d
nd t h t h

m
d th
a

nd d t h t th
pt
l d
i 5
a

e ca
e ea

ve s

m m fli
this forces
not to atte
b
out of

pt 2
g ht
y
.
err

5 .
it ory.

T he
4
wo
.

m He
an

e found

m
e a e a e one
y .

m N
m m l
m
1 . T he ab ative of c au s e ig ht be u s e d, bu t the accu s ativ e w ith propter
is
review
ore co

2 5I .
on. 2 .
3 d e 4 ot infi nitive
O n t his for

5 W hat c ons truction fo ow s i ubeb ? W hat i perb ?

.
.

ll
. . .

m of q ue s t ion,

G LA D I A T O R S
’
H E L ME T S
 L ES SO N X CI I I
-

m fl ll
N N
D ei s ub n ii ine vig e t Sh e ouri s h e s u nd e r th e wi of G od 1

m
OF S UM A D POSS UM

mi fl
THE SUBJU CTI VE

606 . Subjunc ive t of s u . The j

s ub unc ti ve of s u is n t
ec e d

as fo ll ows

PR E SE N T PA ST

m m m m
PE R F E CT PA ST PE R F E CT

I . fu
’
eri fue ri
'
us fuis
’
se fu i sse
'
us
' ’ ’ ’
2 . i n eris fue r itis fuis s es fuis s é ti s
3 fu
’
eri t fu
’
erint fui s
’
fuis
'
t
m m
. s et s en

607 . Subjunc ti v e of poss u . T he j

s ub unc tiv e of pos s u is
i nfl t ec ed as fo ll ows

N
m m
PR E SE T PA ST
' '
pos s i us pos s é us
' '
pos s i ti s pos s e ti s
pos s int pos s ent

m m m m
PE R F E CT PA ST PE R F E CT

’ ’ ’ '
1 . pot u er i potue ri us potuis s e potuis s e us
' ’ ’ ’
2 .
pOtu eri s potue ri t is potuis s é s pot uis s é t i s
' ' ’ ’
erit erint potui s potuis

m
3 .
potu potu s et s ent

t vei
0 .

N
Co ar
p e
ote that the pa s t s ub u nct vj
e
j
i
i
m
the perfect s ub unct ve w th the fu ture perfe ct nd ca

m ma
y b
i
e for ed b
y add ng i m
i i
to

m
.

the pre s ent act ve

j unct ve i by a
i i
ddi ng
nfin t ve ii
to the
(
pe r
p
f
os s e

ect act ve
+ ) p, an d
i infiniti
the as t p e rfec t

ve (pot ui s se m s ub

) .

1 Motto of Pr inc e ton Unive rs ity .

2 2 2
 L ES S O N X C I V
l
N N
L II x S it L e t the re b e ig ht 1
'

N N
THE PE R FE CT A D PAST PE RFE CT SUBJ U CTIVE OF
voco, MO E O, RE GO, A D A UBI O

6 1 0 . I nfl ection of Perfec t Subjunc ves ti L earn the i nfl ti

ec on

of the fo ll owi ng perfe c t j

s ub unct ves i

m m m
A CTI V E PA SSI VE

N
m mt
mm m m
' ’
CO ] I voca veri voca tus -
a, -
u ) si 8 32
)
N
m
.

m
’ '
CO j 1 1 onu eri o nitus -
a, -
u ) si 8 33)
N
mm
.

m
' ’
ré x eri si
CO ] I II rec us a, u ) 8 34 )
- -
.

Co x ] . IV t
audi veri
'
audi
’
us -
a, -
u ) si 8 3 5)

6 1 1 . I nfl ection of Pas t Perf ec t S bj n ti u u c ve . L earn the infl ec

ti on of the fo ow n ll i g p t p as erfec t ubj un ti v
s c es

m m m
A CT I V E PA SSIV E

N
mm m mt m mmm
' ’
CO ] I vocavi s s e voca tus a, u ) 8 32 )
N
.
- -
es s e
’ ’
onui s s e o nitus 8 33)
CO ] I I a, u ) es s e

N
- -

m t mm
.

’ ’
rex i s s e
CO ] I I I rec us u ) 8 34 )
N
.
-
a, -
es s e

Nj i m
' ’
CO ] I V . audi vi s s e audi us -
a, -
u ) es s e 8 3 5)

pe
a.

rfect

m
i
i
lk
i i
m
ote that the

m
s ub unct vem m
for
ac t ve
at on a nd

are i e
nfl ect on of the perfect and

fueri and fu i s se the

pas t

c orre

m m i i i
,

S ponding tens es of su ; a nd that in the pas s ive si a nd es s o take

l
the p ace of su a nd era of the nd cat ve p a s s ive .

X
m
E E R CI S E S

pacb, m
6 1 2 . I nfle ct the
oveo, rap io mm
colt j p
itt b,
e e s ub unc

unib.
ti ve, act ve and i pas s iv e, of

m
,

ll
Mott o Univ e rs i ty of W a s h ing ton pa r e th e fo
” ow in in
1 Co
of th e .
g ve r s e

t he L atin Bib l e : D i x itqu e D e u s : Fai t l ax . E t fac ta es t lfi x .

2 2 4
 PE R FE CT A N D PA ST PE R FE CT SUBJU C TIV E N 2 2 5

H E R O E T LE A N DE R

ancie nt and
T he s tory of H e ro and L
m odern.
eander has bee n the s ub ec t of
See Le ig h H unt, T o m j
H ood, Moore
m m a ny poe

T ennys on
s, both
.
,

Fi
m mm m m ml ll
rs t l e a rn th e s pe c ia l v o c ab u a r y,l pag e 380

6 1 3 . I fi dicib ultb ru poetaru ne o apud

pue es

i m m
Graecas 1
e rat pu l c hrior q u a H erb , s ace rdb s
2
te p i 3
q u od

mm mm m
4 5
Ses ti pos tu e s t. E arn L eander, ad ul es c ens nb bilis s i us ,

tbtb
lg
m m
m
e es vetuerunt.
ani

lg
b a avit
L eander
et in
aute
etri b niu

nec e es
d fi cere
sacres
cupi vit,

nec deb s
s ed

5
i
mm m m i
N
6 7
ni ques ve ritus e s t. Ta e n ut a or e u s c el aretur, L eander

m i
m m m
8
nu q ua die s ed tantu nocte ven t ut ea rn videret . cc

m i mmi
m m a difli cultate hoc ter, na e ang us tu 9
Sine s u e rat
' '

ar ,

i mm
‘

ll
H e es pontus nb ine, 1O
nter S es tu et
‘
A bydu ,
urbe

m m
11
L eandri interfl uit S ed . ne are q u de cu
'

intercl fi dere Io

m
,

m i t
m L eander H elles pO
12
poterat . O n noc e ntu tranabat 13
;
o

m t
m
ni noc e H erb in su a turri dilig enter locabat lucer

m
14
na q uae adul esc e nte pe r aqu as pe rd fice re t.

p
I .

r i es tes s .
p l u
Graecus ,
-i t e
p l
3 te
. e 4 mm N m
-a

S é
,

s tus
-
u
F S es t
,
Greeh
os , a c it
y o n .
. 2 . sacer dbs ,

. .
-
bti s , M .

m
,

.
and F ., p r i es t or

m
, , , , ,

ll
th e H e es pont at its narrow es t point, oppos ite A by dos tThe for Ses ti
’
.
'

l
is oc ative se e § 4 8 5 5 . adul es cens , -e nt i s , M , y ou th 6 a or , - bri s , M ,
l ov e 7 ; cel b, e re, concea l
.
.

. 8 Only 9
. . . ang us t us ,
.

-
a, -
.

u mm .

na r r ow . I o . Ab
.

mm
,

m
_

lative of res ect,

p 5 5 2 I . I .i nterfl ub, -
ere, fl ow betw een n . 12 . o i s in the
s ing u ar often l eans every . 3 t renb, a re, s w i
1 . a cr os s . T he H e es pont ll
this i
m m
is l wide, b ut there is a dang erous c urrent Byron s
m
’
at po nt a bou t a i e .

s ucces s fu l w i is w e ll kn ow n. l ucerna , la p

m
atte t t o s across 1 4. - ae F .,
p ,
.

N
Many reas ons
m g
tm
l i
614 . 1 ur ed L eander not to ex pose 1 h se f
.

lm
to
'

death . 2 . ot eve n H ero cou d pers uade hi not to at l 2

e pt 3

that ourney. j H k
m f th t
3
3 e
. as e d her to put a a p on top o e -
ower.

li
m mi m
i l ig t li
‘
4 . She s tened
1
atte nt ve y t hat s he h s ave his fe .
-

She
ght t i
mN
m
3
o adv s e

N
ou hi to re a n at ho e.

1 . co it t b . ot infinitive . 2 . D ative .
3 . ot infinitive . 4. a udib.
 L ES SO N X CV

N
V er i t as V es l i b e r eb i t — T he truth w ill s et ou fre e 1
y

SUBJU CTI VE OF R E SULT

ll wi ng t
m m
6 1 5 . Observe the fo o s en enc e

m
The da ng er w a s so g r ea t tha t a ll fl ed, peri cul u erat tant u ut

m
o nes fug erent

i i l l
The pr nc pa n u nd th d p nd nt
c ause a es a ca se, a e e e e

cl t
ause s ta e s the l t f th i I n E ngli h th
r es u b o s caus e. s e ver

fl ed in th d p nd nt l e i i ndi ti v
e e but in L ti n t hi
e c aus e s ca e, a s

l
c aus e i i nt d s d by ut ( th t)
ro uce nd fug nt i bj n so a ,
a ere s su u c

ti ve . Thi n t ti n i
s co ll d th bj n ti f
s ruc lt
o s ca e e su u c ve o res u .

6 1 6 . R ul e f or Subjunct ive of R es ul t . Cla u s es f

o r es u l t

a re i n tr oduced by ut (neg a ti ve at 12611

) a nd ha ve the ver b

u ncti ve
in the s u b j
ti m
m
.

617 . R esu lt is so e es e x pre s s ed by a l

noun c aus e us ed

j t
m m
as ob ec : as ,

ll m
Peri cul u fecit ut o nes fug erent , the da ng er ca us ed a ll to fl ee
l( itera y, a de s o t h at a ll fl ed )

f
o

ver bs o
r es u l t
u
6 1 8 . R l e for Object Cl aus es of R es ul t .
i ntr odu ced by at (neg a tive m ut in)
Object cla u s es
a r e u sed after

f efi ecting or bring ing a bout

’

m m
.

im
6 1 9 . Purpos e and R es ul t Cl aus es Co pared. A fli r ative
l
c aus e s of ur os e and re s u
p p lt are S il ar ; but a ne at ve pure g i
pose

has
c ause

ut
l
m i n.
is i nt roduced by ne, wh il e a g ti
ne a ve res u lt l
c ause

1 Motto of J ohns H opkins Unive rs ity

2 2 6
. Fro m -
th e Latin Bibl e .
2 2 8 N SU BJ U CTI V E O F R E S U LT

a. When ta mm i l
,
mi ita, S ic
( all ean ng so
) ,
te is l (
s uch

l
) ,
or tant us (
l
so

g r ea t
) appears in the a nc aus e , the depe ndent c aus e denotes re s u t .

b Do the fo ll i lt ?
m
. ow ng s e ntences denote purpos e or res u

m
Cel eriter fil g it né caperetur , he fl ed s w if tly tha t he ight not be ta hen
'

m
cel erit er fl l g it ut s ervaretur , he fl ed s o s w ftl tha t he w a s s a ved
Ta l y
'

Ta m
Cel eriter ffi g it ut s e rveret ur , he fl ed s w gftly tha t he ig ht be s a ved
cel erit er fug it ut nbn caperét ur , he fl ed s o s w if tly tha t he w a s

not ta hen

H E R O E T LE A N DE R ( CO N CLU D E D )
F l l l
m
irs t e ar n th e s pe c ia v o c ab u a ry, pag e 380

t m
es t m m
620 . H ac in
i
im
c ertu

m m
m m li m
i il
m bo
condic ib ne r es

ni , 1
nec
‘
Il lla fortli na
i
d ti per
se
anebant.

pe r ac qua .
Sed n h
O

mi m mm
2 3
tan a te pe s tas c obrta es t ut et a ax i ae nave s i petu

mm
ar s

fi niti m m s us tinere

i m
as fug e re nt .
nb n

Ta
pos se nt

e
ac

L eander
su

s ua
a cel eritate

c b ns uetfi dine
ad b res
‘
1
ad 5
b ra
m m mi m
p
erat turbidu
i
m M ri e nocte pervenit ut
5
s ed is l u ce turriS tra ns
te r faceret .

are videre
are q
po
u

te rat
de

m
,

m mm im m
l H erb l ps a Itaque es
6
ibique e rat . o ni t b re d epos itb adu

mm m mi
7
c ens nb bil is V i ta s ua aq ui s co i s it . Stat aute

su is i difficultatibus ita pre ebatur ut vi ps e ar s I O

im m m l ti m
s uperar etur .

mmmm m
I nter l
ml H erb cu u tas herb s e x s pectabat . Ta i b re
.

co bta es t ut ens c b ns is te re nb n pos s et . Pri e li ce

m
.

verb ad b ra c onte ndit ut c u u re ret . D enique dilig enter

m
q ae

Nm i i i
i im
m m m
8
quaerens c or
pu s e us nven t . Eb vi s b s es e in are c oniec it . 1 5

m l i 9
a do or ps e fece rat ut puella s err a e nte sua
’

m m m m
i itteret .

1 . Ma n is s ur e o
f nothi ng . 2 . te pes té s -
§ tis , F ., s tor .
3 . coori or ,

m
,

-
i ri , de ponent v erb r is e 4 A ccordi ng to his c u s to 5 t urbidus , a, u .
. . . .
- -

s tor
y 6 T w o.w o r ds , i.bi + q ue 7 ad ul e s cens ,
-
ent i s M , y ou th . . ,
. .

l
'

8 . A blative ab s olute T rans ate , on s eei ng this 9 H a d ca us ed

. . . .
 SU BJ U N CTI V E OF R E SU L T 2 2 9

ti m
62 1 . I . So g t rea was the il v o e nce of the s ea tha t no one

dare d to
warned hi
sa

m il . 2

not to throw
. T he i il
1
d
h
sa

i ml ors s tood on the Shore .

se f into
‘

s uc h a s ea . 4 .
3 T.hey
L eander
was

5 H er
.o,
hard pre s s e d that he abandone d all hope
ac c or
so

d n t o her

6 W hat caus ed he r to os e her

2
c us o ,
w a

nd ?
s wa t n i g
l
t m
m
i
ii g
of

for
s afet

him y.

N mm
.

ot infinitive . 2 . Latin idio ,

ade tha t s he l os t.

L E SS O N X CV I
Co m
m '

il n e V inc u l u mm o nibu s ar t ibus — Th e co m

m on b o nd

N
for a ll th e a rts 1

THE DATI VE WITH COMPOU DS

6 22 . The dat i ndi t bj t i ve is the ca se of the re c o ec

so

bj t
m
M ny i nt n i ti
a b t k n i ndi
ra t bj t
s

t n i ti v b t k b th di t bj t nd n i ndi t
e ra s

Ma u pu b t el u d dit hf
ve
ve

er
nd
ver s

s a e
a

m
o
e a

a rec
rec

o
o

ec
ec

a a
a

rec

o ec : as , g rc s p er e a rcus a ve a s ea r

mm m
,

t th b y
o

d p nd
e n it
e
W h th
e

m m o

ni ng
s
n t

oA n
. b will h
b f bs
n i nd ie t bj

t n i ti
ea
t
er or

.
o

m
a ver

u er o
ave a

ver s , s o e
rec

ra
o

s
ec

ve

a
nd

n i ndi
i nt n iti whi h in th i i pl f d not t k
so

t bj t h v rec
e

ni ng wh n o
ra

p ec
s

nd d
,
w
ve ,

i th a e a
c

m m ea
e r S

,
e
e or

co ou
o

e
a e

m
t i n p p i ti n ; t h t ll f n Thi i ndi t bj t
c er a re os o s a ca s or o e. s rec o ec

ll d th d tiv w ith p nd
m m
is ca e e a e co ou s .

co m
62 3 . Rul e for Dative w it h

p ou nded w ith ad, ante, con,

Co pounds
de, in, inter,
.

ob,
So
pos t prae pro
e ver bs

m m
, , ,

s ub, a nd s u er p ta he the da ti ve f
o the i ndi r ect object .

Tr a ns i ti ve ounds ta he both a n a ccu s a t ive a nd

co
p a
y
a da tive .

1 Motto of the Univers ity of Minne s ota .

 30 D A TI V E WIT H COMPOU N DS

Potes té s
Caesar
m
m
reg i

eq uitatui l eg etu m
nbn deerat , pow er w a s not [a ching to the hing

praefeci t, Cws a r pla ced the l ieutena nt i n

a nd o f the ca va l ry

m
co

i mi
0 . Many verbs co pou nde d i
w th thes e prepos t ii ons do not ta he the
i
mm
da tive, becaus e the r ean ng forb ds : as ,

Caes ar
the m
cbpié s ad

ounta in
ont e prbdfl x it , Ce s a r l ed f orth the troops to

E XE RCI S E S

m
l l l
m
Firs t e a rn th e s pe c ia voc abu ar
y , a
p g e
38 1

m g m m
62 4 . I . Cb ns ul Opti b s ci ves evocare incepit ut ei s p rae ia

m i mm Q m
a l p a b
p p
r b ne ret . 2 . Ma na Ultltfi dO c onvenerat ne a pl us

e x erc itus

m
fic iet ? m
Se natus
i pe ratb ri

v ru
de é s s et
4 B arbari ita
su
.
3 .

ae virtl l tis
ue
'
navibus
delig et .
s e netus

.
prae

im m
pre eb antur u i
t opp da re l iq u a ince ni
dere nt 5 A c e i ns trl l
g tel, . .
' ‘

t mmm m
rator ius s it Marc u

m
‘

p e d e x trb c ornl l
p rae e s s e 6 P e d it e s . .

antu

s is tere

s e natus ill m
p
nu

os s

im
e nt

debet
.
eru

l m 7iC
telb ru
b
.

mn ll
s uetl l dine popu i R b

i i peratb ri a t
coniec erunt ut
'

i
ani et l i re be i
i i i i
pau c i in

’
b re
’
cb n

pe r re u c v tzI tes n ci s

pacte ll i8 A ltitfi db Va i fec t ut pau c i vul ne rerentur .

m
. .

62 5 . t 1 t t The i i g i
s ena e orde red ha the re a nn c apt ves be led
awa

t
m m
owns
i t l
m
y

mm
no t
had been
i g
s aver
y
m.

l
2

s et on l
. H ere
fire
ofore , accord n

.
3 .T he s e nate
to the law of war, the
b e d to p ace
as s e
1

so

s et

m
eone

ig t
forth that
i
I s not
i
mm
in

2
co

l ki g m
oney m i g
and of

l
nd in co
the
h not be
nfantry forces

and of
ac n
.
4 Thes e th n s he
to the co
body ?
.

onwea th
3
Y es
.

5 ur u

N
yo yo r

m
m
. .

I E x pre s s pl a ce i n co a nd by one word . 2 . See 2 51 3 . ot g enitive.

t
Twel f h Review . Les s ons LXXXI X X CVI , -

793 79 7
-
2 3 2 HI NN N
TS O SPE LLI G

6 30 Hin
E ngli h s
. t s on

m
word Shou d
Spe
l
lli ng
e nd
. W hen
in -
in doub
a bl e or -
t
ible ,
as

mre mto whe

e
th
ber that
er an

d i ti
er va

a bl e ,
ves

thos e fro
fro
mt i Lat n
o he r
ve rbs

con u
of

j g ti
a
the

ons e nd
firs t c on u

in ibl e -
j g ti
.
a on e nd in

p orta bl e port et e vis ibl e videre

com
vul nera bl e

pa r a bl e co m
vul nerE re

paré re
r educibl e

a udi bl e
red ii cere

audi re

m
m m
ha bita bl e habit é re p os s ibl e pos s e

A few co on words are e x ce pt ons : i as , tena bl e, ova bl e,

ca
p bl
a e,
preventa bl e .

mti
631 . Mos t En gli sh words e nd i ng in tion or s ion are der i ved
- -

fro La n verbs . If the i

L at n pas t part c i i pl e e nds in -
tus ,

us e the s uffix -
ti on ; if in -
s us , us e -
s i on .

E N GL IS H W OR D
'

L AT I N PA R T I C I PL E

ex cept us

m
content us

onit us

m
as cens us

ad

S es s ue
i s s us

XE RCIS E S
mm
E

6 3 2 . Der va i ti n o . Fro y k n
our w l dg o e e of pre fi x es

s hou ld you j dgu e to be th eni ng f th

ea o e fo ll wi ng
o

pou nd s of l acio, th row ?

adicib del cid

conicib eici b

633 . See how

lacio and its
’

co
m
m oun
y
ds
Ean
n gli sh de r i ti
va ves you can i
wr te fro m
p .
 L E S SO N X CV I I I
L i t t e r i s d ed i c et a e t o
‘
m ni b u s
al l th e
a r t ib u s
1
— D e dicate d to l e tte rs and

N N
a t
r s

THE I R RE GULAR VE R BS VOL O, OL O, A D MAL O

a nd m
634 . L earn the

i
l a e, p f re er

i nfl ecte d
i nfl ti ec

lik
on of V O16 ,

and note tha

wi h ;
in the pres e n nd cat ve
s

t th i ndi ti
e
ubl b,

ca
be unw i l l ing

ve and s ub

ti i i
;

j
unct ve are e r eg o e x ce pt

a nd the p re s e nt and pas t j

s ub unct ve i
Thes e verbs have no. .

i i
m
as s ve vo c e .
p

ml m m
6 3 5 . Cons t ruc ti ons t
w i h vole, 116 15 , and il le. In E n gli sh

we s ay I w is h to w ri te or I w is h hi to u ni te . I n the firs t
s e nte nce

to

I n the
w r i te,
s econd,
I w is h is fo
and the

I w is h is fo
ll owed

j
by the co p e e n ary nfin t
s ub ect of the two verbs

ll
owe d
is the s a
j t l
m
t i ii
m by the ob ec hi
ve

e.

to
c aus e

co
m
w ri te,

mm l
and

S i il l y in L ti n
nt
ar

i nfi
e
j
ni t
the

i
16
w h
d ff

n
i ld
t
s ub ects are

h
nt

nd a

b
ae
t
,

ve
VO ,
m m
i
j
l
ere

m i
,
ia

m su
.

are us ed

ns the
w th the

p e
y ar e e ec re a sa e ;
a nd w i th th i nfini t i e wi th bj t ti ve su ec ac cusa ve when the j t
s ub ec s

are di ff nt e re36 7
Vol e
Vol b cu m
s cri bere, I w is h to w r ite
s cri bere, w is h hi m to w r ite

E X E R CI S E S

Fi l l l
m
rs t e a r n th e S pe c ia vo c ab u ary, p g
a e 3 8 1

mm
6 36 . Po t
mm
I
Caes ari deerat al ebat
'

I . es tas nb n et re e s s e rex

i no ne

m H os tes i b rdines S e os te ndunt , né

q ua 2 cu ri
. .
p

m
,

cb ns is tunt

en i q
q i d
u e

m ,

is sae
s ed in fi nes
mm m i
s ub s S e re c ipiunt .

h
3
ibere nt
. Cb piae

N
uae prae e rant ut pe tu nos tru pro

1
Motto of t h e Unive rs ity of eb ras ka.

33
3
 N N CO J UGAT I O O F VOL O, 1 17 0 1 0 , MA L O

ti m
2 34

m t ttm m
sa s fir ae nen erant. 4 . H as res l eg eti prb pos uerant ut hae
it
m m mm
2
ates in fide l R l l
'

ci v ac po es a e o
p p u i b é ni v e ni re ve e nt .

m m
‘

5 O portuit R b anb s urbe vallb foss el que c irc u ii ni re ut

ml g ill mmli t
.

fides 3
ll il pb blica s e rvaretur. 6 . I a S va, quae ab flb ine ad are

pertinet, l u ta enera ani al iu

habe quae in alii s oci s nb n

m
vide ntur.

m
o i m m m ti
ti
n a quae ad s ahi te

t
7 . a ne a l eg ib cui fi us tuus praeerat paravit
ci viu pe r ne nt ? Paravit 8 T a nta . .

m
4
ultitl l db convenerat ut cb pia frl l
’

enti s a
'

s nb n es se .

I l .

m
re, in r ea l i ty , ab ative of r es pect, 552 . 2 . in fide ,
u nder the p ro

tecti on
s at i s m .

a
y
3 fides pfi bl ica, the pr o is e g i ven by the s ta te
be an
.

adverb , as in 3 ; or an ad ective , as in 8 ;

h unis h m j
facere, to g i ve
.
4 T he w ord
.

or a noun, as ,

s at i s s uppl i ci , enou
g (f ) p
o ent ; s at i s s a t is

a ct i on
f ; e tc .

m illi ng t giv ti f ti n t t 1
63 7 . I . The s ena e is not w o e sa s ac o o

our e

3 F.
n
it
f th r
i
i n or

i
W wi h w
e

y
l
t k p
es .

t
s

i
h
i
th th n th t ki nd f p
f i t
2

h w
eces sar
.

h i h w
f
e

i v dof
ti
s

ee
ar ra

e a
er a

c
a

e rece
o

e
eace .

ro m2
our 4a D p y h
e s.p t n . nd n st 5
a F fy o e, c ze s, a o ear. . or

th i ty ll b t with w ll nd dit h 6 F th n t
e c a a ou a s a c es . . or e se a e

d n t wi h
oe s to wit hd w wit h ut
o s us b ttl 7 But it w i h ra o a a e. . s es

u t p p
s o ll t hi ng t h t p t i n t w
re are a s a er a o ar.

I . S ee 6 3 6 , note 4 . 2 . F ortify a l l a bout is ex pres sed by one word.

A R OMA N STOVE WIT H H OT -

WATE R BOILE R
 6 CO N STR U C TI O N S WI T H C UM

m
3

643 . Rul e for Cons tructi ons w i t h cu mm . Cu ea ns when,

te m
s ince,

p
or

or a l or
al thoug h, an d ta hes the
des cr ipti ve c la u s e fp
o
su bj u ncti ve
r es en t or
ex ce

fu tu
pt
re
i n

ti m a

e.

XE RCI S E S
mi g i m i i m
E

pos ui
mm
s
6 44 .
s e t,
né
1

m
. Cu re

s oc
i na novas g ratas que
i qu de , q ui n i ci
condicib nes

a nte a

m mm
fuerant,
pac

ar
i s p
a ac
re

ml g
1
frll dare nb lebant Cu Via on a s it, ta
’

e ntu . 2 . ta en

i
m mg i l 2
Oportet pu e rb s
pue l las q ue te r fac e re 3
. C u . aq ua s at s a ta

t
mmm
i ll
m
'

esse nautae S ne (i a diffic ultate ad i ns ula arva navI g a

, p
verunt. 4 . Cu naves o ni g e nere convocatae e s s e nt, re i na

m m mii
m
ius s it g
s ervb s c b pia fru e nti ex a p ri s rox i is ad b ra ar s

m m
t
m m
‘

porteI re . 5 Cu .b rdin es nos ri s e os tendere nt, hos tes in opp

dl i
re n t ll m m
m S e re c ipiebant

Ga i
6 Cu Rb
ag nope re c o
. .

b ti s u nt .
ani in fines

7 C.u p e ratom
im
r l
”
eg atb s
Gallb ru ve ni
‘

ml m
,

i g
m m
lg Q i ‘

det Cl l r, e ati venis tis ? u d q uae ritis ? 8 L eg ati

'

v ,
ro at, , .

re s
pond e nt, V olu us in fide et pote s tate o
p pu i Rb ani

mm m l m
ve ni re .

res e nce of
. cu thoug h

en in th e
. T he c once s s iv e us e of cu

ain c aus e . m is ofte n

s i nce.
indicated by the

m
p ta 2 . cu 2

de m mmmllig W
6 45 .
a nd
i I . S
ore ?
ince the

2 .
oney

T hou h you prepare a

is not s uffic e n t why d
,

l l ki nd f s o
o

ar mm
you not

s,
y ou

m m ll m
cannot ove rc o e
y a es 3 h en I . . w asli i ng v at Ro e,

ofte n

m heard a nd s aw W he n you
I fa ous Ro ans . 4 . ca e,

I w ill t has en. 5 \Vhe

. n the e ne
y appeare d, we w thdrew i .

N H
m m m
GOL D E FI BU L A , OR BR O OC

The R o ans w e re fa l i iar w ith t h e pr inc ip l e of th e o d e r n s afe t

y pin
 L ES SO N C

Me d i e t li t i s s
'

i mus i b is — I n th e ml id d e c ou rs e
y ou will g o s afe s t
1

VOCABULAR Y R E VIE W THE IR R E GULAR VE R B E 0

6 4 6 . R ev ew the word i li s ts in 74 3 , 7 44 .

6 4 7 . I rreg u l ar Verb eb. L earn the n i fl ti ec on of the i gl rre u ar

ve rb eb, g o and the dec e ns on of the l i pres e nt p ti i pl

ar c e

i ens , g oi ng

X
m
E E R CI S E S

m
mi g
of co
6 4 8 . Der va ion.

ean mm n
pound s .
i t
of the
Us
fo
T he i gl
ll wi ng
o
b
i ng y k n wl dg
our

n w
rre

co
u a r ve r

o
e e
eb

ords :
of
has
p
a

re fix es ,

adeb,
l gar e

gi
ex eo,
nu

ve
ber
the

ineb,

m m m
redeo, t rans eo.

i m
‘
1
649 . 1 . Cu ex ercitus re frl i entarie pre eretur, dux ad

opp

p mm m
roelia cu
du

m
i re c onte ndit.

barbari s
Cas tris pos iti s nos tri e qul te s cre bra
2 .

fecerunt s e d l e g ib nes s es e in cas tri s con

,
,

g m m m
tinebant . 3 Ge r . ani cu ag ni s c b pii s ex fi nibus s ul s Ierant

ut cu

cu
m
ut a res

mm
l
ml mm ” im mmm mi m
eis

hanc fb
m elib res occupare nt .

pu
g
a
nare nb lle nt e t

au di vis s e t,
do
dix t,
4 . Mu ti
u

I te do
Ger
i re vellent.
u
a nb s ita ti
5 I
.
p
S I vultis , atque
e
ebant
rator ,

m
,

m m m m in hos tes i bb 6 Tu tanta Vll tfi S a ni

‘
e g o s o us . . bs o nu

i remm l
occupavit u t

m m m m i ll
us , b rarn i ns u ae
anere q ua

Britanniae
i re

videre
alle nt

pote ra
.
7 . Cu
us i 8 S
ad

.
Gallia
ne u a

s pe

a m mt mmm
p
m
m
i citia m
rae

i
t
il m
i
ua
au t vic tb riae

a l tte re
e t cu

.
9 .
su

Pue ri
b peri culb pug né vi , ne
s e ri , q ui pe r S va

ml
euntes ra ti e rant, nu u o te a vi s i s un
p q a p s .

m
I cu caus a

m
. .

F
m
po e t o f t h e A u g us ta n age . T he w o r d s
1
ro O vid , a fa ou s are ofte n

q u o t e d t o u rg e t h e l
va u e of o d e rat io n in al l t h ing s .

2 37
2 3 8 CO N J U GA TI O N OF E 0

il m
6 50 . I . The s ena e t pe rs uade d g the e nera l 1
not to g o 2
to
Br

m i mit i n
it t
to g o ho
a . 2 .

e w hou
g
T hou h we have to
any re ward .
ed

m
W 3 .
an
y da s, et
y y y ou w s h u

hen you have p en y of

s i
l t
m S i f f
2
oney, y I adv s e ou to g o to R o e. 4 n
. c e
you e ar re

q u

i g
e

m
nt wars ,
w hy do you not
i
k a e peace ? 5 G o n o .b a e i t ttl
N
w th ood ar s if you w s h to

N
conquer.

I . ot accus ative . 2 . ot infinitive .

L ES S O N CI
t l ex — L ig ht and l aw 1

N N
L ii x e

VOCABULAR Y R E VIE W I DI RE CT STATE ME TS

6 5 1 . R ev ew the word i
li t in 7 4 9 7 5 0

m m m m
s s , .

6 5 2 I ndi . t St t nt in E ngli h D i t t t nt
rec a e e s s . rec s a e e s are

th whi h th p k
q t
os e

d
uo e in hi t l n
c

g g
w it
I
s n d i
k hi l f whi h
e s

t
ex ac
ea

t t a

mnt
mm
er or

th
ua e .
r er a

rec
es

s a e
se

e
or

s are
c

os e
are

re

sp
p
ea

t t nt
s a e
t d
or e

k
i n

mw it
er or

e
d i ff
C
n t
s
f
p th
f a

r
w
f ll
d
wi
er .
f
n g
ere

d i
th
m
o
t
t nd
d or

i
b
nd
y
i
are
th
t
o

e
or s

o o
ro

rec
a us e

a rec
e

D i rect s tate m ents

1

2
.

.
The Ga uls
The Ga uls w er e bra ve
a re bra ve

m
3 . The Ga uls w ill be br a ve

I nd i rect s tate ents 1 . He s ays tha t the Ga uls a re br a ve

after a verb in 2 . He s ays tha t the Ga uls were br a ve

m
the pres e nt tens e 3 H e. s ays tha t the Ga uls will be bra ve
I nd i re ct s tate ents 1 . He s aid tha t the Ga uls were bra ve
after a ve rb in 2 . He sa id tha t the Ga uls had been br a ve

mt mi
a pas t tense 3 H e. s aid tha t the Ga uls would be bra ve

W hen En gli sh d i t t beco i t

nd rec

N
an re c s ta e en es ,

1 Motto of th e Unive rs ity of orth D ak ota .

 N ME N
m
2 40 I D I R E C T ST A T E TS

A p
6 5 6 . R ul e for Tens es of I nfi nit i ve i n I ndirect St at e
r es ent i ndica ti ve of a di r ect s ta te m mm
en t beco es
p
ent s .

r es en t

mf
_

i nfi ni tive of the i ndi r ect , a

p ast i nd ica ti ve beco es
p er

f eet i nfi ni tive ,
an d a fu tu re i ndica tive beco es u tu r e

infi nitive

m
.

6 5 7 . R ul e for Verbs foll ow ed by I ndirect Stat e ent s .

The
m a cc u s a tive w i th i nfi n i ti ve cons tr u c tion i n i ndir ect
- -

s ta te en ts is f u nd ft
o a er ver bs o f s aying , telling , knowing ,

thinking , nd p i in

m
a erce v g.

6 5 8 . V e rbs re g l ly f ll w
u ar o o ed by nd i i re ct s tate e nts are

a. V e rbs of s a iy g d l li g
n an te n

di cb, di cere, di x i dict us , , s ay , tel l

neg o, neg are, neg avi , neg atu s , deny, y
sa not
‘ ‘
nil nti b, nli nt iare, nll nt iavi , nfi nt i é t us ,
'

a nnou nce

res pondeo, res pondere, res pondi , res pbns us , r e l

py
b. V e rbs of k now ng i
cog nbs cb, cog nos cere, cog nbvi , cog nit us , l ea r n, (in the perfe c t) hnow
s ci b, s ci re, s el vi , s ci t u s , hnow

i i
m m m m
c. V e rbs of th nk ng

ex i s t i b, ex i s t i are, ex i s t i é vi , ex i s t i atus , thi nh, bel ieve

i fi di cb, i fi dicé re, i fi di cevi , ifi di cé t us , j udg e, decide
-

putb, put sIre, putfivi , put a

i t us , r echon, thinh
s pere, s pé ré re, s perevi , s peret us , hope

d V e rb s
. of pe rce iv n
g i
audi o, audi re, audi vi , aud it us , hea r
se nt i e, s ent i re, s ens i , s ens u s , f eel , per ceive

V ideb, videre, vi di , vi s us , s ee

i nt ell eg b, i nt el l eg ere, i nt el l ex i , i nt el l ect u s , u nder s ta nd , er ceive

p
Mos t of the s e verbs you k now . L earn the new ones , and

us e the li t s for re ference .

 I N DI R E C T STAT E ME N TS

E XE RCI S E S

m m m
65 9 I
m Caes ar pe r ex plb rbtb res c og nbve rat hos es t i n pi eo

m
. .

frli enti p re i 2 . Rb ani audiverUnt H elvetib s prox i a

m
.

g
m
ex fi nibu s L e ati
‘

ae s tate s ui s e x ce s s fl rb s e s s e. 3 . c u pe r

m gi ‘

Veniss ent, res ponderunt fréitre re ex erc itui prae futl l ru

m
s

i
m m i
m Gallb ru neg abant s e Opp da ince ndiss e
‘

es s e . 4 Pri nc pes s ua .

m m m m
.

m m
1 6 Poetae e x i s ti
’

5 R ex res pondit ia e s s e reg i nae .

'

ec f z
l
p .

mm mm mm
.

t
ban potes tete de b ru es s e aib re q ua dearu .
7 H i
. s

2
cog niti s , Speravi alique is s b ru navig iu
'

rebus us esse

m
mmi mi ml ml m m m urbi apprOpinq ua r e intellex i
3
q uod nb s s e rvaret . 8 . Cu us ,

m mm
us ed arte a ti s et ati s b ri s b ni ta esse. 9 H ac
a p .

mm
b ré tib ne
2
hab te, s ens i us ani u fi niti b ru es se nb bi s

ini i cu
’

I . regi nae, pre dicate g e nitive of pos s es s or 1 2 . Ab l ative abs o ute l

3 . S ub unctl ve I n a re ative c au s e of purpos e
j l l

t
66 0 . Us n
enoes , each one con a n n
i g five of the verbs

ti i g an
in
i ndi t r ec
6 5 8 , wr
s ta et
it
mt e

en
five Lat n
.
i s en

N
Nl m
A STR E E T I POMP E I I

T he s tr e e t is pave d w ith b oc k s of l l ava . ot e th e s te pping - s to ne s for c ros s ing

th e s tre e t in w e t w e ath e r . V e s uviu s oo s in the d is ta nc e

 L ESS O N C II

Q ui t r an s t u l i t s us t i ne t H e w ho trans p ante d l s us tains 1

VOCABULAR Y RE VIE W THE IRRE GULAR VE RB FE RO

6 61 . R ev ew the wordi li ts s in 7 5 5, 7 56 .

66 2 . I rreg ul ar Verb f erb. L earn the n i fl ti n f f b b ec o o er ea r

m
,

t
Its pr nc pa par s are i i l t
t
v y i

te
er

l m
g l b t th di ff nt
rre u ar, u e ere

m
are for

m
ense s e d on the hree s s as us ua .

iim m m
( I. The verb ferb has an
y co pou nds . Orie of the s e is i nferb in
the d o

the iim
i
d
i ii
accus at ve and
om m
i bell u

g ravit er
i nferb, I

nfin t ve .
or
a he w a r

ol es te ferb, I
on,

a
w th the dat
a nno
y ,
ed fo
i ve .

ll
L earn
owed by the
l
a so

XE RCISE S
N mi g
E

of the
66 3 . Der va

t rans ferb
'
i ti n
f ll wi ng
o o

N
m
o

co
.

e ten E n
mt
p
o e the

ounds :

gli sh
pre fix e s

ad

der
’
ferb,
m
i ti v
t
and
'
cbn ferb,

fro
gi ve the
'
de fere, i n ferb,
hes e words
ean n s
’

m
. a va es .

velle
6 64 . I
m .

us , nb li te,
I . Mavi s
m ,
nb n vultis , vi s , nb lu

bvultis . 3 I t,
i
. us ,
u t c a nt,
e m
u nt 4 Fe

t l
r,
us . 2 . Ut
.
nblit, né

.
1

m
tul is s e , fere nt, tul erant. 5 U t ferren , e
. i tus e ss e, ne ferant .

Dic, dho fac, and fer are the four Short i

mm mm m ll m
I .
, pera tives . Cf p . . 1 oo , footnote .

mmm tm
II 1 . Rb l ani o e s te i
ferebant illa ci vitate s oc i s be u

m
.

cu m
i nferre
mm '
.

li ni tu
2 . E x
p l b
e s s e et fir m
ratb res nb ntiaverunt s u

mmm m
e praes idib teneri
m
u

m
o n e c

3 Caes ar res pon

ir

Nit m
. .

dit
in
be
opti m ti
ll m
g it
s e natu

is par
rav er ferre

i nferre nb n Oportere .
bus Galliae
ag na

m
ultitb dine

m tm
Ger ane
s edere . 4
R e di
. b s ifi dicé us vbs nbbi s

oria
l ru
u 5 x . x e pa

1 Motto of th e s tate of C onne c ticut.

2 42
2 44 I N DI R E CT Q U E ST I O S N
6 69 . I n La n, ti verbs in d i t q ti
rec ues ons are in the nd i i ti v ca e ;
V e rbs in nd i i t rec q ues ti ons are in the j
s ub unc ti ve .

D I R E CT Q UE STI O N N
I D I R E CT Q UE STI O N
Qui s Gal l bs vi cit R og avi t qui s Gal l bs vi nceret

Who conquered
Ubi
Where is
es t Rb m
m a
the Ga uls ? He a s hed

R og at ubi
w ho
s it m
conq uer ed

m
Rb a
the Ga uls

mi i m ji
Ho e ? He a s hs w here H o e is

q ue
0

s t
.

ion
Co

as s how n above .
p e
is
ar i
nd re ct q ues tions and

nte rrog ative in for

A n nd i i rec t s tate
mm a nd
i di
n

ha s its
e nt
rec t s ta te

i
is ntroduced in E ng lis h by
ve rb
ents .

in the
A n ndirect
s ub unctive ,

'

j
the con unction tha t, a nd its i
ve rb in La t n is in the nfinit ve : as , H e

m i i
Gall bs vi ci s s e

m
says tha t Ccesa r conq uer ed the Ga n/s , di cit Caes are .

6 70 . I nd i tq
re c i
ues t ons are i nt roduc e d by the s a e nterro a i g
tive words

m asdi re ct
q ue s t ons . i Whe ther is us ua y rendered ll
'

by nu .

6 7 1 . Rul e for I ndi rect Q ues t i ons . In an i ndir ect qu es

m
tion the ver b i s i n the
ined by the r u le
f or
su

the
bj u ncti ve
se qu ence o
,
an

f
d i ts tens e is deter
tens es

m
m
I DI OMS

m
m(l m)
672 .

e ori e t enere, to r e e ber ll

ite ra y, to hol d by m e ory

novi s rebus s t udere, to be eag er f or a r evol ution l( ite ll y ra new

mm
,

thing s ) '

in rel iq uu te pus , f or the f utur e

E XE RCI SE S
6 73 . R ex
m rog avit c fi r l eg zl ti e x c e s s is s e nt atqu e

ml Cl l r ad S e
' '

I .

nb n veniss ent .

mi m I i eg reg iae virtl l tis , a et i nt

’

2 .
per ator,
v r a p s e

g i cb pias

m
i s t quae oppidu d efe ndere nt et cog nb scerent
ral s

l
mll
m
l

1
3 Ga i , qui rebus s tud e
’

q uae e s s et ni t tl ra oci . . se pe r novi s

te né in rel iquu mm i g m
i
bant, quae s iverunt qu d R b é ni ar i s fac ere pos s e nt 4
te pus peti s qu d a a 5 T e n e tis ne . .
.

mi
m
. Moneb
e or e
 I N D I R E CT Q U E ST I O N S

mi m m
2 45

quae s n i t pli blica ofli cia cb ns ulis ? 6 O n bus rebus co

para

m
ti m
.

m id li
tis , dux ex s pec té vit 2
q u hos tes facere ntf 7 H i . i tes erant
ta i di ut i per ib 1
i
duc s parere nb n auderent.3

I. Why dative ? See 2 2 4 . 2 . Wa i ted to s ee.

3 . W hy j
s ub u nctive ?
Se e 616 .

i ti
mm ill k
674 . 1 . H ow far d s tan s the v a ? 2 . He as s how far dis
t ill
m
m t
tan the v a is 3 D o you re e ber the s or about Brutus ?
. .
y
k
4 They as ed whethe r he re e bered the s tory abou Brutus
. t .

5 W h ther do you w s h to g o ? 6 Do you now wh ther you

. i i . k i
i
w s h to g o ?

Thir t een t i
h Rev ew . Les sons X CVI I CH I , -
7 9 8 80 3
-

MUSI CAL
m m mm
A RE C ITA L

l
m ly
T he w o an a t t he e ft is r e c it in o t o th e ni e nt of a re a nd
g a p e ac c o pa

tw o pipes . T he pipe s a re
ml fi tte d int o b and
mm
th e pipe r l ing
’
outh , e nab
'

a a c ros s s

hi to b ow on b oth pipe s at th e sa e ti e
 L E SSO N C IV
Me n s ag itat ml m m me e — Mind ov e s th e as s 1

VOCABULAR Y R E VIE W THE I R R E GULAR VE R B FI O

675 . R ev ew the word i li s ts in 6

7 8 ,76 9
m
.

happen
6 76 . I rreg u

i
l ar

I n the pres e nt s ys te
Verb 776 .

t
L earn the n
m
i fl ti n f
th i
ec

b
i v f f ib i
s ve r
o o be
s erves as

gl
a de

the

pas s ve of facib T he res of the pas s

. e o ac s re u ar .

I DI OMS

m m mm l ll m m
6 77 .

m (
Alique cert ibre facib, [ inf or so eone ite ra
y,
a he s o e

one llore i ii j
cer ta in
) ,
fo ow e d by an nfin t ve w ith s ub ec t

Cert ior fi b,
i
ac cu s at ve

m m
mli ll mm m
i i i or

a
by a n nd rec t q u es t on
i nf or ed ( te ra y, a
.

a de or e certa i n
)

m ll
,

i
m
fo ll ow e d by the sa e cons truc t on as above .

Hel vet i i s i n
to the ml m i i i
l
ani ll
H el vetii ) , fo
b es t , the
ow ed
H el vetii intend
by the co p e
( itera y, it is i n
entary nfin t ve
i nd
.

XE RCIS E S
m
E

su mi i m
6 78 .
m mll m m
t b in
1t . T ue
ani
li ng
b
ua inte lleg b te e s s e

es s e ratib ne nos tra

Gallu ,

be i hos tibus nfi ntiare

et c ertior fac us

mm l
Q
m de iubebb ut s uppl iciu bl i de t e
'

2 . ua c au s a te ra i
p pl l c u

S li

itaque te
a

mmmm im
.

m 3 .

rog b c fl r
Mu ta bene fic ia a populb R b
te g ravis s i a p oe na
a no antea acc epis ti ,

dare nb n oporteat .

t mm m li li m
4 . ll
I fi re 1
g be i te ad orte CIII CI s tat Oportet . 5 . Ma na

par e i pe di entb ru relicte, hos tes a i a in parte rh ffi g e

a

run

rator
t
m mi
. 6 i
l eg atu
. Sciebant
certibre
ne c q u b
fec t quae
i re nt nee qu
2
d fac e rent 7 E x plb
c b piae cas tra obtinere nt . .
. .

1 . In a ccord a nce w i th the ri

gh t . 2 . Wha t f orces ,
introducing an indirect
q ues tion.
1 Mo tto of t h e U nive rs ity of O r e g on .

2 46
2 48 PR E D I CA T E A CCU SAT I V E

6 83 .
accus a ti
s ub ec
When
ves

j t
the
beco
and
mm
i ti
e

i t
verb

no
is
na ves ;
c han ed

the pred ca e accusat ve the

g
the d
to the

i
i rect
pas s ve ,

d
j
ob ect
i
i
beco
t
bo h the
m
m
i g
i
n

the , pre cate no

m
ti
na ve .

R ex a i cus a s eni tfi appell li tus es t , the hing w a s ca ll ed f r ien d by

Nl i m
the sena te

a. ote that s enat us , the s ub ect of thej i

act ve verb, be co es a

s enat li , ab at ve of ag ent ,
'

w he n the ve rb is c hang ed to the pas s ve i

m
.

6 84 . Rul e for Predi cat e Accus at i ve

choos ing , calling , a n d the l ihe m y ta he a
p r edica te a ccu s a
a
. Verbs o
f aking ,

tive a l on w i th th
mm
d i r ect object l Vi th the pa s s i ve voice
/
e
g .

the tw o accu s a ti ves beco e no i na ti ves .

t ll wi ng t
m
685 . Da ive of Purpos e. Obs erve the fo o s e n ence

m
E x pl bré t bres l ocu cas t ri s del eg erunt , the s couts chos e a pla ce

N
f or a ca p
t o e tha t i
the dat ve cas t ri s e x pre s s es the purpose for wh ch i
l
the p ace was i nt e nde d . Such a dat i ve is ca ll ed the d a tive o
f
p p
u r os e or e nd f or w hich . I t is ofte n fo ll owe d by a s e cond

ti v i g t hi ng t
m mm
da e denot n the pe rs on or affec ed : as ,

Hoc erat ag nb i pedi ent o l

Ga l i s , this w a s (f )
or a g r ea t

hindr a nce to the Ga uls

686 . R ul e for Dat ive of Purpos e . The da tive is u s ed

to denote the purpos e or end f or which, o ft n e w i th a nother

da tive denoting the pers on or thing afi ected .

6 87 . I DI OMS

i nifl ries al ioni

nihil pos se , to ha ve no pow er

i nferre, to i nflict i nj ur ies upon so m eone

praes idib ci vit at i es s e, to be a defens e to the s ta te

 DA T I V E OF PU R POSE

m i t mi m m
2 49

O
m
bus
688 . 1 . n e por bus e x e rcitus erat fir is s i b prae
si i db
appellatu m gt
c ivitati .

m i i
i
3 R og evi c fi r s enatus
es s e .
2 . L e a us
h inil l ries intulis set
.
nb s c ert ib res fec t
‘
te cb ns ule

4 R.ex vo

factus era
l
m
u

g mm
it

i i
Vb bi s

m
aux il ib
me

m
i il
s

t b in ani b es s e do u
s e

i m
s e

l m
d n h po

s ne
t e ra t 5 C e rt

e conte ndere
ior , . .

m
.

g em. Ma
us .
ne
m mm
7 Sc.
i
i s
i
ne
pe di li e ntb
’

Cl l r Rb
hos tibus
ani urbe
cr t Si hune

Rb a
ocu cas tri s

appel laverint
'
de
1

mm
E XE R CI S E

wea thl
689 . lik
.
1

l ll
.

2
g t
. mMen

m The it
m c ons u
e
you are a

ca ed the wo
rea defe nse to
’
an s s s e r
an

q u
y
ee n o
co

f the
on

il
s and .

w ill g
3
i
Thie nll
ew . c ty w
1
as ca

ii
eld
m
R o

k
e b y R o

be a reat h ndranc e to your s afety if the c t ze ns

u us 4 I
a e
t . .

you ki g n i
5
becaus e he had no power
l t
had ef his Spurs
T he
. ci fli i j i
h e

k
fs da re
. d to n

m
ki g
c t n

.
ur es u on the
p n

. 6 . He as ed where the hors e an

1 . Latin, f or a
g r ea t hi nd ra nce.

L E S SO N CV I

NN N
C r es c it c u nd b — S he g r ow s as s h e o es 1
g

VOCABULAR Y RE VI E W THE GE R U D A D GE R U DIVE

i li t
m ti
690 . R ev e w the word s s in 77 8 , 7 79 .

6 9 1 . Gerufid . A ver ab l n oun is the na e of an ac on : as ,

m
Talking is us e les s .

gli
m l g
69 2 . E n sh has an
y verba nouns e ndi n In -
zng . W hen
th es e a re in the no i i nat ve cas e , th ey are e x press e d in La n ti
by the nfin t i ii ve : as ,

m
Seeing is bel ieving , videre es t credere

6 93 . W hen the E n gli s h verba l noun is not a no i ti na ve, it

is ex pres s ed in Lat n by i b l ll ed a e rund .

N
a ver a noun ca g
1
Motto of the s tat e of ew Me x ic o . ll
L ite ra y, Sh e g row s by g oi ng .
2 50 GE R U NN N D A D GE R U DI V E

69 4 . T he L a n ti g erund l
mg is used on y in the e n ve da ve , iti ti
m
,

accus a ti ve , a nd bl ti a i gl
a ve s n u ar, a nd is for e d by add n ndi , i g -

-
ndb, -
ndu -
ndo to the pres e n t s tern : as ,

N
,

GE . vocandi , o f ca l l ing

DAT
A cc .
. vocandb,

vocandu m f or

,
ca ll ing
ca l ling

ml mg
A BL . by ca l l ing

Learn the g erunds of the other ode verbs , oneo, reg o,

ca i
po ,
audi o 8 3 3— 8 D epone nt verbs have the erund

of the ac ve vo ce . ti . i
6 9 5 . Us es of

i gv
Gerund .

l in
T he
m g eru nd

t
has the
it
t
cons ruct on of a i
j t
m
noun but, be n erba c harac er, a
y have a n ob ec as ,

m ll m
g erendb bell u ,
by w ag ing w a r

H ere g orendb is ab a l ti ve of eans and be u is its d i t bj t

rec o ec .

696 . Ger und d n t ing e o Purpos e . T he accus at ve o i f th g nd

e eru

w thi ad, or th g niti e e ve of the g e rund fo ll ow e d by caus a

(f or

m m mm
the s a he o f i
), s ofte n us ed to e x pre s s u
p pr ose .

Ho i nes ad videndu V enerunt , the en ca e f or f

the pu rpos e o

Ho m s eeing , to g s ee

i nes videndi caus e V enerunt , the

s eei ng to s ee
li l l
( tera y, f or s eei n
)
mm en ca e f or the s a he o f
,

697 . Gerund iv e. The fu t p i

ure as s ve part c i i pl e 6
5 5) is

ca

T he
ll ed

g
bj
the g

erund,
e ru ndive

be n i g a

g
whe
noun,

i
m
n it t k

i g
th
ay
a es

be
e pl
i
ace

dj t i
l
us e d e ther a one or
of the

mt g
g erund .

w th i
an o ec t ; but the e rund ve , be n an a ec ve, us a ree

it ll wi ng
m m
w h a noun . Obs e rve the fo o s ente nce s

m
I . Urbe videndi caus e V enerunt , they ca e to s ee the tow n

m l( i ter
2 . Urbi s videndae caus e Venerunt , they ca e to s ee the tow n
a ll y ,
they ca e f or the s a he o f the tow n to be s een
)

urbe
In
m s entence

. In 2 ,
we
I ,
w e have the g eru nd videndi and its d rec t ob e ct
i
have the g erund ve videndae in ag ree e nt w ith urbi s . m i j
 L E SSO N C V II
D is i p l i n e. p r a e s i d i u m c i vit fi t i s — Trainin , the defe ns e of th e 1

NN
c g s tate

N N
VOCABULAR Y R E VI E W RE VI E W OF AGRE E ME T A D
OF THE GE I TIVE A D DATI VE

70 0 . R ev ew the word i li s ts in 8 8
7 3, 7 4 .

70 1 . Th e Four Ag ree m
m
ent s .

2
.

.
A g re e
Ag ree m e nt of

e nt
the pre dica te noun

o f the j i
ad ect ve , j
and a ppos t ve

ad e c tive p
ii
ronou n, and
61,

par tic i pl e

S9 1
3 A.
g re
1

e
1 3 4)
m
m e nt of

e nt o f
the ve rb w th its s ub ec t

the l i
i j
w ith its antec ede nt
4 . A g re e re at ve pronou n

702 . Th e Geni ti v e Ca s e .

I . ii
Gen t ve of the Pos s es s or
a. AS attr ib i
ut ve

b A s predic ate
. I

2 . G ni ti
e ve of the Whol e ,
or ii
Part t ve Gen t ve ii
3 . G itien ve i
w th Ad j e c tive s
5
4 . G i ti
en ve of Des cript on i
70 3 . The Da ive Cas e. t
a. Wi th i ntrans i tive verbs and i
w th trans i
i
t ve verbs in conne c tion w thi a d i rect

j
ob e ct in the accu s at ve i
I . T he I nd i rec t Ob j e ct b
c.
.

Wi th verbs co pounded wi th
con,
m
Wi th s peci al i ntrans i tive verbs

de, i n, i nt er , ob, pos t , prae, prb,

ad , ant e,

s ub, a nd s uper

i
Dat ve w th Ad i j ti
ec ves I

Da ti ve of Purpos e

1 Motto of t h e Unive rs ity of T e x a s .

2
52
 R E VI E W OF SY N T AX

XE RCIS E S
m m m im m m
E

m
pe rium 704 .
ll
m m
I

m
be i
. For

m m
ti i
ss

es s e i im m
i

Cae s aris i
ilitu
.
ques

pe
vi
ra
d
tb ris
us ex i s ti

2 Soc i
averunt i
t b re co

N
. .

m tt m mm mi ti g
,

b ti , quendali i rei i tar s peritis s i u e x e rcitui praefecerant .

3 . u s ena us e ori a I nl un a ru q u as nbbi s intulis ti

m
d epb nere debe ?
m m a virtli s s ed de erat
'

4 . s ap en a re i .

li m t m i mt m
li
m
VIilites dil l tius i s us tinere
l non pos se nt,
’

5 . cu petu a i

mt
a dex t
a

m
m in par

mi ill mre
i
c ornu
e

m com
ffl g erunt
i s it.
. 6 A c e i ns trfi cta,
.

7 . Cu Rb ae
pe

es s e
ra or

,
p roeliu

aliquis d e

m im
b ns travit d o g urn ubi e incolebat . 8 . Ma na pars eq uitatfl s ,

hos es

mi m
leg ib
ax
m m
’
erat
s eque ndi cup

e favebat.
ax i i
da,
ae virtfl tis .
su

Q
a
ua
c el eritate conte ndit .

de caus a Caes ar hu
9.D
c
ec

le g ib ni
a

m i
N li i g
Marcus is it i W h ch
1
70 5 . 1 . not des rous of v n in the c y . 2 .

of

pe
yo

rs uadem
u

m ml
ii
k
is ai
m mRo
e W m
an c

to ho d
l
g
2
t l ze n

l
bac the
e

ar
ther

y .
of us

4 .
3 Y ou a
. .

ho d id the
one cou

e nera
d

i mi fli
p l ace in l co ll g t ig
and of the e ft w g
?
5 A wa
. of rea he ht
t g
m t 3
was a s ron defe ns e -
to the ow n. 6 A
. certa n an n cted

t i j i
hes e n i i i H w d rous of fr ends h

N
ur es on e. 7 e as e s our p
.
y .

I. Genitive of the g er und . 2 . ot infinitive .

3 D a tiv
.e of ur
p p ose .

R OMA N LA MPS
 LESSON C V III
S tu d ii s e t r eb u s h one s ti s — T o pu rs uits a nd d e e d s t h at ar e hono rab l e 1

N
VOCABULAR Y R E VIE W RE VIE W OF THE ACCUSATI VE

A D ABLATI VE

70 6 . R ev ew the word i li s ts in 7 8 8 , 7 89 .

707 . Th e Accus a ive Cas e . t ’

1 . T he A cc us at i ve a s D irec t 3
2 . T he Pred i cate A cc u s at i ve

3 T he
. A c c u s a t ve i S as u bj e c t of a n I nfin t ii ve

4 T he A ccus at ve
. i fD o uration or E x te nt

5 T h
.e A cc us at i d i ve enot ng the P ace to l Whi ch

70 8 . Th e Abl ti v C a e ase .

I A b at
. l i ve re nde red w ith ( or by)
1 . C aus e
2

3 A
.

c
. co
Means

Manner
mim pan e nt

4 .

5 . Meas ure of i
D fference
6 A b at
. l i Abve l
s o ute

7 D e
. s cr ip i t on

8 . R es pect
m
I I A b at l i ve re nd e re d

m f ( or by)
. ro

1 . P l ace f o Whi ch r 2
95,
2 . Separat on i
3 P ers ona.A g e nt w th a Pa s s l i i ve V erb
l i
I I I A b at ve re ndered in (or a t)
.

2
. P
T
l ace
i m e
a t or

When or
in Whi ch
i i
w th n Which
48
49

m
.

1 Motto o f th e Unive rs ity of V e r o nt .

2
54
 L E SSO N C IX
E m m b o nu l
Be ho d how g ood 1

NN
cc e q ua

N NN N N
VOCABULAR Y R E VIE W R E VI E W OF THE GE R U D A D
GE R U DI VE , THE I FI I TIVE , A D THE SUBJ U CTI VE

71 1 . R ev ew the word i li t s s in 79 3 , 79 4 .

7 1 2 . Th e Gerund iv a nd Gerund e.

I Th G
. d e d it C er un t ti n
an 69s ons ru c o 1

2 Th G
. di e nd it C n t
e run i
ve a s o s ruct on

7 1 3 C n t u t ion of th I nfini t iv
. o s r c s e e.

I Th I fini ti
.

A S bj t
e

1 .
d n i E g li h
P di t
s u
ve u s e

ecin ti
or
as

re
n n

ca e N
m
s

o a ve

A Obj 2 . s

mm
w i h S bj t A ec t ti t u ec ccu s a ve

3 C
.
p
I I Th I nfini ti e
l n
. t

in I ndi
y o I fi i
t St t
ti e

ve t
e ar

re c
n n

a e m
ve

en s 654, 6 56 ,

7 1 4 Con t u tion of th Subjun t iv

. s r c s e c e.

1 Th S bj
. ti
e ufP p unc ve o
5 88 ur ose

m
,

2 T h S bj
. ti
e uf R unclt 6 6
ve o es u 1 ,

3 T
. h S bj n t
e i wu i h u c ve t cu

4 T
. h S bj e i in
u I nd i t Q
unct ve ti n re c ues o s

E XE RCIS E S
novis
71 5 .

m im
mm m m
rebus
1

i i m
. Cae s ar
s tudere .
ab ex plb ratb ribus

2 L e ati g cu
ce rtior

pe rvenis s e nt,
fac t us

p
es t

e t eba
Gallb s
nt né

N
.

Rb

m m m mmt i‘ mm
i ll
ut c og nb sc ere

feri us
i m
ani opp du
ml
s ocib s
q uae
s uu

rat

nos trb s
ince ndere nt
b be i
de re
e s s et .

fru
.

en
3 D ux
4
.

ar a
b s qu de
nen
h i pe ravit

o es te

rb vid iss e .
p

m
Propter ul titl l dine telb ru difii cilli in vallb
'

5 . e rat U

c b ns is tere . 6 . Ta acriter ab utraque parte u

p g nabatu r ut

1 Motto of th e U nive rs ity of the South .

2
56
 R E V I E W O F SY N TA X

m
li mm
2 57

ml m m m
u ta i tg
m i a ho inu vul ne rare ntur. 7 a . ne c b pias n e ras

mi ii
m m m
‘

itte us ad Rb anb s t nere inte rcll l dendb s ? 8 Cu

prae .

i
m m m do ed appropinq uare
1
opp a nocte us , ta en o nes ci ves

m i i m mm
i
nb s e x s pectabant. ii 9 . Cu pace ia pe rat s , has c ond c ones

m
p rb
pb na . 10 . I nop a aquae fec t ut nb s o nes pre ere ur.

I . D ative w ith appropinq uere us .

716 .

m m
the braves t were w
1 . Such t error

illi ng
i
s e ze d

to re m
the

i
m a n.
hear
2
t
.
s

k d wh
of all

He as e
tha t not

o
e ven

was in

m hi p 3 H e de nd d t h t 2
co and of the s 1
s. . a e f th a or e future
the ar

bu t il
m i g
l
a
y
br d
Shou

e
d not be
for the purpos e o
le d throu g
3
h
f t
tour it y 4
i fyi ng th G
e rr
e rr or

e
.

m
mm er
. Caesar
ans .

5 .

mSo i eone sa d that you had bee n pl d in ace co and of

N
1
the ar
y .

I . ot g e nitive . See 62 3 . 2 . Tha t . not, He. 3 Us e

. caus e w ith t he

g enitive of the d or 6 96
g e run g e rundive . See .

L E SSO N CX

Ia m g A nd now I have fi nis h e d m

N
ue o pu s ex e i — w o rk 1
q y

VOCABULAR Y R E VIE W R E VI E W OF W OR D FOR MATI O

7 1 7 . R e v ew the word i li s ts in 8
79 , 7 9 9 .
71 8. Reviexg of Prefi x es .
‘

1 . I ll us trate t he force of eac h of the fo ll wi ngo pre fix es by

a Lat n word i as 3 4 1 , 4 9 7)
a ( )
ab de i nt er
ad

m e x
( )
e per

mt m
con
(co co in p ae
r

lik
2

3
.

.
W hat
W hat
io
is
chan es

facib,
ean

g
e tc . ?
by as s
in s pe
i il ti
lli ng
a on

oc cur
?
in
37
co m pou nd s of words

m
e cap

m m
,

1
F ro th e c os ingl l in e s of O v id
’
s g r e at po e , th e Me ta orph os e s .
 8 R E VI E W OF WOR D F OR MA TI O N '

m
2 5

4 . W hat is the force of in (i whe n pre fix e d to an

j ti v
ad ec e or adverb ? I ll t t
us ra e .

7 1 9 . R eview of Suffi x es .
I . W hat can you sa
y in g e nera l about the us e of s uffix e s in
L at n i in E ng s h ?
and li 5
m
4 2 ,

2 . H ow are Lat n nouns i lik t

e rec or, V i c or , etc . t for ed, and

how

fro
3 ym
mj i
B .ea
a re

ns

ad ect ves ?
of w
the
ha t

I us tra
c orre s pond

ll
i ng
t e.
En
s uffix es
gli sh

are
words der
abs trac t
i ved

nouns
?
m
for ed

4 . E xp a l in the forc e of the s uflix in the fo ll wi ng

o ad ecj
tive s : cupidus , peri cul bs us , fa cil is, credibilis . 62 7

e nd
72 0 . Hin
I .

in
t
Wh t g a

a nt or
s on

enera
Spe
lly d
ent ?
lli ng
I
eter

ll
.

m i
t t
nes whether an Engli sh word s hou d l
- -
us ra e . 57
2 . W hat is the ru e l for the s pelli ng f o En gli sh words in
a bl e or -
ibl e ? in tion -
or -
s ion ? I ll t t us ra e . 6 30 ,

TH E GA U L S I NH SIG T O F R OME
2 62 O PTI O N A L L E SSO N S

XE RCI SE S
m m ig m
E

proe l i
730 .
m i
I

m.

pe
Caesari
ratb ri
o

da
ni b nb t
nd
a

u
p nt g nd
t 3 Mili te q i b
era
e

.
ore e ra

. s
a

u
e

a
a. 2

e rant
. S
ducibus
nu

convocandi

hortandae
m m i
e rant .

m
e rant . 5 i
4
.

m
. L eg ib nes quae pug natfi rae e rant Caes ari
H i s o n bus r ebus cb nfectis , ac es erat
i ns truenda .

petus m m g
hos tiu
6
m
m
.

m ut
t
Se d ta
m a na
bre ve

pars
e rat

haru
te

reru
pus et tan us

eis inte r
e rat

ittenda
i

t E d i
m m Rb anb s nb n VlCtUI OS
‘
e s se .
7 b. e e rant q ui putarent e s s e.

9
10
.

.
Q i
Mox
u s

g ii
L on
m
m mm m
e st

ll
q
aU dItUI I s u
ui
‘

t nera
mi c r edat

g t
i
us t
t
ag nb
illud proeliu nb n fac endu

d e al ii s be i s q uae a Rb ani s
i e di entb Rb ani s futll ra
fu
e s a s un
‘
sse

s un
?
.

. a p .

i g Many
m mi t
1
73 1 . I . th n s had to be done by T hes eus to s ave
the gi l
boys and r s of Gre ece . 2 T hat fa ous
. an n e nded

to

to be
kill
m i t
mthe
ade
i t l g j
M no aur
l
by hi gi
t
.
4m3
.

T he n
. he p h
.

ad to be
Fy
v
rs

e n by
a on ourne to Cre e

so
had
e

tm i l
one . W 5 . i t
he n he l ki g 2
had arr ve d at Cre e , he to d the n
’
s

g i t
m Wi uch d fficu ty
3
dau hte r what he n e nde d to do . 6 . thou

gi
N N
4 5
he persuaded her to ve hi aid .

I . ot infi nitive 2 . ad . 3 A n
. indirec t q ues tion 4 . ot

infinitive 5 . S ibi .

TH E R OMA N S ST O R M T H E E NY E M
’
S STR O NH G OL D
 OR I GI N A L S T OR I E S

S t udy each of the fo ll wi ng pi

o cture s . W here is the s ce ne

l id ?
a W hat
j t d y u ? Wh t h t Ob e c s
p o o s ee a c arac ers are res ent ?
Wh t
th

osi
e

ng
mm
a t h y d i ng ? A tt nti n t th d t il will gi
d i
are

nn t
Sod n t n T h
e
e

t i l f w i ti ng h t L ti n t y t l t f
a er a

v b
or

l s co
o

ec e
a S
e

or

se
o

e
o

ces .
s or
es e

e
e a

or, a
s

oca u ar
eas ,
ve

or c o

be
y

l
o

m
u

ow
p y
each pi t will h l p y
c ure e ou.

m m m ii
i
I . i ll
m
I n ti
have
es

s ave d
a nc ent as

the s tate when

we as ode rn,

w e re
wo
re ad
by the r patr ot
d
en i i c

m
s erv ce en y to es pa r .

m
arg ent ul
m i, n Si ver pat ri a ae, f c ountr
y native l and
- -

m l m
.
, , , , ,

auru l
m i, n go d pecil nia one
y
-

m
.
, , ,

co put e,
m are, avi , - atu s , co pute i
p cu u
er i, n dang er
- - -
.
, ,

des u -
le s s e, -
fui , -
‘
fut ll ru s , be s cri ba, -
ao, c erk

m
.

m
, ,

l acking ,

m w d a t. s edcb, ere, s edi , s es s fi ru s , s it ; a nte

-

m
.

dbnu
m i, n if
g t ens a s e d ere , s it b efore a tab e l
-

mmm l j l m
.

m m
, ,

fit rdna , l atron, ad
y s i ne, p p re . w. a bl ., withou t
ens a, l ta b e su a, -a
f e, ,
su tota
Orna l
entu l ,
-
i, n .
,
ew e t abu a, -
aef , .
,
w riting tab et
2 64 OR I GI N
A L STOR I E S

who
IIm
m l m
. Ro an wo
they va ued far above beauty or pers ona adorn
en m
w e re fa ou s for the i r devotion to the
l m ent.
i r ch ild ren,

anci ll a, -
ae,

mm
f aids e rvant m
mm m
m
et rdna , atron

mm m
.
,

anul us , -
i, rin
g ax i e, a d v os t of all , e s pecia lly
m
. .
, ,

arcul a, -
ae, f j ewe l c as ket l
ensa , -
ae, f tab e

m mm mj
. .
, ,

ar l il a, -
ae f , ,
brace l et opt i us , -
a, -
u ,
be s t
ld
m l
auru i, n Orna ent u —i , n o r na e nt , ew e
go
- .
.
, , , ,

Cornel ia , Corne ia , the w o l an -

5 re, -
§ V I, —
§ tus , dis p ay, l
m
.

on th e l ef t Show off

-
are, —
el vi , -é t us , tra in, bring pret ibs us , -
a, -
u e x pens ive , fi ne

m m m
,

UP rog b, -
are, -
evi , é t us , as k

for a,

Gé ius , G5 1,
-
ae, f ,
beau ty
Gaiu s , the y ou ng er
s pl endidus ,

s uperbus , -
-

a,
a,

u m
-

m
l u g ittering
,

proud

m mj l
-

m
.
, ,
'
s on o
f Cornel i a Tiberius , Tibe ri , .
,
T iberi us , the
ew e ol d er s on
f Cor nelia
ge a, ge o

m
mm
,

laudb, -§ re, —
§ Vi é t us , prais e
- vi ci na, -
ae, f neig hb or

m
.
, ,

l
li beri , 43 ,
.
pl ,
c hi d.ren vi s it e, -
ere, - evi, -
et us , call on, go
l
arg ari ta, -
ae, f .
, pe ar to s ee
2 66 OR I G I N A L ST OR I E S

IV A . m ong the k
Gree heroe s none was mm
m ore fa ous than H e rcu es l .

H e w ent
w as te the
hydra , or
l
about

and.

w ater s e rpe nt,

iy
w thi
m
des tro ng the hug e and fierce

s e ve n
ons ters that a

One of the os t dang erous of thes e w as an

heads .
ens e i m
m l id

cauda, ae, f tai l

m m m ll
hydra, —ae, f hydra, w ater s erpent
- .
, ,

clava, -
ae, f .
,
c ubl dns t ru ,
-
i, n .
,
ons te r

cupid, -
ere, —ivi , - i t us , des ire , w is h necd, -
are, —
avi , -
at us , k i
ex s pi rd, e dvi , dt us , b reathe i i , l t us , s eek , attack
re, pet d, ere,
- - - - -

out rapi d,

m -
ere, -
ui , t us , s e iz e
-

ferid,
fla m
mm m
m a,
-
i re,
-
ae, f fla e,
s trike ,

fi re
hit
ti mm m
s aevus ,

ed,
-
a, -
u
-
ui ,
,
s avag e

fear

m mm
.
,

m l
fort i s s i braves t val idi s s i
us , -a , -
u us , -
a, -
u ,
s trong e s t
,

til us , -
i, s ok e Vas t d, -
are, -
avi , -
at us , l ay w as te ,

m m
.

m
,

Hercul es ,
-
is , .
,
H ercu es de s troy

m m
herds , -
di s , a ce. herda (
a Greeh V fis t us , -
a, -
u ,
hug e , i e ns e
"
noun), .
, hero, de ig od vul nerd, —5 re, -
l vi ,
a -
dt us , w ound
 OR I G I N A L ST O R I E S 2 67

V A. m m ong the os t beaut fu i l

m ii
s urv v ng w or k s of anc ent art are i the

Gree
i i
k i vases .

i
des g ns and p ctures draw n fro
art s t c

Often, too, there are s cenes fro the c

Bes de s the
i
i r g
m
race

m l
l i m
of for

as s c
eg ends of
,
they are adorned w th

d ra a.
g od
The
s and
l
heroes
co ors u s ed
i
.

il m
are ch efl i yb l ack ,
red, a nd w h te i . H ow abs orbe d the young Greek is
i i
in his pa nt ng ! D oes the g r s ee I nte es te
r d ? What do you th n ik
the art s t w i ill
do w th the vas e i i
afte r he has fin s he d it ?

m m m
Q

ad

m
i ror, a n, -at us su ad ire pat e l la ae, f
m s auce r
-

m m
, , ,

adul es cens , —
ent i s , h aint brus h
yout penici l l us , i, p
-

m ml
. .
, ,

a lbus , -
a, -
u ,
w hite pict o r ,
-
dris , .
,
artis t, p ainter

art ificiu
’
art ifi ci , n . , w ork of art i o, f i
'

p ct tl ra -a
p c tu re .

m m
, , ,

mm
eter , at ra, iz tru b ack i n
p g , d er e, p
i n x i p i ct u s paint
-
, , ,

l
co or , l -
dri s , .
,
c o or pd ci ll u ,
l li ,
n ,
-
itt e c up .

erudi t us , ll l -a
,
-
u ,
s ki fu ruber , -
bra, - bru ,
r ed

m
ié nua, ao, f door, doorway s pect d, e re, evi , - etus , l ook at
-
. -
,

l api s , -
i di s , s tone t ened, - ere, - ui , l
ho d the atten

m m ll
.
,

laudd, - are, - avi , i tion of, i

m
'

-
el t us , ra
p se ntere s t
d rus , - i, .
,
wa vii s , vas i s , n., l
p . vi s a, - dru ,
vas e
2 68 OR I G I N A L ST OR I E S

VI . Many s tories are told

Dae da l
m
’
a bout us
(ded a l us ,
) -

the A then an, fa i ed for his

kil l in i
m
S as an ventor, a rt s t,

a nd bu de r il . Once , acco

anied by his s on I carus

p
( ih
'
a -

)
r us , he ii
v s ted the

m
il
l
s and of

arve ous
Crete
wor k
and

s
by his
‘

won the
ki
m ng s favor. L ater the

m ki
’
ng

beca
re fus e

il s an d A ll th
.
i th hi
e ang ry w

d t l t hi l
hi p w
o e

e s
m eave the

s
and

e re

s e z edi and all the ports

g
ho
u arde d.

m
mi m
l n e,
Long ng for
D aeda us a d his s on
i
s ee ed w thout eans of

e s cape . l But Daeda us had

g e n u s a nd aicou rag e eq u a l
to y an deed of dar ng i .

What did he do ?

5 1a ,
auddx ,
-
ae,
-
f .

i ci s ,
e
,
wing
bo d l
m
mm are,

onitu
-
is , n
,
-
i, n
.
, s ea

.
,
advice

avi s , -
i s , f ., bird opus , Operi s , n ., w ork

cera, -
ae, f .
,
w ax pared, ere, - -
ui , o be
y w ,
. da t .

decide, -ere
, decidi , fa ll d ow n p na ,
en -
ae, f .
,
feather
des i derd, -d re, - avi , - at us , l ong for pdn d ,
-ere
, po s ui , pos i t u s , put

doced , - ere, ui , t us , te ach

m recfi s d, - § re, e vi , - dt us , re fus e
- -

fuga, -
ae, f fl ig h
.,t redit us , 4 1 8 , .
,
r e t u rn

fug i d, -
ere, fii g i , fugi t li rus , fl ee reper id, -
i re, repperi , repert us , in

m
incipid, -
ere, - cepi , -cept us , beg in ve nt

m mm
‘ ‘
i ntercl ll dd, -e re, -cl l 1 s i , - cl d s us , s hut S dl , s dl i s , s un

m
.
,

off, cut off s ub erg e, -

ere, -
er s i , -
ers us ,

i rat us ,

li quefaci d,
-
a, -

l ig o, -are, - dvi , - at us , bind, tie

-
u

er e,
, ang ry

-
fact us , mle
m m l
t
u
drow n
eru s ,

vol d, -
“
el re,
-
i,
-
ii vi ,
.
,
s hou der
fly
5
2 70 OR I GI N A L ST OR I E S

m
VI I I i pi t ight b ll d Wh t h pp n d t L i
Th s c ure e ca e a a

mm
e e a
’
uc a s

Par
s erve

fro m m
ty

m
L i i h i ng p ty n th p
.

d by tw
th i pl y by th t
uc a s

ti i ht d
h R f

ll
h
id B t th hild n in th dj ini g
o

t
nt

ti n
a

n t
b i ng
av

d wn
h
s.

i n g
a

u
ar

n
o

e c
e

re

s an
orc .

m e a
e res

o n
e

roo
s are

o
e

ra

e r p g g a g g e e S s e s , are e .

What do you s uppos e they did about it ?

ancill a, -
ae, fi m aids ervant

m
ds uridns , -e nt is , hung ry

m
,

bibd, bibi , drink frfi ct us , fruit

'

-
ere, -
II S ,

m
.
,

cal l idus , u crafty, s ly

m
l at ed, - ere, lat ui , l ie hid
-a -

m m m
, ,

cel d, -
dre, - § vi , - dt us , hide , c oncea l li beri , - dru pl c hild ren

mm
. .
, ,

Cibus , -
i, food l i bu -
i, n cake

m m
. .
, , ,

concld ve,

m is , n roo el , ell i s , n ., honey

-

m m
.
,

conviva , -a
e, . a nd f .
g ues t l
ens a, -
ae, f tab e

m
, ,

convi vi a i n -
party occul tus , -
a, -
u hidden, secret

m
.
, , , ,

i is , bread
'

convi vor, -ari -

atus s u g ve a pani s

m
- .
, , , ,

a
p y
rt pdcul u ,
-
i, n .
,
cup

confectionery i iI S , f porch
'

cril s t ul u
'

,
- i, n .
, port ons , -
.
,

des i derd, - dre, -dvi , - d tus , l ong for pos t p p.

r e w a cc , behind

m
. .
,

edd, -
ere, edi , bs us , e at Sel a,l -
ae, f 3, chair

eripid, —
ere ,
- ri pui , -r
ept us , s natch vi nu ,
-
i, n .
,
w ine
away virg d, -
ini s , f t, young g irl
 OR I GI N A L ST OR I E S 2 7 1

IX . Ro y m an towns had m an Shops . Thes e re se ml b ed ll

our s ta s

m
or booths

i
T hey w ere open in front w th the ex cept on of a lo
. a

for ng the counte r, and w ere c os ed at n g ht by wooden s hutters

The wares s tood or hung abou t
l
i
i
the s hop or w ere p aced on She ves
i
l
w Wll

l
.

i i y h f th
w th n eas reac o k
e s hop eeper as he s tood beh nd the i counter.

T hi i sp i i
s a n h p rov s o s o . There are e atab es of l i
d ffe rent ki nd d s , an

j f wi D y
ars o

L ti n n
a t th h a

up a s tory about the

m ne.

es o
O

e c
ou s ee the S

m aracters , and
ig
D o not forg e
n ?
te
What
ll wh t th y
t th d ky
a

on e
does it
e are
adver

do
ti

ing
Gi
se ?

or k m a
ve

m
. e .

al t il es ,

m m
al veus ,

a pho ra ,
-

-ae
-

,7 1
iu
i,
,
wine
m
jar
,

.
f
,
.
pl
tr oug h
.
, pou tr
y l
mm
i ns ig ne,

Ol eu
ensa ,
,
-

-
ae,
-

i , n .,
is , n
f .
,

oil
.
, Sig n

l
tab e, counter

as i nus , - i , donkey pended, ere, pependi ,

- hang ,

m
.
,

m
bibd , —

m
ere, bibi ,

cds eus , -
i, c he es e p dc
be
u l u
s us pended

-
i , n , cup

m
. .
, ,

cibdria, -
dru , n . pi ., provis ions q u i ds ,
-
et i s , f , res t
defes s us , a, - u , w eary -
recred, -
dre, - dvi , -dt us , refres h

e mmmm
edd, —ere, edi , es us , e at

d, - ere, e i , e pt us , buy
farci en ini s , n , s aus ag e
s it id,

t aber na,
-
i re, - ivi ,

taberndri us , - i ,
-
ae, f .
,

m
S hop
be thirs ty

s hopkee per

m
- . .
, ,

fundd, -
ere, fl l di , fus us , pour
'

vendd, -ere
,
-
didi , -d it us , se ll
b ol us , -
eri s , n., veg e tab e s l vi nu ,
-
i , n., wine
 N HO N
m m
T HE R E T UR O F PE R S E P E

F F
Ga
ro

ll m
m th e
e ry Co
pai nting by Sir re d e ric k L e ig hton Us e d by pe r is s ion of th e A rt
.

itt e e of th e C o r poration o f L e e d s . ( S e e s tory of C e r e s a nd

Pros e rpina, pag e 2 7 5)
2 74 N SE L E C TI O N S FOR SI G H T R E A D I G

m
pm
a m
rs

mm mm m
mm m
m mm m
ea es t, na le d e s t rex ani aliu . Et ea e s t s ecunda pars

mm m m ( )
ei s labd ribus . T e rtia par te vindicd cl a i ,
na ag na 5
fa
” habe d D eniq ue q uarta a t rapia et si ui (
a nyone
)
r e
e .
p q s

prohibebit, c u interficia .

ARI O
’
N ’
S G O OD FO RT U N E

( A TE R F L E SSO N Lx x x )
A

AR I O
'
N SA V E D BY A D OL P HI N
m m
'
A r i on, the noted s ing er , afl er a n cuth us ia s tic r eception

l im m m m
l a nds , e ba r hs f or ho e l a den w ith tr ea s ur es

m m m m m mml im
1 2
O A rid n, vates nd tis s i us , do b long is s i e aberat ac

patria pe teb at. Ei reg e s ultaru te rraru prae ia a p is s a

m m
dederant
do nrn s ecu
'

mi m .

terr a videri poterat

A rid n
ll portab at
o

.
nes res q
I arn navis in
u as acceperat

ed d
in nave pos ue rat
ari e rat, neq ue U a
et

. 5
"
I. l
I n E ng is h, A -
rz on . 2 . Yates , -
is , M . a nd F ., ba rd , s in
g er .
 N N S E LE CT I O S FOR S I GH T R E A D I G 2 75

m
. -

m m im mm m
pi to dr ow n hi a nd s eize his w ea lth
'

The cr ew cons re

Tu i
mi m nautae ; ho nes pe s s i, barbaru c dn Siliu ceperunt

mm m m mm
i n
-

atq u e nte r Se
1
dixerunt : Certe hic Vir e x anibus os tri s nu

n a q uae habet nos tra

2
q u a
‘
di ittetur . Bu interficie us et o

7 D e inde val e corripl unt

3
et in are deiciunt .

m
A ri d n td ta . m m m
H e is

Spe
ira cul o

z
us ly

s ald tis depoSue rat

s a ved by a

et mN m
hug e dolphin

mm mm
orte m cei ta ex s
pe c

m l
i
e us cd ns ervaVi A rid n
4
tavit Sed dei psi vi ta erunt a s ubitd
"
. .

5
in te rg d ag ni d e phini s edere vi s u s e s t, q ui ad d ra p rox i a
‘
7
e uru cele riter vex it. _

CE R E S A N D PR OSE R PI N A

( F N Lx x x vI I I )
m m m
A TE R L E SSO

T his is of the be autiful of the Greek

’
h Proser pina s
’
one os t t
y s.
abductio n ig nifi th di pp
s es e sa e arance of veg e ta tion in th e autu n, w he n
the Vita l f Of n tu
orces a re are draw n dee p into the l e arth. T hl lS P uto
s te a s

res tore d
l Pros erpina
to her m . W he n veg etation reappears in the s prl ng Pros erpina l s
othe r R ead T e nn s on s
.
‘D e e ter and Pers e h one y
’ 1
m ” ’
,

p
’
.

P l uto, hing f
o the l ow er w orl d, f a l l s i n l ove w ith P ros erpina -
a nd

m m ”
m m
mm Nm
lim
Verb, Ye n im
lm
es t ax i
‘

tl l docuis ti et a

m
a. a . -

m m li ml
_

Pld td ne fi
’
degr s
i nferd ru
, deus per ins u aa are . O . .

imm m
11 12 13
Sicilia c urru ag ebat I bi Prd s e rpina , f i a p u che r
“
-
.

im
r i a C e reris , dea e ag ricultl i rae , 15
vi d t e t ada avit
'
16 '

E arn .

eq ud s hortatus
‘
'

17
s tat rapuit et e c d ns pectl l fd g it .
5

I .

corri pi d,
i nter ed, to ea c
‘
h o ther ( l ite rall y , betw een th e m
mN s e ves l ) . 2 . Allo wd t
6 del ph inus , - I, M ,
e o es ca
r
pe .

3 ere, s ei ze. 4 S u dd en ly t u I ba ch

m
-
. .
5 erg.
p .
, . . .

d olph i n . 7 ve hd,
.
-
e re, ca rr y . 8 Venus , -eri s , F
. Ven u s , the g od d e s s of ove
. l
and b e au ty 9 Pl ut o, - onl s M Pl u to, k l ng of the
. . l ow e r w o r ld I O i nfer i ,
-
dru , .

M , the s h a des , the l ow er wor ld I I S i ci i a , ae , . . l -

F., S ici ly 1 2 . currus , -
fis , M ,

ch a r i ot . of 4 Ceres ;
’

C e re s

m
-
ae , F ., . I .

-
e 1 is ,
g o d d es s of a gi r cu lt u re . 1 5 . a g ri cul tura , -
ae , F. a
g r i u l ture .
c
1 6 . ada d, - are , f a tl i n l ove w i th . 1 7 cdns pectus , -
us , M, . si
ght
2 7 6 S E L E CTI O N S FO R S I G H T R E A D I N G

m
Cer es , a f ter a l ong s ea r ch , dis covers w her e her da ug hter is . Then s he

m im m m l m im
g oes to j upiter a nd de a nds tha t her da ug hter he r etu r ned

mmm
nocte
Tu

m
l
i ml
q u e
vero

m m mi
Ceres , g ravi do ore ac t ore co
s ine fi ne pe tebat I nte r
ota, fi ia
P uto Pros erpina in
de
atr.

m im m m
Ia Deniq ue
1
oniu dfi x erat. de a e ra t reg ina i nfe roru .

i
m
m m i
m m m
2 3
Ceres o n a cog nove rat, e t ni q uo a n o apud I ove cau s a
“
i
ita dix t

l m i i m m mi
l
barn, invé ni m m
:

m
li m
m m i .
E i lia
E arn P uto rapuit
ea , q u a

.
per

E tia
o nes te rras

nu nc ea in
a riaq ue

anu e us es t.
pe te ro

m
P uto
Su mm m ”
de
h
“
ag na

i i
iniuria
l i
fec t
i
. I ubé cu fi a ea r e dde re.

mm m
e e r) g rav s s u su
pp c u

m
.

m m tha t P r os ei pina
j upiter co p ro is es the a tter s o
p
s ends s ix onths

m
w ith her other a nd s ix odths w ith her h us ha nd

mi i ii mI uppiter
eo

m ud m c ii
res pondit :

o non e s t inifi ria,

I ta , C eres , dice re non debes
s ed ce rtu s
( tr ue ) a or.
4
. H oc factu
Se d t b pe te nti r5

m m m ”
5
hanc ve n a Sex ens es c uius q ue a nni Pros e rpina in

m
reg no

m m
hie e

att e terra
Plutonisi
Pros e rpina m incolit
aneb

e s t a pud

.
it a tq ue

i nfe ros ,
s ex
1
ens es

e t aes tate ,
tecu e t t.

i nferis relicti s , cu
I taq ue

CI NN
N CI A T U S C A L LE D F R O M T H E PLOW

F N)
m
( A TE R L E SSO CV

m m mm
The ea r ly Ro a ns w ere devoted to a
g r icultur e

mm mi mm
i iO n bus te por bu s vi ta rus t ca i 6
su li i ‘
c) aux i o v rtuti ac fir

ml mll m
‘
is s i c) pr aes idio ci vitati fu it 7
. H anc re et a R o ani c ré dé bant
8
et u ti e oru vi as habebant e t ag ros anibus s ui s c olé bant.

mf
m i im
Cincinna tus w a s a n ex a pl e c this fi ne ol d typ e

m m
mm
tard us . m
A pud hos
Ol i
e rat

cu q ui
i i
C nc nnatus ,
d a
ll
be o eg reg ius e t ag r co a
vir

m
hos tes urbi appropinq u arent et ia m
m m
m l
i l n

u ti
e

5
ti i
m i
ll
di s alute pa tr ae d es perat e inciperent,
m i e ntes
” o nu ad

m
9
C incinnatu vers ae s unt. I e a u te non in urbe s ed rfi ri e rat.

ni
1 .

king of th e g od s 3 c
.

6
u s a

u i
d i c e re ,.
pl
.

ea d. a c a u s
.

e 4 m
Se e p 2 7 5, n I O. 2 I Ove , ac c u s ative of I uppiter, I ovi s , M , j upi ter ,
a o r ,
- ri s
6 ,

A
M , l ove.

m . . m .

5 ve. a,
-
ae , F , f a vo r r s t c
.u s ,
-
a ,
-u
,.
f
o t h e.c o u n ti
y , r u s ti c 7 p r e s e nt . .

pe rfe c t , 31 2 . 8 . 0 0 16 , -e re
, ti l l . 9 .
-e r
e , tu r n .
2 7 8 SE L E C TI O N S FO R S I G H T R E A D I
.
N G

On one occa s ion the s ena te,

mm m ha ving a pp oi nted Ci nci nna tus dicta tor ,

m m m mi f
s ent l ictors to es cort hi ro his f a r to the city

mm m ll m
1
Tu s enatu s C incinnatu d ictatore fecit et i s t lic tores q ui

m Li ctoré s
cu in urbe dé dfi cerent . r us contendé runt e t ad vi a

i
mmm m i m m ll 2
arva Cinc nnati celeriter pe rvené ru nt. I e tunicatus ag ru
p

m
3
arabat e t, cu li ctores vidé re t, rog avit q u d velle nt. Lictores
res ponderunt s enatu

l i m m
o liberaret,
cu dictatore
ut
fecis s e
in urbe
ut patria

d educere nt
ex s u o

m
e ricu et s é ven s s e eu
p .

Ci nci nna tus , thoug h r el ucta nt to l ea ve his w or h, w ent w ith the ,

fi
mli m m
but a s s oon a s p oss ibl e r etu r ned to nis h his pl ow ing

im
A g ru i i re nq u ere C nc nnati) non
"

g
ratu e rat, ta e n s e natui

mmi i l
m m
4
aré re o ortebat
p I taq u e pu vere ac s ud ore abs ters o, Opt u s vir I 5
p .

i i
mm ll
6
ndu t tog a q u a li c tores feré bant e t R o a pr oces s it . Be o
u i diebus confecto, C nc nnatus do u rO e ravit u t arare t.
pa c s p p

m m
T HE LO R D S PR A Y E R
’

reg nu mtuum ; fi
l
a t vo u ntas im
tu a ,
u
i
Pater nos ter , q ui es in cae is , s anctificé tur no e n tuu

m m mm
l
m t in cae lo,
ita e t a
. A dven at
in te rra .

Pane

m m
nos tra , s i cut e t nos
i
nos tru

im m
i
i cotidianu

re itti
i nobi s hod e
de
us debitoribus nos tri s
. Et re

.
itte nobis deb ta
E t né nos ndu
c as

m i li l
in te ntatione
l m i , s ed ibera nos

o in
ab i116 p
A
robo.
Qu a
Matt
tuu

6 9 — 1
es t 5

N
reg nu ,
et pote nt a ,
e t g r a, s ae cu a. en . . .
3

m m m
TH E G O LD E R U LE

im
O i i
n a e rg o q u ae cui q u e vultis u t fac ant vobi s ho nes , et vos

facite ill is . H aec es t en lex et p rO

phé tae . Matt .
7 . 1 2

mmm
T HE S T R A I T GA T E

I ntrate per a ng us ta po

e s t q uae d uc it ad pe rditione

Matt
rta

,
et
:
q u ia a ta p o rta ,
e t

ml
s pl
atios

u ti s u nt q ui intrant pe r e a rn
a

.
via

7 3
m
. . I

bund
I . T he
l e of r o d s
li c t o rs w e r e th e

(fas cé s ) so mN
m m
offi c ia

m l
e ti

m es
l atte nd ant s

w ith an ax
of a

in t h e
ag is tra t e

idd
a nd

e s ta nd i ng
c ar r i e d a

for t h e

m
,

p ow e

catus ,
r o f th e s

-
t a t

a,
e t o
-
u ,
pu nis h .
d r es s ed i n h i s t u n i cm o te t h e

. Co
fas c e s

p
on th e

ar e i n h is
ab s ters o
A e ri c an

s h i r ts l eeves
di e.

or
2 . ,

i n h is
t uni

over a ll s .
3 . ! i re , p l ow .
4 .
pul vere , w ipi ng o f th e d u s t a nd

s w ea t. i nd uo — ut
5 .
, e re , p on .
 A LAT IN L Y
P A

PE R SE U S A NN D A D R OME DA

T his m a
y b e u s e d at any t i m e a ft e r L e s s on L XXX i s fi nis he d

CH A R A CTE R S

CE P H E US, king of E thiopia SA C E RD DS pries te s s of the orac e l

m
,

f E thiopia Thre e citiz e ns of E thiopia

N
CA SSI O PE IA , q u ee n o

A D R OM E D A , daug hter of Cepheus Frie nds of the roya l fa l iy and

and Cas s iope ia a ttendants

PE RSE US , the Greek hero

S CE N I

m
E

l H l
NN
A roo in the pa ace CE P E US and CA SSI OPE I A are si tting at a tab
. e. An

m m m
A TT E D A T s tand s at the rig ht near the s tag e e ntrance

i
A ud ac mNmN
CE P
am
H E US

m tua

mm i .

m
l

N
Cur Cas s
e terret
, i ope ai
onne de oru
ea , facie
invidia
tua S ne

veré ris ?
fine audas ?

Nm m i m
.

su m mlli
CA SSI OPE I A
pulchrior
.

q ua
on
ti
ag s

a
dico q ua
dea ? e ny
veru

pha
es t.

e
Spec ta
aris q u
e.
de
onne

s unt

pulchrioré s .

im
H
CE P
m m ( i
E US i nm
gli
h i h
ra s
s a nd i n s ol e n pr otes t
) T ace, u er, tacé !

m im N
.

i im
Et a nunc dei s u ppliciu fortas s e parant .

li i
C ASSI OPE IA, Mn e tacé bo . Supp c a de oru non t e o. on
e is i nterr upted b
c redo
( Sh l d i the door )
NN
y a ou rapp gn on .

A TT E

A TT E
DA T

NN( f
CA SSI OPE I A
DA
A liq uis puls at, reg i na
.

T
.

A pe ri os t
a
i um
ter openi ng the door ). T res
.
.

ci ves ré g i dicere cupiunt.

CE P H E US I ube eos ntrare i

m m
. .

m m
E nter three en in g r ea t ex cite ent

N(
mi a ll ea hi ng
) Peri i Qu d facié
C ITIZ E ! ?
S p
s at once . us , ré x us

Q uid f
CE P
acié

H E US .
us

Qu d e s t, cives ? Qu s
2
i do l m
or vos pe r ove t ?
79
2 80 N
A LA T I PL A Y

N
FI R ST C I T IZ E . I ug ens m mm i ons trum ex a ri ven t atq ue ag ros eos

vas tavit.

SE CO N N
D C I TIZ E
NH
. I de m m mm
mm m m m m
mm m
ons tru o ne pecus eu
'

devoravit .

T H IR D
liberos q ue m
C IT I Z E
e os
.

interfecit
eu

.
e

m
is e ru ! Saevu ons tru c oniug e

m m
C A SS I OPE I A ( r is in
g a nd r a is i n
g bioth ar s to hea ven ) .
Qu d dicitIS

l m
Q u id aud io ? Mea es t cu l
pa . l
O ve rba s tultis s i a l O a a s upe rbia l
CE P
au x i iu l mm
H E US . F
i na salu s re licta e s t. A d oracu u pro pe rabo et

N
pe ta .

SCE E II

l l l
m
A t the s eat of the orac e . A ve i e d PR I E ST E S S is s eate d on a hig h s too

NN
m
A TTE
m
SA C E R DOS m m
DA

(
m
.
iT.

Dfi c
Cephe u s ,
eu ante
rex A e thiopiae ,
e . Eu aud ia
s ace rdos , aditu

. The a ttenda nt l ea ds
pe t t.

H
m mmm
in C E P E US, w ho hneel s befor e the pti es tcs s .
) Cur , r é x , ad e vé nis ti ?

H
l m
CE P
mm m m
T e c ons ule re , s ace rdos , Sae vu ag ros
'

E U S. c s tru

mi m
nos tros

Nm vas tati et o
p pu u eu pe r te rre t.
Qu s hoc ons tru

m
is t ?

m
i cu s
mr
i m m
SA CE R D OS
o
Cur

tll
e r s
mu e
i
b
.

i m
is s u
eptfi nus ,
es t ?

deus
reg inae
ar s ,

tuae . I
ons tru
a aus a e s t Se a nte
is t . D e us
ny
es t

ha
ini
p p p r a
p s

ipSaS ponere

mH m m
C E P E U S Obs ecro, m .
.

i s acerdos , q u o odo ons tru ex patr a ag ere

l m m m
pos s u

l i mm m
SA CE R D OS . E x piare cu pa reg i nae oportet. D a A ndro eda ,

fi a i tu a , i ons tro et
pat r a tua c ons ervabitur . D s cede e t pare .

CE P H E US r is es a nd w ith bow ed hea d lea ves the s tag e

SC E N I II

m
E

R oo in the pa l ace , as in S ce ne I . CASS I O PE I A and A N D R O ME D A are

l
m m
s eate d at a tab e

N
Pectus
A
C A SSIO PE I Am m
D R OME D A.

mm l m i
mNH . Ia
Q uae

diti eu
ora p atre

ex s pe cto.
tene t ?
I n d es pericula nos tra cré scunt
s ollicitii dinis e t ti C
.

eu est p enu oris ( E P E US enters .

m m l m
w ith s l o w s tep a nd s a d cou ntena nce. The q ueen a nd A D R O ME D A r is e to

g r eet hi .
) Salve, co niunx . V ultus tuns e terre t .
Q u id Drac u u dix it ?
2 82 N A LATI PLA Y

ii m
mm m i m m m
CE F H E US (w ith g r ea t eag er ness ) Libenter, hos pes , hanc cond c one
-
-
.

accipiO. Sed bre vis s i u es t te u

p s. Eta nunc ons tru ades t.

(A l oud

PE R SE US
r oa ri n

(
g i

m
s

ll mm im
he a rd

ca ll i ng l oudly
)
m)
.

. Pe e ti Ore ex an o tuo, A ndro eda.

Te
T
s e rvabO.

H IR D
H
FR I E
( R
N
N
D. m m
us hes f r o

Mag na
the s tag e.

s pes e ia
)
te ne t .

FOURT FR I E D
(p oi nting to the s hy
) . E c ce , hos pe s pe r auras

N m i m mi
a l te volat.

F H
m
FI T FR I E D. Ia des cend t et ons tru p t
e t
.

m m f
a zi ng tow a rd the
A ll s ta nd g s cene o co ba t . The f
s ou nd o bl ows is

im ”
hea r d ing l ed w ith f rag e a nd a i n. Then PE R S E US
'

N
r ee
r oa r s o p nters
“I O
m
a nd a ll g r eet hi w ith s houts f
o tr u p he H e
.
g oes to A
D R O ME D A , f r ees her f ro her bonds , a nd , ta hing her by the ha nd,

m mm
l ea ds her to her f a ther

mm
Me a virttI te
‘

PE R SE US . E cc e, rex , fi1ia tua . ea s ervavi. Prae iu

H
eu

CE P
pos tul O
E U S.
.

T ua es t A ndro m eda, hos pe s T II .

'

e s s ervator domm us c ae.

Curta in f a l l s w hil e a l l s hout Feliciter

PE R SE US A N D R OME D A M SE R VA T
 B A C U L U S TH E C E N T UR IO N
( Us e aft e r c o ml p e t ing th e L e s s ons )

Pub ius l Se x tius Bacu

l
lu s, a c e nturion, s e rve d in Caes ar
l
’
s ar m y a nd

w on his g e ne ra s hig hes t prais e for his c ou ra g e and fi de ity. T he i ncidents

’

m l
m l l
1
here re ate d a re par t y b as ed on Caes ar s narrative and are part y fic tion
’
.

T hey ake no c ai to his toric acc uracyl

m
.

m m m m
Ba cul us on the a r ch

mm
Iam
iuve
m m
mm
V eni ,

pri
M
m
” u m m
l
ate r,
ag

ui ante ca s a
c e leriter veni

e n videre

s tabat e t
pos s
l
u
ultitfi dO

inte nti s
. I ta
oculi s
ilitu

ag na
appropinq u at.

voce

i ites procedentes
cl a avit
s
q

m
s pectabat.

filiu cons titit.

V e rbi s

li m
audi ti s , ater ex cas a
p rOperavit ac
prope

m l i i m ll m l ll ll im ll Marcus Mete 2
I uvenis e rat Caecilius us , fi us i pe r atOris nOtis s i
3
i q ui p ur bu s a nte a nni s
p vita ro r e pub ic a d e derat . Ia

lm m
Marcus et Li v a ater I n vi a patris hab itabant . I a vi a pos ta

mm ml ml m
e rat

Ia
i in via F a

mm
c Opia e m m i
nia q u ae ad

u to p rO
piu s
Gallia
vene rant.
ducit
Pri
.

u eq u tes proc ede IO

m mm m m imm l
bant, tu pe d ites u ta i ia ho inu ,
s e q u é ba ntu r ; d eniq u e

m
,

ag nus nu eru s eq u oru et c arrOru , q ui pe di enta fe re

m m
bant,

m im
ag en

m
claudé bat. A pu d c e nturiOné s e rat q ui da c or
pore

m
l
ag no, i hu i e ri s ati s , Spec e eg reg ia, q ui Se nus itata au c tOritate
“ .

mm
g e

cla
rebat . l
m
m
avit, i
i
m mm m
Bu
m l l
Obs ecrO, q ue
s u a tq u e Liv a
v de o ?
cOns pé x it, vehe

E cc e , i fi i ,
e nte r

Bacu
pe r

us
Ota
cen
I 5

m
turio,

”
cOpias
a

m im
i Q i
ducit
ua
” m
i c us patri tu o

g au d e O !
C redo,
a i cis s i

S ne dub o in Gallia
ater cari s s
us , q u e ia

inq uit
po s t
a d c as tra
5
Marcus
ultOS annOS

C a es aris
de os

m
. a, ,

S e e C ae s ar
m Ga ic ll W ar
m V I . 38
m l ly
’
I s II 2 5 ; III 5 ; 2 A Ro an r e g u ar
‘
.
, . . . .

h a d th re e na
“

m ml
m es : th e fi rs t, his g ive n na
m
l
e ; th e s c ond
e th e na e of his l n
c a

N
( g éns ) ; a nd th e third th e na e of h is fa i y 3 S e e § 4 5 2 4 A s s oon a s L i via
'

. . . .

rc i d h i E i d fi h i fw or d Se e 1 98 a
p e e v e u s p.a c e r s t a s t e c o nne c t ri g . . . .

5 i nq ui t
. Mi rcus , sa id M a r cu s . T h e ve rb i nq uit is us e d with a d ir e c t q uota ,

t ion and is fo ll ow e d by i t s s ub e c t . j
2 84 BA CU L U S T H E N N CE TUR I O

Bacu m l u m ad nos i s is s e . Scis m m e m

mli” m l ” m
l
ia difi c upe re nO en dare

mm i i i Qu s
2
e t ves tig a patr s s eq ui. e us q ua Bacu us pri a ca s

rudi docere i
m Be ne dicis , inq uit Liv a
?
trOru enta pote s t .

m im m l l
Cas tra Bacu i nOn
”
s tat s criba
ong e abe runt . A di ad e urn e t da ei epis tula

mm
q ua .
5

Ma rcus g oes
m
to the R o a n ca p a nd is hind/y rece ived by Ba cul us

l i
m m m Marcus
3
P ur bus pos t hOri S a d c as tra R O ana pervé nit PrO .

p
q
or

u
ti s

d
l m
i ll ve e t m
m m
cas t rOru

im
m
4
et q ue
ar

pe t
ati

e re t.
s tabant.
4
Tu
Ex
Marc us
his unus Marc u
, cu
rog avit

re Spondis s e t
5
sé

Bac u
m m m
6
u c enturiOne pe tere ,
a d prae tor u ded uc tu s e s t.

l li i
m
7
Bacu us , vir rei i tar s peri tis s i us , o
p p
r ter é g regi anr virt ute to

m im
a Caes are s ae pe l
m
l aud atus e rat e t pri fis pi u s c re atu s e rat. H oc
te

toti

benig ne
l i
pore ,

eg

m i
oni m m
8

accé pit.
m
mi l m p
p
e ratore

raee rat.

E i tu
et

I S,
re liq ui s

cu

Marcus
ducibu s
Marc u
de d t
s upe riOribus

non nOvis s e t,

e pis tula atr

9
abs entibus ,

ta

s.
en eu

Bacu us
e pis tula acc e pta e t aper ta, hae c ve rba leg it .

m
L ivia l etter to B acul us
’
s

i ii m m m m
i l
Liv a BaculO i s alfi te
1°
d ic t . Si 11
va es , be ne es t ; eg o

m m
H aec i
m i m mim
12
e pis tula s ne d ub o t b ad i ratiOne ové bit ; na pos t

m li m i m
a
orte

icitiae nos trae m coniug is

a dhfi c
ei ad té non s crips i

te nere .
. Sed
I uve nis q ui ad té hanc e pis tula
sc o té e or a

i m m mmli m
a dfe rt est fi us eu s . I s tib o nes fortii nfis nos tras narrabit . 20

i i mm
Tb m N
Pe c tus l i
m leu l
e ius s tud

co
o r ei
endo.
i itar

O
s

en
fl ag rat
13
.

d are vu t
Ia
'
a e tate

Va e
i tare habet .

m
. .

B a cul u s nt a hes M a r cu s h is a ide de ca p - -

i m
l
mmm m
li
H e rcle ,
fu t ne O nObilior
inq u it Bacu
au t g e ne r
us ,

OSior u
es ne ta fi us

q ua A
Marci Metelli ?
antis s i e té
Ce rte
accipiO.

m
.

m m m m l ll
na
I .

e )
111 6

. m
l ll
2 .
pri
dare, th a t [ h a ve l ong been des i r i ng to
a ca s trfiru rud i ent a , th e
fi rs t
p r i nc i
en l i s t

pl es
( ite ra y
o
f
,

i l i ta iy
to g ive

s erv i ce.
y

3 p.l fi ri
Se e § 4 52
b us p os t
4 Se e
h OrI s s ev er a l h ou r s l a ter ;

6 7 1 5 F o r th e
. .
,
it e ra

m
o od s e e § 6 4 3
. . m
y, af ter wa rds by s evera l hou rs
6 S e e § 2 2 1 7 S e e § 554 . . . .

m
.

8 Se e
.

m
,
62 3 9 I n a c

OVEbIt , w i l l
u . c a u .

ml
s e O f c onc e s s ionl S ee § 6 I
3 I O

di cit s en ds g r eeti ng s I I R o a n e t te rs ofte n b e g in with th is s e nte nc e I 2 tib i

. .
s a l iit e

C f n t
.

ab o v e .
. .

. .

ca u se
y ou s u r
p r / s e. I
3. o e
. 1
2 86 BA C U L U S T H E CE N N T UR I O

Cces a r res ol ves to s top the m

m m H is ré bus auditi s , C aes ar, procons u Galliae , Genava l m i m
ml l ,
Opp du

m m
H elvé tiis prox i
m m
c onte ndit u t e os prohibé re t Bacu o
'

u , Si . u

i m
i i pe ravit i ut c op as c Og ere t e t q ua
1
cele rri e in Gallia ter

m
face re t

im
ces s erat.m i
l
m
i i
.
Q ua d é
Ia
cau s a u t

celerius o
d ctu es t,

ni o pi n one cas tris

Bacu us curs fi

Cae s aris
nc tato pro

apprOpin 5

mi m m m mi Nl i
q uabat. I nte r H elvé tii c onvene rant ad ri pa Rhodani , q uod
flu
R hodanu
ii m mi
en

m nter prOvinc ia

trans i rent, C ae s ar
et

ex s pe ctavit
fi nes H elvé tiOru
ri
pa
3
fi ro fos s aq ue
flu t . e
fi ni vit et prae
H e vet i

s d a dis pos uit . Tu si 5 6 nvito trans ire cOnarentur.

The [Jel vetii try to the R hine. Ba cul us br i ng s needed help

m mm m m
cr oss

vé tii
Brevi te
perru

m m m mml il
p
p
o

e
re

re
pos tq u a

conati s unt.
Caes ar has
Pri u
fi ni tiOnes perfecit,
i pe tu Cae s a r fac
H el
e
IO

i
m m m mm i i
m
s u s tinuit , s ed H e vet i nOn nu q u a nte rd ti , s aepius noctti ,

c OnatIi
‘
4
non l dé s titerunt . R o ani , cu
5
nu e ro ho inu u to

i nfe r ores
I n hOc d
i
i m
mim ”i
i m l m m
es s e nt,

m im
s c ri
defe s s i proeliis
ne reru Bacu
vig ilii s q ue

us cu
pae n

cOpii S
e

6
cOnfecti

s ui s ad
s u nt.

c as tra I 5
pervé nit e t ax o g aud o acce ptu s e s t. Que cu pe rator

vidé ret,
‘

diII tiuS m i m ll i
s u s tinere
ii
Peropportfi né ,
vix pote ra
inq uit,
us .
Bacu
Q u s
e , ad es .

tande
S ne tuo s ubs d o
es t iuvenis q ui

m
m
o
p p
r te r
7
té ads tat H ic iuvenis , inq u it Bacu us , es t

e ra m ”
Marcu s Marci
m
m mm
li
us
ll
. mm
I llu li
fi us

ors
Mete us .

q
p E go
abs tulit, s e d r eli uit filiu
et ate r e i u s

q ue
a pue ri s
in re
a ici

i
20

t ari ex erc eO

Marce
L ae tus te
i
i
i
”
. m l . Caes ar
D e rebus g e s tis patr
accipio.
anu

Pos te a nos ter

Marco porrig é ns
s tui , v ri Claris s i
,
Sa ve,

i , s aepe audivi.
inq uit,

er s .

tha n
I m m
.
q ua
a ny on e
mcel erri

w ou ld
é,
su
as

ppos e
g u ichly as pos s ibl e
ex s pectavit S I e t c .,
. 2 . cel eriu s o

he
ni opi nione, q u icher
w a i ted to s ee w h eth er th ey
3

m
. .

w ou ld b y to cros s ag a i n s t h i s w i l l 8 6 i nvi tO i s ab l ative a bs o ut e .l On 0 6 nd

m m m j
.

rentur s e e 6 7 1 . 4 A bl . of S e parat ion S e e . 2 96 .

5 . cu s i n ce. Se e 64 3 .

m
. ,

6 q ue
l it
.

e ra

i n Latin.
ll m
vi d éret , w h en th e g en era l s a w h i . q ue

y w ho
, w h en th e g en era l saw . T h is l
u s e of t h e r e a tiv e
is th e ob e c t of vi d é ret

is ve ry Co m on
;

7 .
propter té a ds tat , s ta n ds n ea r you .
 BACU LU S T H E C E N NTU R I O 7

The H el veti i , una bl e to br ea /e thr oug h Cws a r l ines , f oll ow the other
’
s

m
r oute f the Seq ua ni
thr oug h the country o

o m
m
ll
mi
m m m l
I a ps a nocte H e vet i , a i navibus a ii vadis R hodani , c u
i
n bus

m
cOpii s

m m
fl a en trans ierunt e t s u a vi
i
fi ni tiOné s
li l

l
l i ml
Bacu i e t novarum m
R o anas perru pere conati s unt Sed tanta co
cOpiaru

m il
fi tatio adventfi

f acta e s t u t hos tes fac e re pelleren

.

calamm l l mi m
tur e t p ur

itate
terunt e t cOns tituerunt a tera
i te i s occide rentur
He i
m
aut in fi fi
ine peri rent Pos t hanc 5
vetii adve rs a fortti na s u pe rati illO tinere Se aver

va e r fines Seq uanOru

.

s eq ui.
p

m
m
Cws a r f oll ow s the

m
e s s e et m
Caes ar,
i ia
cu

im l i
m
cop
i ll l
as m
ce rtior

s u as
factus

per
es s et

fines Seq uanOru

H elvetiOs
tradfi x is s e , e os cu
ab o oco profectOs

opp i
i
n bus cOpiis s ecfi tus

mida
li m
i l
ex pug nabant . m est

Multae
. I nter H e vet i ag ros Vas tabant e t
g e ntes ,
s oc i popu i R o ani , ad
10

Caes are
Caes ar, ii
p i
r eci
ié b
mm
ant ut aux i u r o are nt
g Q u bu s r e
neq ue d urno neq ue nocturno t nere inter is s o,
bu s ad d u ctu

atti ravit.
s .

m m
The end of the pur s uit

i i m
D eniq ue propter inopia

mm ml l m m imm
i
rei frfi

vetii s avert t e t Bibracte , Opp du i

m
e ntariae Caes ar

H aeduOru ax u
ter a H el
e t co o
p I 5

m m im
1
Sis s i u , q od
u nOn ong e aberat, ire conte ndit. QuOd cu

hos tibu s nfi ntiatu

pe r

m
territ

m
i
OS ii d m m
s cedere .
es s e t,

I taq ue
He vetii e x i s ti

t nere
2
abant R o

convers o
anos t
R o anos a no
ore

ag

ne
m
vis s i

m im m
en
o
i 3
m ag l
m
claudebat,

nIjntiaret.
'
ine

im ll
m i
m
H is
lac es s ere
is t

rebu s cog niti s

Marcu
incipiebant

C ae s ar in prox
q ui
. Bacu
Cae s ari nova
us , q ui
hos tiu
o
cu

co e acie
rat
s ui s

o 20

i ns trfi x it e t i c op a
4
u
p g nandi hos tibu s f ec t .

l i m m im m m
The H el vetii a re def ea ted i n a g r ea t ba ttle

l m
H e vet ii
i m cu

m mm o n bus s ui s carri s s ecati pe di e nta in ti nu

m m
5
ocu contulé runt ; p si confertis s i a a cie s ub p ri a a cie

I .

ch a ng i n
g
m
q uod
t he i
cu

r cou rs e
3
,

a g em
w hen this . Se e p 2 86 , 1 I 6 , and note . 2 . iti nere conve rs o,
n c
.l a ud é b a
.t , w a s br i n i n
g g u p th
.

e rea r 4
.

c o p i a . .

m
fé ci t , g a ve th e en e y a n opport u n i ty of fig h ti ng 5 s ub s u cce s s é ru n t , . .

a dva n ced cl os e to th e Ro an ba ttl e f r on t.

2 88 N N BAC U L U S T H E CE T UR I O

m
mi li m i l m
R O anOru m m
s ucce s s erunt.m mm Caes ar hortatus s uos
p roeliu co

i s t. Mi i
tes , e

mm il10 0 6 s uper ore te is s sis , fac e acie hos tiu

f
im m m Tu
m l d i
m d i i e os i fé cé runt. A b
'

per ré é runt.
g g a i s es tr c ti s n pe tu

m m m
1
s ept a hora ad ve s pe ru acrite r pug natu e s t, e t ne o ave rs u

m i mm
bos te vidé re potu it. T ande vulne ribus d efe s si pe de re ttule

r unt.

tiOru mm m mm
H os tibus
i mm
ceperunt.

m i i
s u pe rati s ,

l
l
H elvé tii
R o ani
o nu
et

reru
pe di e nta e t cas tra

nop a adduc ti
H e ve
eg atos
ad

in deditiOne m
Cae s are i
m
i s erunt, e t, o

a cce pti

m s u nt .
n bus ar i s traditis

Prae te re a C aes ar iu s s it
e t obs idibus

e OS in fines
dati s ,

i m
l
s uos , u nc e e rant

mmm m i
p ofec ti , re ve rti . De nu e ro hOru Cae s ar ps e
r IO

dic t li i a CCCL X V I I I li ho inu do o ex i s s e et i a c x reve rtis s e .

N m mm
Ba cul u s s er ious ly w ou nded

m l m
H OC proelio Bacu l l us g rave vu nus accé pit. a cu ia pl ures

l m ” m l 2
hOraS pug natu es set et r es e s s et in pericu o, Bacu us ag na

m i i Q
m in ed os hos tes Se inié cit In
voce c a ans u s s eq u é tu r ? .

l i
m l
m m i
m i
m m non te nu t e t g rav te r in terra
3
fe ix au te niq uo oco ves tig ia 1 5

m m m m
‘

c oncidit. E u hos tes s tati c ircu s is tunt . Tu vero c u e itII

g
R o ani
l
interfecti s , Bacu i
ad c u

m m s e rvandu

us g ra v
p rOc urrunt.

te r vulneratu s é
D eniq u e , plfi ribus
a nibus hos tiu
utri

é ripitur.
q ue

m m m im
Ba cul us a nd Ma rcus r et ur n to I ta ly

i m m m m m
Pos t proeliu l ,
cu Marcus vu nerato a ic o
4
ads idé re t, p a
er

i mm m m
tor i i ps e ven t u t v ru fort is s i u videre t. Pos tq ua virtfi te 20

imll mm m m m
e us a plis s i ii
is ve rbis laudavit, Brevi te pore , inq uit, h es t in

ll m l m m m i m l i lm
an o be u cu A ri ovis to, s aevis s i o ré g e G e r anOru g e r ere

mm
.
,

I e li u ta i a Ge r anOru l trans R henu tradux it et s oc is popu i

g e rend u e rit
5

m m
R o ani g raves iniurias intulit Se d
Moneo u t in I talia
m m . s ne te,

reve rtaris ,
Bacu e, hoc bel
e t opera
u

valé 2 5

m
.

m m
Mé cum
tfi dini dé s

m i m
” . Pos t pauc Os

”
6
i im
i
ens es , u t
li
itii rus es t, Caes ar, inq uit
s pé ro,

Marcus
in
.
ar

Q
is

u s en
rurs us e r s .

e us

mm m l m Liv a, I taq ue as q ue ad
ua ate r fi a e potes t ?
q ea , eu c r r

prox i u annu i Bacu us cu Marco e t Li v a erat.

I in fl i gh t ; l it ll y
e ra tu r ned a w ay . peri cul fi, the s i tu a tion w a s
2 rés

m
. .
,

3 ves ti gi a 11 611
c ri ti ca l . . tenuit, d i d n ot heep h is f ooti ng 4 . D ative with ads idéret
. .

Se e 6 2 3 5 g erendu . et i t , w i l l h a ve to be w ag ed , pas s ive pe ri phra s tic

. . See
7 2 7 6 itfi rus es t , h e i n ten ds to g o, ac tive pe riphras tic Se e 7 2 6
. . . .
2 9 0 BA C U L U S T H E C E N N T UR I O

m m
mi i mi il m mmi
e x ercitI Is
‘
i pe di e nta c onlocave rat. N
mi m mi m
m
e rv i, cu
pri a pe di

m
enta Ro anOru vide re nt, putaba nt te pus ex s pec tatu ade s s e.

m
Sub to ncre d b i l cele ritate c u bu s c Opii s e s i va Ovolave
“
n

m
o pr

m m d
m ll trans g res s i , e a vers o
l‘
r unt, e t, flu en de celeritate a co e ad

i ll m m i
m C ae Sari na
2
c as tra R o ana c onte nderu nt. o u no te pore e rant 5

m m i m
ag enda : i vex u
3
p rO
pOne nd u ,
S g nu tuba d andu
4
,
ab o
'

pere
‘
5

mm mm m ml mm li m
‘

l
revocandi i li i ites , a bes i ns tru enda , i tes hortandi , S g nu
3
dan
du q u aru reru ag na par te te poris bre vitas et hos tiu

m im
i D i ve rs ae 7
c ele ritas i pe dieba nt . eg iones aliae a a in parte hos t

im
‘

r es is teb ant . U ndi q u e b a d ex tro

‘

bus a cerri e u
p g na atu r , praes e rt Io

m m i
“

corna. lIbi d uodec a leg io, in q u a Bacu us as cri ptus e s t, ab hos t

bu s urg é batur.

m l Ia o nes fe re centuriOné s aut vu ne rati aut OCCl Sl

'

e rant, l i in hi s Bacu n us ps e q ui to t e t ta g ravibu s vul eribu s es t

m
cOnfectu s u t Sé s us tiné re non pos s et .

m m
Cces a r to the r es cue

i
mm m m l i i reru C ae to i iti detracto 3
I n hOc d s cri ne s a r, s cii , q uod ps e I 5
i
m m m m m in pri ac ie i ris c Ons ecr
"

S ne s cti to vene rat, O I O

’

a
pr c e S S t .
pe r at p

iml m
i litibus s pe i nfe rebat e t paulu hos tiu i tardatus es t
’

tu s pe tu s .

m N
m
I nterl ll i
iq ua e eg iones , in part bu s vi cerant, c u
i cog

m
re q u a e a s

m l m l
m
3
nOvis s ent q uo in oco res e s s et, s ubs idiu
gfe ré bant D eniq ue . ervii

M
‘
ag na cae de Post p roe liu arcu s inveni ri
'

s uperati s u nt . in 20

N m Mu ta a ute nocte zincolu i s ad

‘
c as tra r e e rtit
"

" "

ca t
‘

t r at . us
'

o e p
p y z

m mm l ‘ ‘
ab hos tib u s effr
i g it. Bacu u s vul neribus ortuus e s t, Se d
’

ec o st
p
»

bre ve te pu s a r a sa e re pote rat .

m i m
The tw elfth ,
l eg ion i n the A lps

m m leg io duode ci :
Belg i s s uper ati s , in Alpes in du d
'

opp uo
~

a q
~

4
‘
10
a ppellab atur Octodt Irus hie andi caus a d acé batur . H oc oppid u 2 5

m
I . a dve rs fi co

ph ras t ic ag enda erant Se e

itt e d au x i iary 3 T h is w as l
ll e, up th e oppos i te

.
72 9
h i l l:
A nu b e r
.

re d I n c o or a nd th e l
2 .

m
D at . o f a g e nt w ith th e pas s iv e pe ri
of p e riph ras tic s fo ow w ith

s ig na lf ‘
m ing
ll
o . . oi ar .
4 T h is
. .

m
w as th e s ig na t o t ak e th e ir p l l ac e s I n th e rank s .
5 Th e w ork o f for t ifying the
m
m m
m m
.

6 T he b att l s ig nal l
7 a l iae a i i i n part e, so e zit one pl ace oth ers i n

m
ca p . . e . . ,

a noth er . See 50 5 . 8 . il iti , d at w ith d étract o. S e e

. 6 23 il itibus in . . ,

th e ne x t l ine b '

u t o ne , I s i n th e sa e c ons truc tion. 9 . . . x es s et , i n w ha t

“
a s ta te th e Si tu a tion w as . S e e I . 10 . Se e p 4 9 . .
 BA CU LU S T H E CE N N T UR I O 2 9 1

al tis s i mm is
m ontibu s

m u ndiq ue continebatur. Gal ba l eg at us , q ui

im l m m l m
l eg i oni praee ra t, Bacu o neg ot u l 1
dedit i ut hiberna unire t. I ta
l
m mi mm m
‘

q u e Bacu us neg ot u s us cipit e t iube t

3
ocu II rO a to fi ni ri .

mi il mmmi iml mm m ml
‘

H oc Ope re nOnd u pe rfecte, ax a ultitII de barbarOru ex

o n bus part bus i pe tu fa c t . Cu ia heras pug nare

u tas

et q uim mm
tur ac non So u

da m”
tribfi nus m
vires s ed e t a

ilitu
l
, vir
te a R o anoS defice rent, Bacu u s
ag nae virtII tis , ad
‘

Galba accu r

” l l
m i E rupt o
3
runt. R es es t in pe ricu o, eg ate , inq uiunt . es t fi na

im
ili l
m m i ‘

s pes s alfi tis . H oc c ons o capto, i ites e x cas tri s s ub to erII peru nt.

l m m
H ac eruptiOne p i
rovi s a hos tes ita co oti s unt ut tert a parte
i
pe u mmti en s ,
I nc ol um
nterfecta reliq ui fug ere nt

t
m e m m l
m .
Q uo

leg ione
p roelio facto Ga ba ,
in fi nes Allobrog u
a teru i
‘

dtI x it
ibiq ue hie
m avit.

m m i N ll
A l etter f r o B r ita in

i m m m
1 110 te i i pore iBr tann a erat R o ani s terra ncog n ta . e Ga is

li mM l lm
q u de l e rat i ns u a nota praete r ea parte
q ua e e s t contra Gal
a . u tis de cans i s C ae s ar i ns u a adire c upiebat, et q u arto I
S
l
m m m i
m Marcus
‘

annO p rocOns ulatII S profe c tu s e s t. E t Bacu us e t hoc te r

m l m m m
fecerunt . D e his rebus Marcus hanc e pis tula ad Li via atre
i
s crips t : Marcus Li viae i atri s uae
’

s a ti te l
‘

p Ii ri a dic t In

N
.

i i
Br tann a Cae s ar
m i
m m
l
m
ll i
cas tra nu nc pon t. H aec ins u a a Ga a nOn
long e abe s t.

fere i ili
mv g m a
m mi
4
i
s olvi
acti

midOnea
us , e t m
m q u arta
ad
4
navig andu

hora d ei Britannia
te pes tate

a ttig i
te rtia

us .
20

I bi in
Cu i l
m
us
i
oci
o

m
m
haec m
n bu s c ollibu s

erat

i i m
natura u t
ar atas
s
are
hos tiu cop

ontibu s ang us te continere

as c ons pex r us .

tur.

p
l m
as s uu m Cul
l im
ocus ad

V I I ab e O oc e
p m
eg rediendu li
reg res s us
idOneu s non

pe r ator contra
e s s et, c rc
6
ter
ape rtu
i a

et 2 5
l
N ml i i mi i 7
p anu i tus naves c Ons tituit . Sed barbari s e cfi ti nos tros nav

bus eg redi prohibere Conabantur. os tri au te t tud ne

m
,
a ar s

m l
. Bacul o mm fi ni ret, co is s ion ed Ba cu l u s to f or tify th e w i n ter q u a r ters .
ut

s ay . 4 T. h e R o
fi ni ret is
an s d ivid e ml
d th e
a c au s e

nig h t i nt
of pur po s e

o fo u r w a t c
2

h
S e e front is pie c e
e s , a nd t h e
.

d a
y
.

fro
3 i n
s un
q u i un t , th ey . .

m
m ré tur, tha t the s ea i s clos ely
r is e t o s uns e t into tw e ve h ou rs u t co n t i n é
5 . .

bou n ded by ou n ta i n s , th e c iffs l of D over S e e pic tu re p 6 I

. 6 contra , . . .

cfins tituit , broug h t the s h i s to

7 . nos trbs
p
Cfiné bantur, a tte m a n ch or

pted to heep
p
ou r m mm
o pos i te to a n open a n d l evel bea ch .

en
f ro d is e ba rhi ng .
 2 9 2 BA C U LU S T H E C E N N TU R I O

p
m
erte rriti e t

m m m m
m
illius g e ner s pug nandi p e ri tii i e rant tardiores ,
i
cu

m
,

si

m m
hos tibus pug nandu m
ul de navibus d es ilie nd u

es s et Tu
m
m
e t in fl uctibus

. a q uilifer
cons is tendu

de ci ae leg iOnis ,
e t cu

vir

m
‘co
m
fortis s i us , Se ex nave proicit Des ilite ,
’
. inq uit, ilitOnes ,

i i i im l m m
ii
ns vultis aq uila hos tibus prOdere , e t in hos tes aq uila
’
ferre 5
‘
m
Tu
m
l
nc p t. l
i
S
vero nos tri

m m
u

m
Bacu us des ilit c a ans , V e ni te ! V eni te , R e
un vers i ex navibu s des iluerunt . Pug natu
ani

es t

mm im mi im m
utri q ue ac rite r. D eniq ue , barbari s in fug a dati s , Ora occu

pa

m i im
s aevis s i

D es idero te,
m mi
l
u s et cas tra

mll
”
e t as perr
pOni u s

ater Car s s
H aec i ns u a , re

a.
.

O
a.
ot s s

na
a te rr aru

s unt

O q uando eg o te
terribilia e t pe ri culi p ena.

a s picia l Va e
,
es t

m
mm m
Cws a r s s ix th ca ai
’
p g n

m i m m m
ll ll
Sex te anno i be i Ga ici C aes ar pe r pri a p arte aes tat s in

mi
Ger
m m m mm mm mi m m b T i G lli red ri x it in
’

an a re g e re at u. s u es n a a e t cas tra

ed i s finibu s pos uit I bi i pe di enta o n u legienu

E burOnu .

2
c ontulit e t prae s idio i pe di enti s una leg iOne reliq uit I pse . I 5

m mmli l i l li
e t re q ua e eg ones a ii
3
a as in partes profe c ti s unt D iscedens .

onuit li leg atu ut i tes in cas tri s c ontinere t.

m
Them fi m m mm m m
co a ndi ng o j i c by the ur urs of his
er , oved en w ho co

being con ned i n ca p w ithout g ood ca us e, d is r eg a rds

pl a in o f

m l m m
Cws a r s a dvice
’

i
PlII res d es pos t profectiene
m
ml C aes aris eg atus praecepti s i
m
'

pe rateris s u

ml
a
eg redi pas s us e s t
d i ig e ntia paruit a c ne c al One

Sed s ept o die, per otus vOcibus

.
q u ide

mim
4
m
e x va o

m
ilitum m
ll
2 0

mm
i
mm m m
ll i
i

q ui o es te ferebant s e, o n bu s G a is s upe rati s , ta d ifi cont

mm
‘
neri , q ui nq ue c ohortes e t ag na ultitti dine Calenu in ag rOs
‘
5
rox i Os frI I e nta ndi cau s a i s it.
p

m I . or e ba chw a rd th a n
m
u s ua l . 2 .
pra es i d i O i mm pe d i enti s , tw o d ative s . Se e

ml
§ 68 6 .
3. al i I part es , so e in on e d i r ec ti on a n d oth er s in a n oth er . a l ii is
as c u

j
ine b e c au s e it
a d e c tive a r e e in

d e r s is
g g
re g u ar l ly ml
ag re e s

w ith tw o
ine . 4
or m
not on y w ith l eg ibnes but

mm ore nouns
l
m
l
w ith i ps e A n
a so

d e noting pe rs ons of d iffe re nt g e n

frfi enta nd i caus a, to g a th er
.

as cu . ur u rs . 5 .

g ra i n
 BA CU L U S T H E CE N N T UR I O 2 93

m m
m
A Ger an f or ce u nex p ectedly a tta cl s the p A pa nic ens ues
'

ca .

mm
Ger m im
H isi li
abs e ntibus et c a s tri s

m m m mm
anOru p
pae ne S

rovi s o perveniunt e t cas tra ca e re Conantur.

p
ne praes idie relicti s , duo
Ex
i a
l

mmmi m ili m
i i n bus part bus hos tes cas tra circu veniunt. V ix R e

m
o ani pri u

i pe tu s us t ne nt e t po rtas defendunt . O nes pe rterriti s ciunt

N
q
ne ue q ua

m i
‘
Ii lliS

m
i in parte aux

d efens eribu s In vallO

fe rre ne q ue q u d facere debe ant
u

vi si s , barbari c redunt nfi llu pra es i

.
5

diu ntus e s s e. Qua de caus a acrius perru pere Conantur .

m mm
Ba cul us to the res cue

im m
Bacu l i us c entur io ,
cu ae g e r es s e t, c u ex erc ta non profec tu s

l m
es t, s ed i
in praes idie relictus erat I a de q ui ntu c b o c aru
. e
3

m
m
ra t.

m m i
mm i mi
inere
i
i m
C a ore audito, s urg t e t ex tabernacul o prodit V de t hos tes
atq ue re
3
es s e su o in d s cri ne.
.

C ap t ar a a
Io

p rox i

i
im l m
cohortism
i s atq u e

i
in porta c Ons is tit Cens eq uuntur hunc
in t tiOn ra t P li
.

li
centuriOnes

s ust nent

mm
e us q u ae s a e e a u s pe r proe u . .

im
4 5
R e linq uit an us Bacu u , g ravibu s acce pti s vulne ribu s ; vix pe r

m i
m H OC
‘
a nti s traditus s ervatur. s pat o interpos ito, re li ui
q an is I 5

mm m
c Onfir

ru li
m
i
p
atis
raebe nt.
In fi ni tionibus
Mox i tes q ui
c ons s te re a ud e nt S pec ie

e x ca s tri s eg re s s i e rant
q u e defens e
r everteru nt

imm
et Ger l
ani trans R henu s e receperunt. I ta virtII te
‘

Bacu i cas tra

et pedi enta cons ervata s unt .

l
De rebus g es ti s Bacu i hactenus

m mm m
.

1 ex o nibus part ib us on a ll s i d es . 2 Ia caruerat , a l rea dy f or

fi ve

m
. .
,

m 96
d ays he h a d g one w i thou t f ood o n cib o s e e di s cri ine, tha t

m
2 re
.
3 .

the s i tu a tion i s ex tre ely cri tica l

f a il s Ba c u l u s
ha n d to h a nd .
or Ba cu l u s f a i n ts .
.

5
4
.
. rel i nq uit

per m anti s
Ba cul u
trad itus , pa s s ed
, con s ci ou s n es s

a l on
g f ro
 L A T I N SO N GS
I N
T E GE R V I TA E

The words
the Odes ”f H
are

o
the
orace
firs t tw o s tanzas
6
( 5 —8 T he m
of the twenty- s econd ode

us ic is by D r F F. F e
. .
in Book I
l m
m of

ing
(about

ve fac tu ru s
pe r in hos pi
- -

ta le m Cau ca -
sum ,
ve l q u ae lo ca fa -
bu
 LAT I NN SO GS 97

GA U D E A MU S

T he second and

m
third s tanzas of this fa mm ous s tudent s ong were known

ml
as
idd
e ar

e of
ly as 12 67
the eig htee nth
. T he le ody

c e ntury.
in its pres ent for dates back to a bout the

G au de
U
- -
a

bi s u nt, q ui
m us l

an
g I -

te nos
tur ,
Iu
In
-

m m
ve ne s
-

un -
do fu
du

Vi ta nos tra -
bre -
vis e s t , Bre -
vi fi ni

Pos t iu cun da - -
m i u ve n tu te
- - -
m m m
,
Pos t o - le s- ta se nec tu te
- -
m
m
T ran s e ad su e ro s , A be as ad in fe ros ,
as p
- - -

Ve -
nit ors ve lo ci te r, R a pit nos 3 tro ci te r,

N os ha b e
-
bit mNus , os ha b e-
m us .

Q
Nm
uos s i vi s

e -
i ni-
vi

Nm
re ,

tur,
Q u os S i vis

e -
i ni-
2 9 8 LAT I NN SO GS

N
Le t
one
us now in youth
j
can us t y b a

l
l
For w he n g o den youth has fl e d,
l m j
re oice ,

e us ;
W here
H ere w e
have
’
ll
Seek the g ods s ere ne abode
all our

s ee
’
the m fathers g one ?
never

l m
A nd in ag e our oys are dea d, j l
Cros s the do orous S tyg i an fl ood

l m
T he n the d us t d oth c ai us , T here they dwe ll fo rever,

Then the dus t doth c ai us . T here they dwe ll fo rever.

Brie f is this our l ife on earth,

Brief nor w i ll it t arr

y

m
A ll
l
Swift y de ath runs to a nd fro,

N us t fe e his crue b ow, l l l

N one the

one the
dart
dart
can parr
y,

N
can arr .
p y

A R OU D FOR T H R E E PA RT S

A m or vin c it o m A m or vin cit

A m or Vin c it -
o m m ni a, o ni -
a.

N
-

m m
A R OU D FO R FOU R PA R T S
“Car
m Profes s or R C Flicking er by per ina Latina a nd us e d

m
’
Fro . . s

is s ion of the U nivers ity of Chicag o Pres s T he E ng is h w ords and us ic . l

are by F O Lyte
. .T he Latin ve rs ion is by Profes s or F icking er
. l .

D uc, d uc , re m os duc Flu m i ne se c un do;

m
m
Vi -
vi tur , vi
- -
vi tur ,
-
vi vi tu r, vi vi tur
- - - -
Ve lut in
-
so -
ni 0 .

R ow ,
Merril y ,
ml ml m
row , row

e rri y
y
,
ou r boat, g ent y dow n the s trea
erri y, erri y, ife is but a drea
l
l l m .

.
30 0 R E VIE WS

j
ob ec t ? T rans l ate filia reg i nae pecfi nia m Les biae dat . What is the

m
e nding of the verb in the third pers on, p ura ? Give the ru e l
s ing u ar and l l l
for the ag ree ent of the verb W hat re ations are ex pres s ed by the dative
. l
? by the
cas e l
ab ative c as e ? W here doe s the ve rb g e nera y s ta nd ? the ll
m
s b
u ec j
t ? the pos s es s ive g e nitive ? the direct j
ob e c t ? the indirec t j
ob ect ?

W hat is a pre dicate noun ? H ow

m l H
an
y de c e ns ions are the re ? ow is the

dec l e ns ion to w hich a noun be l ong s deter ine d ? D ec ine reg i na, fabul a , l
m m m
fil ia . W hat cas es are a lw a
ys a l ik e ? H ow is l
the a b ative s ing u ar dis tin l
g uis he d fro the no inative ? W hat L atin cas es a b
y e u s ed with
e
p p
r os itions

73 5 Derivat ion. . Give te n E ng l i h wo d

s r l
s re ated to the Latin w ords in

ll u l
m
m
73 2 . D efine thes e and i s trate e ach by an E ng is h s e ntence .

73 6 Fi l l l
fo l ow i ng ary of l
m
. out t he su t he firs t dec ens ion

1 . E nding in the no inative s ing u ar l

m
2 . Ru l e for g e nde r
l
a. Sing u ar
3 Ca s e ter inations
.

l b P . lu l
ra
4 I rreg u
. ar nou ns

II . R E VI E W O F L E SSO N S VI II XV —

73 7 . Give t he E ng li s h of the foll ow i ng w ords

NN NN
m
OU S OF T H E FI R ST D E CLE SI O

l fa i ns u

NN
c as a a a

N NN
l m l
OU S O F T HE SE CO D D E CL E SI O

ll m mm
aux i l iu fi ius o
p pu us

m
be u frfi e ntu pue r

e q uu s oppidu s er vus

J N N NN
m l l l m m
AD E CT I VE S O F T H E F IR ST A D SE CO D D E CLE SI O S

m m
ml m m
a l tu s, -
a, -
u i be r , i b era, i beru novus , -
a, -
u

m m m m
a i cu s , -
a, -
u ong us , -
a, -
u parvus , -
a, -
u

mm m l l
bonus ,
m a, u ag nus , a, u p rox i us , a, u
- - - - - -

m m m
g ratus ,
-
a, -
u ul tus , -
a, -
u pu cher, pu chra, pul chru

ini i c us , -
a, -
u nOtus , -
a, -
u
 R E V I E WS 30 1

I N TE R R OGA T I V E PR O O U NN S

CO j U NN N CT I O S

m
73 8 Give t he Lat in of t he fol low ing w ords
.

w here ru or w ar
but
w ho
frie nd
neares t s m
horse
ll a

s ai l (v er b) whither ca ll tog e ther

to il (v er b) p re are
p not

c ottag e road pl eas ing

fie d l aid
( nou n) s on

hig h or deep frie nd y l p p

e o e l
ofte n live (v er b) a ll y
and is l and new

what g ood hos ti l e

carry pre tty boy

73 9 R eview Ques t ions

. . W hat is m eant by g ra m m l atica g ender ? Give
the ru e l for the g ende r of nouns of the firs t de c l e ns ion. l
D ec ine t erra,
filia
g e nder
. W hat nouns be ong to the
in the s econd d ec
l
l
m
ens ion.
s econd

D ec ine l am dec l e ns ion ?

i cus , puer ,
Give the ru e

ag er, vir , oppidu

l
m
for
.

l l l
m
D ec ine s ocius and aux il iu and e x p ain the pe c u iarity I n the g e nitive of

m
,

nouns l ik th e e s e. W hen I s the vocative not l ik th n in tiv ? Giv th e e o a e e e

g e

m
ne ra l ul r es of d ec l e ns ion.

m W h t i n dj tiv ? D l in
a s a ag nus
a a ec e

m ec e -
, ,

-
u ; l i ber , l i bera , l i beru ; pul cher pul chra , pul ch ru D l in ag ricol a ,
. ec e

bonus . W hy is it not c orrec t to s ay ag ri col a bona ? W hat is the pos ition

of ad ectives j ? W hat is the pos ition of vocatives ? W hat are adve rbs ?
W here H ow
m
d o they s tand ? are q ue s tions introduce d in Latin ? H ow
are q ues tions
in the neg ative ? Nm
ml m
a ns w ere d

a e
in the
the pos s
afli r

e s s ive
ative ?
j
ad ec tives .
H ow are q ue s tions

W hat is the vocative

a ns w e re d

m
Sing u ar l
as c u ine of eus ? W hy is s uus ca ll ed a refl e x ive
pos s e s s ive ?

W here
m j i d i l ace d w he n they are
are os e s ve a ec t ves u ne h ati ? w he n
p s s p p c

they are e phatic ?

30 2 R E V I E WS

740 Give the

. l
r u es for the fo ll owing cons tructions , and i ll u t s rate each by

m
a Latin s e nte nce

2
.

.
A g ree
A ppos ition
j
e nt of ad e ctives 3
4
. D
. A
a

g
t

r
i
e
ve

e
w
e
i
n
t

t m
h ad ec ti ves
of pos s e s s ives
j

74 1 Derivat ion
. . Give fi ftee n E l l
ng is h w ords re ated to the Latin words

D e fine thes e and ll u

i s trate each by an E ng ish l
m
s e ntence.

m
73 7 .

74 2 Fil l l
m
. out t he fo l ow i ng su ary of t he s econd declens ion

1 . E nding s in the no inative

2 . Ru l e for g e nde r

3 Cas e ter
. m inations of nouns in a re
a.

b P.
Sing u
lu l ra
l ar

l
ml
Vocative s ing u ar

m
c.

a. Sing u l ar
4 Cas e te r inations of nouns in - u
b P ura l

m
.

5 Pe c
. u iar itie s of no u nslin —er

. l
6 Pecu iarity of the g e nitive of nouns in - ius and -
iu

II I . R E V I E W O F L E SSO N S XVI —
XX I I I

743 . Give t he E ng l i s h of the fol l owing w ords

NN FI R ST D E NN
m
OU S OF T H E CLE SI O

Ger ania

Ora

NN N NN
m
OU S OF T H E S E CO D D E CL E SI O

l m
Ger anus

peri cu u

J N N NN
m mm m m m m
AD E CT I VE S OF T H E FI R ST A D S E CO D D E CL E SI O S

m m
barbarus , -
a, -
u is er, is era, is eru s uus , -
a, -
u

m m m m
crebe r, c rebra , c rebru nos ter, nos tra, nos tru tuus , a, u

m
- -

eu s , -
a, -
u R o anus , -
a, -
u ves ter, ves tra, ves tru
30 4 R E V I E WS

746 Give the

. ru es l for the fo ll owing cons tructions , and ll u t
i s rate each

by a Latin sentence

1 . Predicate Ge nitive of Pos sess ion 3 A . l

b ati ve of Means

mm
2 . l
A b ative of Caus e 4 . Abl ative of Manner

l
5 A b ative
. of A cco pani ent

m ll
74 7 Derivat ion
. . Give fiftee n E ng is h w ords l l
re ate d to the Latin words

in 74 3 D e fi ne the and i us trate e ac h by an E ng is h l se ntence .

m
.

74 8 Make. a l
b ank s c he e , as s how n he re , of the firs t three tens e s of

m
the indicative , and , pointing ra id
p l y w ith you r pe nci l to the diffe re nt s paces

m l ml
and us ing a varie ty of ver bs , g ive the for re q uire d for each s pace . ll
D ri
unti

we ll
fi ftee n
lyu o

enoug h unti
can

s e conds .
g ive the for
l you
s

m
ins tant y
can g ive the
. You do n ot know thes e three te ns es
co p e te , of any ve rb, in l es s than

I ND I CA T I V E I FN
N I IT I V E

Pres e nt s te rn

PR E SE N T

PA ST (T E N NSE SIG

FUT U R E ( T E N N SE SI G -
bi
 R E VI E WS

IV . R E V I E W OF L E SSO N S XX I V XXX I I-

749 Give t he E ng li s h of the fol l ow ing w ords

NN
.

OU S O F T H E FI R ST D E CLE NN SI O

poena

poeta

NN N NN
m
OU S OF T H E S E CO D D E CLE SI O

m
l ib er Va u ll
fi ru s

J N N NN
m m m
DE

m
AD E CT I V E S O F T H E FI R ST A D SE CO D CLE SI O S

m m ml m
c la u r s, l -
a, -
u atus , -
a, -
u edius , -
a, -
u

fi niti us , -
a, -
u a us , -
a, -
u

VE R B S

m
’ ’
nII nti o, a re o capio, induc e,
'

-
pate ,
-
e re -
ere -
e re
’ ’
s e rvo, -
a re res ponde O, -
e re dic o, -
e re itte, -
e re

duce, -
e re pe tO,
-
ere

facio, -
e re reg e, -
e re

g e ro,
-
e re vinco, ere -

NN N N
J NN
m
R E LA TI VE PRO OU PR E POSITI O CO U CTI O

CluI cu

75 0 Give the Lat in of t he fol l ow ing w ords

.

m
afterw ards c onq uer l ea d into ta ke , s eize

m ly s ay, s peak
q u ick nu ber (noun) a nnounce

co e boat g od de s s j
ad oining , neig hboring

l if l
m l
fortify e p an
(noun) e ad ( v er b
)

ml
ans wer

idd e of
wide
evi l
fa
wa ll
ous g od
neig hbors
3 0 6 R E VIE WS

m ll
m
ra

w is do
part, wa ru e

s eek
l (v er b ) m ake ,

w ho
do dow n fro m
l
w rong , ins u t (nou n)
,
c once rning

m
hear book lie ope n, e x tend w ag e , carr
y on

m
ind, heart poe t s e nd

whe n punis h ent ditch country, native l a nd

75 1 R eview Ques tions

. m
m j . j D efine de ons trative pronou ns and ad ectives .

us e of
l
D ec ine i s , ea ,

i s in the
id . W here

mm m l
s e nte nce videt) eu

m m
do del
“
ons trative

. E x
p
ad e c tive s s tand ?

a in the
E x p a in the
differe nce in ea ning

be tween Marcus fi l iu
verbs be
the pres e nt, pas t,
l ong
a nd
j
u
s uu

to the third c on ug ation ?

future
m vocat and

W hat
Marc

is th e te ns e
s

I nfl ect dh ed,
fi l iu

s ig n in the
eius vocat .

itt fi, a nd
g erb in
future of the
W hat
’

m
.

fi rs t and s econd con ug ations j ? of the third and fourth j

c on ug ations ? W hat
ve rbs be l ong to th e fourth j
c on ug ation ? I nfl e ct veni e, a nd tl nid
'

m m m
in the pres e nt, pas t, and future . W hat are ve rbs l ik e faci6 ca ll ed ? W hat
are the te ns es of the i

Give the pres e nt i

facie, and venie
pe rative ?

.
m pe rative
H ow is the pres ent i perative for e d ?
of servd, res ponded, vincd, it t ti , di cd, dfi CG, m '

752 Give the

. l
r u es for the fo ll owing c ons truc tions , a nd i ll u s trate eac h

m m
by a Latin s e ntenc e

1 . A g r ee e nt of a de ons trative w ith its noun

2 . D ative w ith s pecia l intra ns itive ve rbs

m
75 3 Derivat ion
. . W ha t is the forc e
Latin prefix re I us trate of the ll
l
by E ng is h or Latin w ord s W hat is the eaning of th e Latin pre pos itions
.

a (ab), ad, (16 , (ex ), i n,

w he n u s e d as
pre fi x e s ? I us trate b
y E ng is h or ll l
m
Latin w ords . Give fi fteen E l
ng is h w or ds l
r e a te d to the Latin w ords in

74 9 D e fi ne th e a nd i ll u s tra te e ac h by an l
E ng is h s e nte nce .

m
.

7 54 C ontinu e
. to use the s che e of 74 8 , and dri ll w ith verbs of all

four j
c on ug ations .
30 8 RE VI E WS

759 Deri vat ion

. . D efine the fo ll owing l
E ng is h w ords , g iv ng the Lat n i i
root w ord and the force of the refix in e ach cas e :
p
cons e rve c onvoke

m
de s erve d eport

m m
e it e x port

ad it i port

m
760 Give . te n E ng is h w ords l l
re ate d to the Lati n words in 755 .

D efine the and i ll u s trate e ach by an E ng is h l s e nte nc e .

76 1 . E x te nd the s che me of 74 8 s o as to inc ude l all th e verb infl ec tion

you have had , and u s e it as s ug g es te d with ve rb s of all four j

c on ug ations .

VI . R E V I E W O F L E SSO N S X LI —
X LV I I I

762 Give t he E ng l i s h of t he foll ow i ng words

NN NN
.

N
NN
FI R ST
NN
OU S OF T H E OU S OF T H E SE CO D

DE CL E SI O D E CL E SI O

J N N NN
m m m m m
AD E CT I V E S O F T H E FI R ST A D SE CO D DE CL E SI O S

a pl us , a, u
m integ er , g ra, g ru
m m
ti idus , a, u
- - - - - -

eg reg ius , a, u - -

p ub icl
u s ,
a ,
u - -
V erus , -
a, -
u

m
Thi r d Conj .

m 10 0 6 abd uc o

m
dis ced e
co are
p
c enfi r e defe ndo di ittO
p ce
a

l ibe ro

abs u m
B
mm m
A D VE R S

ini e q ua
 R E V I E WS 30 9

m
763 Give the Lat in of t he foll ow ing w ords
.

m
far awa
y far s et free hinder how

m
nature p lace
( noun) a bas s ador defend s end awa
y
y ear put l ead aw a
y fi nd a p l e

ml
g e t tog e ther s ubdue c oward ly de part pub l
ic

ml l
re a rkab e be fore ow e r not at all w ho
p e

ex a pe duty s treng then be awa

y true

m
764 R eview Ques tions
. . W hat are the l
principa par ts of an E ng is h l
mm m mW
verb ? of a Latin verb ? W hat are the three ve rb s te s ? H ow is the

mm m l
prese nt s te for ? the perfect s te ? the participia s te ?
ed hat tenses
are for e d fro the perfect s te ? Give the e nding s of the perfect W hat .

is the

p
l
rinci
pa l parts of su m
te nse s ig n of the pas t perfect ? of the future pe rfe ct ?

and

H OW is the perfect trans ate d as perfect de finite ? as

earned . l
Give the
inflect it in all the m oods and te ns es you have
l
p t abs o ute ?
as

H ow are the Latin pas t and Latin pe rfec t used ? Give the principa parts l
and the infl ection in fu of the indic ative of dd, nii nt ifi,

Give a sol the

ll
p
faci6 ,
re s ent im pe rative active and the pre s e nt and

perfect infinitive s of thes e verbs .

m
76 5 Give . the r u es l for the l
ab ative of the pe rs ona l ag ent, the p ace l
fro w hich, and s e paration, a nd ill u t s rate e ach by a Latin s e nte nce.

76 6 . Derivat ion
76 2 Define the m ll
. Give ten E ng is h w ords
and i us trate e ach
l
by a n E
l
re ated

ng li h
s
to the Latin w ords in

sentence .

m
.

76 7. E x tend the s che e of 74 8 a nd 76 1 , and continue its us e .

VI I . R E V IE W O F LE SSO N S X LI X LV I —

NN NN NN N
768 Give t he E ng l i s h of t he foll owi ng w ords
.

S E CO
NN
OU S O F T H E FI R ST OU S OF T H E D

mm m
mm m
D E CL E SI O D E CL E SIO

fortuna i edi entu neg otiu R henus

p
inopia ifi diciu re
g nu

N N NN
m
J
m
AD E CTI V E S OF T H E FI RST A D SE CO D D E CL E SI O S

ini q uus . u auci ae , a reliq uus , -

a, -
u
a, p
- - - -
,
3 I O R E VI E WS

VE R B S

a s cend e incipid
c upid interficid
fug id pr d c ed d
iacid

pos s u m
A DV E R BS PR E P OSI T I O NS CO N
J NN U CT I O S

769 . Give t he Lat in of t he foll owing w ords

acros s des ire , wis h king do m pre se rve

m
a nd bag g ag e R hine advance

lm
hindrance s tor ( ver b) w ant, l ack ki ll
ly
m
l
m
r at c i b up bus ines s , affair ead forward
g e

m m
unfavorab e l hur l j udg e nt ca ll ,
na e

fortune co and s e nd back os s e s s, g ai n

p

m
be l
ab e , c an afte r , behind unde rtake forbid
ove at once fl ee for, in behal f of

think

b eg i n re m
thus , s o

aining , r e s t
te rrify

lay was te
few ,
here tofore
on ly a few

pow e r if ca ll ou t

770 R eview Ques t ions

. . Give the pri nc ipa l par ts of the verb s of the

s econd and

particip es l are

mW
l acking
j
third c on ug ations us ed in

in Latin ? mm m m
76 8
W hat La tin for
. D efine a

s are
parti ciple

ade
.

fro
W hat
the

m
partic i i
pa l hy is vir vocatae s unt incorrect ? Give the c o p ete
s te ? l

Give the is t
m
l
oved,

of
iacid, iubed, dii cd
re os itions
. ml
that ta ke the
ll
infl ection in the pas s ive indicative , i perative , and infinitive of the fo ow ing
verbs : Give the m co

l
ab ative .
p ete infl ection
l
D ec ine the
of

l
pos s u
re ative
.

q ui
p p
and the interrog ative qui s .
3 1 2 R E V I E WS

aute m e tia m ta m en

775 . Give t he Latin of t he foll ow ing w ords

m
e qua l ,
fair drive , banis h father cohort

eve n, a s o l p t
u p ce
e a ene y
dare return chief bound , re s trai n

m l
m
tong ue neverthe es s king city

j ou
an

rne
y ,
m arch
how e ve r
both
head
river
wo
s pur
an

(noun
)
v l

m
a or intrus t brother s tate (nou n
)

m m
s treng th c ons u l l eave l
ani a

death
m
l eg ion ti e horse an

m ml
safe ty other s is te r s ea

receive l
so die r na e (n ou n
) arriag e

throw dow n l ead back l

s a ug hter s ig na
(nou n)

7 76 R eview Ques t ions

. . D efine bas e and s te m . I nto w hat two l
c as s es

mnouns of the third dec

m mm l m m m
l e ns ion divide d l
D ec ine
are ? caput , ci vitas , eq ues ,

m l eg id, pater , t e pus W hat

flfi en, as c u ine a nd fe inine nouns have

m
.

i Ste s ? I n w hat cas e s do i—s te s diffe r fro

m l m c ons onant s te s ? W hat
-

m
ne ute r nou ns have i s te
m s ? D ec ine caedé s , hos t i s , cohor s , or s , are,
-

ani al . D ec ine the irreg ul l ar nou ns ho d, i ter , vi s .

77 7 Derivat ion
m ll m l l
. . Give fi ftee n E ng is h w ords re ate d to the Latin w ords

m
in 774 D e fine the and l i us trate e ach by a n E ng is h se ntence H ow

m m mm
. .

an
y L a tin
p re fix es can
you na e ? W W hat is the force of each ? rite

l
all th e E ng is h de rivative s you can fro the verb itt d, -ere
, isi, i s s us ,
us ing both prefix es and s uffi x es .

IX . R E V I E W O F L E S SO N S LX V L X X I I —

NN NN
7 78 Give t he E ngli s h of t he fol l owing w ords
N
.

m m
OU S OF T H E FI R ST D E CL . OU S OF TH E SE CO D DE CL .

fug a i beneficiu s patiu

NN NN
g r at a

OU S OF T H E T H IR D DE CL . N NB
I DE C LI A LE OU

auc td ritas d ux ig nis le x pes nihi l

 R E V I E WS I 3

J N N NN
m
AD E CT I VE OF T H E F I R ST A D SE CO D D E CL E SI O S

ce rtus , -
a, -
u

NN
mm
A D JE CT l V E S O F T H E TH IR D D E C LE SI O

ace r , acris , acre e q ues te r , eq ues tri s , o nis , o ne

bre vis , breve e q ues tre par

m
m mm
l
ce er, c eler is , ce ere l facilis , faci l e pedes ter, pedes tris ,
co d nis , co d ne for tis , forte
m m
pede s tre

m m
diffi cilis , diffi cile g ravis, g rave Si l li is , si i e

l
dis s i l i is , dis s i i e l evis , l e ve

VE R B S

m
F i rs t Conj ug a ti on S econd Conj ug a ti on Thi r d Conj ug a tion

a ddt
'

e x s pec to ane d c
l
vu ne re c og nd s cd

c og e

ADVE R B S PR E PO S ITI O N

7 79 Give t he Lat in of t he fol low i ng w ords

.

m
becaus e fire brave
.
be tw ee n, a ong l
s ave r
y eas y

c ertain w ound (ver b) s hort

s har p

very

or
m uch
l e ad

nothing

s w ift
to difficu t
we
ne x t
ll
l

fl ig ht un l ik e l e ade r

ml
kindnes s on foot foot

m
w ait for l ig ht co
pe ,
coll e ct

re ain fi rs t l ib e rt
y
l earn, know at firs t law
body
3 4
1 R E V I E WS

780 . R eview Ques t ions . I nto w hat three l

c as s e s are ad ectives j of the

m m
l
third dec e ns ion divided ? H ow can you te ll l
to w hich c as s an ad ec tive j

m
b l ong
e s ? D ec ine eq ues ter , g ravi s , and par W hat is
l eant by co paris on

m m mj
.

m
f dj Co pare the ad ec tives l ong us , forti s , j
m cel er, crtéber , bonus ,
i ?
'

o a ec t ve s

l ag nus , a us , ul t us , parvus , facil i s , Si il i s . l

D ec ine el ior and

m mj
p l ii s D e.fi ne an ad ve rb G ive an E ng is h s e nte nc e c o ntaining an ad ec tive
. l
m ml
a nd an adve rb H ow are adverbs for ed fro. ad ec tives of the fi rs t and

m mW m mm
s e c ond dec l e ns ions l ? of the third de c e ns io n ? For adve rbs fro a tus ,
integer,
us e d adve
celer ,

rbia y ? ll ll m m
levi s ,
I
and c o

us tra te .
p
Co
a re

pare
the .

bene, diii ,
hat cas e for s are s o

a g nOpere, se epe .
e ti es

the
78 1 Give
l
ab ative of
.

m
ml
an e x a m ll m
e as ure of
p e in La tin
d iffe re nce
of a co para tive fo ow e d by q ua ; of

m
.

782 Deri vat ion

. . Give fiftee n E ng is h deri vative s fro l the w ords in

7 78

X . R E VI E W OF L E SSO N S L XX I I I LXXX I
—

NN
7 83 Give t he E ng li s h of t he fol l ow ing w ords
.

oU S

m
S econd D ecl ens i on Th i r d D ecl ens i on F ou r th D ecl ens i on

m
e
m m
odus a s tas hie s nox adve ntus e x e rcitus

m m
Caes ar i pe rator pars c oru h i pe tus

m
ce leritas l II x d do
'

us anus
p es
e

m
ci vis d ns rd s e q uitatus

fi nis navis ti or

F if th D ecl ens i on

J N N NN
m mm
AD E CT I V E S O F T H E FI R ST A D SE CO D D E CL E SIO S

l iu ud

mm ll
a s, -
a, -
a us , -
a, -
u

a lt e r, a, u s inis te r, tra, tru

m
- - - -

m m
'

dex te r, tra, - -
tru s dlus , -
a, -
u

neute r , -
tra , -
tru td tus , -
a, -
u
 1 6 R E V I E WS
3

m m mll
Latin for
Give
a l ii mm
a

are a
at Ro
Latin s e nte nce
e, a t ho e, i n the

m m
country .

containing an ab ative of ti

ant and al ii ali a in part e

l
fug iunt
m
W hat are
e.

.
thes e for

T rans l
s c a ed ?

ate al ii terra m
78 7 Derivat ion
. . Give fifteen E l
ng is h d erivatives fro m the w ords in

7 83 . W hat is the force of the pre fi x es i nter , per , prae, and s ub ? Give
Latin and l
E ng is h w ords having thes e prefix es .

XI . R E V I E W O F L E SSO N S L XXX II LXXX V I I I —

NN
788 Give the E ng li s h of the foll ow ing w ords
.

OU S
Q

ml
Thi r d D ecl . F ou rth D ecl . F if th D ecl .

l titude
m
l
a au s u titude pas s us acies

d l
m
ag nitd dd
o or pd ns
e x pl d rator l i ia potes tas

AD J E CTI V E S

m m
F i rs t a nd S econd D ecl ens i ons Thi rd D ecl ens i on

m m
c upidus idd ne us pri us s e x tus l i itaris

deci
d ucenti
us i
nd nus
peri tus q uartus
q ui ntus
ter tius

undeci m us
tres

m
s ecundus

m
d uo
'

oc tavus ti nus

duodeci us peri tu s s e pti us

I nd ecl i na bl e

oc td

q uattu or

VE R B S

F i rs t Conj . S econd Conj .

m m m
hortor doc ed c d nficid ex pell d patior s eq uor

m
per ane d d el ig d i ns tru d prae ittd sfi d

vere or ex cede inter ittd sc ri be tradfi cd

B
m
A DVE R S

interi verd
 R E VI E WS 3 I 7
789 Give the Latin of the fol l owing w ords
.

pace l
e eve nth draw up

m
l in
il it
th re e
e of

ar
y
batt e l third

s ix th

owe r
l eave off

s uffer

s e nd ahead
p
s eve n

s ix
bridg e
c row d
d rive

g o out fro
out

m
m l
ml
rais e oun) c hoos e
e eve n p (n

eanw hi e l Siz e co p e te
ly
m l
tru thous and tw e ve

take up, as s u e fi rs t s kill ed

l e ad across fourth e ig hth

fo ll ow fifth ninth

write s econd u ns ki e d ll
five s eventh s uita bl e

four nine s cout

one eig ht pain (nou n)

790 . R eview Ques tions . Give the firs t twel ve cardina s and l l
dec ine the
firs t three
l
D ec ine m. Give the firs t twe
i l ia . D efine a deponent
lv e ordina s .

verb.
l
Give
H ow are ordina s

the s ynops is of hort or,

l l
dec ined ?

m
vereor , and seq uor in the indicative and s ub unc tive .j Give the four parti
ciples of venid and e x p ain the l for ation of each . W hat particip es that l
l
found in E ng is h are acking in Latin ? D ec ine portans , pre s e nt l l
m
are

m
par ticip e of porlt d G ive th e fou r
particip es
. of hort or . W hat i portant l
fact can you s tate concerning the eaning of the pas t par ticip e of deponent l
verbs ? o

79 1 Give the . ru e l for e ach o f the fo ll ow ing c ons truc tions , and i ll u t s rate

each by a Latin s e nte nc e

Genitive of the w ho l e Genitive with j

a d ective s

l
m
Ge nitive l
A b ative of res pect or ab ative o f des cription
A ccus ative of duration of ti e and ex te nt of s pac e

Give the Latin for a thous a nd s old i ers , ten thous a nd s oldi ers ,

m
fi ve of the
l W hil e He
mm”
lv
s ol di ers . T rans ate the etii were i
g ng
o forth fro their

boundarie s , Cae s ar was has tening fro Ro e, l

us ing the ab ative a b s o ute l
for the firs t l
c aus e .
3 1 8 R E V I E WS

in 788 . D efine the m ll

792 . Derivat ion. Give fifteen E ng l is h words rel ated
a nd i us trate eac h by an E ng is hl
to the Latin

s e ntence .
words
H ow
ll y t ll
m m
l W hat
can you g e ne ra e W he ther a w ord s hou d e nd in a nt -
or -
ent ?
can
you s ay about the for ation a nd e aning of Latin nouns ike vict or, l
rect or , e tc ., and their appearance l
in E ng is h ?

X II . R E V I E W OF L E SSO N S LXXX I X —
X CV I

NN
793 Give t he Lati n of the fol l ow ing w ords
.

OU S

m
Th i rd D ecl ens i on

m
diffi c ultas ens

id s ne d

F our th D ecl ens ion F if th D ecl ens i on

‘

s e natus res pII blic a

AD J E CTI V E S

m m
m
F i rs t a nd S econd D ecl ens i ons Thi r d D ecl ens i on

frfi entarius su us tantus nd bilis ta is l

V E R BS

m m
I rr eg u l a r

des u p aes u
r

m
A D VE R BS

di lig enter q uide

3 2 0 R E V I E WS

X III . R E VI E W OF L E SSO N S X CV I I CH I -

mm
798. Give t he E ng lis h of t he fol l ow ing w ords
c ircu

e ni m fi nid g enus

intelleg d
neg e

ndld

ed

ferd ml
iudicd
ad
oporte t

drdd
fides

799 Give the Lat in of the fol l ow ing w ords

.

kind (noun ) pe rce ive for

be unw i ll ing be neces sary deny
s uffi cie nt know re fe r
p
wis h (ver b) fee l bear
fortify around rank hope v er b

m
( )

m
800 . Give the Lat in of the fol l ow ing idio
m
m
s

To ake w ar upon To re e be r T o be e ag e r for a revo ution l

m
T o be a nno ed For the future T o g ive s atis fac tion
y

80 1 . Infl ect the verbs ed, ferd, ai d, ndl d, void.

and m ml
80 2 R eview .

al d ? Give the
Q ues t ions .

ru e for the
W hat cons truc tions

m mm
cons truc tions with
are use d after

cu . W rite
vol d, h did,

s entences

m m
ll u t
i s rating
( )
a cu w hen, b
( ) cu s ince,
( )c cu a l thou h
g . What
H ow
m
is an indirec t s tate e nt ? are indirect s tate e nts introduced in
E ng is h ? W hat c an you s ay about the
l
m
ood and te ns e of the E ng is h verb

in an indirect s tate e nt ? W hat are th e three ar ke d differe nc es be tw een

m m l

m m
an l
E ng is h and a Latin indirect s tate ent ? W hat kind of verbs are

ml
fo ll ow e d by i ndirec t s tate e nts ? Give an E ng is h indirect s ta te ent l and

trans l ate . W hat is

indirect q ues tion ? Give
it into Latin an an ex a pe of

an E n
g is h i ndirec t l
q ues tion a nd tra ns a te i t into Latin l .

in
803 Derivat ion.

79 8 D efine the .
.

m
Give

m mj
ll and
te n E ng is h w ords

i
l
us trate e ach
l
re ated

by an E ng is h s ente nce l
to the Latin words

m
. H ow

m
are a b s trac t nouns for ed fro a d ective s ll
? I us trate E x p ain the . l eaning

a nd for ation of cupidus . W hat is the forc e of the s uffi x —

d s us ? of the

s uffix e s -
il is , -
bil i s ? W hat l
ru e c an you g ive for the s pe lling of E ng is h l
w ords e nding in -
a bl e or -
i bl e ? in ti on -
or -
s i on ?
 S UMMA RY O F R U L E S O F S Y N T A X

m
FI R ST H A L F Y E AR

m
A g ree ent

1 . The verb ag ree s w ith its j

s ub ect in pers on and nu ber
2 . A predica te noun ag rees w ith the s ub e ct in cas ej
3 . A n appos itive ag rees in cas e w ith the noun w hich it
4 . Ad j ectives ag r e e w ith their nou ns i n g e nde r , nu m m
l
b er,
e x p ai ns

and c as e

m
5 . T he l
re ative ag r ees with its a nte c e de nt in g e nder and nu be r, but its
cas e is deter ine d by its us e in its ow n c aus el
Nmo ina tive Cas e
6 . The j
s ub e c t of a finite ve rb is in the no m ina tive

m
Geniti ve Cas e
7 . T he w ord de noting the ow ner or pos s es s or of so e thing is in the

g e nitive

w ith its noun by a for of the verb s u 1 m

8 . The pos s es s ive g enitive often s tands in the pre dicate
m a nd is c onne cte d

Da tive Ca s e
9 . T he indi rec t j
ob ec t of a verb is in the d ative
j
’

1 0 . T he dative of the i ndirect ob ec t is us ed w ith the intrans itive ve rbs

credo,

of ike l
eaning m
faved, noceo, pared, pers uaded, res i s t o, s t udeo, and o the rs

m
1 1 . The dative is use d with j
ad ective s to de note the j
ob ect tow ar d w hich
the g iven q ua ity is directed. l S uch are thos e eaning nea r , l
a so

fi t f r iendly pl ea s ing l i he
, , , , and their oppos ites

A ccus a ti ve Ca se
1 2 . T he direct j
ob ec t of a trans iti ve ve rb is in the accusa tive 3
j
'

1 3 . T he s ub ect of the . infinitive is in the accus ative

32 1
3 2 2 SU MMA R Y O F R U LE S OF SY NTA X

Abla tive Cas e

l
1 4 . Ca us e is denoted by the ab ative, us ua y without a prepos ition ll
1 6 . A cco
1 7. M a nner
mm
1 5 . .Wea ns I S denoted by the ab ative without a preposition
pa ni
is
ent
l
is de noted by the ab ative with cu
de noted by the ab ative with cu . Cu l
l m
mm
m m ay be o itted
if
l
18 . T he p ace fro
j
m
an ad ective

which is
is u sed w ith theab ative
e x pres s e d
l
by the l
ab ative with the pre po
s itions a (ab), dd, d (ex ) 2 9
19 . W ords ex pres s ing s eparation or taking away are fo ll ow ed by the
l
a b ative , ofte n w ith the prepos itions a (ab), dd, d (ex )
2 0 . T he
to
l
ab ative w ith the prepos ition a or
indicate the pers on by w ho the m ab

act
is use d

is perfor mj
with pas s ive
ed
ve rbs

2 1 . T he ab
two nouns
l

attendant c ircu
v
ati e o f a

mm a
y
noun

b e

s tances
and a l
parti cip e , a noun and an ad ective , or
l
us e d in the abs o ute cons truction to denote

m
m
I nfi nitive us ed as in E ng lis h
2 2 . T he verbs i ubed, co a nd ; cupid, w is h ; vet d, f or bid , and the

2 3 . Ve rbs
l ik e are ofte n

6
of inco mlll
p
fo
ete
ow e d

pre d
by an infinitive c ause as ob e ct
ication are ofte n fo ow ed by a n infi nit
l
ive ll
j

(§ 3 9i

Genitive Ca s e
SE CO N D H A LF Y E A R

l
1 . A g e nitive de noting the w ho e is us e d with w ords d enoting a part, and is
known as the g e nitive of the w ho e , or the par titive g enitive
2 . T he j
a d ective s cupidus , d es i r ous ;
ig nora nt , and others of s i i ar characte r are fo m
l
l
i
p t us ,
er s hi l l ed

ll
; i m
peri t us ,
ow e d b th e
y

3.
j
ob ective g e nitive

T he g e nitive or the ab ative , with a

e x pres s ions of ua itl or
l
odifying ad ective , is

des cription
m j us ed in

q y

m m
Da tive Ca s e
4 . So e verbs c o pounded w ith ad, ante, con, dd, i n, inter, oh, pos t ,

p ae,
r p d,
r s ub , and s uper take the dative of the indirect ob ect j
5 T he dative is
. us ed to denote th e purpose or end for w hich, ofte n

with another dative g

de notin the pe rs on or thing affected
3 2 4 SUMMA R Y O F R UL E S O F SY NTA X

Moods
m m
a nd Tens es of Verbs ( Continued)

20. W he n
c hang e d
a direct
to t he
s tate ent

infinitive
beco
and
es

its m
indirect
j
s ub e c t
the principa

no
l
inative b eco
ve rb

m
is
es

m m
j
s ub ec t acc usa tive of the infinitive

m
2 1 . A pres e nt indicative of a direc t s tate ent beco es pres e nt infinitive

m
of the i ndirec t, a pas t i nd icative bec o es per fec t infi nitive , and a

m
future indicative beco es future infinitive
2 2 . T he accusative- w ith -
infi nitive c ons truction in indirect s tate e nts

is found after verbs of s ay i ng ,

telli ng , hnow i ng ,
thi nhi ng ,
a nd

er cei v i n
p g
2 3 . In
m j
an indirect q ues tion the verb is in th e s ub unctive , and its te ns e
is l
dete r ine d by the ru e for the s e q ue nce of tens e s

R OMA N MOSA I C
 GR A MMA T I C A L A PPE N D I X

NN NN OU

N
D E CLE SI O OF S

m
804 . ouns are infl t d in fi
ec e ve l i
de c ens ons , i i i
d s t ng u s hed
ter i i nat on of the g nieti i g lve S n u ar.

FI RS T DE CLE NN S IO

u (bas e aq u water

N
aq a

N
SI GU LA R PL U R A L

N
GE
OM.

.
aq ua

aq uae
aq uae

aq uaru m
DAT
A CC
.

.
aq uae

aq ua m aq ui s

aq uas

m
A BL . aq ua aq ui s

a. Dea and fi l ia have the ter i i nat on -

abus in the dat ve i and

l
ab at ve i lp lura .

N NN
S E CO D DE CLE S IO

a. MA SCUL I NN E S I -
us

N
s ervus ( as e
b s erv s la ve

OM.

N
GE .

DAT .

A CC .

Ni m
A BL .

1 . ouns in -
us of the s e cond dec ens l i on have the ter i i /
na t on - e

m
in the voc at ve s ng u ar : i l as , s erve.

2 . Proper na es in -
iu s , a nd fi l ius , e nd in -
i in the vocat ve i
s ing l u ar, and the accent re s ts on the pe nu lt : as , l
'
Verg i i , fil i .

3 2 5
3 2 6 G R A MMAT I CA L A PPE N DIX

N Nm
m
b. E UTE R S I -
u

N m m
oppi du b as e oppi a town
(

N
OM. oppidu u Oppida

m
-

GE . oppidi -
i oppiddru

DA T oppidd

m m d oppidis
-
.

A CC . oppidu -
u oppida

m
A BL . oppidd - d oppidis

1 . Masculi nes in ius

-
and ne uters in iu -
e nd in i in the g e n t v
-
e ii
s i ng lu ar, not in i i ,
-
and the acce nt r e s ts on the pe nu l t.

NN N
m
c. MA SC UL I E S I -
er A D -
ir

N
puer (bas e puer boy ; a g er
(b ase ag r fi eld ; vi r (ba s e vir an

O M. puer ag e r

pue ri ag ri

DA T .
A CC .
p
p
u

u
e

e
rd
ru m ag rd

ag ru m
NN
A BL .
pue rd a
g rd

GE
DAT
O M.

.
p
p
u

u
cr

ue
i
rdru

ri s
m a
g
ag rdru

ag ri s
ri

m
.
p
A CC .
pue rds ag rds

A BL .
pue ri s ag ris

NN
N
T HI RD DE CLE S IO

m m
80 7 . ouns of the i
th rd l
de c e ns ion a re l
c a s s ified as cons ona nt

NNN
s te s or -
s te s.

I CO SO A T ST E MS
NN N
N
.

a. MA SC U L I E S A D FE MI I E S

cdns ul ( b as e cdns ul M .
,
cons ul ; l e g d (ba s e l eg i dn
i leg ion ;

pater (ba s e patr M , f a ther

.

l eg i d
l eg id nis
leg id ni
leg id ne
l egi one
m
 GR A MMA TICA L A PPE N DIX

1 1. l —
STE MS
MA SCU L I N N N
N
m
a. E S A D FE MI I ES

caedes (b as e caed F ., s la ug hter ; h os ti s (b as e h os t M .

, ene y ; urbs
(bas e urb F ., city ; cl idns (b as e c li ent M .
, reta iner

c aedds hos ti s u rbs cliens

c aedi s hos ti s u rbi s clienti s

m m m li
m
caedi hos ti u rbi c e nti

cae de hos te urbe clie nte

cae de hos te urbe c li

ente

cae dds

c aedi u m m m hos tes

hos tiu
urbes

urbiu
c li
e ntes

c lientiu m
c ae di bus hos tibus urbi bus clie ntibus

c ae di s , -
ds hos ti s , -é s urbi s , -
és clie nti s , -
és

N
cae di bus hos tibus urbibus clienti bus

m mN m m Nm
b . E UT E R S

l ani a ni a1
N
b b a ni al
are ( as e ar .
,
s ea ; a
( as e .
, ;
l l
ml (
ca car b as e ca car .
,
spur

m
l ani a c a car or -
e

ml
ani al i s calcari s

ml
l ani ai ca c ari

ml
a ni a l
c a car

l
m ml
ani ai ca c ari

mm m
ari a ani a ia l
c a c ari a

m
ani al iu l
c a cariu

ml
ani al i b us c al c ari bus

ani

m l
a ia c a caria

ani alibus calcari bus

81 0 FOUR T H DE CLE NN S IO

N
.

adventus
(b advent M a rriva l eornfi
(b corn

N
as e .
, ; as e .
,

MA SC .
O M. adventus

N
-
us

GE adve ntii s
'

.
-
II s

DAT adventui

m m
'

.
-
II ) -
ui -
fi)
A CC . adve ntu -
u

A BL adve ntII
' '

. -
i1
 G R A MMA TI CA L A PPE N DIX 32 9

N
N
O M.

GE .
adve ntii s

a dve ntuu m
D AT . ad ve nti bus

A CC . adve ntfis

A BL . adve nti bus

FI FTH DE CLE NN S IO

di M .
,
day ; res
(b as e r F .,

N
CO S PE CTUS OF T HE FI VE DE CLE NN S IO S

N
D E CL . I DE C L. II D E CL . III DE CL . IV
0

O M. adve ntus

N
a q ua s ervus ri
p nceps
GE . aq uae s ervi p ri nci
pi s adve ntii s

DA T aq uae

m s ervd

m pri nc ipi

m adventui

m I1 )
-
.

A CC . aq ua s e rvu pri nci e

p adve ntu

A BL . aq ua s e rvd
p ri ncipe adve ntfi
330 G R A MMA T I CA L A PPE NDIX

mm
S PE CI AL PARADI GMS

m m
M .
,
an ; do us , F . , hous e ; vis , F ., s treng th ; iter,

m m m
ho d do us vi s

m m
ho i nis do ii s (l oc d o . i) vi s
(
rare
)

mm mm m
bo ini do
'

ui , d
-
vi (rare
)
ho
m m
ine do a vi

m
ho

m
ine do d, II -
Vi

mm mm m
ho ines do as

m m
ho inu do uu , dru
-

m m
ho inibus do ibus

m m
ho ines do ds ,
'

-
II s

ho ini bus do ibus

NN
N N NN
D E C LE SI O O F A DJ E CT I V E S

FI R S T A D S E CO D DE CLE S IO S

N N
bonus (b as e b on g ood

NN m
MA SC . FE M . E UT . MA S C . FE M . E UT .

GE
O M.

.
bonus
boni
b ona
bona e
bonu
boni
boni
bondru m m m bonae
bonaru
bona
bondru
DA T
A CC
A BL
.

.
bond
bonu
bond
m m m
'
b onae
bona
bona
bond
bonu
bond
bonis
bonds
boni s
bonis
b onas
boni s
bona
. bonis bonis

N ml
l i ber (bas e 1i ber free

Nl
GE
l
O M.

.
i ber
i be ri
lib
l ib
e ra

e rae
lib
lib
eru

eri
’
i be ri

li berdru m m m
l ib erae

li beraru
lib era

l i berdru
DA T
A CC
A BL .
.

.
li berd
liberu

li berd
m ml m
li b
li b
l ib
e rae

e ra

e ra
i beru
li berd
li beri s
liberds
li beri s
li be ri s
lib
lib
eras

eri a
li beri s
l ib
e ra

li beris

N m
l
pu cher (b as e pul chr pretty

GE
OM.

N .
pul
l
pu cher
ch ri
l
pu chra
pul chrae
pul chru

pul chri
pulchri
pul chrdru mpul
pulchrae
ch raru m m
p
p
u

ul
l
ch
c
r

h
a

rdru

D AT
A CC
A BL
.

.
pulchrd
pu

u
l
l
c h
h
r

rd
u ml m m
pulchrae
pu

u
l c

h
hr

ra
a
pul c h

pulchru
ulchrd
rd pulc

p
h
u
ri s

lc hrds

ul chri s
p
p
u

u
l
l
c

c
h
h
ri s

ras

ulchri s
p
p
u

u
l

l
l
c
c

h
h
ra
ri s

chris
.
p c p c p p p p
33 2 GR A MMA TI C A L A PPE N DIX

par (bas e par

par

pari s

pari

par
'

pari

PRE S E N T ACTI VE PARTICI PLE S

vocans (b as e voca nt ca lling

N N
N
MA SC . A D FE M . MA SC . A D FE M .

OM.

N
vocans

GE . vocanti s

D AT
A CC
A BL
.

.
vocanti

voc ante

vocante ,
m
-
i

i dus (bas e

RE GULA R COMPAR I S O N OF ADJE CTI VE S

C O MPA RA T I V E

N
SU PE R L AT I VE

MA SC . MA SC . A ND FE M . MA SC . FE M . E UT .
 GR AMMATI CAL A PPE N DIX 3 33

DE CLE NN SI O OF COMPAR AT I VE S

cl arior, clearer

N N
N
MA SC . A D FE M . MA SC . A D F E M.

N
GE
OM.

.
c larior

c larid ri s
c l arid rds

cl arid ru m
D AT
A CC
A BL
.
. cl arid ri

cl arid re

cl arid re
m cl arid ri bus

cl arid res

cl arid ribus

m
.

pl ii s , ore

IR RE GULAR COMPARI S O N OF ADJE CTI VE S

m m l m m m
POSITI VE COMPA RA T I VE SU PE R LAT I VE

m m
bonus ,
m ml
m
a,

m m u g ood e ior, e ius , better opti us , a, u bes t

- - - -
, ,

m m
ag nus ,

m m
a, u g r ea t aior, aius ,
g r ea ter ax i us , a, u g r ea tes t
- - - -
, ,

m m
l
mm
a us ,

m
a,

m m
u ba d pe ior pe i us w ors e pe s s i us , a, u w ors t
- - - -
, , , ,

m m m m mm mm
ul tus , u ch pl fi s , l u i
'

a, u ore r us , a, u i nos t
p
- - - -
, ,

m
arvus a, u s a ll inor, inus , s a ll er ini us , a, u a ll es t
p s
- - - -
, , ,

m
facil i s , -
e , easy facilior, eas i er facilli us , ea s i es t

m m m mmm
diffi cil is , -
e, ha r d diffi cilior, ha rd er diffi cill i us , hard es t
"
l
m mm mmm
Si i is , -
e, l i he si il ior, or e l ihe si illi us , os t l i he
l
dis s i

m
i is ,
m e , u nl ihe dis s i il ior, or e u nlihe dis s i ill i us , os t u nl i he
-

im
nfi

{ m }
us
i nfe rne , -
a, -
u ,
bel ow i nfe ri or, l ow er l ow es t
I us

{ mm }
s upre us
a bove s uperi or, hig her highes t

m
s uperus ,

m
su us

m
l m
pri
o
o

i
p p ,
r
r,

or
f or

nea rer
er p
p
r

r
i
oxi
us , fi rs t
us , nex t

l
m m
m m
u te ri or,

inte rior, i nn er
f a r ther u ti

inti
us ,

us ,
f
in
a r thes t

hi ther
os t

c iterior, h i ther c iti us , os t

334 GR AMMATI CA L APPE N D IX

82 1 RE GULAR COMPARI S O N ADVE RBS

m
POSI T I V E COMPA R AT I V E SU PE R LAT I VE

c ard,

pul chrd,
d ea rly
bea u tif u l ly
c ari us

pul chri us
pulc

m
hm
Cari s s i

err i
e
a
li berd, f reely

m m
acriter,

sil i iter,
s ha r

si
ply
i l a r ly
li b
si m
acrius
eri us

ilius mmm
libe rri
acerri
si illi
e
d

82 2 . I RRE GULAR COMPA R I S O N OF ADVE R BS

m
C OMPA R AT I VE

mm
POSITI VE SU PE R LA T I V E

m
bene, w ell l e ius , better opti e, bes t

mm
did , l ong ,

aru
ag nopere ,
a

l i ttl e
l ong ti

g r ea tly mm
e
n
g
difi tius , l o

m ag i s ,

inus , l es s
ore
er

m
mm
mm
m
did ti s s i
ax i

ini
e,
d, l ong es t

e, l ea s t
os t

m
,

ro e
p p , nea rly , nea r ro
p p i us ,
nea rer proxi e, nea r es t
s aepe , o f ten s aepi us , o f tener s aepis s i d ofl enes t

N
,

ml
UME RAL ADJE CT I VE S

82 3 The card na i l i li
ndec nab e ,

m l duo,
'

. nu era s are ex cept Ii nus ,

t res , the hundreds above one hundred, and

T he i l
ord na s are li
dec ned l ik e bonus -
a, -
u m ill e used as a noun .

N N
.

m m m m
CA R D I A LS (H ow OR D I A LS
(I n w hat or d er )
1 ,
fir s, -
a, -
u one p ri us , -
a, -
u fi rs t
2 ,
duo, duae , duo tw o s ecundusl (or a ter ) s econd

3, tres , tria three te rtius thi rd

4, q uattuor e tc .
q uartus e tc.

5 , q ui nq ue q ui ntus
6 , s ex

7, s epte m s e ptim
s e x tus

us

8,

9 ,
octd

nove m
m
octavus

nd nus

m
dece
m deci
m
10 ,
us

m m
1 1 d ndeci d ndeci us

mm
,

duodeci duodeci
m
1 2 ,
us

m m
1 3 , tre deci (dece
( )
et tres ) te rtius de ci us

I 4 , q uattuordeci q uar t us d e ci us
33 6 GR A MMA T I CA L A PPE N DI X

D E CL E NN P SI O OF RO NN OU S

PE RS O AL N
'

ttI , you s ui , o f m
hi self, etc .

m
'

tII Vds

tui ves tru -

tri s ui s ui

tibi d is Sibi Sibi

te Vds s e, s es e S e, s es e

te d is Se, s es e S e, s es e

mmy ,
i ne

y ou r , y ou rs
h is ( ow n ) her (ow n) i ts (ow n)
, ,

o ur , ou r s

y ou r,
y o u r s

thei r ( ow n ) thei rs

N ml mm
,

OT E . T he l
v o c ative s ing u ar as c u ine of e us is i .

I NN
TE S I VE

ips e, se lf
FE M .
 GRA MMA TI CA L A PPE N DI X 337

DE MO N S TRATI VE

N
hic, this (here), he

E UT . MA SC .

m
hoc hi
huius h d ru
huic hi s
hoc hd s
hd c hi s

iste , this , tha t (of yours ), he

m
is tud is ti
’
is ti us is td ru
is ti is ti s
is tud is td s
is td is ti s

i ll e, tha t (yonder), he

m
Illl l CI i i ll
’
illi ti s ill d ru
ll
i i i is ll
illII cl ill d s
i116 i is ll
is , this , tha t, he

m
id ii , ei

eius e d ru

eI li s , ei s

id ed s

m m
ed il s , ei s

N m mm I m
OM .
m
i de

m m m mm
e ius
’
de
e ade
’

e ius
'

de
ide

e ius
I de

’
de
,
the sa

’
ii de

l ei d e
’
e

’
de
e ae
’
mm
de
’
e ade

m m m m
e d run

ii s de
’

de
’ ’ ’
ei de ei ei de

m mm m
’
ei s de

m m m m m
’ ’ ’
e un de e an de ide ed s de
’

’ ’ ii s de
de e a de de
’
ed ed ’
Le is de
33 8 GR A MMAT I CA L A PPE N DI X

RE LAT I VE

q ui , who, which

I N TE RRoGATI VE

s ubs tantive,

N
q uis , who, what

N
N
MA SC . A D FE M . E UT . MA SC .

O M. d
m
i i
N
q u s q u q ui

GE . c uius cuius q u d ru

m
DA T . c ui c ui q uibus
A CC .
q ue q uid q ud s
A BL .
q u d q u d q uib us

T he i nterr og at ve i ad ect vej i Q , quae,

ui quod ,
l i
re at ve .

I NN
DE FI I TE

m m
83 1 Qui s
. and q ui , as l
de c ine d above ,
1
are u s ed a s o as l inde finites

(so e, a ny
) . T he othe r inde finite s a r e co pou nd s o f q ui s a nd q ui .

N
q ui s q ue, each

N N
SU BSTA T IVE A D JE CT I VE

N
NN
MA SC . A D FE M . E UT . MA SC . FE M . E UT .

O M. q uis q u e q uidq ue q u is q u e q u ae q ue q u odq u e

GE
’ ’ ’
cuius c uius
’ ’
. cuius q ue q ue c uius q ue cuius q ue q ue

m m m
DA T . c uiq ue cuiq ue cuiq ue cuiq ue c uiq ue

A CC .
q ue q ue q uidq ue q ue que q ua q ue q u od q ue

A BL

m m
.
q u d u
q e q u d u
q e q ud q ue q u a u
q e q u d q ue

ll
m l
1 d f inine no inative s ing u ar
Q i
ua s g e ne ra
y u s e ins t ea d o q ua e i n th e fe

and i n th e ne ute r no inative and ac c u s ative p ura l l .

34 0 GR A MMA T I CA L A PPE N DI X

I
CON JU GA T ON O F R E GU LA R V E R BS

FI R S T CO JUGAT I ON N .
—
A VE RBS . voco, 1 CA L L

N
m
PR I PA R T S vocé re, vocavi , vocé t us

m m
C I PA L :

Pre s . s te voca pe rf . s te VOC5 V part . s te vocat

A CT I V E PA S S I V E

m m
I ca l l , a ca l l i ng

m
do ca l l , e tc. I ca l l ed , e tc .

m
a

m
,

voc6 voc é us vocor voc é ur

voc as voc ati s vocéi ris , - re voc é ini
vocat vocant vocé tur vocantur

PA ST
ca l l ed ,

vocé ba
vocé bas
m w as ca l l i ng

vocé bé
vocé bi
,

m
d id

ti s
us
ca l l , e tc .

voc fibar
vocé bé ri s ,
1 was

-
xc
ca ll ed , e tc .

vocé ba
voc fi bé
m
m ur
i ni
vocé bat vocé bant voc é batur vocfi ba ntur

FUT U R E
Ma l l
m m
I ca l l , e tc . 1 Ma l l be ca ll ed , e tc .

voc fibi voc é bi

m
’

voc é b c) us voc é bor ur

vocé b is vocé bit i s voc i beri s , -
re voc é bi ini
vocé b it vocab unt voc é bi tur voc abuntur

PE R F E CT

ca l l ed , did ca l l , e tc. Il za v e oeen (w a s ) ca ll ed , etc.

32223221? vocé tus , vocé ti ,

v oca verunt , -
te

PA S T PE R F E CT

vocé vera
J ka d

voc é veré s
m ca l l ed , e tc .

vocé veré
voc fi veréi ti s
m us
Il za d

era

eras
oeen
m ca ll ed , etc.

vocé ti ,
eri

eri
m as

t is
ae -
a
voc fi verat voc fi verant erat erant

F UT U R E PE R F E CT

m I na ve
m
I s lza l l ha v e ca l l ed , e tc . l
s za ll been ca ll ed , e tc .

vocé verfi vocé veri us er6 ri ua

vocé veri s vocé veri ti s eri s ri t is

vocé verit voc é veri nt erit runt

 GR A MMA TI CA L A PPE N DI X 34 1

SU B U J N CT I V E

PR E SE N T

vocer
vocéris , -
xc

vocétur

PA ST
vocarer
vocaréri s , -
te

vocarétur

PE R F E CT

PA ST PE R F E CT

vocatus ,
-
a, -
m
u

N
I MPE R A T I V E
PR E SE T

voca, ca ll tlzon
vocate , ca ll y e

FU T UR E
m
be t/zon ca ll ed
voc are ,
voca ini , be y e ca l l ed

i bon s ha l l ca l l vocator, i ll on s ha l l be ca ll ed

li e s na l l ca l l vocator, b e s ka /l be ca l l ed

vocaté te, o u s ha ll ca l l
y

NN
vocanti}, t/zey s b a ll ca l l vocantor, i lzey s ha ll be ca ll ed

I FI ITIVE
PR E S
PE R
FUT .
F
.

.
vocare, to ca ll
vocavi s s e , to
vocat
"

s, -
a, -
m
na ve
u
ca ll ed

es s e , l o be
vocat i , to
vocatus ,

[ vocatu m m -
be
a, -

iri ,
ca l l ed

u
to
es s e,

be
to lea ve been
a bou t
[ ca ll ed

to be
a bon to ca ll

PA R T I CI PL E S
PR E S
FUT .
. vocans , -anti s , ca l l i ng
vocatii rus , -
a, -
u m,
a bou t to
PR E
GE R U
S.
N
D I VE
be
1
vocandus ,
ca l l ed
-
a, - um ,
to

F F
N
PE R PE R voc atus , - a ,

N
. .

N
GE R U D

N m
OM.
SU P I E ( A CT I V E V O I CE )
GE vocand i , o f ca l l i ng

m
. ‘
A CC t0 ca l l
DA T .
f or ca ll i ng
A BL
° voc t
voca tu ,
a u ,

t0 ca l l zn t12 e
A CC vocandu ca l l i n
’

.
g,

mm ll
A BL . vocandfi, by ca ll i ng
1
So e ti e s ca e d th e future pas s ive partic ip l e.
34 2 GR A MMATI CA L A PPE N DI X

NN N N MO

mm mm
833 . S E CO D CO JUGATIO . E - VE R BS . E O, 1 A D VI SE

N
m m m
PR I PA R T s onit us

m
oneo,

m
onui ,

m
CI PA L : onet e,

Pre s . s te oné pe rf. s t e onu part . s te onit

A CT I V E
I N
D I CA T I V E
PA SS I V E

N
m
PR E SE T

m mm
I
m m
a d v i s e, e tc . 1 a a d v i s ed , e tc .

m
mm
oné

oné t is

o ent
us
m
m
oneor

oné ri s ,

oné tur
-
re m
mm oné
oné

one ntur
ur
i ni

m m m m
Iw
m m m
a s a d v is i n e tc . 1 w as a d v is ed , e tc .
g ,

m
m m
oné ba

m
oné bas

oné bat
oné bé

oné bat is
oné ba nt
us
m
m
oné bar

oné bé ris ,

oné bat ur
-
re m
m moné ba

oné ba
oné ba ntur
ur
i ni

FUT U R E

m m m m m
I
m
s ha ll a d v is e, e tc . 1 s lza ll be a d v is ed , e tc .

m m oné b i

m m m
'

oné bc) us oné bor oné bi

m
ur

m oné bi s

oné bi t m oné biti s

oné bunt m oné beri s ,

oné bitur
- te oné bi

oné bunt ur
ini

PE R F E CT

m m m m m
Ih a ve a d v is ed , I a d v is ed , e tc . 1 ba ve been (w a s ) a d v is ed , e tc .

m
m
onui

onui s ti

onui t
m
m
onui

onui s ti s

onuérunt,
us

-
re
su su

es tis

s unt
us

PA ST PE R F E CT

m m m m
Il
m
i a d a d v i s ed , e tc . 1 b a d been a d v i s ed , e tc .

m m
onuera onueré
m
m
us

m
era
oni tl ,
onueras onuera ti s era s

onuerat onuerant l erat

F UT U R E PE R F E CT

m m m
1 l ll lza v e a d v i s ed , e tc . 1 l
s za l l lza ve been a d v is ed , e tc .

mm
s za

m
m
onuerfi
onu erl s

onuerit
m
m
onueri

onuen tl s

onueri nt
us
o tI ,
344 GR AMMA TI CA L APPE N DI X

834 . THI RD CO N N JUGAT IO . E VE RBS

-
. RE GO, 1 R ULE

N
m
PR I PA R T S

m
reg é , reg ere, réx i , rect us

m
CI PA L :

Pre s . s te reg e pe rf . s t e réx par t. s te ré ct

A C TI V E PA S S I V E

m
m I r u l ed , e tc.

m
1 r u l e, e tc . a

reg i

reg iti s

reg unt
us reg or

re g e ris ,

reg itur
-
re
reg i

re g i

reg untur
m ur
i ni

Iw
reg é ba

reg é bas
m a s r u l i ng ,

re g é ba

r eg é bi
e tc .

m us
ti s
reg é b ar

reg é bari s ,
1 w as

-
te
r u l ed , e tc .

reg é ba

reg eba
m
m ur
i ni
reg é bat reg é b a nt r eg é batur reg é bantur

FUT UR E

reg a

reg es
m
[ s ha l l r u l e, e tc .

reg é

re g éti s
’
mus
I s ha l l be
re g é

reg é
m
r u l ed , e tc .

m ur
ini
reg et reg ent reg entur

PE R F E CT

1 ha v e r u l ed , e tc. 1 ha v e been r u l ed , e tc .

f
e
e s PS -
fe w ,
w e “
re x rs t i s es tl s
-
ae , -
a
re x erunt , -
re s unt

PA ST PE R F E CT

I ha d
r é x era

re x era s
m r u l ed , e tc .

ré x eri

r e x erat i s
m us
Ih ad

era

era s
m
been r u l ed , e tc

re c tl ,

-
a e, -
a
re x erat r e x era nt era t

FUT U R E PE R F E CT

1 s ha l l

ré x erfi

r e x erl s
ha v e r u l ed , e tc.

ré x eri

r e x en t i s
m us
[ s ha l l ha v e been r u l ed , e tc .

re ctl ,
eri

en tl s
m us

ré x erit ré x eri nt crunt

 G R A MMA TI CA L A PPE N DIX 34 5

J N
N
SU B U CT I V E

PR E SE T

reg ar

r eg a n s , -
re

reg ata r

PA ST
reg erer

reg e réri s , -
te

r eg erétur

PE R F E CT

PA ST PE R F E CT

I MPE R AT I VE

PR E S E N T

reg e , r u l e thou
reg ite, r u l e y e m
reg ere ,

reg i
be thou
ini , be y e r u l ed

FUT UR E
thou s ha l t r u l e reg itor, thou ha l t be r u l ed
s

reg it6 ,he s ha ll r u l e reg itor, he s ha ll be r u l ed

reg itfit e, y e s ha l l r u l e

they s ha l l r u l e

N
they s ha ll be r u l ed

FN
re unt or,
g
I I ITIVE
reg ere,

r é x is s e,
to r ul e

t o ha v e r u l ed
reg i ,

r ectus ,
to be
m
r u l ed

to ha ve been

m m
-
a, -
u e s s e,

0
ré ctfirus , -
a, -
u es s e , to be [rectu i ri , to be a bou t to be r u l ed
]
a bou t to r ule

PA R T I C I PL E S
reg ens ,

ré ctii rus ,
-
e nti s , r u li ng

m
u a bou t to
PR E
GE R
S.
reg endus , m u to be

m
-
a, -
, .
-
a, -
,

F F
N
PE R PE R rectus , -
a, -
u ha v i ng been

N
. .
,

r u l ed , r u l ed

N
GE R U D

N m
OM.
S U PI E ( AC T I V E V O I C E )
GE . reg endi , o f r u l ing
D AT
ACC
A BL
.

.
reg e nd u m f or r u l i ng
,
r ul in
g
by r u l i ng
A CC
A BL .
§
Y Ct
9
,
,

re c tu to r u l e
10 W 18
,
0

in the r u l i n
3 4 6 G R A MMA TI CA L A PPE N D IX

83 5 . FOURT H CO N N JUGATIO . i VE RBS

-
. A UDI O, 1 H E A R

PR I N PA R T S audio, audi re, audi vi , audit us

m m m
CI PA L :

Pre s . s te audi pe rf. s te a ud iv par t. s te aud i t

A CTIV E PA S S I V E

m
Ih ea r , e tc.

au di

audi ti s
m us
1 a hea rd ,
audi
e tc .

au di
m
m ur
i ni
a udiunt audiuntur

audié ba

a udié bé s
m
w a s hea r i ng ,
au dié bé

au dié bé t i s
m
e tc .

us audié bar

a udié bi ri s ,
1 w a s hea r d ,

-
te
e tc .

audieba

a udié ba
m
m ur
i ni
audié b at audié bant audié batur audié bantur

FUT UR E

a udia

audiés
I
m
s ha l l hea r ,
audié
e tc .

a udiét is
m us a udia r

audiéri s ,
[ s ha l l be hea rd ,

—re
audié

audié
m
e tc .

m ur
ini
audiet audient audiétur audientur

PE R F E CT

Ih a ve hea rd ,
m
e tc.

m
[ ha ve been hea rd , etc

mi
aUd vl a nd vl ( su
l
ls
l l audi tus , andi ti ,
audIV I StI aud IV I Stl s es
a -
u -
ae -
a
a udi vi t audi vérunt, -
te es t

PA ST PE R F E CT

Ih
m
ad hea r d , e tc.

m m
I ha d been hea rd , e tc

m
aud ver audi ver
'

us
i a a udi tus ,
cr
a a u dl tl ,
a ud i veras audi verati s era s
-
a, -
u -
a e, -
a
audi verat audi vera nt Lerat

FUTUR E PE R F E CT

I s ha l l

audi verc
)
audi veris
'
ha ve hea r d ,
audi veri

a udi veri ti s
e tc .

m us
I s ha ll ha ve been hea rd ,
erc
)
eris
'

eri m
e tc .

eri t i s
us

audiverit audi veri nt cri t erunt

34 8 GR A MMA TI CA L A PPE N DI X

N N
836 . THI RD CO J UGATI O . VE RBS I N—I O. CAPI O, 1 TAKE

PR I NCI PA L PA R TS capiO, capere, cepi , capt us

m
:

Pre s . s te m
ca pe pe rf. s te m cé p part . s te capt

A CT I V E PA S SI V E

PA ST

FUT UR E

PE R F E CT

PA ST PE R F E CT

FUT URE PE R FE CT
 GR AMMATI CAL A PPE N DI X 34 9

SU B UJ N CT I V E

PR E SE N T

capiar

capiaris , - re

ca piatur

PA ST

PE R F E CT

PA ST PE R F E CT

I MPE R AT I V E

N
m
PR E SE T

2 D PE R S . c ape c apite capere capi i ni

FUT U R E

2D PE R S . capitO c apité te

3 D PE R S. capitfi c apiunt?)

I NN
FI IT I V E

PR E S.
PE R .
FUT .
F
c apere

s epi s s e

captfi rus , -
a, -
m
u es s e
capi

c aptus ,

[captu m m-
a, -

i ri ]
u es s e

PA R T I C I PL E S

PR E S
FUT
PE R . F
.
. capié nS , —

captfi ruS ,
ent i s
-
a, -
m
u
PR E
GE
PE
R.
S.

F
c apiend us , -

m
a,m -
u

N
R . ca ptus , -
a, -
u

N
GE R U D
S UP I

A CC.
A BL .
E ( ACT I V E
captu

ca
ptfi
m
VO I CE )
3so GR AMMA T I C A L APPE N D IX

NN
m
DE PO E T VE RBS

I . hortor, hortari , hortat us

I I . vereor, veré ri , veritus su m
m
su

f ear
, urg e

m
,

s eq uor, s eq ui , Secfi tus su f ol low

m
,
I II .
( pat ior, pat i , pas s us i6 verb
‘
su -
)
, su fi er

I V . part ior , parti ri , parti t us su s ha re, d ivide

N
,

for mm OT E

s
.

fro
In a ddition

the a c tive .
t o th e pa s s ive

T he s e ar e m j
c on u g a tion,

a rk e d w ith
d e pone nt ve rbs
a s ta r .
us e c e r tain

I ND I C AT I V E

PRE S.

P PE
. RF .

F PE
. RF

SU B U J N CT I V E

PR E S . horter verear s eq uar pati ar

partiar

PA ST
PE R F .
hortarer
m m m m m
horté tus s i
ve ré re r

veritus s i
s e q uere r

s ecfi tus s i
pa

p
t

as
ere

s u
r

s S i
parti re r

parti tus Si
P PE
. R F . hortatus
m m m m m
e ss e
veritus

es s e
s ecfi tus

es se
pas s us

es s e
parti tus

e ss e

I MPE R AT I V E
 GR A MMA TI CAL A PPE N DIX

er6 , [ s ha ll be
FUT URE
eri m us , w e s ha l l be
e ri s , thou w i l t be eritis ,y ou w il l be
e rit , he w i l l be ernnt , they w i ll be

fui , Ih a ve been, w as
fuis ti , thou ha s t been , w a s t
PE R F E CT

fui m us , w e ha ve been, w ere

fuis tis , y ou ha ve been, w er e
fu1t, h e ha s been, w a s fu runt
e
fuere } they ha v e been, w er e

fuera m ,
I ha d been
fueras , thou ha ds t been
PA ST PE R F
fueré
E CT

m us ,

fuerati s , y ou ha d been
w e ha d been

fuerat , he ha d been fuerant, they ha d been

I s ha ll

fueri s , thou w i l t ha ve been

ha v e been
F UT UR E PE R

fueri
F
m
E CT

us , w e s ha l l ha ve been
fueri tis , y ou w il l ha ve been
fuerit, he w i l l ha v e been fuerint, they w i l l ha ve been

SUB UJ N CT I V E

es s e

es s é s
m PA ST

es s et

PA ST
fui s s enn
fuis s és
fuis s et

N I MPE R AT I V E

N N
PR E SE T FUT UR E
be thou thou s ha l t

N
2 D PE R S. S I G. es , 2D PE R S. SI G. es to,

2D PE R S. PL U R . es te, be y e 3D PE R S. SI G. es t6 , he s ha ll be
2D PE R S. PL UR . e s tate, y e s hall be
PE PL UR . s untfi, they s ha ll be

N
FN
3 D R S.

I I I T I VE PA RT I C I PL E

PR E S. es s e , to be

PE
FUT
R F
.
. fui s s e , to ha v e been
futii rus ,
to be
-
a,

a bo u t
-
u mes s e or

to be
fore, futfirus , -
a, -
u m ,
a bout to be
 GR A MMA TI CA L A PPE N DIX 3 53

m
m
pos s u be a ble , ca n

N
,

PR I CI PA L PA R T S : pos s u pos s e, pot ni ,

N N
,

I D I C AT I V E J
SU B U CT I V E

PR E S

I NN FI I T I VE

PR E S. pos s e PE R F .
potuis s e

PA RT I C I PL E

PR E S. poté ns ,
-
entis ( j
ad ec tive
)p
,
ow er u l
f

vell e, vol ui , be wil l ing , will , wis h

mm m m n616 , none, uol ui , be unwilling , will not

N m m N
al o, i ll e, al ui , be ore willing , pref er

m m( m
and mm
616 and

al o for
al o are

i fro
co pound s o

ag i s ,
f vol b.

ore
)
616 is for us
V0 15 .
( not)

I N D I C AT I V E

PR E S . n6 16

u b u vi s

nb n vu t l
3 54 GRA MMA T I CA L APPE N DIX

PRE S.

I MPE R AT I V E

N
m
PR E S 2 D PE R S. S I G. nOli

PE PL U R lo ite

N
2 D R S. .

2 D PE RS. SI G. nOli to, e tc .

PA R T I C I PL E

PR E S l
vo ens , -e ntis né l é ns , - e ntis

bea r , ca rry, end ure

PRI N PA R T S ferre, t uli , li t us

m
CI PA L

m
:

Pre s . s t e rn fe r pe rf. s te tul pa rt . s t e 15 t

I ND I CAT I V E

m
A CT I V E PA SS I V E

PRE fe rc) feri feror

'

S. us

fers fertis ferris , -

re

fert
m
m
feré ba
ferunt fertur
feré bar

mm
fera ,
feres , e tc . ferar, fe ré ris , e tc .

m mm
l
tu i l i tu ,
s -
a, -
u su

tul era l atu s, a, u

m
era
- -

tul erc)
'

l atus, -
a, -
u e ro
 GR A MMA T I C A L A PPE N DI X

I FN
N I IT I V E PA RT I C I PL E S

i re
i ss e (i viss e)
itfi rus , -
a, -
u mes se
PR E
FUT
GE R
S.

.
ié ns ,
itfi rus ,
c u ndu mm
c unti s

-
a, -
u
8 1 7)

N
m
GE R U D
‘
eundi A CC . c und u

m
e und c) A BL e undO
'

a. T he
the pas s vei
ve rb ed

b I n the perfect s ys te
as ,
is
i tur , it u
us ed

m i
ll

m mi
i pe rs ona

es t , e tc .

the for s
y in the

w th
th rd
pe rs on

v are rare .
i
s ng u arl

m m
.

m
'

fi 6 (pass ive of facib), be a de, beco e, happen

PR I N C I PA L PA RTS : no , fieri , fact us su

I N D I C AT I V E I MPE R AT I V E

PR E S. 2 D PE R S. fi fi te

fie re m
mm
mm
fac tus , -
a, -
u si

factu s , -
a, -
u ess e

N
FN
mm
I I I T I VE PA R T I C I PL E S

heri
m PE R F factus , a, u
- -
.

fac tus ,
m a, u esse GE R faciendus , a, u
- - - -
.

factu i ri ]
W O R D L I ST FO R F I RST H A L F Y E A R
Prope r nouns j m
a nd a d e ctive s are o itte d

VI HE BS

iubeO
labOrO
libe rO

m
locO

m
ittO
oneO

m
Inove O

narrO
fi niO

navig O

noce O

nfi ntiO

ObtineO

occupO

Oppug nO

pacO
are O
p

m
immm
fru m
fos sa
entu

imi m
pe di entu

er u
p
inifi ria
i n pi
o a

in l
su a
3 58 WOR D L I ST

NN N
m
CO JU CT I O S

na

nec or neq ue

PRE POS I TI O SN
de in
e or ex pe r
36 0 WOR D L I ST

r es

ré s
frfi
ub
m
li
entaria

ca
p
rex

rfi s

SaIfi S
s enatus

s ervitfi s

S ig num
s oror

NN N N
ml
A DVE R BS CO JU CT I O S PRE POS I TIO S

bene
mm m apud
o es té aut né

deinde
m m
i
plfi ri u aut au t q ua nter

im m m
dilig enter pri O aute

im m q u od pro pte r

i m
et a ri u en ta en
p

i im m
il
fac e
q u de et ut

mim
nter

ax e
ta

vé rc)
‘
 S PE C I A L VO CA B U L A R I E S
Th
Al w y
l t d E g l i h w d th t g i n w i l l ft g g t th
y t dd
L ti i th k y t th
t
a

n s
e re a e

t
sh d tr

f
i
E l i h
y
I f
o a

th
E n
n

g l i
n
o
h
i f
bol
s

y
f
m
or

m
e an

as te r
s a

so

o
a re

ncreas e

n
ve O

our

e m
en s u

n
es

voca

o
o

an
ers .

u ar

o
.

a
y g e e g y e s . ea

th l t d w d i k wn t y
e re a e l th E g li h di ti y
or s s un no o ou, c ons u t e n s c onar

N
.

L E SS O v, § 63

L A TI NW OR D ME A N
N I G R E LAT E D WOR D S
dat he ( i
s he ,
t) g ive s ,
is g ivi ng data, dative
es t he (s he , it) is es s e nce , es s e ntia l
s tory fab l e, fabu l ous

m
he
oney

they are
s he ,
( i t) te ll s narr ate , narrative

pecuniary

N
m m
LE SSO V I I, § 81
5, p pab, re . w i th a bl . fro
ad pr ep w i th

a
’

m
,

q ua
. a cc. to, expr es s i ng
water
oti on

aq uariu m ,
a
q ue d uc t
cu prep w i th a bl
, . . w ith
in, pr ep w i th a cc. . into
in, p p
re w i th a bl. . in, on

nau ta
’
l
s ai or nautic a l
per , p p re . w i th a cc . throug h
t er
’
ra e arth , l and terrace , terre s tria l
N
0

N m
L E S SO VIII, § 94
OT E . Learn the three es s entia l fac ts a bout e ach Latin noun : its no

m
inative , its g e nitive , and its g e nde r W he n reciting the l
all three : as , a q ua , a q uae, f e i ni ne, w ater
.

”
.
vocabu arie s , g ive

kind bonus , bounty

’
bo na g ood,

f
’
ca s a, -
as , . hut, cottag e

et and

he
s ml l
(
al

re tt
s he ,

b autifu
it) l ives
itt l e

l
habitation, inhabitant

l
u chritude
p y e
, p
3 6 1
 SPE C I A L V OC A BU L A R I E S

L E SSO N IX, § 1 00
NW N
N
a

e
’
m quus
L AT I

,
’
i cus ,
-
i,
-
i,
i
711

n.
ORD

.
ME A I G

a ml ml
R E L AT E D
icab
e q uine
e, a
WOR D S
iab e

Mai r cus ’
i , in Mark
'

- .
,

q uO, i nter r og
v er bs o

Ser vus ,
f
’
- i , in.
m . a dv.

oti on
w i th

s ervant, s e rf
’
u bi , interr og a d v w i th

N
. .

v er bs of res t
LE SS O X , § 1 05
a
’

g er , a
’

g ri ,
in. fie d l ac re , ag rarian

(s he it) toil s l l
’
l abOrat he ,
ab or, aborator
y
por tat
’
he (s he it) c arri e s
, porte r, por tab l e

pu er,
’
pu et i ,
’
in. boy pueri e l
q uid i nterr o
g p . r on . w hat

m m
,

qui s , i nterr og pr on . . w ho
Vl r , Vi ri ,
’
l
N
. an viri e , virtue

ar
’

con vocat
mm ’
a, -
5
’
ru ,
n.pl u r . m ll
ar
L E S SO

he (She , it) ca
X I, §

s tog e the r
1 13

ar m
m a e nt

convoke , c onvoc ation

cfi r ,

nbn, neg
i nter r og .
. a d v.
a dv. w hy
not non m m
ou nd s :
in an
y co

m”
as , non

’
e s s e ntia l ,
nons e ns e
Op pidu , i , n tow n
-
.

PO PUIuS , 4 , 7 l opu ation,l l

N
pe op e
p o
p pu ar

m
m
aux i

bel l u
’
’
l iu ,

i , n.
aux i
’
li ,
LE S S O

d
an

w ar
X I I,

m m
-
,
'
fi l ius , fi li , i n
’
s on

m mm
.

ml lm
’
frfi en tu ,
-
i , n. g rain
ag
’
nus , -
a, -
u g reat, l arg e ag nitude , ag nify

m
no vu s ,
’
-
a, —
u new nove nove ty

m m
,
’

pa r at he She ,
( it) prepares co pare , re pair

ll y
NX
’ ’
s o cius , s o ci , . a ,
co pa nion s ociety, as s oci ate

m m lm m m
L E S SO I I I, § 1 24
’
fé a, -a
e, f . ru or , re por t, r eputation fa e, fa ous

l on gus ,
'
-
a, -
u _
on
g l l
on
g itu de ,
pro on
g
 6
3 4 S PE C IA L V OCA BU L A R I E S

L AT I NW OR D ME A N
N I G R E LATE D WOR DS
co pia,
’
s e, f l e nty, abundance copious

m
p
- .

pl u r forc es
.

’
cre ber, bra, - bru thick, freq uent, crowded

m
-

m
di li g en t ia , f l
’
indus try di ig e nce

mm
-
ae, .

Ger Ger
’
a nia, -
ae f , . an
y
lox , a d v . p es ent

m m mm
s oon, r
y
peri cul u
’

,
-
i, n . dang er pe ri l , peri ous l
R o a nus , As
’
-
a, -
u Ro an. a nou n i n
the
m a s c. or
f ern , a

N
Ro an

m m m
L E S SO XX, § 1 81

i a t ia, ae, f friends hip ity S ee a ls oa i cus ,

m
a -
. a .

Les s on I X

m l
’
bar barus , -
a, -
u s avag e , u ncivi ized . As barbarous , ba rbarian

Bri tan ni , 6 ru ,
’
mm
a

or

the Britons
fe m
nou n i n the
.
,
a s avag e
a s c.

m
-
.

m
m
l
'
Brit an ni a , -ae, fi Britain, E ng and

ia ,
a d v. l
a re ady, l i e diate
y,
pres ent l y now ,

a nd s o, therefore
fore s t l
s i van, Pennsy vania l
N e nn s F ores t)
’

( P

m m ml m
LE SS O X X I, § I 8S

mm wretched is er
’
i s er, i s era , is erab e,
’
i s éru

mm m s hore , c oas t

mm
’
Ora , ae, f

m
-

’
riz e , r eward
’

prae iu prae i , n. p p re iu

m
,

proe
’
li u , proe
’
li , n . batt l e

su
’

pero, a re
’
overco e , conq uer s uperab e , l ins uperab l
NXX
-
e

nu
nunc,
mm q ua

a d v.
,
a d v.
L E S SO

neve r
now , the pres e nt ti
I I,

m
1 95

S ine, p p w i th a bl . w ithout s inecure

N
re .

m
L E SSO XX IV, § 2 06
pl l
’ '
cons i l iu , cons i l i , n. an, advice c ounse

ini fi ria, -
as , f . wrong in j u y inj u ti
r , s ce
 SPE CI A L V O CA BU LA R I E S 36 5

LATI NW ’
OR D ME A N
N I G R E L AT E D WOR D S
nfi nt ifi, -a re announce e nuncia te , pronuncia
tion
s ave prese rve ,
c ons erve

l if l l
N
e vita , vita ity

m m
LE S S O X X V, § 2 10

m mm
clarus ,

mmm
fi nit i
finit i
-a

i , - 6 ru
us , - a , - u
,
-
u

, .
pl u r . n
l
c e ar ,

eig hbors

j
brig ht ; fa

ad oining , neig hboring

ous C l ara

m m
li tus , -

fi rus , - i ,
patria,
a, -
u

f
. wa
wide , broad

native
ll
l and
m
l atitude

ural

patriot, patriot i m
N
-a
e, . s

m
LE SSO XX V-I , § 2 16
dé , prep w i th . a bl . down fro , concerning

dicO, - ere sa
y ,
s peak dic tion, dictionary
dfi cd, -
ere l ead c onduct, aq ue duct

I tal ia ,
l iber, l ibri ,
-
as ,

’
f
m .

.
I ta y
book
l
e x te nd, s tretch
l ib rar
y , l ib rarian

pateO, é lie open, t nt ( j)

m
- re pa e aa

reg O, -ere

m ru e l l
reg u ate , reg a l

N
Rb a, -a
e, fl Ro e

XX L E SS O VI I, § 221

audi o, i
’
hear audib e , audiencel
m ml ml
re

m
-

fos s a,

m
ae, j: ditch
m mm fos s e , fos s i l
-

edius , a, u idd e, idd e part of

m m m e diu e diocre
- -
,

fi nifi, - i
’
re fortify unition, a unition

m
qui ,
Vi ll u
r el .

venio, - i re
,
-

’
pron
i , n.
. o w ho
p l i
a

m s ade , wa ll ( f
o a ca mp)
advent, convention

NXX X
co e

L E S SO I , § 2 33
dea, -
ae, f (d at . a nd
g o d des s deity, deify

m m
a bl . pl u r

m
d eabus )

m
.

deus , i ,
m
l m
-
.

al us , -
a, -
u l la ice , a icious , a e

mm
num
poéta,
erus ,
-
ae,
-
i,
.
. m m
nu
fac tor
erous , nu erator

s apient ia , -
ae, f . s apie nt
36 6 S PE CI A L V OCA BU LA R I E S

L E S SO N
XXX § 2 39
NW N
N
,

mm m
ME A WORD S
m m
LATI OR D I G R E LA T E D

ani us , - i , . ind, s pirit, heart ani ate , unani ous

o wag e, carry on, w ear ll be ig e re nt

m
g er e e
- r

m m
,

i ndfi co, -ere le ad in or ag ains t induce , induc tive

po
itt o, -ere
ena -s
e, f
s e nd

punis m
h ent ; poena m l l is s ion, re

pena ty, pena ize ,

it
s ub

m
,

dare, s uffer punish poena

ent, pay a pe na ty l
L E S SO N
XXX I, § 2 44
ta ke , s eize capture

mm m
q ck
ui
ake,

l iu
ly
do, for
facere, fig ht
; proe
a
l
fact, affect,
l
c e erity, acce e rate

de fe ct,
fect, infec t, perfe ct
ef

l batt e

the re after, afterwards

conq uer vanq uis h , invincib l e

N
mm
L E S SO XXX I I, 2 54

cu con j w hen

m
.

m
,
’
navi g iu , ni vi gi ,
’
boat navig ab el
pet o,
-ere s eek, as k , beg , ake for pe tition, co pe te
res pondeo -
é
’
re rep ly re s pond, res pons ive

N
,

L E S SO XXX I I I, § 2 59
denique,
difi , a d v
édfi co, -ere
.
a d v. at

l
l
a ong ti

ea d out
l
fi na y
e
as t,

m ll

fort iter, a d v . brave y l

Graecia, -ae
, j: Greece
nec or neq ue, con j . and not, nor ; nec (neq ue)
nec (neque), neither

N
nor

XXX
m § 2 75
L E SS O VI ,

fir
ibi ,
m m
capti vus ,

us ,
a dv .
-
-

a,
i,
-
u
. captive

s trong ,

there , in tha
tru s ty, l oy l
t pl ace
a

g arr is on, g uard

 68 SPE C I A L V OCA BU LA R I E S

L E SSO N
X LI V, § 32 0
LATI NW OR D ME A N
NI G R E LA TE D WOR DS

mm m l fres h, pure
’
w ho integ er, integ rity
’
i n t eg er , in t eg ra, e,

t eg ru
l eg atus , i ,
pfi blicu s ,
-

Verus , -a , u
a ,
-
u
mm -

l
-
. a

pu b ic
bas sador, ie ute nant
,
offi ci
tru e , g enuine
a
l
l
l
pub
eg ate

li city

veracious , verity

N
m
L E SSO X LV ,

ant e, p p re . w i th a cc. be fore

ll m
m 1 n E ng lis h co
anteroo
ou nds ,
p
ante

m mm
as ,

m lmm m m l
m
,

be u
’
i
’
i pe riu i pe ri ,
n . co and , S upre e e pire , i
per a

m
,

pow e r ,
re a

fi nd , co e upon

l
not a t all , eas t of al l

nature

NX X
lm
LE S SO LI , § 3 43
-
ere, as cendi , c i b as cend , as ce ns ion, de

-
as cens us

ex pug no,
"
t us
’
-
a re,
’
-
’
a vi , mm
take by s tor
dis ti ng u is hf r o
,
capture ;

0p
s c e nd

l pug no, as sa u t

fu g i o, fug i , fugi fl ee , fug itive, refug e

’
-
ere, run

m
’
t fi ru s
l i j j
m
’ ’
ia ci o, ia cere, ieci , throw , hur n ect, e e c t, a nd a ny

m iactus

pert er reo,
’
’
ag no pere, a d v .
-
é
’
re, ui ,
other co

terror, terri b
p

l
ounds

m
-

s acer , s acra , s acru s acred

was te, devas tate

’ ’ ’
Vas t o, -a re, - a vi , -a t us lay w as te

N
m
L E S SO LI, § 35 9
ac ( bef ore at que and, and w hat is ore

( bef ore ei th er v ow el s

or cons
) con j .

ml
,

antea, a d v . here tofore , previous y, l

for er y
 SPE C I A L V OCA BU LA R I E S 36 9

NW ME A N
N WOR D S
m
m
LATI OR D I G R E LATE D
’
e voco,
’
a vi , ll out, s u on evoke

m
- ca

fort una , -
ae, f l fortune
’
i ni quus , -a
,
-
u u neve n, u neq ua l , un iniq uity
favorab l e

pos t , p p re . w i th a cc. after, behind p s tpone,

o pos ts cript
prd, p p
re w i th a bl for, in be ha f of l ra r el
y, proce ed, procure

m
. .

reg nu -
i, n . rea m m
i n front
l king do
Of

; s ov interreg nu m reig n

m
, , ,

e reig nty

R hé nus , i , -
. the R hine

t rans , p p re . w i th a cc. acros s trans port, trans pos e

L E SS O N LI I, 36 3

i nopia , -
ae, f . want, need, s carcity

int erfi
’
ci o, e re, fe ci ,
’

put out of the w ay, ki ll

m
- -

neg o t iu
obt i neo,
’
’
, neg o ti , n
- E
’
re,
’

ui ,
. bus ines s ,
oss e s
affair,

keep, g ain
m atter

p s
-
,
’
-
ten t us
’
d
’

p oce do,
r ere, ces s i , go forw ard, advance proce e
- -

’
- ces s fi rus

produ co,
’
-
ere, l e ad forw ard prod uce

m
’
-
duc t us
’ ’
s us ci i
p o,
-
ere, -
ce pi , undertake , ass u e
—
cep t us
’

o
L E SSO N LI I I, § 3 71
wis h , des ire c upidity
’ ’ ’
eu p i o,
-ere
,
i vi , i t us - -

beg in incipient, inceptive

’ ’
inci pio, -ere, -ce pi ,

iu beO,
’
é re, ius s i ,
’
co m
m and

m
-

ius s us
pos su , pos s e, po t ni
’
be l
ab e , can pos s ib e, l pos se , potent
Vet o, ui , it us - - forbid veto

N
8p m
-
] l fi,
’
éi t us
.
f
4
’
te’ -
,
a Vi , ca
L E S SO

ll ,
na m e
L I V, § 3 79
appe ll ation, appe a l
370 SPE C I AL V OCA BULARI E S

LAT I NW ORD ME A NN I G R E L AT E D WOR DS

’ ’ ’
cbnser vb, - a re, -
a vi , pres erve, keep s afe cons erve, c ons ervation
’
a t us

m
-

ita, a dv.

m m mm m
j udi i l
' ’
i fi di ciu i fi di ci , n

m
,
. c a
’ ’
re it t o, -er
e, -
i s i, re it, re iss , re is s ion
’
is s us

m
-

S i , con j . if
s tat i l a dv. at once , ins tant y

N
,

mmm mm
L E SSO LV , § 39 1
i pedi ent u i, n hindrance pl u r bag i pedi

m
-
ent

m
. .
,

g ag e

m
’
- é re, 6vi , ove

ot us
pauci al
e, a few, on few paucit
m m
-
a
y y
-
,
’ ’ ’
a re, -a vi , a t us think re pute , i pute co

m
-

m
-

m
,

pute

re
’
liquus , -
a, -
u the re s t, re ai ni ng , re re lic , relinq uis h, derelict

ainder Of

N
m
L E S SO LV I I , § 4 06
Cons ul , is , cons u l
m m
-
.

’
l e gi o, - 6 ni s , f
’
. l eg ion

m
i l es , - it i s ,
pater, pat ri s ,
.

.
so l di
fathe r
er

pr

mm
pax , paci s , f
i ncep , ipi s ,
s -

réx , rég i s ,
.
peac

king
e

chie f, l eader

N
.

L E S SO LV I I I ,

accipi o, -
ere, -
cepi , receive acc ept

-
ceptus _

decapitate, hapte
r

m mm
c

flfi en, flfi ini s , n

mm
.

fr ater, fratri s , .

ater , atri s , f .

m
te p , ori s , n.
us -
37 2 SPE CI A L V OCA BU LA R IE S

L E SSO NX L II, § 42 0

NW N
N
m
m m
ME A WOR DS
mm
m m
LATI OR D I G R E LA T E D

co

m
-
j
m m
m itt o,
i s s us
-
ere, -
isi , oin tog ether

proel i u co
; intrust ;

ittere ,
co it, co is s ion

ho
j
m
l
m m j m mm
d, - ini s , a nd I hu
oin

e ng ag e
batt

being ,
e,

ent
beg in an

ho m m icide , hu
.
f an an an

iter, i t ineri s , n . ourney, arch, route ; i tinerary, i tinerant

it er dare, g ive a rig ht

redfi cd, -
ere, —
dfi x i l
m
of

e ad
w ay ; i t er facere,
arch

back re duce , re ducti on

m
m
,

-
ductus
ta e

V irt il s , vi rt fi
'
,
con j .

’
t is , f : mll
neverthe es s
an ines s ;
l
c ourag e , virtuous

vi s , (vi s ), f .
va or ; w or th , vir tue

s tre ng th,

l e nce
pow er, vio Viml ,
Vio e nt

NX
m
LE SS O L I I I, § 42 2
aeq uus , -a -
u e ven, l e ve l e q ua l; fair, e q ua l i
eq uat on, e quator

m
, , ,

j us t

m m
1
andeo, -
é re, ans us s u dar e audacity

et ia ,
a d v ., s ta nd i n
g eve n, a s o l
befor e the e pha t i c

mm m l
or s ,
rel inquO,
ort i s
-
ere,
-
iu
-
)f
,

1i q ui ,
. d eath
ea ve behind, des ert
-
lictus
s al fi s , -
fi tis , f l
’
s afety l
s a utary, s a vation, s ave l
N
m
L E SS O LX V , § 43 2

acer , acri s , acre keen, Sharp, e ag er, acrid, acri onious

c ourag e ou s

or aut aut , either

:

or

cel er , cel eri s , cel ere s wift l

c e erity

eq ues ter , t ri s , - t re of c ava ry l e q ues trian

m
-

1 AndeO is a se i d e pone nt
-
v e rb . T he s e v e rb s ll b
wi e e x p a ine dl l ate r.
 SPE CI A L V OCA BU L A R I E S 373

NW N
N
m
LATI OR D ME A I G R E LATE D WOR D S
fug a, -
as , f . fl ig ht ;in fug a dare, fug itive
pu t to fl ig h t

pedes t er ,
-
t ris , - t re on foot ; w i th cbpiae, pedes tr an i
infantry

NX
m § 436
LE SSO L V I,

certus ,

cog o, -ere, coé

-
a, -
u
’

gi , coac co lle ct ml
s ure , certain

; co pe force
ascertain, certify

m
m m m
m m m
,

co
tus
fi ni s , -
e co m on co une , c o unity

heavy ;

si m
all, eve ry

il lar ,
s eve re

ike
; w e i ht
g y g
om
m
si
m
rave ,

l ml
nibus , o
i e, si
g ravity
nipotent
u ate

NX
m
L E SS O L VI I, § 439

favor, kindnes s benefit

’ ’
benefi ciu , benefi ci , n.

corpus , -Ori s , n . body c orpora l ,

c orps e , incor
porate
g rat ia ,
-
ae, f: favor, thanks ; g ri t iéi s g ratitude, g ratis , ing ra
ag ere, w i th da t , tiate

ml
.

thank
os t of all , es pecia lly mmm ax i u

e q ua ar
p , peer parit y, p ir
a

NX
,

LE S SO L VIII, § 44 7
brevi s , -e s hort brie f, brevity
difii cil i s , -e hard diffi cu t l
facili s , faci ity l
mm
-
e e as y

fort is , -
e brave , courag e ous , s trong fortitu de , fort, fortify
ig nis , - i s -
iu ) fire ig nite , ig nition

NX X
, .

m mm
L E SSO L I , § 45 3
dux , ducis ,
i nter , pr ep w i th .
.

a cc.
l
l ig ht
m
eader, c o

betwee n,
l l l
m
trivia
a
ander

ong

fic k
duke
interi
evity
,
intervene

mm m
, , e

nihil , n .
,
i nd ecl . nothing l . An a bl . nihi16 , nihi is t, annihi ate l
f ro a no . nihil u

m
,

a bl .
occu r s as an o f
ea s u r e o f d ife r ence
3 74 SPE CI A L V OCA BU LA R I E S

NW ME A N
N WOR D S
m
L AT I OR D I G R E L AT E D

pé s ped i s, pe da l pe de s ta l pe des

m
.
, , ,

trian

s pat iu s pat i , n . dis tance s pacious , ex atia te

N
s pac e ,
, p

L E SS O LX X , § 459
auct o

di s s i m
ri tas ,

ili s ,
-

-
at i s , f l
e
authority

un l ik e, ml
dis s i i ar
author

dis s i m l u ate , dis se m

l b e

l ex , l eg is , f .

s ervi t us ,
’
l iber tas , - a t i s , f :
’

ut i s , f
law
fre e do
l
ml
,
iberty
lg
e

l ib l
era
a

s ervitude
l l l
,
eg i s ate

NXX
s aver
y
-

L E S SO L I, § 4 68
adduce, -
ere, - dux i , l e ad to, bring to , i nfl u
i
adduc e

-
ductus e nce

cog nbs co, -

ere, -
g n6vi , l earn, find out ; i n perf . r e c og niz e

-
g ni t us tens es , know
ex s pect o, -
are, - avi , a w ait, e x ect,
p wait for e x pec tation

-
at us

vul nero, -
are, -
avi , l
V u nerab e , l invul ner
l
NXX
ab e

m
L E SS O L II, § 4 73
bene, a d v , f r o . bonus we ll bene dic tion, benefit
deinde, a d v. ne x t, then, there afte r

m
m m m
facil e,
aned,
a d v.

e re, ans i ,
e as i

re
ly
ai n, abide , s ta
y

mm
pl fi rimm
ans urus

m u ,
a d v. very

pos s e,
uch,

be
os t ;

os t
w i th
pow
pl u l pl u l ity
ra ,
ra

pri mm
to ti
O, a d v .,

e
r e err i ng
f at
e rful

fi rs t, as

a fterw ar ds
pp
o os ed

in
to
the
pri mm
val
e, pri ar
y,

mm
;

pri u ,
a d v .,
f
r e er
beg inning
fi rs t, in th e fi rs t p ace l pri m itive

NXX
r in to or d er
g

m
LE SS O L III, § 4 78
advent us , us ,
m arriva l
- .

Caes ar , —
ari s , . Caesar
s pe e d , s wi ftne s s
 SPE CI A L V OCA BUL A R I E S

L E S SO NXX XL I § 5 19
NW N
N
,

LATI OR D ME A I G R E LATE D WOR DS

pos ui , put dow n, lay down, depone nt, depos it

m mm m
-
ere, -

-
pos it us l ay as ide
i de , eade , ide sa e ide ntity, identica , iden l
i ncol O, ere, ui , inhabit, tr a ns ;

m
- -

ips e, i ps a, ips u
i ntra ns
lf m
hil
.
,
dw e
f,
ll
hers e f, l
m
se se

m l m
,

l
its e f ; very
anus , 4 1 8 , f .

iu m
h and ; g roup, force

s ide , direc
m lanua ,

anus cri
anufacture ,

pt

pars , part i s -
)f ,
.
part , Share ; part ,
y partic e, par tne r,

tion partia l
s pes , s pei , f 2 hope

L E S SO NXXX L , § 52 5

m
de Ons t r O,
J ere, -
ui ,
are,
-
i t us
§ vi ,
o w e , oug ht

poi nt ou t Sh ow

mm
- -
,

atus
m
-

fi ni s , i s - -
iu )
, . e nd, li it ; pl u r terri
. fi nis h, fi na l ,
fi nite,
tory, c ountry finite
hic, haec, hoc this ; as
p ers . 1 5
he , s he , it
il l e, ill a, ill ud th at ; as p ers . p
he , s h e, it
i s t e, i s ta , i s t ud that ; as
p ers . p

m m m
mm mmm m
odus ,

6ns ,
-
i,
ont i s (- iu
.

) ,
.
eas ure

ountain
anner m m
m ml m
ode ,

ount, a
ode

ount
,
ood

NXXX
m m
L E SS O L I, § 530
ali q ui s , al iquid so

m eone , s o e thing

ex i s t i m
al iq ui , ali g na, al iq uod

d, are,
so e

think , c ons ide r m

e s ti ate

mm m
-

atus

m
-

d a c ertain one , a certain

q da
ui , q uae a ,

ui
q dda (q uodda )
q ui s que, q uidq ue each one
 SPE CI A L V OCA BU L A R I E S 3 77

LATI NW OR D ME A N
N I G R E L AT E D WOR D S
qui s que, q uaeque,

ret ineo, -
ere, -
t inui , l
ho d back , re tain retention

tentus
m
-

s us t ineo, -
ere, - t inui , ho d l u p, aintain ; en s us tain

t ent us dure

NXXX
-

L E SSO L III, § 5 44
causa , -
ae, f . cause , reas on ; q ua dé becaus e
caus a, for this r eas on

ex pell o, -ere
pul i , drive out, ex pe l e x pu s ionl
m m
-

m
,

pul s us

m
-

per ane6 , - ere, - ans i , l as t, e ndur e , c ontinue p er anent

NXXX
-
ans urus
L E SS O L I V, § 5 49
acies , acié i ,
‘
cbnfi cio, -
f
ere,
.

-
feci ,
l in
do
e of

coml l
lbatt e

p e te y, fi nis h

ins t ruo, -
ere, -
St rux i , draw up, arrang e ins truct, ins tructor

pas
-

s us
S trii ctus
-
'

II s , m s tep, pac e ; m il le pas

m
.
,

s us , a thous and

p6ns , pont i s iu ),
t radfi co, -ere, - dux i ,
-
mml .
paces ,
bridg e
ead across
a l ie

NXXX
-
ductus

m
LE S S O L V, § 5 55
0
cupidus , u des irous of, e ag e r for, cupidit

m m ll
-
a, -
y
w i th g en .

i peri tus , u uns ki e d, inex peri

m
a,

m
- -

m
int er
-
l it t o, -ere, -
i s s us
isi,
e nced,

eave

s uffer
w i th g en
off,

to
s us pe nd,

l
e aps e,
.

inter m
s ion
ittent, m
inter is

l eave vacant

m m
l aus , landis , f .
l
ili tari s ,
rai
p se
i itary ; rés m m
l m
lil it a
l aud ,

i itia ,
l au datory

i itant

m ll
-
e

ri s , ar t of w ar
peri t us ,
-
a, -
u s ki ed , e x perienced, ex pe rie nce

w i th g en.
37 8 SPE CI A L V OCA BU LA R I E S

L E SS O NXXX L VI,

L AT I NW OR D ME A N
N I G R E LAT E D WOR D S
al t it fi do, ini s , f .
m heig ht, depth al titud e
-

dol or , Ori s ,- .
pain , g rief d lo u
o ro s, l
d o efu l
ex cedo, -
ere, -
ces s i , g o o ut ,
depart e x cee d, e x ces s ive

ces s urus

m
-

hort or, -
ar i , hortat us urg e , e ncourag e e x hort

su

pat ior ,
su m
,
d ep

pati , pas s us
dep ver b
. v er b

s uffe r , a ll ow , per m it patie nt, pas s ion

m
.
,

s eq uor , s eq ui , s ecfi t us fo ll ow s e q ue nce , e x ecute

su d ep. ver b

m
,

vereor , é ri , verit us fea r, res pect

'

I CVCI CII CC
'
-

d ep v er b

NXXX
su ,
.

L E S SO L VI I, § 5 71
delig o, -
ere, -
l ég i , choos e , s e ect l
l éctus
m
-

ex pl or at or, Oris , s py, s cout l

m
-
. e x p orer

hOra, ae, f hour

m
-
.

i ddneus , a, u s uita b e ,l fi tting

m
-

m
-

ag nit fi db, i ni s , f . S iz e , g r e atnes s

ml ag nitude
-

ul t it udO, ini s , f . crow d , throng , u ti

m m
-

m
prae
-
itt o, —
i s s us
ere, - is i,
tude
s e nd

w ard
ahead, s e nd mfor pre is e

s cri bo ere,
- s cri ps i , w rite l
s cribb e , s cribe , s cript

m m m m m
,

s cr i ptus

su

m
sfi
o,
pt us
-
ere, sfi p ,
s i

l
mpm
tak e u p, as s u

m
li ci u
inf ict punis h
; s up
e

Su ere de,

ent on
pre s u e , c ons u e

NXXX
m
L E SS O L V I II, § 5 75
apud, prep . w i th a cc. a ong , in the pre s ence
of

doceo, e .re,

m-
ui , - tus
i nt eri , a d v.
-

m
teach

mm le anw hi e ,

eanti e
in the

pot es tas , at i s , f .
-
pow er potent
verb, a dv. in truth, ve ri ly Veracity, verity
 3 80 SPE C I A L V OCA BU L A R I E S

LA TI NW OR D ME A N
N I G R E LAT E D WORD S

m
rog O,
§
O
t e pt ,
r e,
- -

-
5
a
V

r
i
e
,

,
-
§ t us
-
avi ,
. as k , req ue s t

t ry, a tte m pt te m
interr og ate
pta tion
at us
NX
-

LE SSO C I I I, § 608
appropinq ufi, -
5 r e, -
avi , draw ne ar, a
pp oach ,
r propinq uity
-
é t uS w i th d a t.
cbns cribo, -e re, -
s crips i , e nro ll c ons cript

i m
-
s cri ptus

pedid,
i ntercl fi dfi,
-
i re, - ivi , i t us
-
e re, -
-

ol h ei ,
hinde r,
c ut O ff,
ob s truc t

b l oc k up
i
The
mpe de

r oot w ord , cl audfi,

-
cl fi s us l
c os e , a pp ea rs in l n
l
c l ude , e x c ude , e tc .

Orat i fi, - Onis , f .
ne m m
Spe ech, oration ;

habé re,
Orat i d
ake a
orator
y

q uide m ,
a d v ., nev er
s peech

m
indeed, in fac t N . e
s ta nd s fi rs t q uide
the e
s ta ndi n
m ph
,
not
a t i c w or d

bet w een
e ve n,

L E S SO NX CI V, § 6 13

difficul té s , at i s , f - l
diffi cu ty
dil i g enter, a d v. care full y indu s triou s ly ,

m
,

a tt nti ely ve

nobil i s , -e
t urri s , -
is -
iu m ; a bl .
we ll kn w n f
tow e r
-
o ,
a ou s , nobl e

fZ
N
t urri or t urre),
L E S SO X CV , § 62 0
conicifi, -
ere, hu r l The r oot iacifi,
-
iect us throw , p
a pea rs in
in j j
ec t, Ob ec t, e tc.

cOns i s t O, —
ere -s t it i , s tand s ti ll tak e a s tand, c ons is t, c ons is te nt

m
, ,

s t it us ha lt be at r es t

mm m m m
,

cOns uét fi dO, -

ini s , f : c u s to

m
pre
eus ,

e
O,
us
ent i s
-
ere,
-
iu
pres s i ,
) f2,

p
ind
res s hard ml
co
e nta

pres s , e x pre s s , i m
pr s s es s , o ppres s

m
r
p
t al i s , - e
t ant us , -a
,
-
u
 SPE CI A L V OCA BU LA R I E S 38 1

LE S S O NX CVI, § 624
NW N
N
m
ME A WOR D S
ml
L AT I OR D I G R E LATE D

conveni o, ire, -
véni , co e tog ether, as s e b e c onve ne , c onvention

m
-

-
Vent us

dé s u ,
-
es se, -
fui , be l acking , be wanting ,
-
fut ii rus w i th d a t .

i ncendo, -
ere, —
cendi , s et on fire , burn i ncendiary, incense
-
cens us

i us , ifi ri s , n ;
on ly no m .
.

a nd a cc.,
pl u r. law , rig ht j u ti
s ce , j udg e

praefi cio,
fect us
-ere
,
- feci ,
m
s et ove r ,

and ,
pl ace

w i th
in co

a cc. a nd
m prefect

m
-

praes u e s se , fui ,
mm
be before , be ove r, be pres ent
- -
,

in co and

b
p p
r bno ere, pos ui , s et for th, offer propos e , propos ition
- -

m
,

pos it us
-

senatus , - fi s , s enate s e nator

NX
.

mm
L E SSO C V I I I, § 63 6
cir cu fi nio, i re, ivi , - -
wa ll around, fortify all

eni
-

mit us
,

s ta nds
con

fi rs t
j .
, for
about

fidé s , fi dei , f .
g ood faith, protection
ge nus , -
eri s , n. race , kind

oportet , -é re, oport uit

0
an m
it is fitting , is necess ary;
i
s ed w i th
p ers . ver b,

f
o ten u an

Ordo, i ni s ,
-

os t endo, ere, d i , t us
-
m .

- -
S how ,
l
rank , c as s , orde r

di s p ay l
Or dinary

l
os te ns ib e , os tentation

pe t t i neo, e e, ui ,
- r -
reach, e x te nd , pe rtain pe rtinacit
y
reci pio, -
ere, —
cepi
'

, tak e back ; r ece ive ; recipie nt, re ce ption

-
cept us w i th 86 , w ithdraw
s at i s ,
i ndecl . a aj ; a ls o e noug h , s uffi cient ; s uf s atis fy, satis fac tory

us ed a s a neu t noun . ficie ntly

a nd a s a n a d v.
 DE R I V A T I O N N O T E B OO K 1

T Y PE I (W I T H OUT DE FNN)I ITI O S

T Y PE II (W IT H DE FNN
I ) I TI O S

T Y PE III ( W ITH E X A MP L E S O F US E I NN H)
E G LI S

1
T his is
l
s c hoo s ub i l
s h
a

e d
m
s pec i en p g
a e

by the Unive rs ity

b as e d on th e

of
L atin
the S tate of N ll
s y ab u s

ew
for
Y ork
s e c ondary

p
.

38 2
 L A T I N E N G L I S H V O CA B U L A RY —

5, ab, p p re w i th a bl . , fro m
by aditus , -
fis , m privi eg e o f ad l m it

m
. .
, ,

ad -
ere, -
di di , - di tus , hide ; w i th tance

m m
m
,

8 6 , concea l one s s e
’
lf ,
hide ad i ré t l o, -
6 ni s , f .
,
w onder , s ur

abdfi co, -
ere, -
dux i , -
duct us , l ead pri se ; t ibi ad i ratiOne ové re ,

abs u
away

be
m , abes s e, afui ,

Off,
afut urus , i r reg
be dis tant ; w i th
,
c ause

ads ido,
-
you s

ere,

eci a l ly a s i ch
urpris e

-
ed i , s it by (
es

away, be p p ers on )
a or
Abydus , i ,
b
ab a nd a bl .

- m .
,
A bydus
8 3 8) ads t o,

s tand

m by,
as t it i or ads t it i ,

s tand

fui ,
near

fut i1 ru s ,
ac ( ef or e cons ona nts ) at q ue (bef ore ads u -
es s e, - - be

m
, ,

ei ther v ow el s or cons ona nts

) prese nt, be at
'
hand , w i th da t .

m
,

con

si
j

accido, - cidere,
.
,
and ,

ul a tq ue , as s oon as
and

-
cidi ,
w hat is

happe n
ore ;

adveni o,
8 3 8)
adul é s céns ,
-
-

i re,
ent i s ,
-
m
V eni , -
.
, y outh

vent us , co m e,

accipio, cepi , cept us , receive arrive

m
'

-
ere, - -

accurr o,

r un up
-
ere, accurri , run to, advent us , 41 8 ,

advers us , -
a, -
m
u
l .
,
a rriva

ill, unfavorab e l ;

m
,

acer, acris , acre, kee n, s harp ; eag e r, oppos ite

courag eous

m aeg er, g ,
ra

m l
g ru s ick
- -
,

acies , aciéi , f .
,
l in e of batt l e ; pri a aeq uus , -
a, -
u ,
e ve n, l
eve , e q ua l;
aciés , the

acrit er,
ad,
a d v ., s
fron

w i th
t l in
h pl y ar
e

,
fierce y l
fair,
aes tas ,
ju t
-
s

§ t i s , f .,
the beg inning o f s u
su m m
m m er ; i ni ta aes
p p re a cc ., to, towards , tate , at er

m
.

near, by ; at, on tat i s , f

’

is ,
aete -
,
ag e

ada o, ii re, éitus , fa ll in l ove

ml
Aeth iopia , e, f E thiopia
~ - -a

m m
.
,

with
adducti, -
ere, -
di1 x i , - ductus ,
'

l ead to, ag

m l mmmm
ag er, ag ri ,

mm
en, ag
.
,

ini s , n
fie d
. a n ar
y( on the

mm
,

bri ng to, inf uence l a r ch

) co u n pri u ag en,

m
,

adeo, i re, ii , it us , g o to
- - -
the van ; novi s s i u ag en, the
adfero, ferre, at tuli , adl at us , bring ,
-
rear ; ag e n cl audet e, bring up

carry to 84 1 ) the rear

adhfi c, a d v ., unti now , l as ye t, s ti ll ag o, -
ere, egi , actus , drive, l ead ; do
2 L AT I NN E GLI S H V OCA BU LA R Y

mmmm
-

m ml
ag ricola , -a e, . far er ani us , -
1, . ind, s pirit, heart ;

mm l
, ,

ag ri cul tfi ra , -a e, f ag ricu ture in ani o es s e, w i th d a t intend ;

mmml
. .
, ,

5 1a, -
ae, f ,
wing ani u tenere, ho d attention ;
Al bé ni , 6 ru the A bans in pl ur
m f t n ou
-
,
.
,
.
o e c rag e

al iq uando, a d v ., s o e day annus , i,

m ye ar
- .
,

m
—
al iqui s i
q ), q ua,
u q uid q uod), ans er , er is , g oos e
- - - - .
,

so m
i nd ef
e , any
p r on ,

83 1 )
so eone , an one,
y ant e,

front
p p re

of ;
. w i th a cc
a d v .,
be fore , previou s y
.
,
before , in
l
al ius , al ia , ali ud (g en . i us , d a t i),
ml m
antefi, a d v., here tofore , previous y, l
- -
.

‘
Other, another '

(f o s ev er a l ); a l iu s for er
y
alius , one

m another ; l ii
a ant i q uus , a, u ancie nt
- -

m m
,

oe
m
alii , s othe rs 8 1 5) aperi o, -
i re, - ui , pert us , -
Ope n

m l ll
m
’

All obrog es , -
u the A ob rog es apert u s -
a, -
u open

m
.
, , , ,

Al pes , iu -
f the A ps appel l o, -
§ re, -§ Vi , - § t us , ca ll na e

m
.
, , ,

alté , a dv ., hig h, on hig h Appius , -

a, -
u ,
A ppian
al ter, -
era, -
eru (g en i u s ,
d a t .
-
.
-
i ), appropi nq uo, -
are, - avi , at u s , draw -

the one , the other (of t w o) ; al ter

al ter, th e one the other ; apud,
near,

p p
a pproach ,

re . w i th a cc., a
w i th d a t
m ong ,
.

in the
a l teri al teri , the one party prese nc e of
the othe r party

m
50 2 ) aq ua, ae, f
m
water
-
.
,

al t itfi do, i ni s , f ., he ig ht ; depth

-
aq uili fer , -
eri , s tandard bearer

ml
-

mm
.
,

al t us , a, u l
-
,
hig h , deep, ofty
-
(f
o the eag l e
)
a l l
ant er , a dv , oving y, affection Aquitani , Oru - the A q uitani

m
. .
, ,

ate y arbor, -
ori s , f ., tree

m m l
i cit ia ,
icus , —
a, u
-a e, f l , friends hip
frie nd y, affec tion
arca, -
ae, f l,
ardeo, ere, ars i , ar s fi rus , be
c hes t

afire ,

m
a - -

m
,

ate g l ow burn

m l mm
,

a icus , i , friend
m
Ari adné , é s , f (Gr eeh
- -
.
,

a itt o, ere, is i , i s s us , s end

m m
Ar i dn, A rion
- - -

m m m
.
,

away ; os e Ari ovi s t us , i , -

A riovis tus

m m mmm
.
,

m l
o, are, iivi , arus , ove ar

mmm
a, Oru n. pl u n , ar s
- - - -

m m
,

a or, l -
Ori s , ove ar at us , -a -
u ar ed ; as a noun

m
.
, , ,

m
pl us l a u a rg e abu ndant ;
m
i n the as c. pl u ar ed en

mmmmm
- -
, , , , ,

fa ous , dis ting uis he d ; copious ar o, are, avi , at us ,

- - - ar

m
l l
—
A ii lius , A fi li , A u ius aro, are avi at u s p w
o
- -
.
, , , ,

lm
Andro eda, -
as , f A ndro eda a ce
s ndo -
ere, as cendi , as cens us ,

m
. ,
,

m
ang us t e, a d v ., narrow ly l c os e ly c i b

m ml m
,

ang us t us , -a
,
-
u , narrow as cribo, -ere, ips i , i pt us , e nro
- -
ll
ani al , -
iu ) ,
n ., ani a as per , -
era, —
eru u h , wi d
, ro g l
4 L A TI NN -
E GLI SH V OCA BULA R Y

cel eri t as ,

cel eri t er , a d v .,
f
q uick
.
,
s pee d, s w iftness

ly m ll
colli s , col l i s -

us co is , th e top of the hi
iu
hi ; s u mm ll ll m
), .
,

m l l ll
cél o, —
é re, avi , 5 t us , - -
c oncea col o, - ere, col ui , cul t us , ti ; cheris h ,

m m
.

Cel tae, t he Ce ts fos ter

m m
.
,

cena, ae, f l dinner co

mm endo, - § re, avi , —

§ t us , intrus t,
- -

m m
,

cent u

dre d
m
,
i ndecl . n u . one hun
co
co

m m ll
it
l
i li t o, - Oni s ,
'

fe ow s o dier,

m m mm
.

m
,

cent uri o,

m 6 ni s , c e nturion co ra de
-
.

m m
m
,

Céph eus , i , Cepheus co

m itt o, -ere, is i, i s s us , co
- . - -

m l l
,

Ceré s , -
er i S , G
f ( eeh
r nou n), C er es it, intrus t ; proel iu co ittere,

m ml mmm m
.

cert é en, -
i ni s , n c ontes t j l
oin batt e

m
.
,

certe, a d v ., c ertain y y, s ure co oveo, - ere, -

6vi , -
ot us , ex

cert us ,

mm m
-
a, u , s ure , ce rtain ; true ;
m m m
m
cite , a ar ove
-

m m
,

certibre facere , infor ; cert i or co fi nis , -e, co on

Cibus , mm
fieri , be infor
-
i, food
ed co

co m fi tat i o, - 6 ni s , f
pare, -
are, -
avi ,
.
,

-
chang e

at us , g e t to

m m ll
.
,

m
Cicer o, 6 ni s , Cicero g e the rp rovide
-

m
m
.
, ,

Cincinnat us , i , -
.
,
Cincinnatus co port o, é re, -
avi , —
at us , co ect

circu fi ni o, i re, i vi , it us , wa ll
m
Conat us , 4 1 8 , undertaking , at
- - -

m
.
,

arou nd , fortify all about te pt

circu s i s t o, Stet i , concido, - ere, - oidi ,

m m ll
fa dow n,fa ll
-ere - s ur

m
,

round condi ci o, ter s , ag ree ent,

circu venio, i re, Veni , Vent us , c ondition

m
- - -

mm
s urround cOnfect us , —a, u -
,
e x haus te d

civi s , -
is -
iu ) a nd f l, c itiz en contero, -
ferre, -
t u1i , -
lat us , bring

m m
.
,

civitas , -
at i s , f ,
s tate tog e ther , c o ll e ct 84 1 )
cl i b, -
are, -
avi , —at us , cr
y out, confert us , -
a, -
u d ense , l
c os e ly
m m
,

cl a

cl arus ,
m
s hout

l
or, -

a,
6 ri s ,
u c ear ,
.
, sh out , c ry

brig ht ; fa m ous
c row de d

cOnfi ci o, -ere,

l e tel fi nis h
-
feci , fect us , d o -

s ubdue , overco
m
m
co

e,
p y ;
- -

m m
, ,

cl audo, -
ere, -
si, —s us , l
c os e , e nd ; e x haus t

ag en cla ud ere, bring up the rear confir o, -

are, - av1, —at us , e ncour

cog nbs co, g n6vi , g nit us , fi nd

-
ere, ag e, s tre ng then
- -

out, l ea rn ; i n peif tens es , k now conici o, -

ere, -
ieci , -
iectus (con

cog o,
ml coeg i , coact us , ll
co e ct iacid), h ur l
m
- ere
;

m
,

co pe ,
force conifi nx , -
iug i s , . a nd
f . h us band,

m
coh or s , coh ort i s iu ) f c ohort, wife
-
, ,

co n y( cons is t i n
f
o one

m tenth coniii ro, are, —

5 Vi , -at us , cons pire ,
a -
p g
o f a l eg i on, or a bou t 3 6 0 en )
 LA TI NN —
E GL I SH V O CA BU L A R Y

coul ocO, fire, —

avi , éit us , p ace
ml cbpia , l
f p l
m abundance
'

- - -a
,
e nt y,e,
°

conor ,

m ari , atus su

m
d ep v er b, pl u n force s ; co pia fa cere , g ive
- -

ml
.
, ,

a tte t tr an opportunity
p , y
cOns equor , -
s eq ui , -
s ecfi t us su , cO i O
p s us , -a
,
-
u ,
w ea thy, w e ll s up

d ep . v er b, fo ll ow ,
ove rtake pl i ed

cons ervo, are, - avi , - é t us , pres erve , cornfi ,

m fi s , n ., horn ; w ing (f
o an
- -

keep s afe ar y ) ; a d ext ro cornu, on the

cons cri bo, -ere, — s cri ps i , - s cri pt us , rig ht wing

e nro

m ml m
ll corpus , ori s , n body
-

m
.
,

cons ili u cOns il i , n., p an, advice , corr ipio, -ere, -

ri pui , -
rept u s , s eiz e

mm l
,

res ource ; cons il iu capere , for cot i dianus , -

a, -
u l dai y

m
,

a pl an ; cons il iu o itters , eave cot i dié , a dv ., dai y, l everyday

a pl an untried creber , -
bra , bru -
,
thick , freq ue nt,

cons i s t o, - ere, - s t it i , s tand s ti ll crow ded

m
,

take a s tand ;

cons pect us ,

cbns pi cio, -ere,

-
'

ti s , m
ha t, be
.

s péx i ,
l
,
s ig ht
at res t

s pect us , e t
crédo, - ere, —

cre

cred ,
didi , - dit us , be ieve , trus t
o, ! ire, avi , —
-
é t us , burn, c ons u
are, - avi , - at us ,
-

m m l
ake
e

g
- - -

s ig ht of, s e e cresco, -
ere, crev i , crét us , incre as e

m ui , fi t us , appoint Cret a, - ae, f ., Crete

-ere
;
- -

m
,

deter ine , decide ; s tation

m cul pa , f fau t l
-ae

m m
.
, ,

cOns uétfi do,

m i ni s , f l , c us to habit cu p p re w i th a bl ., w ith
-
.
, ,

Cons ul , -
is , .
,
c ons u l cu ,
conj .
,
w he n, s inc e , a l th oug h

cOns ul O, -
ere, -
ui , -
t us , ask for ad cupidus , -
a, —u ,
de s irous of, e ag er

Vice , cons u t, c ou ns e l l with , w i th for, w i th g en .

a cc. cupi d, -
ere, -
ivi , it us , w is h , des ire
-

cont endo, ere, di , —t us , has te n ; ch r , i nter r og

m a d v ., w hy
- -
.

s trive , fig ht
cont inent er , a d v ., c onti nuous ly
l
Curi at ius , Curi fiti ,
Curi ns , Curi , m .
,
Curius
.
,
Curiatius

cont ineo, -
ere, —t i nui ,
-
t ent us , h o d cfi ro, -
avi , - at us , care for , take

he m
tog e ther, bound ;
in
w i th
r es train, ke e p ;

ag ains t ;
care of

currus , -
fi S,
;
m
c ure

m m .
, chariot

arch,
cont ra, p p re . a cc., cur s us , -
fis , .
,
c ours e ;
oppos ite to

convenio,

tog e ther,
-
i re,
ml b
-
ventus , c o m e

dé ,
j ou n y r e

w i th m a bl ., down fro
as s e e p p re .
;
convoco, -
are, - avi , -
at uS , ca ll to c oncerning , a bout

coo
g e t

ri or ,
ri se
h er

- iri, - 0 rtus s u m ,
dep . ver b,
dea, f (da t a nd
-a
e,

deabus ) g oddes s
debeo, —
é re,
,
.

-
ui , -
it us ,
. a bl .

ow e , o ug ht
pl u r.
6 LA TI NN —
E GL I SH V O CA BU L A R Y

m m
debit or, - Ori s , debtor des u m -
es s e, -
fui , futt1 rus , be
-
'

l ack

m m
.
, ,

debit u -
i, n d eb t ing , be w anting , w i th d a t . 8 3 8)

m
.
, ,

dece
m i nd ecl n u ] te n dét raho, —
ere, t rax 1 t ract us , s natc h ,
a ct - -

m mm mmm
. .
, ,

Dece ber , bri s , bre, - -

of D ece be r w i th a cc. a nd da t .

deci us , -
a, -
u ,
nu . ad j .
,
t e nth dét ri ent u ,
-
i, n .
,
lo ss ; dis as ter

m s urr e nde r ; i n d ed i deus , i , g od

-
.
,

m
t ibne a cci pere , re ce ive in s ur devoro, -
! l vi , -
§ t us , devour ,
render

dé dfi,
w i th
-
ere, -
didi , - dit us ,
3 6, s urre nde r one s s e
s urre nde r
’
lf
;
c ons u

dex t er , t ra, t ru
dex t ra ,
-
e

rig ht
m ,
rig ht

hand
-
ae, f l,
deduco, e re,

m di1 x i , duct us , l e ad Diana , D iana

- - -

m ll
dow n or fro ; e s cort dico, -
e re , dix i , di ct us , s ay, s peak , te
defendo, ere,

mdi , fé ns us , de fend dictat or ,

m dicta tor
- - -

m
.
,

déféns or , - 6 ri s , .
,
defe nder dies , é i ,
-
.
,
day ; in d i és , e ve ry day
défes s us , -
a, -
u ,
tire d out, w e ary differ6 , ferre, di s t ul i , dil atus , i rr eg
-
.
,

defi ci o, -
ere, - feci , -
fect us , fai l ,
be be diffe re nt, differ 84 1 )
w anting difii cili s , -
e, har d, difficu t l 82 0 )
deicio, —ere, iéci , - iect us (dé -
iaci o), difiicul tas , at i s , f -
diffi cu ty
.
,
l
throw dow n di ifi dico, are, - -
avi , - at us , d ecide
deinde, a d v ., ne x t, then, th e re after dil ig ent er , a d v ., c are fu lly ,
indus tri
-
ere, -
l ég i , -
1éct us , choos e , ous ly, atte ntive ly

m ml
s e ect

l
del ph i nus , i ,
de ons t ro, are,
-

-
.
,

-
do phin
avi , -
atus , point
m
l
di ig ent ia, ae, f , indus try
di itt o, ere,
aw ay ;let g o
isi, -
-

i s s us , -
mm.

-
s e nd

out, Show

m
ere, —
dis cedo, — ces s i , ces s i1 ru s , de
-

ml
deniq ue, a d v ., at as t, fina y ll part fro l
m l eave , w i thdraw , g o aw ay

m
,

Dentat us , i , -
.
,
D entatus l
di s cipu us , - i , .
, p upi

depbno, - ere, pos ui , pos it us , put

m
m di s cri
m m en, ini s , n turning point ;
- - -

m
.

m
,

dow n, l ay dow n, lay as ide ; e o d i s cri en reru ,

c ri s is

ri a d epbnere, forg e t
m di s po o, pos ui , pos it us ,
-
ere, - -
s ta

des cendo, ere, di , s céns us ,

m l
cl i

m b tion
- - -

dow n, des c e nd l di s s i ili s , -

e, un ike , dis s i i ar

l
m m
dé s ider o, é r e, § Vi , at us ,
- - - ong for 82 0 )
ire, s il ui , - s ul t u s , l e ap dow n

m lm l l difi , a d v ( co p a r ed dl ut i us , difi t i s
- -
.

m
des i s t o, s t i ti , s t it t1 ru s , des is t e), for a ong ti 82 )
'

-
ere, - -
Si e, ong 2

fro diurnus , -
a, -
u ,
o f the day, dai y ;
dés pé rb, - are, —avi , § t us , de s pair of nocturno d iura i ti ere), by
'

- ue
( n

dés t ring o,
draw
-
e re, -
St ri nx i , -s
t ri ct us , nig ht and

divers us , -
a,
day
-
u m ,
different
8 LA TI NN —
E GL I SH V O CA BU LA R Y

fi bul a, —
ae, f s tory fl agr o, ar e, a n , - at fi rus , burn, be

m
.
-

m
,

m l
facié s , faciéi , f . beauty fire ; g ow , b e s tirred
on

mm
,

facil e, a d v ., e as i ly Fla i nius , - a , u , Fla inian -

m
facili s , e , e as y 82 0 ) flfi en, flfi i ni s , n rive r
-
.
,

m
facio,
m ere, feci , fact us , ake , do, fl uo, —ere, fl ux i , fl ux fi ru s , fl ow
-

l m
mm m
a m
for
batt
,
cau s e

e ; a l i q ue
; proel iu
certi bre
fa cere, fig h t
facere,
forta s se, pe rhaps , pos s ib y
fort i s , e, brave , c ourag eous ,
-
l
s trong

m
infor

g ive an Opportunit
so ;
y
e one copi a fa cere, fort iter,
fort fi na , —ae,
a d v ., brave y

f fortune ,
l
circu m
m m
.
,

fact u ,
-
i , n , dee d , act
. s tances

fa f fos s a, f ditch
m
a, -
ae, ru or , r eport, reputa -
as ,

m m m
.

m
.
, ,

tion fréit er, fré t ri s , .

,
b rother
fa és , is iu )f hung er frfi
m enté ri us , a, u of g rain ; rés
- - - -
.

m m
, , ,

faveo, ere, faV i , faut fi rus , be favor

-
frii l e ntari a , g rain s upp y
ab e l
Februar iu s ,
to, favor , w i th d a t.
-
a, -
m
l lm
u ,
Of February
frfi

mm
v er b,
ent or ,

g athe r
a n, - at us s u

g r ain
,
d ep .

feré, a dv ., ne ar y a os t, ab out frfi entu i, n g rain

-
.

m
, , ,

fero, ferre,
g raviter
t ul i , l at us , bear,
or l o es té ferre , w i th
c arr
y; frfi s t ra,
fug a, -
f
ae,
a d v .,

.
,
in vain
fl ig ht ; i n fu g a
mm d are ,

d iu
84 1 )
m
a ce. a nd

ferre,
i nf .
,
be

go
annoye d

to the
; s uhs i

res cue
put
fl ee
fug i o,
to fl ig ht ; i n fug a

fug i , fug it fi rus , flee , run

s es e d are ,

-
e re,

fidé s , fi dei , f
m m
fi dés publ ica ,
, g ood faith , protection ;
the pro is e g ive n m Gal ba , ae, - Ga l b a

m
.
,

by the s tate Gall ia , ae, f , Gau l ( ode rn France)

-

fil ia,
m as , f l (d at a nd a bl pl u r . Gall icus , a, u , Gall ic
- - -

m
. .

m m
fi l iabus ), daug h ter Gall us i , Gaul
-

m
.

m mm l m
, ,

fil ius , fil i ,

m s on Garu na - ao h G
.
, ,
t ,
e ar onne , .

fil u -
i, n s tring g audeO,
-
ere, g avi s us su se i d ef
-
.

m
.
, , ,

fi ni s , j -
is -
iu ) e nd, i it ; i n ver b, re oice

m m m
.
, ,

m m l adnes s
the pl a n , te rritor ,
y yc ountr
g audi u g audi n jy o g

m mj
.
, , , ,

fi nit i i , 5 ru
-
pl a n , nei hbors
g ge i t us , fi s , -
g roan

m
. .
, ,

fi nit i us , —a , -
u ad oining , neig h Genava , -
ae, f Geneva

m m m
, .
,

bofi ng l l g ener Os us ,
-
a ,
-
u ,
honorab e, nob e

fieri , fact us su ,
u s ed a s the g ens , g ent i s iu
-
)f , .
,
tribe , nation

m m
a s s i ve o facio, be done , be tribe ; kind,
p f a de ,
g enu s
-
eri s , n , race ,

m
.
,

m
happen ; certi or fieri , be infor ed e th od

fi r m m l l m m m
84 3 )
us , -a, - u , s trong , tru s ty, oya
Ger ania ae f
Ger anus , —i ,
,
-
, ,

.
,
Ge r
a Ger
an
y
an
 L AT I NN —
E GLI SH V OCA BU LAR Y

g er 6
on,
, e
- r
e, g es s i ,
w e ar , have ; bear, w ear ;
g es t us , w ag e, carry

ré s ho m
hodie,

m m o, ini s ,
a d v .,

-
today
. a nd f .
,
hu m an be ing ,

l
m
g es tae, e x p oits an 8 1 3)
l o i f gl rais e , thi rs t Horat ius , HO
rél t i , H oratius
'

g r a -
ae, . or
y, p

m
.
, , ,

for g ory l h ora, -

ae, f hour

m
,

Grascia, - ae, f .
,
G reece hortor, -
ari , hortat us su ,
d ep.

m
Graecus Greek ; Gra ecus
m m
ver b, urg e , e nc ourag e
'

-
a, -
u - 1

m m
, ,

.
,
a Greek hos pes , -
it is , .
,
s tran
g er
g r at i a -
ae, f l, infl uence , favor, hos t is , hos t i s -
iu ) e ne
y

m m l
.
, , ,

tha nks ; g rat ias a g ere , w i th d a t., i

( w a r)
n

thank
ml hu eru s , i, Shou der
-
.
,

g rat us —
a -
u p e as ing

m l m
, , ,

ml l
g ravi s, —
e , heavy ; s eve re ; w eig hty, iacio, iacere, iéci , iact us , th row , h ur
s e rious ia a d v ., a re ady, i e di a te
y;

ml
,

g rav iter, a d v ., heavi y ; l g raviter p r es ent ly ,

s oon, now
ferre, bear ill , take ill I anué ri us , -
a, -
u of J anuary

m”mm
,

ibi ,
m
a d v ., the re , i n that p ace
habeo, - ere, ui , it us , have i de
m eade ide de on . a n y a nd
- -

m
.
, , ,

habit o, are, —
avi , at us , ive
- -
l p r on sa e 8 2 8)
hact enus , a d v , thus far
mm i ddneus ,
mm l a, u s uitab e , fi tting
- -
.
,

Haedui , —6 ru , the H ae dui

m
i g ni s , i s iu ) fire
- -
. .
, , ,

harena, ae, f
m s and ill e, il la , il l ud, d e on. an

m
y a nd
-

”
m
. .
,

Hell es pontus , i ,
m the He ll p that ; p f ro he ,
-
es pont r on as er .

m
m
.
, ,

l
He vet i i , 6 ru -
,
.
pl a n ,
theHe l ve tii s he , it 8 2 8)
hercl e, by H ercu es , as
i nterj l i i neb, —
ere,
’

threaten

mm m
.
,

s ure dl , inde e d
y be at hand

m m m mm
Hero, il s , f ( Gr eeh nou n), H ero i pedi ent u i, n hindrance ;
- -
. .

m m
, ,

m
“
herds , - Oi s , .
( Gr eeh nou n), he ro pl u r bag g ag e ; . a g nu nu eru

heu ! i nterj l g
'

f p
o f rie or a in , Oh ! i pedi entbru a very ong bag

m
. ,

ah

m mm
l !
ex cl a
a as ! f ol l ow ed b

a tion
y t h e a cc . o
f
i
a
g g e

pedio,
train

- i re, - ivi , - it us , hinder , Ob

h iberna ,
m m 6 ru f lux w inter s truc t , pre ve nt
-

m m
.
, ,

m
q uarters l i perator , 6 ri s , g e ne ra
- .
,

m m mm m
hic, haec, hoc, d e ll on . an y a nd i perit us , u u ns ki ed , inex
.
-a -
, ,

p
m this ; p f he , perienced, w i th g en
r on as er . ro

m
.
, ,

s he ,

hi e o,
m m it
-

m mare,
8 2 8)
- avi , -
at us , pas s the
i periu
s upre pow er, realin e
, i peri , n ., co and

hie mm
w inte r
s, h ie i s , f l , wi nter
i per o, 5 r e

w i th da t.
,
-
avi ,
-
§ tu s ,
-
.

a nd a s u b
j .
co

cl a us e
and ,
IO L A TI NN —
E G L I S H V O CA BU LA R Y

i mmm
m
petus ,
-
fis, attack ; fa cere i m i nici o, -
ere, -
1 eci , -
iect us

m m m m
.

m
,

petu i n, ake an a ttack upon thrus t

i
m l
probus , a, u e vi ini i cus , - a, u u nfriend ly h l
os ti e
- - -

m m
, , ,

i provi s o,
a d v .
,
u ne x pe c te d ly i ni quus , -
a, -
u ,
u neven, u ne q ua l;
i pr bv i s u s ,
-
a , u
-
,
unfores een, un l l
u nfavorab e , hos ti e ; s teep, dang er

e x pecte d

ih , pr ep w i th . into, ag ains t, to ;
a cc.,

m
ou s

i niil ria , -
ae, f .
,
wrong , in j u y;
r im u

i n, pr ep
incendo,
fire , burn
-
.

ere,
w i th a bl , in, on ; a ong
-
cendi ,
.

-
cens us , s e t on
rias

on s o

i nopia,
m
a l i cui

e one
i nferre, infl ict in

w ant, nee d, s ca rcit

juries

-
ae, f .
, y
incipio, -
ere, -
cepi , -
cept us , beg in i nquit , s aid he , sa id s he ; i nq uiunt,
incit cl , are, § vi , § t us , has te n, hurry, s aid they. I ns er ted i n d i r ect
'

- - -
a

arous e

incog nitus ,
i ncol d, -
ere,
-

-
a,

ui ,
-
u m ,
u nknow n

t r a ns . w i th
g u ota ti on

i ns t it fi t u
i ns t ruo,
m
-
ere,
,
-
i, n
-
.
,
c us to
'

St rt1 x i ,
m -
Strfi ct us ,

a cc. ,

i ncol u m inhabit ;
is ,
i ncrédibil i s , - e, incre dib
-
e, u nhar
a ls o

m i n tr a ns
e d , s afe

l
.
,

e , e x traor di
l
dw e l draw
i ns ul a, -a
up, arrang e

s, f
i nt eg er , i nt eg ra, i nteg ru
.
,
is l and

ml ,
who e,

nary fres h , pure

i ncus o, -
are, -
avi , -
at us , re buke , i nt el l eg b, i ntel l eg ere, i nt el léx i , in
chide

i nduco, -
ere, -
di1 x i , - duct us , l ead in
t ell éct us ,
i ntent us , -
a,
unde rs tand
-
u m ,
a tte ntive , e ag er

m w i th
or ag ains t i nter, be tw ee n,
p p re a cc .,

ml
.

i nano, -
ere, -
ui , -
i1 t us , put on a ong

m
i ndus t ri us , -
a, -
u , di ig e nt i nt ercedo, -
ere, -ces s i, —
ces s i1 ru s ,

ineo, -
i re, -
ivi or -
ii , -
i tus , e nter co e betw e en, inte rvene

m
m l
upon ; i nita a es tate , at the be i nterc udo, -
ere, —
cl i1 di , -
cl fi s us , c ut

g inning Of s u er 84 2 ) off, b l ock up

i nfél ix , i ci S ,-

m m unfortunate , ill fated interdifi , a d v , d uring the day, byday

-
.

i nferi , -
Oru ,
.
f l un , s hades , i nt erfi cio, feci , fect uS , put out
-
ere, - -

l ow er wor d l Of the w ay, ki ll

i nferior , - i us , inferior 82 0 ) i nt erfl uo, —
ere, fl ow be
i nfero, ferre, t ul i , d atus , b ring in,
m m m tw een
- -

infl ict ;
ins pire hope 84 1 )
s pe i nfert e, w i th d a t
mm
.

l
m
l
m
, i nt eri ,

e anw hi e
a d v ., eanw hi e , in the

ing éns , -cuti s , hug e

m m i nt er itt o, i s s us , 1eave
‘
-
ere, - is i, -

i ng redior, i n redi , i ng res s us g su ,

off, dis continue , s top, ceas e

m
d ep ver b, procee d, advance , i nterpc o, -ere, pos ui , pos it us , put
'

- -
.

arch ; e nte r between, interpos e

 NN
m
12 L ATI -
E GL I S H V OCA BULA R Y

l ong e,
l ong us ,
a d v .,

m m
-

m m
a,m -
u
far
m
l m
l ,
aw a

ong
y,
dis ta nt

mmature, - are, - avi , - at us , ha s ten

ax i e, a d v (i n s uper l d eg r ee, co
. .

ml l m l m
l ucerna,
m ao, f a p pa r ed ag noperé , ag is , ax i e),
-

m m
,

l il dus , i , ll
m e e e ntar
y s choo os t of al l , e s pecia y 82 2
)
-
.

m m m m
,

l upa, -
ae,f . wo f . ax i us , -
a, -
u ( p su er l . o f ag

m m
,

l l fi ci s f
m l ux , day
lfix , ig ht ; pri a nus , co p a r ed ag nus , a ior,

m mml ml
, ,

l ig ht ax i us ) g reates t
, ,
ex tre e 82 0 )
l
l ux uria, -
ae, f ux ury edi us , -
a, -
u idd e, idd e

m m mm m
.
, ,

ag i s , a dv .

mm (i n co p deg r ee), ore

part of
elior , ius (g en. - 6 ri s ), a aj
'

(co p

m
-
. . .

m m
82
ag is ter,

m m 2

m
) l
m
-
tr i , teacher
of bOnus , co pa r ed bonus ,
Opti us ) b e tte r 82 0 )
e ior,

m
.

m
,

m
,

ag nitfi do, -
ini s , f Siz e , g r e atnes s el i us , a d v . ( i n co p d eg r ee, co

m m
. .
,

l l
ag nopere, a d v ., t 82 2 ) p a r ed bene , e ius , Opti e), better

m
g r e a
y

mmm m mm m
ag nus ,

aior ,
l
mm
-

aius
a, -
u

(g en . - o
,

ri s
g reat ,

)
arg e
'

a ay. co
(
82 0 )

p e
82 2 )
orabil is , - e, notew orthy, e o

m mm l m m
.
,

o f l
m
ai or,

mmm m
m
m
ag nus ,

mm ax i
co p
us ) g reater
a r ed a g nus ,

arg er
rab e

e oria, -
ae, f e ory ; habére

mml m
.

m mm m
, , ,

82 0 ) in e oria, r e e be r ; e oria

al o, a ls , al ui , tenére , re e be r ; e oria de

m
m m
v er b,

ml
al us ,

m -
pre

a,
fe r

-
u e vi
84 0 )
bad 82 0 ) m
m m
eus ,m m
ponere, forg et
ent i s iu -
)f ind

m m
.

m ml
, , , ,

aned, ere, ans i , ans ii ru s , re l

éns a,
m m ae, f tab e
- -
.
,

ain, abide , s ta
y
m
ens i s , i s iu ) onth
-

m
-

m m
.
, ,

Manl ius Manl i Man ius M l

et e ll
l us , i , Me te us

”
-
. .

m mmm
, , , ,

anus , -
fis, f ,
hand ; g roup, force ; eus , - a , - u , p as s . a d
j . a nd
p r on

j anii s cons erere, oin in a ha nd y ine

ml m ml
,

m m
to hand s trug g e l Midas ,

m ml m
ae, ( Gr eeh nou n), Midas
-

m
.

Marcus i, Marcus i es ,
m il it i s , so dier
-
. .
, , ,

are,

m is iu ) n., s ea l
il itari s , e, i itary ; rés i itaris ,
- - -
,

M
M M
M
m
arius ,

m
ar s ,
m
a ri ,

art i s ,
.
,
Marius
Mars mart of

l
l
i itary
war ;
s ervice
aetas i itari s , ag e Of

m m
.
,

mm m
artius , l a, u of March i it o, are, avi , at us , s erve as a
- - - - -

m m m m
,

ater ,

m
atri
mm m
m l
l
oniu m at ri s , f l ,
-
6 ni , n
other

. arriag e ;
so

il e
dier

(p f
l u r il ia, iu -
) nu . a dj.

m m m
, , ,

in atri oniu ducere , arr

y; a nd s u bs t ., thous and 82 0 )

M
min

m m
M
nm
arriag e

atrona,
atri
l
-a
e,
oniu

.
, the
d are,

Marne
g ive in inerva,
i i
( i 8 2 2)
e,
-
ae,

a d v .,
l
f ,
not
Minerva
at all , eas t of all
 LA T I NN —
E GL I SH V OCA BU L A R Y 1 3

mm
m mm m
ini us , - a , -
u ( p su er l . o f parvus nat fi ra , -
ae,

ml
f nature

m
.

m
, ,

mll a r ed i nor, i ni nauta, s ai or

co p parvus, -
ae,

m mm
.
,

l
m
us ) e as t, s a es t 82 0 ) navig iu navig i , n boat

m
.

m
, , ,

inor, inus (g en - dri s ) (co .

p f
. o navig o, - are, - avi , - at us , s ai l
mmm p
mll l
a rvus co p a r ed par v u s i nor, navi s , - i s iu )f s hip
-
.
, , ,

m
,

a nd a d v .,
i ni us ) ,
s a er, es s 82 0 ) nd, con j . in orde r that not

m
Mi nds di s l
-
( Gr ech nou n), Minos es t ; not ; né q ui de , not eve n

m m m m
.
, ,

Mindtaurus -
i, the Minotaur -
ne, i nterr og a d v. encl i ti c

m m m
. .
, , ,

i s er , i s era , i s eru w re tch ed nec or neq ue, con j and not, nor ;

m
.

m
, ,

mm
it t o, ere, is i, i s s us , s e nd nec (neq ue) nec (neq ue),
-

m odus , i, eas ure ; a nner neither nor

-
.

m
,

l o es té , l a d v ., ill , w ith troub e ; neg l eg d, -

1eg ere, - l ex i , l ectus , dis -

m
m
l
m
o es té

m mmm
oned, - é re, - ui ,
ferre , bear ill, be
-
it us , a dvis e
ve x e d

w arn
reg ar d ,

neg d, dre, é vi , —
-
neg ect

§ t us , de ny,
l
y sa not

m
m l m
dns ,
m
ons tr u mm
m mm ont i s

i, n
-
iu ) ,

ons ter
.
,
ountain neg ot iu
atte r ;
, neg dt i ,
n , bus ine s s , affair,

neg dt iu
.

dare, g ive a

m mm m mmm m
-
.

m
, ,

ora, — l
ae, f l , de ay co is s ion, p oy
e

ori or , ori , ort uus su d ep ne o (g en. nii ll i us , da t ne ini ,

m m m
. .
,

ver b, die a cc. nd ine a bl . utl l l d), a nd

m m m N N
.
,

or s ,

m m l m m ort i s iu )f death f no one

-

N mm
. .

m
, ,

N
,

oved, -
dre, dvi , ot us , ove ept ii nus , -
i, eptune

m
.
,

ox , a d v . s oon, , pres ent y ervi i , i dru pl u the ervu

m
-

m
.
, ,

m
Mfi cius Mfi ci Mucius neut er, - t ra, - t ru (g en . - i us , d a t i ), -

m
. .
, , ,

ul ier , ulieri s , f l , w o an neither (of t w o) 5 0 2 )

m ul t it fi dd,
m m l m
ini s , f crow d , throng , nihil , n . i ndecl nothing . An bl .
-

ml m
. a

m m
, ,

l
m u titude

ul t us , -a , - u
”
uch, any; ul ta
nihil df r o
a s a n a bl . o
f
a no

d eg r ee
. ni h i u

f
o
,
occu rs

d ig h r ence ;

m
,
‘
noct e, ate at nig ht 82 0 ) ni h il pos s e, have no pow er

m ii nid, —i re, ivi

m m ll
l
m or i i , - it us , forti fy ni s i , con j if not, un ess
- -
.
,

ll
ii nit i d, - dui s , f l fortification ndbili s , - e, w e k now n, fa ous , nob e

m
.
,

fi rus , - i , j .
,
wa noced, - ere, ui , - it fi rus , in -
ure , w i th
fi t d, - are, —avi , - at us , chang e dat

m m
.

noct fi , a d v ., a t nig ht, by nig ht

nanci s cor , nanci s ci , nact us su noct urnus , a, u of the nig ht,

m
- -
, ,

d ep v er b, fi nd, ig ht l upon l
nig ht y, by nig ht

m
.

na con j for ndl d, ndl l e, uolui , i r r eg v er b,

m m
. .

mm
, ,

i n d, —are, - avi , - atus , te ll be unw i ll ing 840 )

nas oor , nas ci , natus su ,
d ep . v er b, nd en, -
ini s , n .
,
na e ; nd en d are ,

be born ; ris e l
en is t
I4 L A TI NN —
E GL I SH V OCA BU LA R Y

m
ndu, neg . a d v ., not
ndndu , a d v ., not ye t
occd s u s ,

ting ;
-
fis,
s ub Occéts u s dl i s ,
mm
g oing dow n, s e t
us t at
.
,
'

j
an a m
ndn- ne, i nterr og .

m
fi
m
r a ti v e
a d v.

a ns w er
(
)
su
g g
not ?
es t i n g s uns et,

occi dd, - ere,

ju t b s

-
oi di ,
efore s uns et

-
ci s us , ki ll
m
,

m
ndnus , - a, - u nu ninth occupo, -
are, -
§ Vi , -
at us , s eiz e in
;
.

m
,

nds , per . f ro ,
we (s ee eg o
) Opere occupari , be e ng ag e d or e

nds cd, ere, ndvi , not us , co to l o ed on the w orks or

mm fortifications
-
e p y

m m
know ; i n t ens es , know

nos ter , ~t ra, t ru , pas s a dj a nd -

. .
0 0 tdvus ,

oct d, i ndecl . n u
-
a, -
u
m ,
nu

. a aj l , e i ht
g
. aa l
j , e ig hth

mm m m m
f ro

m
,
our, ours . P l u r . nos tri , Oct dber, bri s , bre, of October
- -

m [
-
dru our en fa ou s Oct ddii rus , i , Octodurus -

m
.

m Nm m
, , ,
.

ndt us , ll -
a, -
u k now n, w e know n, ocul us , i,

Nm m
-
eye

lm
, .
,

m
nove i nd ecl nu . . aa j nine Ofi ciu offi ci , n ., d uty, s ervice

m
, ,

m m
,

ove ber , bri s , bre, - -

of ove ber di a d v ., once u on a ti
p e

mll ml m l l mm l
,

novu s , -
a, -
u ,
new , fres h o itt d, -
ere, -
is i, -
i s s us , l e t g o
nox , noct i s -
iu ) , f l, nig ht ; pri i by ; cons i iu o ittere, eave a

m m
l
nocte,

m
ate a t nig ht l
at nig htfa ; u ta nocte ,

O
p an untrie d

ni nd, a d v ., in all, a tog ether ;

nus
m j
i -
a, -
u (g en. - i us , d a t. -
i), but, us t

m
,

m 3)
none , no 5 0 O ni s , - e, all , ever
y
nu , l
i nter r og . a d v ., su
gg es ti n
g a opera , -
ae, l
f , ab or , w ork ; opera
neg a ti ve a ns w er ; in i ndi r ect dare, g ive atte ntion

m
nu m
ml m m
q

i
m m
u es ti ons ,

eru s ,

m
-
i,
whe ther
.
, nu
i
ber ; nu
f
erus

bag
opini d, dni s , f , s uppos iti on,

oport et ,
-

Jere, oport uit , it is fi tting ,

opi nl on

pedi e ntdru q uant ty o is neces s ary ; a n i per s v er b,

N m mN
,

m
.

ong bag g ag e train o ten u s ed w i th i nfi n. a nd

g ag e ,
f an

mm
nu
u

m m
it or , - dri s ,
q ua , a d v , never
nunc, a d v , now , the pre s e nt t i
.
.
,
u itor

e
s ub

Oppi du

Oppfi g nd,
j . a cc.

,
-
i, n
are, —avi ,
.
,
tow n

at us , attac k ,

m
. - -

m m l
nil nt i d, - dr e, - dvi , -
at us , a nnounce as s au t

ph a,
m m m f ph Opt i e
ny a e, ny a d v. i er l . d eg r ee,
( p
-
.
,
,
n su

l co p a r ed bene , e ius , opti e),

6 ,
i nterj
obs ecr d,

m m
m
ll
mm
.
,

m
O!
—dre, 5 V i , Eit us , I pra , I
y
-
ah !
-
b es t ; w e
opt i us , -
a,
done
-
u ( p su
82 2

er l . o
)
f bonus ,

Obs es ,
he ave n s na
i di s ,
l
bes eech you ; a s ex cl a a ti on , in
’
m
m e

a nd l h
co

bes t,
p
m m
a r ed

Opt i d, opt i dni s ,

ll os t e x ce
bonus ,
e nt

a ide
e ior, opt i

82 0 )
de m
us ),

-
f os ta
g e p ca
- -
. .
,
,

obt i ned, —é re, -

ui , -
t entu s , pos ses s , opus , operi s , n .
,
w ork ; fortifications ,
keep, g ain w orks
I6 LA T I NN -

E GL I SH V OC A BU LA R Y

pert ined,
tend, pertain
-
ére, - ui , reac h, e x Pors enna , -
ae, m .
,
Pors e nna

port a, -
f ae,g a te

ml
,

pervenid, -
i re, -
Veni , -
vent us , arrive , port d -
dre -é
ivi , dt us , -
carr
y

m
, ,

w i th ad or in a nd a cc.
pos s u pos s e, pot ni , ab e , be l
m mmml
,

pes , pedi s , ,
foot . c an ; ni hi pos s e, ha ve no
po we r

pes s i us -
a, u - ad
j ( i n su
p er l .

m
.
, ,

d eg r ee, co p a r ed a us , pe i or, pos t , prep w i th . a cc ., a fter, behind

pes s i us ), w ors t 82 0 ) pos ted, a d v ., there a fte r, a fte rw a rds ,

pet d ere,

m ivi or ii , it us , s eek , hereafter, afte r this

m
- - - -
,

as k, beg ; ake for, attack o t ul o are, avi , at us , de and,

p s - - -
,

i
mm ml ae, f i
'

p c t tl r a ,
-
.
, p c ture re q uire

pi l u s ,
-
i, ,
. co pan y of veteran pot ent ia, -
ao, f .
, pow e r

re s erves ; pri us pi us , c hie f ce n

pot es tas —dt i s , f ., pow e r

m
,

turion ofl a e g i on praebed -

d re -
ui -
it us , offer, pre s e nt

m m
, , ,

pl anus , l l
-
a, -
u fl at, eve eve n praeced d -
ere -
ces s i , ce
- s s us , s urpas s

m m
, , , ,

pl ena s ll -
a, -
u fu praeceptu -
i, n . ins truction, order

m m
, , , ,

l m
pl fi r i u l a dv .
(i n su p er l . deg ree, p aeda,
r -
ae, f booty p
. u nde r

mm mm ml
, , ,

co p a r ed

mm u tu pl ii s , pl ii ri praefi ci d, ere, feci , fect us , s et

- - -
,

u ) l
very
‘
uch , os t ; w i th over, p ace in co and, w i th

m m m m m
,

pl i
pos s e, be
l

mri
m
u s a u m
os t pow erfu

m s u er l o
( p
-
f - ul tus ,
a ce.

prae
a nd da t

it t d, - ere,
.

-
is i , -
i s s us , s e nd

mm m
.

m m
, ,

co p a r ed pl fi s p l ii ri
ul tus ,
us
), a he ad , s e nd forw ard

m
,

m rize , rew ar d
os t, very an
y 8 20) p ae
r iu p e
pra i, n

m
.
, ,

m m ll
l l i a aj i i a d v , es ecia
p fi s (g en .
p fi r s ) ( n co p . .
pra es ert p y .

m
, ,

d eg r ee, co p a r ed ul tus , pl ii s , pr aes idi u , p ra es idi ,

n , g arris on, .

ml mm
pl firi s i ng s u bs t , d ; praes i did ci vitati es s e , be
us ); n. as .
g uar

m
.

ore ; l
p n,
u ore , an
y , sev a defens e to the s tate

ml m m m
m
8 1 9, 8 2 0 ) fui , fut t1 rus , be
'

era praes u es s e,
- - -
,

Pl il t d, dni s ,
- .
,
P uto be fore , be ov er , be in co and,

m
poena,
-
ae, f .
, pu nis h ent ; poena w i th d a t . 8 3 8)
dare ,

pe l
na

mty
s uffer

m m l
pu nis h e nt, p y a a praet er ,
pr aet ered ,
p p
a d v .,
re . w i th
further
a cc ., e x cept

ore , bes ides

’

poeta,
-
ae, poe t pr aet ori u praet ori , n ., g enera s

m m
.
, ,

pdn d,
-
e r e, pos l
ui , pos i t u s , p ace ,
s e t, te nt

p
l
os i tm
bui d ; cast ra pdnere, pitch ca
u

m
s ,

m
-
a ,
-
u

m ,p
ast
p
p;
a r t s ituate d .
p e
r d, —ere, pres s i , pres s us , pres s
hard ; haras s

m l firs t os ed to
pdns , pont i s
-
iu ) ,
.
,
bridg e pri d, a d v ., at ( as o pp

m
popul us , i , -
.
,
e
p po e a
f ter w a r ds ;
) in the b eg inning

porr i g d,
—
er e,
-
r ex i ,
-
rect us , ex te nd ( fre er r i ng to ti e
)
 LA T I NN —
E GL I SH V OCA BU LA R Y I 7

pri m
m u fi rs t i
a d v .,
n t h e fi rs t p ac e l Prds erpina, -
ae, f Pros erpina

m m
, , ,

r e err i ng to ord er )
( f pr ovi ded,
-
é re, vidi , - -
l
V i s us , ook out

pr i u s ,
a , u -
,
a a j ( i n s
- up e r l d e . . for, fore s ee

), fi rs t
m
82 0 ) provincia, province ae, f
-
r ee
g .
,

pri n cep s -
ipi s c hie f, l eader pr dvol d dre -
avi a
-
t i1 ru s fl y forth -

m m
.
, , , , , , ,

prd , p r ep w i th . a bl ., for, in beha f l rus h forth

of ra rely in front of prox i us , -
a, -
u , an
y .
(i n su p er ].

prdcddd -ere -
ces s i , -
ces s i1 rus , g o d eg r ee), neare s t, ve ry near , nex t ;

m
, ,

m
forw ard, advance las t 82 0 )

prdcdns ul ,
-
is , .
, proc ons u l , g ov pil bli cus , l -a
, s u , pub ic ,
offi cia l

prd
ernor

cdns u
s hip,
l dt u s ,

ov
(f

erno
o

hi
a p
m
rov i nce

-
fis ,
)
.
, proc ons u l
puel l

puer ,
a,

boyhood
l
pueri , m g
.
ir

,
boy ; 5 pueri s , fro . m
g r s p
— at us , fig ht
m
'

prdcurr d,
-
ere, -
curri , cur s i1 rus , fi
p g nd ,
-
a re,
a v i ,
- -

run forward , c harg e pu l ch e r ,

-
ch ra ,
-
chru , p
re tty, beau

prddd, dere, —
-
didi , - dit us , g o forth tifu l
betray [for w ard pul s d, -
are, - avi, -
at us , knock
d —
m —dt1x i , duct us , ead l
m avi , dt us , think , reckon
' '

pr d tl cd ere -
put d -
are, - -

m
, , ,

proeli u proel i , n ., batt l e; proeli u

m
m
,

facere , e ng ag e in batt l e ; proel iu Q .

,
a bbr evi a ti on
f or
Qui nt us
co ittere , j oin ba ttl e quaero, -
e re, q uaes ivi , quaes itus ,
p
p
r

r
o

o
f
fi
ec

c
t
i
i
s
d,

cor ,

v er b, s et ou t
-
dni s , f
-
i, -
,

fectus
departure
su m ,
d ep .
q ua m
s eek

m ,
for,
a d v .,
as k , inq uire for

how ; conj af ter

than ; w i th a s uper b ,
. a

co p , as

proh i bed, ere, ui , it us ,

m hinder as pos s ib l e
- - -

mm
,

prd
prevent, kee p aw ay fro
i ci d, e
- r
e,
-
iéci , iect us
iacid), throw i orward ;
-
( pro
q uandd, i nter r og
q uartus , a, u , - -
m . a d v .,

nu .
w he n ?
ad
j .
,
fourth
sé prdi cere , q uat t uor, i nd ecl n u . . ad
j .
,
four
l eap — ue con
q , j , encl i ti c, and .

m m
p p w i th a d v ., q uia , conj , becaus e
'

prope, re . a cc ., near ; .

ne ar ; co p propius , su
p er l . q ui , q uae, q uod, r el pr on a nd a d j

m m m
. . . .
,

prox i e 82 2 ) who, w hich , w hat, that 8 2 9)

d d dt us , h as ten
m
- dvi
o
p p
r er re q uicu q ue, q uaecu q ue, q uodcu
- -
, , ,

prophéta, -
ae, prophet q ue, a dj , pr on , w hoe ve r, w hat

m m
. .
,

prdpdnd, ere, pos ui , pos it us ,

m s et e ver, w hos oe ver , w ha ts oeve r
- - -

forth, offer ; w i th Vex i u ll hang q uida q uidda i nd ef p r on , a

m m m
, , ,

out, dis p ay l c ertain one 83 1 )

propt er pr ep w i th a cc , on account
, . .
q ui da ,q uaeda , q uodda ,
indef .
of, becaus e of near , nex t to, c os e to l a ce rtai n 83 1 )
 8 L AT I NN —
E G LI S H V O CA BU LA R Y

m
I

q uide a d v ., indee d , in fac t ; nev er

m referd, ferre, tt u1i ,
m latus , bring
- - -
,

s ta nds

e ve n
(th
fi rs t ;
e e m ph
né
a tic w or d
q ui de ,

s ta nd
not back,
treat
re turn

84 1 )
; p e
e d reterre , re

i ng betw een)
m mm rég i na ,

m ae, fl q uee n
m m
-
,

q ui ndeci ,
i nd ecl nu . . ad j .
,
fifte en reg nu ,
-
i, n ., r ea l , king do ;
q
Q
ui nq ue,
ui nt us , m
mm
i nd ecl n u
-
i, .
,
.

Q uintus
. aa

ad
j ,
fi ve

fi fth
s overe ig nt

reg d, -
ere,
y
réx i , rect us , r ul e ,

l ang ui
g uide

i
q nt us ,
u -
a, -
u ,
nu .
j .
,
r el ang uds cd, -
ere, -
,
be

q uis (q ui ), q uae, q ui d (q uod),

i n ter w e ake ne d, be l
re ax ed

r og p ron . a nd a d j w ho ? w hat ? r el i nq ud, -

ere, -
l iq ui ,

m
. .
,

w hich ?

q ui s (q ui ) q ua
83 0 )

(q uae), q uid (quod),

l
m m
e ave

rel iq uus ,
behind, des ert
-
a, -
u the re s t, re ain

m mm
, ,

si,

m m
i nd ef . pron

mni s i , né ,
. a nd

nu
a d] . u s ed

an o ne ,
y
a
f
an
ter

y re
ing , re

itt d, —
ere, — i s i ,
ainde r of, the o the r, o the r
-
i s s us , s e nd

m m
,

m
thing , s o e one , so e thing , an
y, back ; pardon, forg ive
so

q ui s q ue,
e

83 1 )
83 1 )

q uidq ue, i nd ef .
p r on, eac h
re

Re m mm l
dt us , a, u , far away, dis tant

repel l d,
us , -

—
-

i,
-

.
,
Re us

one ere ppul i , pu s us , re

- -

m
,

q ui s q ue, q uaeq ue, q uodque,

’

znd e
f l l
pu s e , re pe

ad j e ac h 83 1 )
m
repent i nus , a, u s udde n
- -
.
, ,

q ud,
i
m
nterr og
oti on, whithe r
. a dv . w i th v er bs of res , rei ,

frfi ml f
entaria ,
.
, thing ,

g rain
atte r, affair

m s upp ies l
;
;
res

rds

q uod,
q ud m con

odo,
j .
,
beca us e ; that
a d v , how

a d v ., e ve r
.

ly
g es tae , e x p oits ; res
w ar ;
repub
res

li
pfibl i ca , co m
l
m i itaris , art of
onw e a th, l
q uot anni s , y ye ar , ye ar c , s tate ; novi s ré bus s tudére ,
be eag e r for a r e vo ution l ; res e St

m m
r apid,

rdpul u
-
ere,

,
-
i, n
-
ui ,
.
-

,
t us ,

you ng tu r nip
s eiz e i n peri culd, the
res i s t d, -
ere, -
s t it i ,
s itu ation is
res is t,
c ritica

w i th
l

ml
rat i d, dniS , l
f , e thod , arrang e da t
-
.

e nt, p an res ponded, -

ere, l s pondi , -
s pdns us ,

recipio, -
ere, -
cepi , -
cept us , take re p ly
back, receive ; w i th Sé , w ithdraw , ret ined, J ere, -
t inui , -
t ent us , ho d l
re treat back, re tain

recil s d, dre, dvi , 5 t us , r efus e , re r evert o, ere, V ert i , or de

m
- - - - -

j ec t p onent , revert or , -
i, -
V ers us s u ,

reddd, —
ere, r eddidi , reddit us , i
g ve turn back , re turn

back, re turn revocd, -

are, -
avi , -
dt us , ca ll back,
redii cd, ere, di1x i , ductus , l ead reca ll
m
- - -

back rex , rdg i s , .

,
king
20 L A TI NN —
E GLI SH V OCA BU LA R Y

Sil va, -
ae, f 1 fores t s t uded, -
dre, -
ui , be eag er ;

m
,

m
Sil via, ae, f l , Si l vi a s tudy, w i th
d a t ; novi s rébus
-

m mm m ml
.

Si l l
il i s , -
e, s i i ar , ike 82 0 ) s tudére , to be ea er for a revo ution
g l
si ul , a d v at the s a e ti e ; si ul s t ul t us , -
a, -
u foo is h

m
.
, ,

at q ue , con j .
,
as s oon as s ub, p p re . w i th a cc . a nd a bl ., u nder

si ul o, are, avi , at us , pre te nd

- - -
be neath, u nde rneath

s ine, pr ep w i th a bl , w ithout

s ing ul i , ae, —
.

a , dis tr i buti ve nu
-

m
.

m . s ubs el l iu m
s ubit d, a d v ., s udde n

m ll -
se i, n .
ly
bench

m
, ,

a aj , one at a ti e; i nter s i ng ulas s ubs idiu

m Si di , n. , as s is tanc e , re
-

ml
,

l eg i ones , betw een everytw o l eg ions e nforce ent ; s ubs idi u ferre , g o
S i ni s ter , -
t ra, t ru -
e ft to the re s cue

m
,

S ocietas ,

m m ml l l a ss ociation, a ll i
ance s ucced o, f edere, ces s i , ces s urus ,
- -

mml
s ol i dus ,
ll
s oci us , s oci ,

s dl , s dl i s ,

ml m .
,
.

the s un
,
a
y

id
, co panion
s ui ,
co

g
the
e up, advance

en. , of
( hi
i f
se f, hers e f, itse f,
da re,
-
a, -
u so s e ve s ) ; n ug a s es e

mml l l m
,

m
s oll icitfi dd, ini s , f care , anx iety fl e e ; i nter to eac h other or
’

-
s é,

m
,

s ol u

m
,

m
m m m
a d v ., on y ; ndn so u fro e ac h other

m
s ed etia l ,
not on y but a so su , es s e, fui , fut ii rus , be , a ( § 8 3 8)
s dl us , -
a, -
u (g en. -
i us , d a t. -
i ), su us , a, u - -
( p
su er l . o f s uperus ,

l
a one

s ol vd, l — m
ere

m m
mm s ol vi , Sol fi t us , oos e ;
co

pré
p
us
a red

or
s uperus ,

su
s uperi or,

us ) hig he s t,
su

m m m m
, ,

so
(f
o

ml
l
nus ,
s onit us , tl s ,
m
na v ig a ti on)

m ll mml
l
-

-
i,
'
.
,
s eep
s e t s ai

noise , s ound
s upre

su us

ountain
g reates t,

su
e,

dns , the top o f the

us col i s , the top
os t vio e nt ;

m m m m
.
,

s oror , -
dri s , f s is te r of the hi 82 0 )

m m
.
,

s pat i ds us ,

m m a, u broad Sti o, ere, s ii ps i , s fi pt us take

- - -
, ,

s pat iu

l
interva m, s pat i , n. , s pac e, dis tance, up, as s u

d d, infl ict punis h e nt

e ; s ii ere s uppl iciu

on

s pecies ,

m ll m -

m iéi , f appearance s uperbia , ae, f l , pride

-
.
,

s pectacul u -
i, n . s pec tac e, ga e s uper ior , -
i us (g en .
-
dri s ), co p f . o

m
, ,

s pect d, -
are, § V i , at us , - -
ook a t s uperus 82 0 )
s perd,

m are, aV i , at us , h ope s uper d, dre, aV i , 2it us , ove rc o e,

- - - - - -

s pes , s pei ,

m
ins pire
l m
m f l ,
h Ope ; s pe

hope , w i th d a t
i nterre, c onq uer

s uperus ,
; go
-
a, -
u
over, as ce nd

hig her, upper

m
.
,

ml
s tat i

e diate
,

m
a d v ., at once ,

mm y
ins tant y, i
s uppliciu
82 0 )
, s upph CI , n ., pu nish

s tat i o,

mm
dni s , f ., i k t i n e nt, tortu re ; s uppl i ci u sfi
t e ere
a pos a p c ;
-

m
,

s tat i dne, on g uard dd, infl ict punis h e nt on ; s uppl i

s t d, -
are, s t et i , s t at ii rus , s tand oiu dare, s uffer punis h ent
 L AT I NN—
E G LI S H V O CA BU LA R Y 2 1

s urg o —ere
, , s urréx i , s urréct us , ris e , t erti us , -
a, -
m
m
u m ,
nu . ad j
.
,
third

t u

m
Thdseus , i , T he s e us
-
g e p

m
.
,

m Tiberi s , —
s us cipid, -
ere, —e i —
c p , cept us , under eri s , the T iber

m m
.
,

take , as s u e ti ed, -
dre, ui , -
fear
s us cit d, dre, dvi , dtus , arous e , ti
m m lidus , a, u fearfu c ow ar d ly
- - - - -
, ,

aw ake n ti or , -
dri s , .
,
fear

m l
s us t ined, —
e e, t u , tentus , ho d
r i n i - -
t og a, f l , t-
og ae,
a

up, aintain e ndure , w iths tand ;

m
tol erd, —dre, dvi , —dtus , bear, e ndure
-
;

m m
.

S e s us ti nere, s tand up t ot , i ndecl . aa j so y an

m
,

a nd —ius da t all ,
s uus , a, u gi er
re p os s . a d j t dtus , a, u (g en i),
- - - - -
. . . .
, ,

f ro , his , her, hers , its , their, theirs who l e , e ntire 5 0 2 )

t rddd, -ere, —
d i di , -
dit us , g i ve over,

tabel l a, as ,

m
f writing tab l et s urre nder ; pas s l
a ong
-
.,

tabernacul u
m i, n te nt t radfi cd, ere, di1 x i , duct us , l e ad
- - - -
.
, ,

t abul a, - ae, f
taced, - ére, -cui , - cit us , b e
.
,
ap

l
s i ent t rand,
acros s

-
dre, - dvi , s wi m acros s

tam
tal is —

mm
e s uch

l
, ,

m
a d v ., s o, s uch
t rans , p p re

t rans redior - redi — res s us s u

.

t rdns ed, i re, i i , Lit us , g o acros s , cros s

w i th
-
a cc., acros s

ta en, con j .
,
ne verthe es s g , g , g ,

t ande
m a d v ., p y, p ra ra
y now now d ep v er b, cro s s

m ml
.
, ,

t ang o, —
m three
ere, t et i g i , tact us , touch t rds , t ri a , n u ad j 82 0 )

m ml
. .
,

tant u a d v . , on t ribfi nus , i , tribune

y
-
.
, ,

tantus , -
a, -
u so g re at t ri g e i nus , -
a, -
u trip et

m
, ,

m
tardd, dre, ‘fiV I, dt us , check t ilt ui , per . pr on thou , y ou
- -

m
.
, ,

tardus ,l ll
m t uba —
-
a, -
u s ow , du s tupid ; as tru f pe t

m
.

m
, , , , ,

m
t él u
l
m
backward,

m l
m
-

m i, n
re ucta nt

w eapon, is s i e , s pear
tu ,

t unicdt us , a, u
a d v .,

-
the n, at that ti
-
d res s edi n a tunic
e

m m m
.
, , ,

te
m
pes td s , at is , f s tor ; w eathe r t urbidus , a, u y s tor
- - -

m
, ,

l
m t urri s , —i s
te pl u , i , n , te p e
- -
iu ; a bl t urr i or t urre),

m mm m m
. .

te pt d, dr e, dvi , dt us , t ry, atte pt

- - -
f .
,
tow er

te pus , ori s , n , ti e , s eas on ; i n

-
. tuus , -
a, -
u , p as s . a a
j . a nd
p r on
,

rel iq uu pus , for the future

te our, ours
y y
t ened, ~
ére, t enui , h o d, keep, l
retain ;

m
t entat id, - dni s , f ., te
ves ti g ia tenere , kee p footing

m ptation tria l
ubi , i n ter r og

m r es t , w he re
. a dv. w i th v er bs

5 0 2
of
)

mm
,

terg u —
i, n back h ll us , i us , d a t . i), any
, .
,
-
a, -
u (g en . - -

t erra, -
ae, f e ar th , l and u qua a d v ., e ver

m m
.
, ,

t erribil i s , —
e, dreadfu l ,
terrib e l unde, a d v ., whe nce
t en ed, dre, ui , it us , frig hte n, terrify
- - -
fi ndeci ,
i nd ecl nu . . an
} ,
l
e e ven
 NN L AT I —
E GL I SH V OC A BU LA R Y

fi ndeci m mm us , -
a, -
u ,
nu . ad
j .
, V eru s , - a, - u m ,
true , g enuine ; V eru m
l
e eventh ll
m the truth
di cere , te

m
undiq ue,

mm m l
fi nivers us ,
a d v ., o n al l s ides

-
a, -
u all tog e th er, all
ves per , -er i ,

ves ter, -
m
t ra, -
t ru
.
,
e ve ning

p os s . a d j a nd

m
, , .

i us , -
a, -
u (g en. i us , d a t. -
i), p r on .,
your , y ours

nu . ad j .
,
one ; a one 8 1 5) ves t i g iu , ves t i g i , n .
, s tep; ve s ti g ia

urbs , urbi s c it h ard tenére , kee p footing

y [
urg ed, é re, ur s i , p res s ,
pre s s vet o, - are, —ui ,

m it us , forbid
- -

fi s q ue, a d v ., e ven, eve n ti ll V ex ill u ,

-
i, n .
, fl ag
ut , con j w i th su
i that, in orde r V ia , -
as , f . way, road

m
. .
, ,

that, s o that, to ; w i th i nd i c .
,
as V ict dri a , -
ao, f .
,
V ictory

da t i ), V i ded, —
dre, vid i , V i s u s ,
ut er , ut ra , ut ru (g en . -
1 us , .
-
see

which ?
m (of t w o) 50 2 )
m vig i l f
ia , ae, watc hing ; w atch (f
o
-
,

ut ri que, a d v
each s ide
.
,
on both s ides , fro the nig ht)

V i g int i ,

mm i nd ecl n u ad
j tw e nty

m
. . .
,

V ill a,

m ll far
“
-
ae, vi a, c ou ntry s e a t,

m
,

vadu -
i, n s ha ll ow pl ace , ford far hous e

m
.
, ,

vag or , —ar i ,

m
-
atus su d ep . v er b, V i ncd, -
ere, V ici , V ict u s , c onq ue r

m
,

roa

m w and er V i ncu u l i, n ro
pe c o rd , fe tte r
-

mmm
.
, , , ,

va le ,
i p e r ., g o od -
by vi ndicd, - are, -
avi , at us , -
c ai l
val ed, dre, - -
ui , it fi rus , be w e
-
ll ,
be in vi nu ,
-
i, n .
,
w ine
l
hea th, be pow e rfu l V ir , vi ri , .
,
an

val dttl dd, i ni s , f , s tate of

m
hea th, l V i rg a , f rod

mml
'

-
.
-
ae,

m m ll
.
,

hea th l [ ca p) V irg d, -
ini s , f .
,
aiden

l lu ,
-
i, n .
,
ra par t,
wa (f o a virt fi s , V i rt il t i s , f ,
an ine s s ; c our

V ds t d, -
dre, -
éivi , -
dt us , lay w a s te , ag e , va or l ; w orth , virtue 8 1 3)

V at es , mm m
devas tate, de s troy
-
is -
iu ) . a nd
f . bard , V i ta , -
f l ,
s

ao, f , ife
tre ng th , pow e r ,
v

l
iol e nce

m
, ,

ins pired s ing er

[ uch vix , a d v w ith diffi cu ty,
.
,
l s carc e ly
vehe l ent er , a d v ., s trong
y, very vocd, -
dre, avi , dt us , c a - -
ll
veh o, —
ere, vex i , vect us , c arr
y l
vo d, vel e, vo ui , l l i r r eg v er b,

m
.

venia, - ae, f

veni d, i re, veni , vent us ,

-
,
favor
co m e
wis h
vol il en, i ni s , n -
84 0 )
ro ll
m
.
,

Venus , -eri s , f l , V enus vol untas , at i s , f w ill

m
-

m
.
,

verbu ,
-
i, n .
,
w or d d , V dci s , f .
,
voice ; w ord ; a g na

vereor , —
eri , veri t us su ,
d ep. v er b, d ,
a l ou d voice

fear, res pec t vul ner o, —

are, avi , - -
at us , w ou nd
V erd, a d v .,

vert o, —
ere, vert i , vers us , t urn
in truth, ve ri ly vul nus , - er i s , n .,

vul t us , - fi s , m .
,
wound
looks , ex pre s s ion ; fac e
2 4 E N GL I SH L AT I —
NV OC A BU L A R Y

at t e mmpt
attent ivel y,
,
te ptd ,
I

di lig e nter
boat ,
-
is , f .
navig iu m ,
’
navi g i , n. ; navis ,

m
aut horit y, auc toritas , atis , f body, c orpus ,

m oris , n.
- -

aw ay (be), abs u ,
-
es s e , afui , afutii l
book , iber, ibri , l .

rus 8 3 8) both and , e t

bad,
bag gag e,
m
l m
mm a us ,

m i
-
a, -
u 6
45 )
bound,
boy, puer, eri , -
m
c ontine d , 2

pedi e nta, d ru n. brave, fortis , -e

-
,

pl u r .

m mm
barbarians , barbari , d ru -
, .
p l u r .
bravel y, fortiter
bridg e, pons , pontis , m .

m
bat t l e, proeliu , proeli , n

m
be, s u , es s e , fui , futii rus
.

8 3 8)
bri ng , bri ng t o, ad duc o, 3
bri ng upon, i nfe ro, fe rre ,
d atus , w i th
- -
l
tu i ,

84 1 )
be abs ent , be far , a bs u ,
-
es s e , afui , a cc . a nd da t .

mm Bri tai n, Britannia,

mm
afutii rus 8 3 8) -
ae , fl
be afrai d , ti ed , 2 ; vere or, 2 Brit ons , Britanni , d ru
m
-
.
,

be aw ay, abs u afui , afuttI brot her, frater, tris ,

m
’

-
es s e, -

mm
.
,

rus

m
8 3 8) Brut us , Brfi tus , i , -
.

be in co l and of, praes u

-
e s s e, bui d, pd nd , 3 ; facio, 3

m m
,

m
fui , futt1 rus , w i th d a t 6 2 3) burn, incendo, 3
’

- -
.

m
be i nfor ed, c e r tior fi d 84 3) bus ines s ,
’
ne g otiu ,
neg o ti , n .

be off, be di s tant , abs u ,

-
es s e , afui , but , h ow ever , aute ,
s ed

m mm
afutd r us 8 3 8) by, it , ab, w i th a bl ; . d enoti ng

l
l l
m m
bear , ferd , fe rre , tu i , atus
beaut iful , pu ch er, chra , chru - -
84 1 )
i
ea ns ,

pl i ed i n
a bl .

a
a l on e

p a r t i ci
;
pl e
so eti es

becaus e, q uod, conj ; b ecaus e (of),

a bl of ca us e or ro ter w i th
p p
.

Cm sar , Caes ar, -

aris , m
m
. .

beco
a cc .

e, fi d , fieri , factus su m
m 84 3)
l
ca l, voco, 1

call out , evoc o, I

; appe ll o, 1

been, ex

before, heret ofore,

before, pr ep ,
pres s ed in

ante ,
v er b

a d v ., a nte a

w i th
f or

a cc .
ca

can,
m p ,

coul d,
m
call t og et h er ; c onvoc o, 1

m
cas tra ,

os
-

u
d ru ,
n . pl u r .

os s e otui
.
p s , p , p ,

beg , beg for , peto, 3 8 3 9)

beg in, incipid , 3
bel ieve, cred o, 3 , w i th d a t . 2 2 4) Capit oliu m m
m
capit al , caput, capi ti s , n.

, Capitd liu ,
Capito i , n
’
l .

bel ong t o,
m s ee are of capt ive, c apti vus , i , -
.

benefit , be neficiu
m benefi ci , n
’

, . capt ure, c apio, 3; occupo, I

bes t ,
bet ter,
opti

ml m
e
us , s u

ior , co
p er l . o

p f
o
f bonus
b on
.us
carr y,

porto,
fe rd , fe rre , tu i , atus
I
l l
betw een, inter , w i th a cc. carry on, g e rd , 3
 E N G L I SH L A T I —
NV OCA BU L A R Y

b f io f l r es s ed
cause , p v ., y ac
ex o cottag e, cas a, -
ae

l ow ed by ut a nd s u i cl a us e o
f . . could, s ee can

count ry, a s d is t ing u is hed f ro m the

m
caus e, n ., caus a, ae , ci ty , ru s ,

mm r uri s , n ; as ter r i tory ,

-
.

v l
ca a y, q
r e uitatus -
fis , ; ( ) of cav fi nes , —iu pl u r

m
. . .

m
, ,

m
al ry, e q ue s ter, tris , tre country, fatherl and, patria , ae , f .
- - -

certain a

da m m m (
( )
q
q u
,
i
uidda )

cert ain, s ure, certus ,

da , q uaeda
83 I )
u
, q uod count ry hous e, count ry s eat , far

c u
o
Vi

e
ll
vi
a,

td
-
ae ,

i tis , f l
f .

'
,

a, r ag r s t
- - -
, ,

m
certai nl y, certe

m
courag eous , fortis , e

m
-

chief,

mm
pri nceps , ipis , cow ardl y, ti idus , a, u
- ~ -
.

chil dren, l i beri , d ru -

, .
pl u r . cros s , trans e d , -
i r e , i vi - -
ii), ituS, 4-

choos e,

choos e,
delig o, 3
el ect , cre d ,

m 1 crow d, m ul titfi d d , -
inis , f l
m
cit i zen, ci vis , is , a nd fl 412 a
)
m
crow ded , c reber, bra , bru
- - -

m
. .

cit y, u rb s , urbis , f
mm cus t o c d ns ué tfi d d , inis
-

m
.
,

cl ai att ent ion, ani u tene d cut off, interclfi dd , 3

cli

cohort , c
b,
oh or
as ce ndo,

s -
rtis , f l
3
m m
dang er , peri cu u , i , n l -

m
.
,

coll ect , c og o, 3 dare, aude d , audere , ans us su

co

co m
mm m e, ve nid ,

and , i
4
pero,
1 ,
w i th da t .
l
m m
daug hter, fi ia,
day, dies , d i ,
'

-
-
ae ,

.
f 70 . a
)

iube d , 2 ; p raes u es s e ,

mm m
daybreak , dayl ig ht , pri a lfi x

m m m
-

m
,

fui , futt1rus , w i th d a t 6 2 3) deat h , or tis , f l

'

- -
. ors ,

co ander , dux , ducis , ; deed ,

m r es , rei , f ; fac tu i , n.
-
. .

m
m
,

m
mpe rator d ris , l
deep, a tus , a, u
- - -

m
m
.
,

co on, c o unis , e

m
defend, defe ndo, 3
-

l
m l m
’

co onweal th fl es pub ica rei pub defense, praes idiu prae s i di , n

m
.
, ,

licae de and, pos tu o, I

co pel , c og o, 3 Dentatus D entatus -

i,

m
.
, ,

concerning , do, w i th a bl . deny, neg d , I

condit i on, c ondicid , onis , f l depart , depart fro discé d d , 3
’

m
,

conq uer , s upero, 1 ; vinco, 3 ex e d , -

i re, i vi - -
ii), itii rus -

cons ider , ex i s ti o, 1 ex ced d ,

3
cons truct ( a di tch), perdfi cd , 3; des ert , re inq uo, 3 l
dfi cd , 3
cons ul , c ons u l , c ons ulis , m .
des i re, cupid , 3
des irous of, cupidus , -
a, -
u m ,
w i th
cons ul t , c d ns ul d ,

Corneli us ,
3
Corne ius , Corne i , l ’
l m .
g re

different , dis s i m
l i is , -
e
 6 E N GL I SH LATI -
NV OCA BU LA R Y

di ffi cul t , diffi cilis , -

e 4 5 7) m
m
ent ire, td tus , » -
a, -
u 5 2
0 )
difficul ty, diffi cultas , atis f l eq ual

m aeq uus , a, u
- - -

m
,

dil i g ence, di ig e ntia,l -

ae even, e tia ; not even, né

dilig entl y, di lig e nter

di s pl ay, os te ndo,

m 3 evil ,m
de
m
m ml m
l a us , -
a, -
u \
6
45 )
di s t ance, s patiu

m S pati , n. exa p l e e xe
p u i , n.
-
, , ,

di s tant (be), a bs u es se , afui , afu

m
m
ex pect , e x s pectd , 1
-
,

t d rus 8 3 8) ex pos e, co ittd , 3

dit ch , fos s a, -
ae , f ext end, pate d ,
2 ; pertine d , 2

do, ag o, 3 ; facio, 3 ; w hen us ed as

m
a ux i l i a ry , not tra ns l a ted

m
do co pl etel y, c d nficid , 3
fact ,

mm
ré s , rei ,

fait h , fides , fidei , f l

fl

do har t o, noce d , 2 , w i th d a t

m
fa
ml ml
e, fa a, ae , f
-
. .

(i 2 2 4) fa ous , c arus , a, u - -

dow n fro
draw up, i ns truo, 3
dri ve, ag o, 3
,
dé , w i th a bl .

far
far
m
far, far

m l m
ll , vi
away,

a,

er , ag rico a, ae ,
-
ae ,
for di s t ant ,
fl
-
.
ong e

mll
drive out , pe o, 3 ; ex pelld , 3 fart her , aa j l
u te rior, ius ; a d v .,
-

m
,

due the s tat e, pfi blicus , a, u l ong ius

m
- -

dul l , s l ow , tardus ,

m a, u fat her, pater, patris ,

- -
.

offi ci , n.
’
dut y, Offi ciu , fat herland, patria, ae , f l -

dwel l , habito, 1 ; incol d , 3 favor , fave d , 2 w i th d a t . 2 24 )

m
,

favor , g ratia ,
-
ae , fl
each , q uis ue
q , q uae u
q ,e q ui d u
q e
m m
m
favorabl e, idd neus , a, u
- -

( q uodq ue ) 83 1 ) fear, ti or, -

d ris , .

each ot her, inter w i th a cc. of a fear, be afraid , ti ed , 2 ; vereor, 2

few , pauci
m ae , a
- -

m
,

eag er , acer, acris , acre field, ag e r , ag ri , .

eag er (be) for s tude d , 2 w i th d a t . fift h , q ui ntus , a, u - -

m
, ,

2 2 4) fi g ht , conte ndo, 3 ; pug no, I ; fi g ht

eas il y, faci l e l
a batt e , proeliu facid
eas y, facilis , e -
fi nal l y, d eniq ue
eith er

m m or ,

m
el aps e (s uffer t o or
aut

l et) inter
aut

itto, 3
fi nd, invenid , 4
fi nis h , c d nficid , 3

mm m m
,

m m
encourag e, c onfi r o, I fi re, ig nis , is , 41 2 a
)
-
. .

ene y h os tis , is , -
. a nd f . ini i fi rs t , ad j .
pri us , l a, -
u

mm
, ,

c us ,

mmi, firs t , a d v ., r e err i ng

f to order , prI
-
.

enoug h , s atis , i ndecl . u ; f

re er r i ng to t i e, pri o
enroll , c ons cri bd , 3 fitti ng (be), oporte t, 3
2 8 E N G L I SH L AT I —
NV OCA BU L A R Y

he, is , hic , i ll e , or not expr es s ed i n, f pl a ce in

o w i th a bl . ; f
om ti e

m
m
,

m
,

head, caput, -
i tis , n .
f
or o
p
r es ect a bl . w i thou t pr ep .

mm
,

hear, audio, 4 in co b
( ) p
e , and of
ra es u ,
ess e, -

heart , ani us , i , -
. fui , futi1 ru s , w i th d a t
- -
6 2 3) .

heavy, g ravis , e -
i n order that , ut, w i th s u i ; in .

m
hei g ht , al titd dd , inis , f l -
order that not , l es t , né , w i th
Hel vet ii (th e), H e l vetii d ru su
i

m
-
.
, ,

in t he pres ence of, apud, pr ep w i th .

he in, contine d , 2 a cc.

her, e ius ,

s uus , -
a, -
m
huins , is ti us , illi us ;
u I 3 5)
re f l ex .
, i n t rut h ,
i n vain, frus tra
vé r d

l
m
h eret ofore, antea i ndus try, di ig e ntia, ae , f l -

h ers elf, s ui .

ml S ee se f infantry, pe des , itis , -

m
.

hig h , l tu
m m
m infantry f d —tris
a s, a, -
u
( ),
o pe e s ter tre
-

m
-
, ,

h ig hes t ,
mm
infl ict puni s h l
‘
su us , —a -
u ent upon, su
pp i

m
,

hi s ee he c iu Sd d de, w i th a bl .

mm m m
,

hi

mmmm
self, s ui .

hinder, prohibe d , 2 ; i pedid , 4

hindrance, i pe di e ntu , i , n
S ee se lf
-
.
infl uence,
infor
facio
so
a dd uc e,

eone,
3
aliq ue c erti d re

m w i th d a t
'

hi s , e ius , huius , is ti us , illi us ; fl

r e ex ,
i njure, noce d , 2 ,
. 2 2 4)
‘

s uus , -

3 5)
a, -
u I injury , initi ria, -
ae , fl
h ol d, te ne d , 2 ; ob tine d , 2 i nq uire, q uaerd , 3
m
m
ho m
ho
m
hol d back , retine d , 2

mm e,

e,
do
do
us ,

i
-
'

ti s ,

8
f
4 5)
. at
i nt end, in a
i nt o, in, w i th
int rus t ,
o ess e , w i th d a t.

co m
m a cc.

ittd , 3
hope,
hope, n
v ., s per d , I

.
,
s pes , s pei , fl
is , u s ed

l a ted ; a s copu l a ,
as a ux i li a ry , not t r a ns

su m , es s e, fui ,

m
h orn, c ornfi , -
ds, n futfi rus 8 3 8)

mm m
.

hors e,
m
e q uus , i, i s l and, i ns u a, ae , f l l
- -
.

hors e an, e q ues , -

itis , . i t , is , hic , is te , or not ex
p r es s ed

hos t il e, ini i cus ,

-
a, -
u I tal y, I ta ia , l -
ae , f

mm m ml
hour, h ora, -
ae , f . it s , e ius , bu l us , is ti us , illi us ; re fl ex ,

how , q ua ; h ow far, l q ua ong e ; s uus , -

a, -
u 1 3 5)
how l ong , q ua diu it s el f, s ui . S ee se f
hurl , iacid , 3 ; conicid , 3

j m
m
oin t og et her , c o ittd , 3
I,

m
m
eg o

if , Si ; i f not , nis i
or not ex

m
p r es s ed
jo

u
u

d
j g
r n

i
e

m m
y
en
i
t
i te r itineris n

i fi di
,

ciu

s i d ris n
i
8
t t di ci n
,
1 3)
,

,
,
’
.

, .

i ed i at el y, s tati ju s t ce d , , , .
 E N GL I SH LA TI —
NV OCA BULAR Y

k eep (in), res t rain, contine o, 2

m
fro ), prohibe d ,
l eave off, inter
l eft , s inis ter,
mm itto, 3
k eep (out or 2 -
tra, tru -

kill , interficid , 3 ; necd , I l eg ion, leg id , onis , f -

.

m
ki nd, g enus , eris , n l eng t h , l ong itfl dd , inis , f l
- -

mm
.

ki ng , rex , r é g is , . Les bia, Les bia, -

ae , f .

k ing do ,
reg nu ,
-
i, n . l es t , nd , w i th su i .

k now , c og nd s c d , 3 i n p f
er . tens es
; l
l ibert y, i ber tas , atis , f l
m
-

m
,

s cid , 4 l ieut enant , eg atus l -

i .

know n, notus , -
a, -
u life, vi ta, ae , f l -

l ig ht , l evis , -
e

l abor,
l abor,
v .,

n
l ab oro, I

l abor, -
d ris , m .
; ope ra,
l i g ht , l fi x , l fi c i s , f
l i g htl y, l eviter

m
.

ao,

m li k e, ad
j Si

m
l i is , e 4 5 7)
- -
.
,

l ack , v ., des u ,
dees s e , defui , de l ik e, l ove, a o, 1

futfi rus , w i th da t . 6 2 3) li ne of battl e, a cids , acre i , fl

l ack , n inopia ,
m ae , f l is ten, audid , 4
ml
-
. .
,

l acking (be), dé s u dees s e , defui , l itt l e, parvus , a, u 4 5 6)

- -

m
,

defutfi rus , w i th d a t . 6 2 3) l it tl e, by a l itt l e, pau o

l a p, l d cerna, ae ,
f l ive, habito, I ; incold , 3
m
-
.

l and, terra, ae, l oft y, a l tu s, a, u

m
- - -

m
l ang uag e, ing ua, l ae ,

m f l ong , l ong u s , a, u

m
- - -
.

l arg e, ag nus , a , - -
u l ong , for a l ong t i e, di u
l
l aw , lex , eg is , f l ook at , s pe ctd , 1

m
l ay dow n, l ay as ide, depd nd , 3 l ook for , q uae rd , 3
l ay w as te, vas to, I
l ead, di
‘

, 3 m
l ook out for, provided ,

m
l os e, a ittd , 3
2

l ead
l ead
acros s , tradd cd ,

aw ay, abd uc o,
3
m m
l ove, a d , I
l oyal , fi r

m
3 us , -
a, -
u

l ead back , 3 re dti cd ,

l ead forw ard, pr d dfl cd , 3

l ead in, conduct , induco, 3
l ead out , l ead fort h , ed uco, 3
m
m
ak e,

ll m
ak e am
ak e w ar upon,
faci o , 3 84 3)
s peech , or atid ne

be u
habe d
i nfe ro, w i th
l ead t hroug h , perduco, 3
l ead t o, addfi cd , 3
m m mm m
da t
an,
.

ho
6 2 3)
d , inis , a nd
f

m
-
.

Leander, Leander, dri ,

m m
vir, viri ,
-

m ml
. .

l earn, know ( i n p f er tens es ), cog anner , odus , i,

m
-

m
. .

nosc o, 3 any, u ti ,

m
-
ae , -
a

l eave, depart fro , discé do, 3 arch , iter, itineris , n . 8 1 3)

l eave behind, abandon, re inq uo, 3 l arch (t o),
iter facio
 E N GLI SH LATI —
NV OCA BULA R Y

mm
30

m
m
Marcus Marcus -
i, na e, nd en, -
inis , n

m
. .
, ,

mm m
Mark Marcus i

m m m nat ive land, patria, ae

- -
.

m
, , ,

arry, in atri oniu d d ed nat ure, atfi ra, ae , -

m m
’
atter, neg otiu neg o ti , n . ; rds , near , propinq uus , a, u

m
- -
,

rei , f neares t , prox i us , a, ru

m m
-
.

e, s ee

eans ,
I
mmmm
by eans of, ex -

p r es s ed by
neces sary (be),
nei g hbor, fi niti
oporte t,

us , -
i,
3

m m m
.

the
m
a bl . neig hboring , fi niti u s , - a, u
-

m
mem m m
eanw hil e, inthe

ory, m e oria, ~
eant i

ae , fl
e, interi neither
neutru
(f
o t w o),

50 2
)
neuter, ne utra,

m m m
et hod, ratid , onis , f . neither , neq ue or ne c ; neither
-

mil m
ids t

m ll
e,

m
of,

m m
mi e
edius ,

pas s fi s
-
a, -
u

pl u r
nor , neq ue (nec)
never, nu q ua
neq ue (ne c)

m
.
,

ind,
m
il ia pas s uu

m m mm m
l
ilitar y,
anim m m
i itaris ,
us , i,
-
e

d ns , en
neverthel es s , ta
new , novu s ,
nex t , prox i us , a, u
-
a, -
u
en

m
- - -
.

m
ine, m
tis , f .

mmm e us , -
a, -
u
nig ht , nox , noctis , f .
ni ne, nove
Minerva,
m
Minerva ae no, ini d, p ea t v er b w i th
or r e a

m
-
,

m
,

Minotaur Mi notaurus ; i, neg a ti ve 1 10 )

m
-
.
,

m
oney,

m l m m mll pecd nia, ae , no, none, nu us , a, u 5 0 3)

- - -

ont h , d ns is , is , -
. no one, nd d , nd lli us
ore, a dj., p d s , plti ris nobl e, nd bi lis ,
’

or -
e

m
ex

m
a d v .,
p r es s ed

m m l mm m
i
a
g is
by a co p a ra ti v e ; nor , ne q ue
not , non
or nec

ini
os t , j, p fi rad . us , -
a, -
u ,
or not at all , e

m m mm l m
expres s ed by a su p er l . ; a d v. , not even, nd q de
ui

m m m
ax i l
m e, pl fi ri u nothing , nihi or nihi u 1 n.
-

m
m m m
ot her ,
m
ountai n, m m m m ate r ,
d ns ,
atris , f .
ontis ,
now , nunc , ia
nu ber , nu e rus , -
i,

m
. .

ove,

m
ove mm deepl y,
ove d , 2

co ove d , 2 ; pe r 0, us ua lly exp by a v oca ti ve,

res s ed

m m
oved, m
m m m
ove d , 2

co d tus , -
a, -
u ; per d
occa s i ona l ly by the i nter/ O
obey, pare d , 2 , w i th d a t 2 2 4)
.

m
.
.

m
tus , a, u obs erve, Spectd , I
- -

m dd, w i th a bl . ;
uch (by), ul td of, si
g f
n o g en . ; out

m
M
m
ucius ,

mm m
ul ti tude,
eus , a ,
Mii cius Mii ci
ultitii dd ,

u
,

-
,

inis
. of, d or ex ,

offer , prd pd nd , 3
often, s aepe
w i th a bl .

y
- -
,
3 2 E N GL I SH LATI NV OCA BUL A R Y

put

put
,
3
1 6 11 6 .3
down, depdnd , 3
m
mm Ro m m
road, Via, Viae ,

a n, R o anus , -a

m
,

p
p
u
u
t
t
t
t
o

o
de

fli
a

g
t
h
h
t
,

,
i
i
n

n f
ort

ug a
e dd
dd Ro m
u s ed a s a nou n

ml ml m
e,

R o u us , R o
Ro a, -
ae ,

u us , -
i, .

q ueen reg i na -
ae , r out e, iter, itineris , n

mm
.

m
, ,

qui ckl y, c el eriter rul e, reg d , 3

Q uintus , Q ui ntus -
1 ru or , fa a, a s

m ll mm
.

ra part , va u
ordo, inis ,
,
-
i , n.
s afet y,
m
s acred, s ace r , —c ra ,

l tis ,
- cru

rank , d f
’

-
.
sa s, -
ti .

rather , s ee

mm
reach ,
w is h

pertine d , 2
rat her

; pated , 2 m
s ail , navig o, I

m m mm
s ail or , nauta ,

e, i de
-

e ade
ae , .

ide
real rdg nu i , n. sa 5 1 8)
-
, , , ,

reas on, caus a, ao, sat i s fact ion (g ive) sa tis facio, 3 ,

m
-

m m
,

receive, accipid , 3 w i th d a t

m mm
.

re

re
ain,

ainder
ane d , 2

h
( e),
t
; per aned , 2
reliq ui , d ru -
s at is fact ory, s atis ,

s avag e, barbarus , -
a,
i nd ecl
-
m
mm
u
.

m
.
,

m s avag es , barbari , d ru pl ur
-

m
. .

m
,

re aining , reliq uus , a, u save, s ervd , 1

m
- -

re

mmmark abl e, eg regi us , a, u say, di cd , 3 ; s ay not, neg d , 1

- -

re e ber, e oria te ned s carcit y, inopia, ae , f

m
-
.

repl y, res ponde d , 2

m s chool , l udu s, i,
mm
-
.

r eport , fa a, -
ae , fl S cience of w ar, r ds i litaris , f l
republic,

m
rd s pd blica
m
s cout , e x p l o ato r r, d ris ,
-
.

reputat ion, fa a, ae , f s ea , are , is , n

m
- -
. .

res i s t , re s is td , 3, w i th d a t . 2 24 ) S econd, s e cundus , - a , - u

res pect , vere or , 2

res t (t he), reliq ui , -

d ru mm , .
pl ur .
See, Vide o, 2

s eek ,

m petd , 3 ; q uaerd , 3
videor, 2 , pa s s o
res t rai n, contine d , 2 s ee , f vided .

ret ain, retine d , 2

ret urn, g ive back ,

re ddd ,
3
s eize, rapid ,

s el f , ips e , -
a,
3;
-
u mm occupd , 1

s ui 5 1 2 )
revol ut ion,

mm m novae , f l pl u r

m
'

r dS . s enat e, s e natus , -
t ts , .

rew ard,

R hine, t
prae

mm
nus , i ,
iu
-
, p rae

.
i, n . s end,

s end ahead or
itto, 3

m m
m
forw ard, prae ittd , 3
ri g ht , ad j dex ter, tra, tru s end aw ay, di
m iti d , 3 ; a itto, 3
- -
.
,

i d s , ifi ris , n ; g ive
ri g ht , n ., . a rig ht s end back , re ittd , 3

m
Of w ay, iter facio seri ous , g ravis , e
-

r iver , fl ii e n, -
inis , n . s et fi re t o, ince ndo, 3
 E N GL I SH —
LAT IN V OCA BU L A R Y 33

s et forth , 3 so m eth i ng , a l iq uid 83 1 )

s et tl e, s e deo, 2

seven, s epte m
m m
s on,

s oon, m
fi lius , fi i ,
ox

m
l 772 .

seventh , s epti us , u

m
s overeig nt y, r eg nu i , n.
-
a, -
,
-

Several , p l fi res , pl fi ra s pace, s pa tiu ,

s pati , n.

s evere, g ravis , e s peak ,

m
di c o, 3
-

s evere ly , g raviter s pear , té l u , 1 n -

.

Sex tus , Se x tus , i , 7n s peech ,

m
ar atia, 6 nis ,
- -
.

s hall , ex p r es s ed by f u t nr e tens e s pir it , ani us , -

i , nz.
s harp, ac er , acris , acre [p ex r es s ed l
s pur , c a car ,

m aris , n
-
.

s he, ea , hae c , is ta, i ll a or nol s py, e x p l orator , 6 ris , -

.

s h ip, navis , -
is , f . 4 12 . a
) s tand s t ill , t ak e a s tand, c ons is to, 3
s hore , ora, ae , fl s tate, ci vitas ,

mm m ati s , f l
- -

s hort ,

mm brevis , e s tay, per a ne o, 2

-

s how , de ons tro, I ; os te nd o, 3

m
s t eadfa s t , fi r us , a, u

m
- -

mmm
s i g nal , S ig nu —i oppug no, I t k e by s t or
, ,
n. s t or , ; a ,

si l
il ar , Si i is , -
e ex pug n6 , 1 ‘
,

s ince, cu 64 2 ) s t ory, fabu l a, ae , f

m
-
.

s i s t er , s or or , -
6 ris , s t rang e, novus , -
a, -
u

m
S it , s e de o, 2 s t reet , via , ae ,
j:
-

s i ze, ag nitfi d o, inis s t reng t h , vi s , ( vi s )f

m m
-
.

m
,

s ix , s ex

m s t rong , for tis , e ; fir us , a, u

- - -

s ix t h , s ex tus , a, u

m s t upid , tardus , a, u
- - - -

s k ill ful , s kil l ed , pe ri tus , -

a, -
u s ubdue, pac o,
1

s l aug ht er , ca edé s , -
is , f . s uch , ta is , l -
e

l
s ave, s ervus , i, 771 s uffer , pat

m
io

m
r, 3 ; lab 6 r6 , I
-
.

m
s l avery, s ervitfi s , utis , f . s uffer p
m
uni s h e nt po e na or s up
-
,

s l ow , tardus , a, u li c iu d o
p
- -

s m
m mm
l m
s l ow l y, tardé

m m
a l , parvus , -
a, -
u
s uffi cient , s atis , i nd ecl

m
m
s uitabl e, id oneus , -
a, -
u
.

m
s all es t , ini us , a, u su

m
m er , aes tas , al ti s , f
- -
.

s o,

so g r m
ita,
eat ,
si c,

tantus ,
ta
-
a ,
-
u
su

mm
mm m
on, voco, I

s uppl y, c opia, -
ae ,

so

m
t hat , ut ; so t hat not, ut non s upre e, su us , a, u
- -

so l
m
l
dier , i es , itis , w s ure, certu s ,

m
a , —u
- -
.

‘
so f
e, o zen not ex pr es s ed ; aliq ui , s us pend , inte r itto, 3

m
aliq ua, aliq uod 83 1 ) s w ift , ce er, l e ri s , ere
- -

so

so m e ot hers , a ii

eone, aliq uis

l
83 I )
a l ii 5 0 4) s w ift l y, c ele rite r

s w ift nes s , cel eri tas , -

atis , f
34 E N GL I SH —
L AT I NV O CA BU L A R Y

tak e, su m
tak e, capt ure, tak e up,
o, 3
capio,
t hi rd, tertius , m -
a, -
u

3 t his , hic, haec, hoc is , ea , id

take back ,
t ak e by s t or m
re cipio,

m ,
e x pug no, I
3
t hose,
20 3)
s ee

m m
that , d e
”
.
p ron.

tall , a l tu s, a, u t houg h , cu

m
- -

t each , doceo, 2 t housa nd, ll i e 6

53 )
t ell , dico, 3 ; narro,
t en, dece
tent h , deci
m
m mm
I t hree, tres , tria
three hundred , trece nti ,
8 2 4)
-
ae, -
a

us , -
a, -
u t hroug h, pe r, w i t/z a cc .

t errifi ed , perte rritus , a, u

m
throw , iacio, 3
- -

t errify, pe rte rre o, 2

t han, q ua m
t erri t ory, fi nes , i um m -
,
771 .
fil : ti
ti
mm
t hrow down, de

mm m e, te

id, ti
pu s ,
-
o

idus ,
ri s ,
n .

-
a,
o,

-
u
3

in, w i t}:
-
'

i
l
t hank , g ratiaI s ag o , w i t/l a a t. t o, s
g n f
o da t ; . a d, a cc.

t hat ,
’
a e7non.
p r on . , is is te , i ll e expr es s i ng pnrpos e u t q ui w i t/z , , ,

r el pr on d i l d
.
q ui , q uae , q uod
, s naf ;
u a w l : g er u n or,g e

t hat , in order t ha t , i n pu rpos e

’
r u na i o e

cl a us es , u t t o each ot her, i nter w i tn a cc . of a

t hat not , l es t , i n pu rpos e cl a us es , né re fl ex pron . .

t he, not
t he one, t he ot h er
ex p r es s ed

m (f
o t w o), a lt er ,
t oil ,
t op of, s u
l
m
m m
a b ors , I

us , -
a -
u

a lt era, a lt eru t ower , turris , is ,

mm
-

t heir , g en
m fi b er . o f is ; re fl ex s uus , t ow n, oppidu , i , n -
. .
,

)
m t roops , c opiae , aru
m
“
3 “
u 1 35 -

m
7

t heir ow n, s uus , a, u I 3 5) t rue,

m m m
veru s , a, u
- - - -

t he
t hen,
,
s ee

at
they
t hat t i
t hen, in t he nex t pl ace, d einde
mm e, tu
t ry, te
t w el ft h , duodeci
t w el ve, duodeci m
pto,
I

us , -
a, -
u

t here, a s expl etzve, not expr es s ed t w o, duo, d uae , d uo 8 2 4)

'

t here, i n that p ace, l ibi t w o hundred, duce nti , -

ae , a -

t herefore, ita q ue
t hes e, s ee

Thes eus , T hes eus , i ,

t hey,
this

ii , hi , is ti , i i , ll
-
m .

r es s ed
undertake,
unfavorabl e,

un k il l ed m i
s us cipi o,

ini q uus ,
3
-
a, -
u m
m
or not ex p s , pe ri tus , -
a, -
u

t hick ,
20 5)
creber, -
bra, bru -
m unw ill ing
no ll e, m b
( )
e

olui ,
, not w i li ng,
84 0 )
l
t hing ,
t hi nk ,
r es , r ei ,

arbitror,
f .

I m
e x i s ti o, I
uphol d,
urg e, hortor, I
s us tine o, 2

I us , nos , a cc .
fi ber . o f eg o 5 0
9)
 I NDE X

T he nu m b ers , l
un e s s pag e s a r e s e c ifi e d , re fe r
p to s e c tions

a or ab , 81 , 1 71 p os s e s s ive , 1 3 2 —1
37
abbrevi at i ons , La t in, p 3 83 . of thir d dec l e ns ion, 42 8 4 3 1 , 4 3 5,
-

l
a b ative c a s e , 6 5— 6 7 4 38
l
mm m
ab s o ut e , 6 — 00 adverb s , 122
39 4
of a c c o

of ag e nt, 2

of c a u s e , 1
pa ni
61
65
e nt, 1 67 co

fo r m
l
paris on, 4 66

u a r,
l
at ion, r e g u ar , 4 6 1 —4 6 5 ; i rre g

4 70 , 4 7 1
of

of m
d es c r iption, 56 1 , 56 2

m m
anne r , 1 68
pos ition of, 1 2 3
a g ent, e x pre s s e d b y th e abl . w ith d or

of

of

of
m
l m
e a ns o r

e as u re of

fro
i ns tru e nt, 1

diffe r e nc e , 4 5 1 , 4 52
w h ic h , 2 9 5 , 4 82
66
a g ree
ao

m
, 2

j
6 1 ; by t h e d at
ent

of a d e c t ive s ,
.
, 7 2 8, 7 2 9

p ac e
90 , 9 1
of l
p ac e in w hic h , 4 83 of appo s it iv e s , 1 0 4
of r e s pe c t,
55 1 , 55 2 of p r e d ic at e n ou n s , 61

o f ti m
of s e pa ra tion,

e, 4 9 2 , 49 3
2 96 l
of re a t ive

of v e rb s , 48
pr o nouns , 3 89, 390

acco mm
accent , 1 3 , 1 4

pa ni
a ccus at ive c as e ,
e nt , abl . of, 1 67
al i q ui s ,

a
l iu
s,

l ph
5o 2—

abet , 1 — 3
52 8
5o 5
3 2

of d uration or e x t e nt, 6— 8
54 54 a lt
er, 50 2
5 4 0

j
ob e c t, a ntepenu lt
m
ml a c c e nt of, 1
0
35 , l o. c ; 4
of pl ace t o w hic h, 4 8 1 , 4 84 a ppend ix ,g ra a ti c a , 8 0 4 — 84 3
pre d ic a te , 6 8 1 —68 4 appos iti on, 3, 1 0 4 10

w ith pr e po s it ions , 78, 3 58 art i cl e , not us e d in L atin, 2 7 , note

j
a s s ub e c t of th e infi nitive ,
3 68
j
mm
ad e ctives , 1 9 ,

ag re e e nt, 0
9 9
8 7—9 2
— 1

l
Bacul us t he Centurion,
2 83 -
2
93
s tory of, pp.

co paris o n, r e g u a r, 1 — 4 44 by bas e, 7 1

ml
44 ;
a dve rbs , 472 ; irr e g u l ar, 6— 8
45 45
w ith th e d ative ,
dec l e ns io n of c o ml
12

pa ra tive s , 4 50
of fi rs t a nd s e c o nd d ec e ns ions , 1 1 ,
9 , 1 30 card i nal

cas e , 1
3 ,
caus al cl aus es
nu

3 2
era s , 5 2 2 — 53 7 ,

m
54 3

5 w ith cu , 64 0 , 6 4 2 , 6 4 3
128 -
caus e, e x pr e s s e d b y th e a b l ., 1 65
pos it ion of,
9 2 ch aracteris tic, s u i . of, 7 2 1 -

72 3
3 8 I N DE X

cl aus es , 3 84 8
3 5 ; nou n or s ubs tantive d ifi erence, m e as ur e of, 4 50 , 4 5 1

m m
,

l au s e , 60 0 d iphth ong s , 6

m
c

co

co m p

abl . of,
arat i ve,

pari s on
0
dec l e ns ion o f, 4 50 direct
do i ,
m l m
l
d o us , d e c
s tate

oc ative ,
ents ,

4 85
e ns ion of,
652

813
3 9
j
of a d e c tive s , 44 1 —
44 5 ; i rre g u l a r, durat i on of t i e, e x pr es s e d by the
6—
4 5 4 58 ; s ix a d e c t ive s j in l zs , 4 57
-
'

a cc .,
54 6 , 54 7
of a d ve rb s , r eg u ar, l 4 66 ; irre g u ar, l
47I e or ex , 1 71

co m
mlm
d eg ree s

p i nfi nit ive 369

e
of,

enta ry

co pound verb s w ith th e d at ive , 6 2 2 ,

44 1
,
e g o,

enc l it i 3
de c

E ng l i h L tin vo
s
cs , 2
l e ns ion of,

a
0 . a
50 9

cab u ary, l pp 2 3 2
5
- -
.

62 3
conces s i ve c aus es l w ith cu m 6 40 , 6 4 2 ,
(at
j
th e e nd)
c o n ug at ion of, 84 2

m
,

64 3 ex t ent of pa c e ,
s e x pre s s e d b y th e
j
con ug ati on s te s, 1 54 , 30 0 — 0
3 3 ac c ., 4 6
5 , 54 7
conj ug a ti ons , 1 40 ; th e fou r re g u a r,l
1 53 ; i r re g u l ar, 8 38—84 3 ferd c on ug ation o f 84 1
, j ,

cons onants , 2 ; s ou nd s of, 7 fi ft h decl ens ion 4 88 4 90 -

m
,

c0 pul a, 2 6 fi l ia d e c e ns ion of 70 a l
m
.
, ,

cu j , c on unc tion, 6 3 9 64 3 -
l
fi ius , d e c l e ns ion of, 1 1 7

cu , pre pos ition, 3 58 a ; e nc itic . l us e , j

c on ug a tion of, 84 3
5 1
3 fi rs t j
con ug at i on, 1 57

d ative
w ith
c as e ,

j
a d e c tive s , 1 2
5 2—
55 m
fi rs t decl e ns ion, 70
for ation of w ords ,
s uffix es
s ee prefix es a nd

9, 1
30
of ag e nt, 7 2 8, 7 2 9
mj
w ith c o pou nd v e rb s , 6 2 2 , 6 2 3
of ind ir e c t o b e c t , 56— 59
fourt h

m
fourth dec
fro
j
con ug ation, 2 1 7

l ens i on,
4 7 5 4 77
h ow e x pre s s e d , 2 9 4 —2 9 6
—

po s i t io n of, 59 fut ure infi nit ive, 356 ac t ive ,

of

w ith
u
p pr o s e or e nd

s pe c ia l
for w h ic h , 6 8 5, 68 6
v e rb s , 2 2 2 — 2 2 4
f uture
fut ure
parti ci pl e, 56 5, 56 7
perfe ct fo r a t io n o f m a c tive ,

m
, ,

dea, d e c l e ns io n o f, 70 . a
330 ; pas s ive , 3 4 8
d ec l ens i on, 2 9 30 68 , 6 9 ; g e ne ra l future tens e , for ation o f, 1 83 , 2 67

m
, ,

l
ru e s of, 1 0 8
de ons trat ive j
a d ectives a nd pro g ender
nouns , 20 1 —
5 4
2 l
i n E ng is h and in L atin, 8 3 —8 5
deponent verb s , 5 57 5 60 , 569
-
in th e fi r s t d e c e ns ion, 8 6 l
derivat ion, s ee pr efi x es a nd s uffi x es i n th e s e c ond dec l e ns ion,
97
d e s criptive a b at ive l a nd g enit ive, in th e th ird d e c l e ns io n, 4 9 6

in th e fo urth d e c l e ns ion, 4 76
de s cript ive l
re at ive c aus e , l w ith th e in th e fifth d e c l e ns ion, 4 89
su i .
, 7 2 1 -
72 3 of an infinitive , 370 . a
40 I N DE X

m
u6 l 6 , c on ug ation of,j 840 m
for ation, in the ac tive, 3 1
5; in
no i nati ve
n6 nne, in q ue s t ions , 2 5 1
l
n6s , d e c e ns ion of, 50 9
cas e , 33
m l th e pas s ive ,
e aning of,

abs o ut e ,
3 1 1
34 8
— 1
3 4
pas t 313
nouns , 1 7 pr e s e nt pe rfe c t, 3 1 2
fi rs t d e c l e ns ion, 70 perfect i nfi nitive, ac tive, 332 ; pas
s e c ond

1 17

th ird d e c
de c

l
l
e ns ion,
e ns ion, 6— 8
9 9 , 10 2

4 0 8,
, 10 7,

erf
s ive , 3 5 5

perfect
ect
s te m
j
s ub unct ive,
, 3 0 1

6 10
40 4 , 40 5 , 412 , p
4 1 3, 4 1 6 periphras ti c con j ug ati on, ac tive , 72 6 ;
fourth d ec
fi fth de c l
l
e ns ion,
e ns ion,

4 88—
4 7 5 4 77
4 90
—
pa s s ive , 7 2 7
Pers eus a nd Andro m eda , L atin p ay, l
nu m
l
nu l us , d ec

m in q ue s tions ,
l e ns ion of,

2
5 3
0

5 1 , 6 70 pers on
79
pp
, 1 46
. 2 -
2 82

ml
,

nu ber, 4 5— 4 7 , 1 45 personal end i ng s , a c tive , 1 4 6, 1 7 7,

nu 2— 8 2 , 82 4 4 8, 30 4 ; pa s s ive , 2 5 6, 2 86
era s , 53 53 539
7 , , 3 2

pers ona pr on ounl s , 50 9 , 5 1 0

j l
m m
ob ect, dire c t, 3 5 ; indire c t, 6— ,222 a ce , w h e re , w h ith e r, w h e nc e , 4 80
5 59 p
~

4 8 5 ; na e s o f t ow ns a nd do u s
order of
ord i na l nu
ori g i nal s tori es ,
m w ord s ,
eral s ,
1 9 7—1 99

5 3 9 , 8 2
3
a nd r us ,

pl fis , d e c l
4 84 , 4 8 5
e ns ion of, 4 8
5
6 pos i ti on
—2 1
pp 2
3 7

m
.

j
_

of a d e c tive , 9 1 , 1 98. d, 1 99
part i ci pial s te

m
part i ci p es , l d e fine d, 3 44
e nt of,
, 3 0 2 , 347
of

of
de mj
of ad ve rb , 1 2

d ire c t
3
ons trative ,

ob e c t,
, 1 98 .

20
f
4
ag r e e 349 59 ,

dec l
e ns ion of,
5 6 6 , 8 17 of g e nitive , 4 1

m
o f d e pone nt v e rb s , 5 60 , 569

for ation o f, 56 5
of ind ir e c t ob e c t, 59 , 1 98 5

of pos s e s s ive , 1 3 7, 1 98 c

of s ub e c t,j
j
.
.

t e ns e s of, 56 5 40 1 98 . a .
,

par t i t i ve g en i t i ve 5 4 0 5 4 1 of ve rb , 40 , 1 98 a

m
.
, ,

p art s o f s p ee c h 1 6 —2 0 of voc ative , 99, 1 98 . c

mj
,

pas s ive voi ce, d e fi ne d , for ation pos s es s i ve ronoun —1

1 41 p s 1 3 2 37

m
,

of, 2 6 7 , 3 48 6
5 , 2 pos s u c o n ug ation of, 3 6 2 , 8 39
,

pas t i ndi cative , for ation and u s e of, predi cate, d e fi ne d, 2 3

1 76 pre d i cat e a ccus ati ve , 68 1 —684
pas t pas s ive parti cip e, 56 5, 56 7 l predi cate ad ective, d e fine d 93j ,

pa s t pe r fe ct i ndi cat ive , a c tive , 3 2 5 ; predi cate noun, 6 0 , 6 1

pas s ive 3 4 8 , prefix es , 2 58 , 34 1 , 3 7 3 37 5, 49 7
38 , 2 -

pas t perfect s ub unctive, 6 1 1 j prepos i t ions , w ith th e abl , 7 9 , 3 58 a ; . .

l
penu t, 1 0 c ; a c c e nt of, 1 3, 1 4
. w ith th e a c c , 78, 3 58 6 . .

perfect i ndi cat ive

dis ting ui s h e d fro m t he pas t , 3 14
pres e nt a ct ive parti cipl e , 56 5, 568, 8 1 7
pre s e nt i nd i cat ive , 1 5 8— 1 60
, 2 56
 I N DE X 4 I

pres ent s te 55 m 1 54 , 1 revi ew s , 73 2 -

80 3

m
,

j
pre s ent s ub unct ive, 5 79 58 1 , 58 5, 586 rul es l
for s pe l i ng , 573 , 630 , 6 3 1
pri ary tens es 59 3 594 , , rul es of s yntax , pp 3 2 1 —3 2 4 .

i n i l art s 1 6 3 , c ons tru c tions of, 4 84 , 4 8 5

pr c p p
a , 2
99
pronouns
l
c as s ific ation of, 508 8 6, ips e, 5 1 6
dis ting uis h e d fro m . a

de m
d e fine d,
ons trative ,
18

2 0 1 —2 0
5 5 , 1 8,
5 2 1
s econd con ug ati on, 1 88 , 8 3

s econd

se l
3 j
d ecl e ns ion, 9 6—9 8, 1 0 2 , 1 0 7
ections for s i g h t rea d i ng , pp 2 7
3 .

i nde fi nite , 5 2 7—5 2 9, 83 1

inte ns ive , 5 1 6 , 5 1 7 , 8 2 7
inte rrog ative , 393— 39 5 , 830
s entences ,

ou
2

nd,
8
78

— 8
si ml ml m
p e, co p ex , co

p 3 0 3 3
pe rs ona , 50 9 , 5 1 0l s epa ra ti on, a bl of, 2 9 6 .

iv —1 s eq uence of t ens es , 59 3—596

p os s e s s e ,
1
3 2
37
re fl i
e x ve , 5 1 1,
5 12 s h orteni ng of vow e s , 1 4
9 l
re a l ti ve , 3 8 6—
390 s ong s , L at in, pp 2 4— 2 7
9 9 .

pronuncia t i on, 4 7
— s ound s of l etters , 4 — 7
u
p pos e
r s pace, e x t e nt of, e x r es s e d b th
p y e

d ative of, 68 5, 686 ac c ,

54 6 , 5 4 7

m
.

e x pre s s e d by th e g e ru nd or g e ru n s pe ll ing , ru es l for, 57 3 , 630 , 63 1

dive w ith a d o r ca u s a, 69 6, 69 7 s te of of v e rb s ,
'

s, nouns , 40 4 . a ;
not e x pr e s s e d by th e infinitive , 587 —
3 0 2

j
s ub unc t ive o f, 8 — 8
5 7 5 9, 60 1 — 60
3 j
s ub ect , d e fi ne d , 2 2 ; c as e of, 33 ; o f

q ua

m m
l ity , g e n. o r abl . o f, 56 1 , 56 2 j
s ub unctive,

of th e
th e i nfi nitive ,

for m 36 8
a t io n
p o s iti on o f, 40

q ua , w ith a co parative , 4 4 5, 4 4 6 pa s t, 59 2
q ua nt ity, 1 1 , 12 , 1 94 of th e pa s t pe rfec t, 6 1 1
-
q ue, 2 30 of th e pe rfe c t, 6 1 0
q ues tions , d ire c t, 10 9 , 1 10 , 2 5 1, 2
5 2 ; of th e
pre s e nt, 5 79, 58 6
indire c t, 6 7— 6 7 1
p j
s ub unctive cons truct ions

u
q ,i d e c e n
m
s i ol
q ui da , 52 8 , 83 1
n a nd u s e of, 3 8 7 390 , 589
— c hara c te r is tic

7 2
3
or d e s c ription, 7 2 2 ,

q uis , ind e finite , 52 8 ; interr og ative , indire c t q u e s tions , 66 7— 6 7 1

8 — 8 6 —60
39 4 , 3 9 5 u
p pr o s e , 5 7 5 9, 0 1
3
q uis q ue, 5 2 8, 83 1
mm
re s u t, l 61 5 6 19 -

ti e, c aus e , or c onc e s s ion, with

re fl ivex e pronouns , 5 1 1 , 5 1 2 cu , 6 39— 64 3
re a l t iv e cl aus es of ch ara cteri s ti c or j
s ub unct ive ideas , 582
de s cription, 7 2 1 — 7 2 3 j
s ub unctive tens e s , 5 78
re l l
ative c aus es of purpos e , 8 — 8
5 7 5 9 s ubord i nate cl a us es , 384 , 3 8 5
re l at ive pronouns ,
3 8 6 — 0
39 s uffix e s , 4 2 5, 4 2 6 , 57 4 , 6 2 6 —6 2 9

res pect , e x re s s e d

res u
p
lt l c aus es , 61 5 619 -
by abl .
, 5 5 1 , 5 52
su mj ,
l
s ui , d e c e ns ion o f, 5 1 2

c on ug atio n of, 1 49 , 1 7 0 , 8 38
42 I N DE X

s uus , us e of, 1 3 5, 2 0 8 , 2 0 9 ut n6n, w ith l

c au s e s of re s u t, l 6 1 8,
sy ll ab les , 9; l lSl Ol l ’
of, 1 0 ; q u antity 61 9
of, 1 1 , 1 2

l
m
s yntax , ru e s of, 1 — 2 verbs ,
pp 3 2 3 4 20

m
.

te poral c aus es , w ithl cu m , 64 0 , 6 4 1 ,

a
g re e 48
c o njug ati on of, 1 4 0 ,
e nt of,

1 53 3 836
8 2 -

m
,

64 3 d e pone nt, 5 59 , 560 ,

tens e, d e fi ne d, 1 4 3, 1 44 ; e a ning of intrans i ti ve , 2 5

pa s t t e ns e , 1 78 ; o f pe rfe c t te ns e , i r re g u l a r, 838—84 3
31 1
-

314 pe rs ona l e nd in
gs of, a c tive , 1 4 6,

tens e s i g ns , 1 75 1 7 7, 2 4 8, 30 4 ; pa s s ive , 2 6
5 , 2 86
future , 1 83, 2 35 po s iti on of, 40
futu re pe rfe c t ac tive , 330 p rinc i
pa lp a rts of, 2
99
pas t, 1 7 6 t ra ns itive , 2 4
pas t
tens es , pri y
f
m
pe rfe c t ac tive ,
ar a nd
3 5
2

s e c o nd a r
y 594 ;
,
vi s , d e c
vocabu a ries
l
l
l
E ng is h L a tin, pp
e ns io n of, 4 1 9, 8 1 3

— th e
n
s e q ue c e o ,
—
593 59 5
-
. 2 3 35 ( a t
j
t hi rd con ug ati on, 2 1 2 , 2 4 1 , 8 34 e nd )

t hi rd decl e ns ion of nouns L atin E ng is h, pp 1 — 2

-
l . 2 ( at t h e e nd )
l
c as s e s ,

c ons onant s te
40 4
m s, 4 0 5, 4 0 8 l
l
s pe c ia , pp 3 6 1 — 38 1

vocabu ary noteb ook , p 38 2

.

'

z- s te m
g e nd e r, 4 9 6
s, 4 1 2 , 4 1 3, 4 1 6
vocat ive c a s e , 9 8, 99
of fi
m l zu s ,
'

1 1 8 , note 1

ti m
irre g u
e,
l
abl .
ar nou ns , 4 1 9 , 8 1 3
of, 49 2 , 4 93 acc. of,
of

of
eu s , 1

nouns
33 , note
i n u s of th e
-
s e c o nd de
6 8
m c l e ns ion, 98
—
S4 5 4
t ow ns , l
ru e s for na es of, 4 84 , voi ce , d e fi ne d , 1 41
485 vol 6 , c o n ug at ion of,j 84 0
t rans i tive verb s , 2 4 v6 s , d e c l 9 e ns ion o f, 5 0

t ii , d e c l e ns ion of, 50 9 l
vow e s , s ou nd s of, 5, 6 ; q ua ntity o f, 5 ;

u l ti ml a, l o . c

ut, w ith c au s e s of pu r pos e , 8 w ith

s h ort e ning of, 1 94

w ord l i s ts , for th e fi rs t a nd th e s e c ond

5 9 ;
l
c aus es of re s u t, l 618 ha lf y -
e ar , p 35 3
p 7 60
.
—
 RETUR N TO the c irc ulatio n d e s k of a ny

Unive rs ity of Ca lifornia Lib ra ry

N N N
o r to the

l m l
ORTHE R RE GIO AL LIBRA RY FAC ILITY
B d g 4 00 Ric h ond Fie d S tatio n

m
.
,

Unive rs ity of Ca ifornia l

Ric h ond CA 9 4 80 4 4 6 9 8
,
-

2 ml m
ALL BOO KS
o nth oa ns
MAY BE
be
RE CALLE D AFTE R 7 DAYS
re ne we d ll
by c a ing

m
-
ay

(4 1 5 ) 6 4 2
-
6 7 53
-

to N
l
1 ye a r oa ns
RLF
Re ne wa ls a nd
ay be re c ha rg e d

re c ha rg e s mmay
by bring ing books

be ad e 4 d ays
prio r to d ue d ate

DUE AS STAMPE D BE LOW